株探米国株
英語
エドガーで原本を確認する
6-K 1 d41644d6k.htm 6-K 6-K
 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form 6-K

 

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of: December, 2025    Commission File Number: 002-09048

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

(Name of registrant)

 

 

40 Temperance Street,

Toronto, Ontario, M5H 0B4

(Tel.: (416) 866-3672)

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

Form 20-F ☐   Form 40-F ☒

This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in The Bank of Nova Scotia’s registration statements on Form S-8 (File No. 333-199099) and Form F-3 (File No. 333-282565) and to be a part thereof from the date on which this report is filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 

 
 


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

      THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
       
Date:    December 2, 2025     By:   

/s/ Gerhardt Samwell

        Name: Gerhardt Samwell
        Title:  Senior Vice-President and Chief Accountant


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Description of Exhibit

99.1

 

99.2

  

2025 Annual Financial Statements

 

2025 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

EX-99.1 2 d41644dex991.htm EX-99.1 EX-99.1


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The management of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the Bank) is responsible for the integrity and fair presentation of the financial information contained in this Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements also comply with the accounting requirements of the Bank Act.

The consolidated financial statements, where necessary, include amounts which are based on the best estimates and judgment of management. Financial information presented elsewhere in this Annual Report is consistent with that shown in the consolidated financial statements.

Management has always recognized the importance of the Bank maintaining and reinforcing the highest possible standards of conduct in all of its actions, including the preparation and dissemination of statements fairly presenting the financial condition of the Bank. In this regard, management has developed and maintains a system of accounting and reporting which provides for the necessary internal controls to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded, assets are safeguarded against unauthorized use or disposition, and liabilities are recognized. The system is augmented by written policies and procedures, the careful selection and training of qualified staff, the establishment of organizational structures providing an appropriate and well-defined division of responsibilities, and the communication of our Code throughout the Bank.

Management, under the supervision of and the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, have a process in place to evaluate disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting in line with Canadian and U.S. securities regulations.

The system of internal controls is further supported by a professional staff of internal auditors who conduct periodic audits of all aspects of the Bank’s operations. As well, the Bank’s Chief Auditor has full and free access to, and meets periodically with the Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Bank’s compliance function maintains policies, procedures and programs directed at ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, including conflict of interest rules.

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, which is mandated to protect the rights and interests of the depositors and creditors of the Bank, examines and enquires into the business and affairs of the Bank, as deemed necessary, to determine whether the provisions of the Bank Act are being complied with, and that the Bank is in a sound financial condition.

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee, composed entirely of outside directors, reviews the consolidated financial statements with both management and the independent auditors before such statements are approved by the Board of Directors and submitted to the shareholders of the Bank.

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee reviews and reports its findings to the Board of Directors on all related party transactions that may have a material impact on the Bank.

KPMG LLP, the independent auditors appointed by the shareholders of the Bank, have audited the consolidated financial position of the Bank as at October 31, 2025 and October 31, 2024 and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended October 31, 2025 prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and have expressed their opinions upon completion of such audits in the reports to the shareholders. The Shareholders’ Auditors have full and free access to, and meet periodically with, the Audit and Conduct Review Committee to discuss their audits, including any findings as to the integrity of the Bank’s accounting, financial reporting and related matters.

 

 

Scott Thomson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Raj Viswanathan

Group Head and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Toronto, Canada

December 2, 2025

 

140 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


(This page intentionally left blank)

 

 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 141


(This page intentionally left blank)

 

 

 

142 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


(This page intentionally left blank)

 

 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 143


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of The Bank of Nova Scotia

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of The Bank of Nova Scotia (the Bank) as of October 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Bank as of October 31, 2025 and 2024, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated December 2, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Bank in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the Audit and Conduct Review Committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

(i) Assessment of Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

Refer to Notes 3 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Bank’s ACL on loans was $7,463 million as at October 31, 2025. The Bank applies a three-stage approach to measure the ACL, using an expected credit loss (ECL) approach as required under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The Bank’s ACL calculations are outputs of a set of complex models. The ACL calculations reflect unbiased probability-weighted outcomes that consider multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. The probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) inputs used to estimate ECL are modeled based on historical default and loss experience, and macroeconomic variables that are closely related with credit losses in the relevant portfolio. The Bank assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination or where the financial asset is in default. If there has been a significant increase in credit risk or the financial asset is in default, then lifetime ACL is recorded; otherwise, an ACL equal to 12-month expected credit losses is recorded. The estimation of ECL for each stage and the assessment of significant increases in credit risk consider information about past events and current conditions, as well as forecasts of future events and economic conditions. The estimation and application of forward-looking information requires significant judgment. Qualitative adjustments or overlays may also be recorded as temporary adjustments using expert credit judgment where the inputs, assumptions and/or models do not capture all relevant risk factors. The use of management overlays requires significant judgment that may impact the amount of ACL recognized.

We identified the assessment of the ACL as a critical audit matter. Significant auditor judgment was required because there was a high degree of measurement uncertainty due to the significant management judgments inherent in certain of the Bank’s key modeled inputs and methodologies. These management judgments impact certain inputs, assumptions, qualitative adjustments or overlays, and the determination of when there has been a significant increase in credit risk. The assessment of the ACL also required significant auditor attention and complex auditor judgment to apply and evaluate the results of audit procedures. Further, specialized skills and knowledge, including experience in the industry, were required to apply audit procedures and evaluate the results of those procedures.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. With the assistance of our credit risk and economics professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and relevant experience, we evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Bank’s ACL process. These included internal controls related to: (1) initial and periodic validation and performance monitoring of models used to derive key modeled inputs into the ACL calculations being PD, LGD and EAD; (2) benchmarking of certain macroeconomic variables, model validation associated with the derivation of the remaining variables and the alternative scenarios and review of probability weights used in the ACL models; (3) the methodology used to determine whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk; and (4) the methodology and assumptions used in the determination of qualitative adjustments or overlays. Additionally, for non-retail loans, we tested certain internal controls related to loan reviews over the determination of loan risk grades. We involved credit risk and economics professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and relevant experience who assisted in: (1) evaluating the methodology and models used to derive key modeled inputs into the ACL calculations being PD, LGD and EAD and the determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk; (2) assessing the appropriateness of certain underlying macroeconomic variables against external economic data, evaluating the models used to derive other macroeconomic variables and evaluating the assumptions associated with the alternative economic scenarios and the related probabilities; and (3) assessing the qualitative adjustments or overlays by applying our knowledge of the industry and credit judgment to evaluate the appropriateness of the Bank’s underlying methodology and assumptions.

 

144 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Additionally, for a selection of non-retail loans, we evaluated the Bank’s assigned loan risk grades against the Bank’s borrower risk rating methodology.

(ii) Assessment of the Measurement of Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

Refer to Notes 3 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Bank measures certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Where such financial instruments trade in inactive markets or when using internal models where observable parameters do not exist, significant management judgment is required in the selection of valuation techniques and model inputs. The valuation techniques used in determining the fair value of financial instruments include internal models and net asset valuations. The significant unobservable inputs used in the Bank’s valuation techniques include general partner valuations per net asset values (NAVs), interest rate volatility, equity volatility and equity correlation.

We identified the assessment of the measurement of fair value for certain financial instruments as a critical audit matter. Significant auditor judgment was required because there was a high degree of measurement uncertainty due to significant judgments inherent in the Bank’s valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used to develop the fair value of certain financial assets and financial liabilities. The assessment of the fair value also required significant auditor attention and complex auditor judgment to apply and evaluate the results of audit procedures. Further, specialized skills and knowledge, including experience in the industry, were required to apply audit procedures and evaluate the results of those procedures.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Bank’s processes to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments with the assistance of valuation and information technology professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and relevant experience. These included internal controls related to: (1) model validation at inception and periodically; (2) management’s review of NAVs; (3) independent price verification, including assessment of rate sources; and (4) segregation of duties and access controls. With the assistance of valuation professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and relevant experience, we tested the fair value of a selection of certain financial instruments. Depending on the nature of the financial instruments, we did this by comparing the NAVs to external information or by developing an independent estimate of fair value and comparing it to the fair value determined by the Bank.

(iii) Assessment of Uncertain Tax Provisions

Refer to Notes 3 and 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Bank maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect the risk of tax positions under discussion, audit, dispute, or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions are made using the Bank’s best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on an assessment of all relevant factors, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period.

We identified the assessment of some uncertain tax provisions as a critical audit matter. Significant auditor judgment was required because there was a high degree of measurement uncertainty due to the significant judgments inherent in the Bank’s interpretation of tax legislation and its best estimate of the ultimate resolution of tax positions. This required significant auditor attention and complex auditor judgment to evaluate the results of audit procedures. Further, specialized skills, industry knowledge, and relevant experience were required to apply audit procedures and evaluate the results of those procedures.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Bank’s income tax uncertainties process with the assistance of taxation professionals with specialized skills, industry knowledge and relevant experience. These included internal controls related to: (1) the interpretation of tax legislation and the evaluation of the technical merits of tax positions; and (2) the determination of the best estimate of the provision required for these tax uncertainties. We involved tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in: (1) evaluating the Bank’s interpretations of tax legislation based on our knowledge and experience; (2) reading and evaluating advice obtained by the Bank from external counsel, and considering its impact on the measurement, if applicable, of the uncertain tax provisions; and (3) inspecting correspondence with applicable taxation authorities.

 

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

We have served as the Bank’s auditor since 2006 and as joint auditor for 14 years prior to that.

Toronto, Canada

December 2, 2025

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 145


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of The Bank of Nova Scotia

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited The Bank of Nova Scotia’s (the Bank) internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial position of the Bank as of October 31, 2025, and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated December 2, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Bank’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Controls and Accounting Policies section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Internal control over financial reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Bank in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

LOGO

Chartered Professional Accountants, Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada

December 2, 2025

 

146 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

                 
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Note     2025     2024  

Assets

     

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

    5     $ 65,967     $ 63,860  

Precious metals

      5,156       2,540  

Trading assets

     

Securities

    7 (a)      140,844       119,912  

Loans

    7 (b)      8,487       7,649  

Other

            2,892       2,166  
      152,223       129,727  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

      203,008       200,543  

Derivative financial instruments

    9       46,531       44,379  

Investment securities

    11       149,948       152,832  

Loans

     

Residential mortgages

    12       370,191       350,941  

Personal loans

    12       110,567       106,379  

Credit cards

    12       18,045       17,374  

Business and government

    12       279,705       292,671  
      778,508       767,365  

Allowance for credit losses

    12 (e)      7,463       6,536  
      771,045       760,829  

Other

     

Customers’ liability under acceptances, net of allowance

      177       148  

Property and equipment

    15       4,881       5,252  

Investments in associates

    16       6,317       1,821  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    17       16,169       16,853  

Deferred tax assets

    26 (c)      3,253       2,942  

Other assets

    18       35,367       30,301  
            66,164       57,317  
          $ 1,460,042     $ 1,412,027  

Liabilities

     

Deposits

     

Personal

    19     $ 301,718     $ 298,821  

Business and government

    19       627,667       600,114  

Financial institutions

    19       36,894       44,914  
      966,279       943,849  

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    8       47,165       36,341  

Other

     

Acceptances

      178       149  

Obligations related to securities sold short

      38,104       35,042  

Derivative financial instruments

    9       56,031       51,260  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

      189,144       190,449  

Subordinated debentures

    20       7,692       7,833  

Other liabilities

    21       66,862       63,028  
            358,011       347,761  
            1,371,455       1,327,951  

Equity

     

Common equity

     

Common shares

    23 (a)      22,067       22,054  

Retained earnings

      58,916       57,751  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

      (3,826     (6,147

Other reserves

            (230     (68

Total common equity

      76,927       73,590  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

    23 (b)      9,939       8,779  

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Bank

      86,866       82,369  

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    30 (b)      1,721       1,707  
            88,587       84,076  
            $  1,460,042     $  1,412,027  

 

Aaron W. Regent   Scott Thomson  
Chair of the Board   President and Chief Executive Officer  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 147


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Income

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   Note     2025     2024  

Revenue

     

Interest income(1)

    31      

Loans

    $  44,293     $  47,811  

Securities

      7,941       9,160  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

      2,808       1,602  

Deposits with financial institutions

            2,560       3,086  
            57,602       61,659  

Interest expense

    31      

Deposits

      33,425       39,480  

Subordinated debentures

      385       490  

Other

            2,270       2,437  
            36,080       42,407  

Net interest income

      21,522       19,252  

Non-interest income

     

Card revenues

      892       869  

Banking services fees

      1,997       1,955  

Credit fees

      1,249       1,585  

Mutual funds

      2,564       2,282  

Brokerage fees

      1,436       1,251  

Investment management and trust

      1,162       1,096  

Underwriting and advisory fees

      964       702  

Non-trading foreign exchange

      948       930  

Trading revenues

      1,984       1,634  

Net gain on sale of investment securities

    11 (e)      71       48  

Net income from investments in associated corporations

    16       608       198  

Insurance service results

      485       470  

Other fees and commissions

      1,653       1,247  

Other

            206       151  
            16,219       14,418  

Total revenue

      37,741       33,670  

Provision for credit losses

    12 (e)      4,714       4,051  
            33,027       29,619  

Non-interest expenses

     

Salaries and employee benefits

      10,824       9,855  

Premises and technology

      3,297       2,896  

Depreciation and amortization

      1,604       1,760  

Communications

      384       381  

Advertising and business development

      672       614  

Professional

      880       793  

Business and capital taxes

      708       682  

Other

            4,149       2,714  
             22,518       19,695  

Income before taxes

      10,509       9,924  

Income tax expense

    26       2,751       2,032  

Net income

          $ 7,758     $ 7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    30 (b)      (31     134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

    $ 7,789     $ 7,758  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

      506       472  

Common shareholders

          $ 7,283     $ 7,286  

Earnings per common share (in dollars)

     

Basic

    32     $ 5.84     $ 5.94  

Diluted

    32       5.67       5.87  

Dividends paid per common share (in dollars)

    23 (a)      4.32       4.24  

 

(1)

Includes interest income on financial assets measured at amortized cost and FVOCI, calculated using the effective interest method, of $56,404 for the year ended October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $59,871).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

148 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Net income

  $ 7,758     $ 7,892  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to net income

   

Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses):

   

Net unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses)

    1,681       (2,511

Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investments in foreign operations

    (1,222     886  

Income tax expense (benefit):

   

Net unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses)

    20       2  

Net gains (losses) on hedges of net investments in foreign operations

    (341     238  
    780       (1,865

Net change in fair value due to change in debt instruments measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income:

   

Net gains (losses) in fair value

    1,717       2,977  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income

    (1,001     (2,126

Income tax expense (benefit):

   

Net gains (losses) in fair value

    454       806  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income

    (273     (567
    535       612  

Net change in gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:

   

Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges

    3,937       5,195  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income

    (2,493     (2,000

Income tax expense (benefit):

   

Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges

    1,197       1,363  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income

    (806     (511
    1,053       2,343  

Net changes in finance income/(expense) from insurance contracts:

   

Net finance income/(expense) from insurance contracts

    20       2  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1       1  
    19       1  

Other comprehensive income (loss) from investments in associates

    176       (1

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net income

   

Net change in remeasurement of employee benefit plan asset and liability:

   

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

    365       (195

Income tax expense (benefit)

    99       (59
    266       (136

Net change in fair value due to change in equity instruments designated at fair value through
other comprehensive income:

   

Net gains (losses) in fair value

    90       444  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    29       106  
    61       338  

Net change in fair value due to change in own credit risk on financial liabilities designated
under the fair value option:

   

Change in fair value due to change in own credit risk on financial liabilities designated under the fair value option

    (693     (804

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (193     (223
    (500     (581

Other comprehensive income (loss) from investments in associates

    7       1  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    2,397       712  

Comprehensive income

  $  10,155     $ 8,604  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

    45       62  

Comprehensive income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 10,110     $ 8,542  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

    506       472  

Common shareholders

  $ 9,604     $   8,070  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 149


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

    For the year ended October 31, 2025  
                Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                      
($ millions)   Common
shares
(Note 23)
    Retained
earnings(1)
    Foreign
currency
translation
    Debt
instruments
FVOCI
    Equity
instruments
FVOCI
    Cash flow
hedges
    Other(2)     Other
reserves
    Total
common
equity
    Preferred
shares and
other equity
instruments
(Note 23)
    Total attributable
to equity
holders
    Non-
controlling
interests in
subsidiaries
(Note 30(b))
    Total  

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $  22,054     $  57,751     $  (3,559   $ (491   $  339     $  (2,197   $ (239   $ (68   $  73,590     $  8,779     $  82,369     $  1,707     $  84,076  

Net income

          7,283                                           7,283       506       7,789       (31     7,758  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                708       533       59       1,057       (36           2,321             2,321       76       2,397  

Total comprehensive income

  $     $ 7,283     $ 708     $ 533     $ 59     $ 1,057     $ (36   $     $ 9,604     $ 506     $ 10,110     $ 45     $ 10,155  

Shares/instruments issued

    210                                           (14     196       2,848       3,044             3,044  

Shares repurchased/redeemed

    (197     (716                                         (913     (1,688     (2,601           (2,601

Dividends and distributions paid to equity holders

          (5,369                                         (5,369     (506     (5,875     (82     (5,957

Share-based payments(3)

                                              15       15             15             15  

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1

                         

Capital Notes(4)

          (22                                         (22           (22           (22

Other

          (11                                   (163     (174           (174     51       (123

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 22,067     $ 58,916     $ (2,851   $ 42     $ 398     $ (1,140   $ (275   $  (230   $ 76,927     $ 9,939     $ 86,866     $ 1,721     $ 88,587  
    For the year ended October 31, 2024  
                Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                      
($ millions)   Common
shares
(Note 23)
    Retained
earnings(1)
    Foreign
currency
translation
    Debt
instruments
FVOCI
    Equity
instruments
FVOCI
    Cash flow
hedges
    Other(2)     Other
reserves
    Total
common
equity
    Preferred
shares and
other equity
instruments
(Note 23)
    Total attributable
to equity
holders
    Non-
controlling
interests in
subsidiaries
(Note 30(b))
    Total  

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $ 20,109     $ 55,673     $ (1,755   $ (1,104   $ 14     $ (4,545   $   459     $ (84   $ 68,767     $ 8,075     $ 76,842     $ 1,729     $ 78,571  

Net income

          7,286                                           7,286       472       7,758       134       7,892  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                (1,804         613       325         2,348       (698           784             784       (72     712  

Total comprehensive income

  $     $ 7,286     $ (1,804   $ 613     $  325     $ 2,348     $ (698   $     $ 8,070     $ 472     $ 8,542     $ 62     $ 8,604  

Shares/instruments issued

    1,945                                           (4     1,941       1,004       2,945             2,945  

Shares repurchased/redeemed

                                                          (300     (300           (300

Dividends and distributions paid to equity holders

          (5,198                                         (5,198     (472     (5,670     (88     (5,758

Share-based payments(3)

                                                13       13             13             13  

Other

          (10                                   7       (3           (3     4       1  

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 22,054     $ 57,751     $ (3,559   $ (491   $ 339     $ (2,197   $ (239   $ (68   $ 73,590     $ 8,779     $ 82,369     $ 1,707     $ 84,076  

 

(1)

Includes undistributed retained earnings of $76 (2024 – $74) related to a foreign associated corporation, which is subject to local regulatory restriction.

(2)

Includes Share from associates, Employee benefits, Own credit risk, and Insurance contracts.

(3)

Represents amounts on account of share-based payments (refer to Note 25).

(4)

Refer to Note 23 (b) for further details on the redemption of the equity instrument.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

150 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Sources (uses) of cash flows for the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Cash flows from operating activities

   

Net income

  $ 7,758     $   7,892  

Adjustment for:

   

Net interest income

    (21,522     (19,252

Depreciation and amortization

    1,604       1,760  

Provision for credit losses

    4,714       4,051  

Impairment on investments in associates

          343  

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

    15       13  

Net gain on sale of investment securities

    (71     (48

Net (gain)/loss on divestitures

    1,386       136  

Net income from investments in associated corporations

    (608     (198

Income tax expense

    2,751       2,032  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Trading assets

    (20,462     (11,370

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

    (4     108  

Loans

    (6,591     (17,712

Deposits

    19,533       (816

Obligations related to securities sold short

    2,721       (1,690

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

    (4,048     28,753  

Net derivative financial instruments

    6,490       4,159  

Other, net

    (5,568     457  

Interest and dividends received

    58,086       61,292  

Interest paid

    (37,197     (42,273

Income tax paid

    (3,580     (1,985

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

    5,407       15,652  

Cash flows from investing activities

   

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

    (344     25,557  

Purchase of investment securities

    (70,096     (108,281

Proceeds from sale and maturity of investment securities

    75,455       76,794  

Acquisition/divestiture of subsidiaries, associated corporations or business units, net of cash acquired

    (2,637      

Property and equipment, net of disposals

    (347     (489

Other, net

    (463     (1,031

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

    1,568       (7,450

Cash flows from financing activities

   

Proceeds from issue of subordinated debentures

          1,000  

Redemption of subordinated debentures

    (250     (3,250

Proceeds from preferred shares and other equity instruments issued

    2,848       1,004  

Redemption of preferred shares and other equity instruments

    (1,688     (300

Proceeds from common shares issued

    210       1,945  

Common shares purchased for cancellation

    (895      

Cash dividends and distributions paid

    (5,875     (5,670

Distributions to non-controlling interests

    (82     (88

Payment of lease liabilities

    (298     (303

Other, net

    (278     (3,176

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

    (6,308     (8,838

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    183       (131

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    850       (767

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year(1)

    9,406       10,173  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year(1)

  $   10,256     $ 9,406  

 

(1)

Represents cash and non-interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions (refer to Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 151


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Notes to the

2025 Consolidated

Financial Statements

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page   Note    
153   1   Reporting entity
153   2   Basis of preparation
154   3   Material accounting policies
167   4   Future accounting developments
168   5   Cash and deposits with financial institutions
168   6   Fair value of financial instruments
174   7   Trading assets
175   8   Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss
176   9   Derivative financial instruments
184   10   Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
185   11   Investment securities
188   12   Loans, impaired loans and allowance for credit losses
197   13   Derecognition of financial assets
198   14   Structured entities
201   15   Property and equipment
201   16   Investments in associates
202   17   Goodwill and other intangible assets
204   18   Other assets
204   19   Deposits
 

 

152 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1

Reporting Entity

The Bank of Nova Scotia (the Bank) is a chartered Schedule I bank under the Bank Act (Canada) (the Bank Act) and is regulated by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI). The Bank is a global financial services provider offering a diverse range of products and services, including personal, commercial, corporate and investment banking. The head office of the Bank is located at 1709 Hollis Street, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada and its executive offices are at 40 Temperance Street, Toronto, Canada. The common shares of the Bank are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

2

Basis of Preparation

Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and accounting requirements of OSFI in accordance with Section 308 of the Bank Act. Section 308 states that, except as otherwise specified by OSFI, the financial statements are to be prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2025 have been approved by the Board of Directors for issue on December 2, 2025.

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items that are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position:

 

   

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss

   

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

   

Derivative financial instruments

   

Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

   

Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Bank’s functional currency. All financial information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest million unless otherwise stated.

Management’s use of estimates, assumptions and judgments

The Bank’s accounting policies require estimates, assumptions and judgments that relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the year in which the estimates are revised.

Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and other comprehensive income and income and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates made by management are based on historical experience and other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Key areas of estimation uncertainty include those relating to the allowance for credit losses, the fair value of financial instruments (including derivatives), corporate income taxes, employee benefits, goodwill and intangible assets, the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities as a result of business combinations, impairment of non-financial assets and provisions. The Bank has utilized estimates, assumptions and judgments that reflect this uncertainty. While management makes its best estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ from these and other estimates.

Currently, there continues to be uncertainty surrounding U.S. trade policies and the impact of tariffs. This results in increased measurement uncertainty for estimates used in financial reporting. In particular, the allowance for credit losses, using an expected credit loss approach as required under IFRS 9, is estimated using complex models and incorporates inputs, assumptions, and techniques that require a high degree of judgement and is heavily dependent on the forecast of macroeconomic variables. Due to the ongoing uncertainty surrounding U.S. trade policy and tariffs, estimates and valuation models applied based on conditions and information existing as at October 31, 2025 may be significantly different from the actual outcome.

Significant judgments

In the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant judgments in the classification and presentation of transactions and instruments and accounting for the Bank’s involvement with other entities.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 153


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Significant estimates, assumptions and judgments have been made in the following areas and are discussed as noted in the consolidated financial statements:

 

Allowance for credit losses   

Note 3

Note 12(e)

Fair value of financial instruments   

Note 3

Note 6

Corporate income taxes   

Note 3

Note 26

Employee benefits   

Note 3

Note 27

Goodwill and intangible assets   

Note 3

Note 17

Fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities as a result of business combinations   

Note 3

Note 35

Impairment of investment securities   

Note 3

Note 11

Impairment of non-financial assets   

Note 3

Note 15

Note 17

Structured entities   

Note 3

Note 14

De facto control of other entities   

Note 3

Note 30

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities   

Note 3

Note 13

Provisions   

Note 3

Note 22

 

3

Material Accounting Policies

The material accounting policies used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, including any additional accounting requirements of OSFI, as set out below, have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, financial performance and cash flows of the Bank and all of its subsidiaries, after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. Subsidiaries are defined as entities controlled by the Bank. The Bank’s subsidiaries can be classified as entities controlled through voting interests or structured entities. The Bank consolidates a subsidiary from the date it obtains control. For the Bank to control an entity, all three elements of control should be in existence:

 

   

power over the investee;

   

exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with the investee; and

   

the ability to use power over the investee to affect the amount of the Bank’s returns.

The Bank does not control an investee when it is acting as an agent. The Bank assesses whether it is an agent by determining whether it is primarily engaged to act on behalf of and for the benefit of another party or parties. The Bank reassesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that one or more of the elements of control have changed.

Voting-interest subsidiaries

Control is presumed with an ownership interest of more than 50% of the voting rights in an entity unless there are other factors that indicate that the Bank does not control the entity despite having more than 50% of voting rights.

The Bank may consolidate an entity when it owns less than 50% of the voting rights when it has one or more other attributes of power:

 

   

by virtue of an agreement, over more than half of the voting rights;

   

to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity under a statute or an agreement;

   

to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body and control of the entity is by that board or body; or

   

to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity through the size of its holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holding of the other vote holders and voting patterns at shareholder meetings (i.e., de facto control).

Non-controlling interests are presented within equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position separate from equity attributable to equity holders of the Bank. The net income attributable to non-controlling interests is presented separately in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Partial sales and incremental purchases of interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a change of control are accounted for as equity transactions with non-controlling interest holders. Any difference between the carrying amount of the interest and the transaction amount is recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings.

Structured entities

Structured entities are designed to accomplish certain well-defined objectives and for which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. The Bank controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The Bank consolidates all structured entities that it controls.

 

154 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Investments in associates

An associate is an entity in which the Bank has significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial policies of the entity.

Investments in associates are recognized initially at cost, which includes the purchase price and other costs directly attributable to the purchase. Associates are accounted for using the equity method, which reflects the Bank’s share of the increase or decrease of the post-acquisition earnings and other movements in the associate’s equity.

Investments in associates are evaluated for impairment at the end of each financial reporting period, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the existence of objective evidence of impairment.

For purposes of applying the equity method for an investment that has a different reporting period from the Bank, adjustments are made for the effects of any significant events or transactions that occur between the reporting date of the investment and the reporting date of the Bank.

Joint arrangements

The Bank’s investments in joint arrangements over which the Bank has joint control are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures, depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement.

Similar to accounting for investments in associates, for joint ventures, investments are recognized initially at cost and accounted for using the equity method, which reflects the Bank’s share of the increase or decrease of the post-acquisition earnings and other movements in the joint venture’s equity. Investments in joint ventures are evaluated for impairment at the end of each financial reporting period, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the existence of objective evidence of impairment.

For joint operations, the Bank recognizes its direct rights to, and its share of jointly held assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These have been incorporated in the consolidated financial statements under the appropriate headings.

Translation of foreign currencies

The financial statements of each of the Bank’s foreign operations are measured using its functional currency, being the currency of the primary economic environment of the foreign operation.

Translation gains and losses related to the Bank’s monetary items are recognized in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated using average exchange rates. Foreign currency non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost are translated into the functional currency at historical rates. Foreign currency non-monetary items measured at fair value are translated into functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date the fair value was determined. Foreign currency gains and losses on non-monetary items are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income or Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income consistent with the gain or loss on the non-monetary item.

Unrealized gains and losses arising upon translation of foreign operations, together with any gains or losses arising from hedges of those net investment positions to the extent effective, are credited or charged to net change in unrealized foreign currency translation gains/losses in other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. On disposal or meeting the definition of partial disposal of a foreign operation, an appropriate portion of the translation differences previously recognized in other comprehensive income are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Financial assets and liabilities

Recognition and initial measurement

The Bank, on the date of origination or purchase, recognizes loans, debt and equity securities, deposits and subordinated debentures at the fair value of the consideration paid or received. Regular-way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the settlement date. All other financial assets and liabilities, including derivatives, are initially recognized on the trade date at which the Bank becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The initial measurement of a financial asset or liability is at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to its purchase or issuance. For instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Classification and measurement, derecognition, and impairment of financial instruments

Classification and measurement

Classification and measurement of financial assets

Financial assets include both debt and equity instruments, are classified into one of the following measurement categories:

 

   

Amortized cost;

   

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI);

   

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL);

   

Elected at fair value through other comprehensive income (Equities only); or

   

Designated at FVTPL

Debt instruments

Debt instruments, including loans and debt securities, are classified into one of the following measurement categories:

 

   

Amortized cost;

   

Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI);

   

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); or

   

Designated at FVTPL

Classification of debt instruments is determined based on:

 

(i)

The business model under which the asset is held; and

(ii)

The contractual cash flow characteristics of the instrument.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 155


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Business model assessment

A business model assessment involves determining how financial assets are managed to generate cash flows. The Bank’s business model assessment is based on the following categories:

 

   

Held to collect: The objective of this business model is to hold assets and collect contractual cash flows. Any sales of the asset are incidental to the objective of the model.

   

Held to collect and for sale: Both collecting contractual cash flows and sales are integral to achieving the objectives of the business model.

   

Other business model: The business model is neither held-to-collect nor held-to-collect and for sale.

The Bank assesses the business model at a portfolio level reflective of how groups of assets are managed together to achieve a particular business objective. For the assessment of a business model, the Bank takes into consideration the following factors:

 

   

How the performance of assets in a portfolio is evaluated and reported to group heads and other key decision makers within the Bank’s business lines;

   

How compensation is determined for the Bank’s business lines’ management that manages the assets;

   

How the business lines’ management is compensated for managing the Bank’s assets based on the fair value or the contractual cash flows collected;

   

Whether the assets are held for trading purposes;

   

The risks that affect the performance of assets held within a business model and how those risks are managed; and

   

The frequency and volume of sales in prior periods and expectations about future sales activity.

Contractual cash flow characteristics assessment

The contractual cash flow characteristics assessment involves assessing the contractual features of an instrument to determine if they give rise to cash flows that are consistent with a basic lending arrangement. Contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending arrangement if they represent cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding (SPPI).

Principal is defined as the fair value of the instrument at initial recognition. Principal may change over the life of the instrument due to repayments or amortization of premium/discount.

Interest is defined as the consideration for the time value of money and the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding and for other basic lending risks and costs (liquidity risk and administrative costs), and a profit margin.

If the Bank identifies any contractual features that could significantly modify the cash flows of the instrument such that they are no longer consistent with a basic lending arrangement, the related financial asset is classified and measured at FVTPL.

Debt instruments measured at amortized cost

Debt instruments are measured at amortized cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest. After initial measurement, debt instruments in this category are carried at amortized cost. Interest income on these instruments is recognized in interest income using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on the acquisition, transaction costs and fees that are an integral part of the effective interest rate.

Impairment on debt instruments measured at amortized cost is calculated using the expected credit loss approach. Loans and debt securities measured at amortized cost are presented net of the allowance for credit losses (ACL) in the Statement of Financial Position.

Debt instruments measured at FVOCI

Debt instruments are measured at FVOCI if they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent payments that are solely payments of principal and interest. Subsequent to initial recognition, unrealized gains and losses on debt instruments measured at FVOCI are recorded in other comprehensive income (OCI), unless the instrument is designated in a fair value hedge relationship. When designated in a fair value hedge relationship, any changes in fair value due to changes in the hedged risk are recognized in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income, along with changes in fair value of the hedging instrument. Upon derecognition, realized gains and losses are reclassified from OCI and recorded in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to the amortized cost of the debt instrument are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Premiums, discounts and related transaction costs are amortized over the expected life of the instrument to Interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income using the effective interest rate method.

Impairment on debt instruments measured at FVOCI is determined using the expected credit loss approach. The ACL on debt instruments measured at FVOCI does not reduce the carrying amount of the asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, which remains at its fair value. Instead, an amount equal to the allowance that would arise if the assets were measured at amortized cost is recognized in OCI with a corresponding charge to provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The accumulated allowance recognized in OCI is recycled to the Consolidated Statement of Income upon derecognition of the debt instrument.

Debt instruments measured at FVTPL

Debt instruments are measured at FVTPL if assets:

 

(i)

are held for trading purposes;

(ii)

are held as part of a portfolio managed on a fair value basis; or

(iii)

whose cash flows do not represent payments that are solely payments of principal and interest.

These instruments are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, with transaction costs recognized immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of Non-interest income. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized as part of Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Debt instruments designated at FVTPL

The Bank designates certain debt instruments at FVTPL upon initial recognition, and the designation is irrevocable. The FVTPL designation is available when a fair value is reliably estimated, and doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise.

 

156 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Debt instruments designated at FVTPL are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Equity instruments

Equity instruments are classified into one of the following measurement categories:

 

   

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL); or

   

Elected at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

Equity instruments measured at FVTPL

Equity instruments are measured at FVTPL, unless an election is made to designate them at FVOCI upon purchase, with transaction costs recognized immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of Non-interest income. Subsequent to initial recognition, the changes in fair value and dividends received are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Equity instruments measured at FVOCI

At initial recognition, the Bank has an option to classify non-trading equity instruments at FVOCI. This election is irrevocable and is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis.

Gains and losses on these instruments, including when derecognized/sold, are recorded in OCI and are not subsequently reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Income. As such, there is no specific impairment requirement. Dividends received are recorded in Interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Any transaction costs incurred upon purchase of the security are added to the cost basis of the security and are not reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Income on sale of the security.

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified into one of the following measurement categories:

 

   

Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL);

   

Amortized cost; or

   

Designated at FVTPL.

Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL

Financial liabilities measured at FVTPL are held principally for the purpose of repurchasing in the near term, or form part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short term profit-taking. Financial liabilities are recognized on a trade date basis and accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value and any gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of the non-interest income. Transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

Deposits, subordinated notes and debentures are accounted for at amortized cost. Interest on deposits, calculated using the effective interest rate method, is recognized as interest expense. Interest on subordinated notes and debentures, including capitalized transaction costs, is recognized using the effective interest rate method as interest expense.

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL

The Bank designates certain financial liabilities at FVTPL upon initial recognition, and the designation is irrevocable. The FVTPL designation is available when a fair value is reliably estimated.

Financial liabilities are designated at FVTPL when it meets one of the following criteria:

 

   

The designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch which would otherwise arise; or

   

A group of financial liabilities are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in line with a documented risk management strategy; or

   

The financial liability contains one or more embedded derivatives which significantly modify the cash flows otherwise required.

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at fair value. Any changes in fair value are recognized in Non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income, except for changes in fair value arising from changes in the Bank’s own credit risk which are recognized in OCI. Changes in fair value due to changes in the Bank’s own credit risk are not subsequently reclassified to the Consolidated Statement of Income upon derecognition/extinguishment of the liabilities.

Determination of fair value

The fair value of a financial asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Bank has access at the measurement date.

The Bank values instruments carried at fair value using quoted market prices, where available. Fair value based on unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets represents a Level 1 valuation. When quoted market prices are not available, the Bank maximizes the use of observable inputs within valuation models. When a fair value is based on all significant market observable inputs, the valuation is classified as Level 2. Valuations that require the significant use of unobservable inputs are considered Level 3.

Inception gains and losses are only recognized where the valuation is dependent on observable market data; otherwise, they are deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract or until the valuation inputs become observable.

IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement permits a measurement exception that allows an entity to determine the fair value of a group of financial assets and liabilities with offsetting risks based on the sale or transfer of its net exposure to a particular risk (or risks). The Bank has adopted this exception through an accounting policy choice. Consequently, the fair values of certain portfolios of financial instruments are determined based on the net exposure of those instruments to market, credit or funding risk.

In determining fair value for certain instruments or portfolios of instruments, valuation adjustments or reserves may be required to arrive at a more accurate representation of fair value. These adjustments include those made for credit risk, bid-offer spreads, unobservable parameters, funding costs and constraints on prices in inactive or illiquid markets.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 157


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset has expired; or the Bank transfers the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial asset; or has assumed an obligation to pay those cash flows to an independent third-party; or the Bank has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of that asset to an independent third-party. Management determines whether substantially all the risk and rewards of ownership have been transferred by quantitatively comparing the variability in cash flows before and after the transfer. If the variability in cash flows remains significantly similar subsequent to the transfer, the Bank has retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership.

Where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are neither retained nor transferred, the Bank derecognizes the transferred asset only if it has lost control over that asset. Control over the asset is represented by the practical ability to sell the transferred asset. If the Bank retains control over the asset, it will continue to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. At times such continuing involvement may be in the form of investment in senior or subordinated tranches of notes issued by non-consolidated structured entities.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of (i) the consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and (ii) any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Transfers of financial assets that do not qualify for derecognition are reported as secured financings in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The derecognition criteria are applied to the transfer of part of an asset, rather than the asset as a whole, only if such part comprises specifically identified cash flows from the asset, a fully proportionate share of the cash flows from the asset, or a fully proportionate share of specifically identified cash flows from the asset.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, canceled or expires. If an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same counterparty on substantially different terms, or the terms of the existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability at fair value. The difference in the respective carrying amount of the existing liability and the new liability is recognized as a gain/loss in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Impairment

Scope

The Bank applies a three-stage approach to measure allowance for credit losses, using an expected credit loss approach as required under IFRS 9, for the following categories of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss:

 

   

Amortized cost financial assets;

   

Debt securities classified as FVOCI;

   

Off-balance sheet loan commitments; and

   

Financial guarantee contracts.

Expected credit loss impairment model

The Bank’s allowance for credit losses calculations are outputs of models with a number of underlying assumptions regarding the choice of variable inputs and their interdependencies. The expected credit loss impairment model reflects the present value of all cash shortfalls related to default events either (i) over the following twelve months or (ii) over the expected life of a financial instrument depending on credit deterioration from inception. The allowance for credit losses reflects an unbiased, probability-weighted outcome which considers multiple scenarios based on reasonable and supportable forecasts.

This impairment model measures credit loss allowances using a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination:

 

   

Stage 1 – Where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk (SIR) since initial recognition of a financial instrument, an amount equal to 12 months expected credit loss is recorded. The expected credit loss is computed using a probability of default (PD) occurring over the next 12 months. For those instruments with a remaining maturity of less than 12 months, a PD corresponding to remaining term to maturity is used.

   

Stage 2 – When a financial instrument experiences a SIR subsequent to origination but is not considered to be in default, it is included in Stage 2. This requires the computation of expected credit loss based on the PD over the remaining estimated life of the financial instrument.

   

Stage 3 – Financial instruments that are considered to be in default are included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses captures the lifetime expected credit losses.

Measurement of expected credit loss

The PD, exposure at default (EAD), and loss given default (LGD) inputs used to estimate expected credit losses are modelled based on macroeconomic variables that are closely related with credit losses in the relevant portfolio.

Details of these statistical parameters/inputs are as follows:

 

   

PD – The probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon. A default may only happen at a certain time over the remaining estimated life if the facility has not been previously derecognized and is still in the portfolio.

   

EAD – The exposure at default is an estimate of the exposure at a future default date, considering expected changes in the exposure after the reporting date, including repayments of principal and interest, whether scheduled by contract or otherwise, expected drawdowns on committed facilities, and accrued interest from missed payments.

   

LGD – The loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive, including from the realization of any collateral. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the EAD.

 

158 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Forward-looking information

The estimation of expected credit losses for each stage and the assessment of SIR consider information about past events and current conditions as well as reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions. The estimation and application of forward-looking information may require significant judgment.

Macroeconomic factors

In its models, the Bank relies on a broad range of forward-looking economic information as inputs, such as: GDP growth, unemployment rates, central bank interest rates, and house price indices. The inputs and models used for calculating expected credit losses may not always capture all characteristics of the market at the date of the financial statements. Qualitative adjustments or overlays may be made as temporary adjustments using expert credit judgment.

Multiple forward-looking scenarios

The Bank determines its allowance for credit losses using four probability-weighted forward-looking scenarios. The Bank considers both internal and external sources of information and data in order to achieve unbiased projections and forecasts. The scenarios are prepared using forecasts generated by Scotiabank Economics (SE). The forecasts are created using internal and external models which are modified by SE as necessary to formulate a ‘base case’ view of the most probable future direction of relevant economic variables as well as a representative range of other possible forecast scenarios. The process involves the development of three additional economic scenarios and consideration of the relative probabilities of each outcome.

The ‘base case’ represents the most likely outcome and is aligned with information used by the Bank for other purposes such as strategic planning and budgeting. The other scenarios represent more optimistic and more pessimistic outcomes. The Bank has identified and documented key drivers of credit risk and credit losses for each portfolio of financial instruments and, using an analysis of historical data, has estimated relationships between macroeconomic variables, credit risk, and credit losses.

Assessment of significant increase in credit risk

At each reporting date, the Bank assesses whether there has been a SIR for exposures since initial recognition by comparing the risk of default occurring over the remaining expected life from the reporting date and the date of initial recognition. The assessment considers borrower-specific quantitative and qualitative information without consideration of collateral, and the impact of forward-looking macroeconomic factors.

The common assessments for SIR on retail and non-retail portfolios include macroeconomic outlook, management judgment, and delinquency and monitoring. Forward-looking macroeconomic factors are a key component of the macroeconomic outlook. The importance and relevance of each specific macroeconomic factor depends on the type of product, characteristics of the financial instruments and the borrower and the geographical region. Quantitative models may not always be able to capture all reasonable and supportable information that may indicate a SIR. Qualitative factors may be assessed to supplement the gap. Examples of situations include changes in adjudication criteria for a particular group of borrowers, changes in portfolio composition, and natural disasters impacting certain portfolios. With regards to delinquency and monitoring, there is a rebuttable presumption that the credit risk of the financial instrument has increased since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 days overdue.

Retail portfolio – For retail exposures, a SIR is assessed based on thresholds that exist by product which consider the change in PD. The thresholds used for PD migration are reviewed and assessed at least annually unless there is a significant change in credit risk management practices, in which case the review is brought forward.

Non-retail portfolio – The Bank uses a risk rating scale (IG codes) for its non-retail exposures. All non-retail exposures have an IG code assigned that reflects the PD of the borrower. Both borrower specific and non-borrower specific (i.e. macroeconomic) forward-looking information is considered and reflected in the IG rating. SIR is evaluated based on the migration of the exposures among IG codes.

Expected life

When measuring expected credit loss, the Bank considers the maximum contractual period over which the Bank is exposed to credit risk. All contractual terms are considered when determining the expected life, including prepayment, and extension and rollover options. For certain revolving credit facilities, such as credit cards, the expected life is estimated based on the period over which the Bank is exposed to credit risk and how the credit losses are mitigated by management actions.

Presentation of allowance for credit losses in the Statement of Financial Position

 

   

Financial assets measured at amortized cost: as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the financial assets;

   

Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income: no allowance is recognized in the Statement of Financial Position because the carrying value of these assets is their fair value. However, the allowance determined is presented in the accumulated other comprehensive income;

   

Off-balance sheet credit risks include undrawn lending commitments, letters of credit and letters of guarantee: as a provision in other liabilities.

Modified financial assets

If the terms of a financial asset are modified or an existing financial asset is replaced with a new one, an assessment is made to determine if the existing financial asset should be derecognized. Where a modification does not result in derecognition, the date of origination continues to be used to determine SIR. Where a modification results in derecognition, the new financial asset is recognized at its fair value on the modification date. The modification date is also the date of origination for this new asset.

The Bank may modify the contractual terms of loans for either commercial or credit reasons. The terms of a loan in good standing may be modified for commercial reasons to provide competitive pricing to borrowers. Loans are also modified for credit reasons where the contractual terms are modified to grant a concession to a borrower that may be experiencing financial difficulty.

For all financial assets, modifications of the contractual terms may result in derecognition of the original asset when the changes to the terms of the loans are considered substantial. These terms include interest rate, authorized amount or term. The original loan is derecognized, and the new loan is recognized at its fair value. The difference between the carrying value of the derecognized asset and the fair value of the new asset is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 159


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For all loans, performing and credit-impaired, where the modification of terms did not result in the derecognition of the loan, the gross carrying amount of the modified loan is recalculated based on the present value of the modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, and any gain or loss from the modification is recorded in the provision for credit losses line in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Definition of default

The Bank considers a financial instrument to be in default when one or more loss events occur after the date of initial recognition of the instrument, and the loss event has a negative impact on the estimated future cash flows of the instrument that can be reliably estimated. This includes events that indicate:

 

   

significant financial difficulty of the borrower;

   

default or delinquency in interest or principal payments;

   

high probability of the borrower entering a phase of bankruptcy or a financial reorganization;

   

measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows from the loan or the underlying assets that back the loan.

The Bank considers that default has occurred and classifies the financial asset as impaired when it is more than 90 days past due, except for credit card receivables that are treated as defaulted when 180 days past due, unless reasonable and supportable information demonstrates that a more lagging default criterion is appropriate.

Write-off policy

The Bank writes off an impaired financial asset (and the related impairment allowance), either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where financial assets are secured, write-off is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realization of security. In circumstances where the net realizable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier. Credit card receivables 180 days past due are written-off. In subsequent periods, any recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Purchased loans

All purchased loans are initially measured at fair value on the date of acquisition. As a result, no allowance for credit losses would be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position on the date of acquisition. Purchased loans may fit into either of the two categories: Performing loans or Purchased Credit-Impaired (PCI) loans.

Purchased performing loans follow the same accounting as originated performing loans and are reflected in Stage 1 on the date of the acquisition. They will be subject to a 12 month allowance for credit losses, which is recorded as a provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The fair value adjustment set up for these loans on the date of acquisition is amortized into interest income over the life of these loans.

PCI loans are reflected in Stage 3 and are always subject to lifetime allowance for credit losses. Any changes in the expected cash flows since the date of acquisition are recorded as a charge/recovery in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income at the end of all reporting periods subsequent to the date of acquisition.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities with the same counterparty are offset, with the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, only if there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. When financial assets and financial liabilities are offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, the related income and expense items will also be offset in the Consolidated Statement of Income, unless specifically prohibited by an applicable accounting standard.

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

Cash and deposits with financial institutions comprise cash, cash equivalents, demand deposits with banks and other financial institutions, and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash, subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These investments are those with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition.

Precious metals

Precious metals are carried at fair value less costs to sell, and any changes in value are credited or charged to non-interest income – trading revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities purchased and sold under resale agreements

Securities purchased under resale agreements (reverse repurchase agreements) require the purchase of securities by the Bank from a counterparty with an agreement entered to resell the securities at a fixed price at a future date. Since the Bank is reselling the securities at a fixed price at a future date, the risks and rewards have not been transferred to the Bank. The Bank has the right to liquidate the securities purchased in the event of counterparty default.

Whereas securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) require the sale of securities by the Bank to a counterparty with an agreement entered simultaneously to purchase the securities back at a fixed price at a future date. Since the Bank is purchasing the securities back at a fixed price at a future date, the risks and rewards have not been transferred from the Bank. The counterparty has the right to use the collateral pledged by the Bank in the event of default.

These agreements are treated as collateralized financing arrangements and are initially recognized at amortized cost. The party disbursing the cash takes possession of the securities serving as collateral for the financing and having a market value equal to, or more than, the principal amount loaned. The securities received under reverse repurchase agreements and securities delivered under repurchase agreements are not recognized on, or derecognized from, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, unless the risks and rewards of ownership are obtained or relinquished. The related interest income and interest expense are recorded on an accrual basis using the effective interest rate in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

160 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Obligations related to securities sold short

Obligations related to securities sold short arise in dealing and market-making activities where debt securities and equity shares are sold without possessing such securities.

Similarly, if securities purchased under an agreement to resell are subsequently sold to third parties, the obligation to return the securities is recorded as a short sale within obligations related to securities sold short in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. These trading liabilities are measured at fair value with any gains or losses included in non-interest income – trading revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Interest expense accruing on debt securities sold short is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities lending and borrowing

Securities lending and borrowing transactions are usually collateralized by securities or cash. The transfer of the securities to counterparties is only reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position if the risks and rewards of ownership are also transferred. For cash collateral advanced or received, the Bank presents these transactions as securities sold under a repurchase agreement or securities purchased under a reverse repurchase agreement, respectively. Interest income on cash collateral paid and interest expense on cash collateral received together with securities lending income and securities borrowing fee are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Securities borrowed are not recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position unless they are then sold to third parties, in which case the obligation to return the securities is recorded as a trading liability and measured at fair value with any gains or losses included in non-interest income – trading revenues, in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Derivative instruments

Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices or other financial variables. Most derivative instruments can be characterized as interest rate contracts, foreign exchange and gold contracts, commodity contracts, equity contracts or credit contracts. Derivative instruments are either exchange-traded contracts or negotiated over-the-counter contracts. Negotiated over-the-counter contracts include swaps, forwards and options.

The Bank enters into these derivative contracts for trading purposes, as well as to manage its risk exposures (i.e., to manage the Bank’s non-trading interest rate, foreign currency and other risk exposures). Trading activities are undertaken to meet the needs of the Bank’s customers, as well as for the Bank’s own account.

Derivatives embedded in other financial liabilities or host contracts are treated as separate stand-alone derivatives when the following conditions are met:

 

   

their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract;

   

a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative; and

   

the combined contract is not held for trading or designated at fair value through profit or loss.

Where an embedded derivative is separable from the host contract but the fair value, as at the acquisition or reporting date, cannot be reliably measured separately, the entire combined contract is measured at fair value. All embedded derivatives are presented on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position on a combined basis with the host contracts. Changes in fair value of embedded derivatives that are separated from the host contract are recognized in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

All derivatives, including embedded derivatives that must be separately accounted for, are recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The determination of the fair value of derivatives includes consideration of credit risk, estimated funding costs and ongoing direct costs over the life of the instruments. Inception gains or losses on derivatives are only recognized where the valuation is dependent on observable market data; otherwise, they are deferred and amortized over the life of the related contract, or until the valuation inputs become observable.

The gains and losses resulting from changes in fair values of trading derivatives are included in non-interest income – trading revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income in non-interest income – other. Where derivative instruments are used to manage the volatility of share-based payment expense, these derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in the fair value in relation to units hedged included in non-interest expenses – salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded as non-interest income – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income for fair value hedges and other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for cash flow hedges and net investment hedges.

Hedge accounting

The Bank has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39. Also, the Bank has implemented the additional hedge accounting disclosures that are required by the IFRS 9 related amendments to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures.

The Bank formally documents all hedging relationships and its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking these hedge transactions at inception. The hedge documentation includes identification of the asset, liability, firm commitment or highly probable forecasted transaction being hedged, the nature of the risk being hedged, the hedging instrument used, and the method used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge.

The Bank also formally assesses, both at each hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items within an 80-125% range. This assessment incorporates a comparison of critical terms of the hedged and hedging item, and regression analysis, in order to determine (i) whether the hedge relationship is expected to be highly effective going forward (i.e. prospective effectiveness assessment) and (ii) whether the hedge was actually highly effective for the designated period (i.e. retrospective effectiveness assessment).

Hedge ineffectiveness is measured and recorded in non-interest income – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

There are three types of hedges: (i) fair value hedges, (ii) cash flow hedges and (iii) net investment hedges.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 161


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair value hedges

For fair value hedges, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument is offset in the Consolidated Statement of Income by the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. For hedges that are discontinued, the hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value. The cumulative fair value adjustment of the hedged item is amortized to interest income over its remaining term to maturity or written off to non-interest income directly if the hedged item ceases to exist. The Bank uses fair value hedges primarily to convert fixed rate financial instruments to floating rate financial instruments. Hedged items include debt securities, loans, deposit liabilities and subordinated debentures. Hedging instruments include single-currency interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps.

Cash flow hedges

For cash flow hedges, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument, to the extent effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income until the corresponding gains and losses on the hedged item are recognized in income. For hedges that are discontinued, the cumulative unrealized gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to interest income and/or salaries and employee benefits as the variability in the cash flows of hedged item affects income. However, if the hedged item is derecognized or the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the unrealized gain or loss is reclassified immediately to non-interest income and/or salaries and employee benefits. The Bank uses cash flow hedges primarily to hedge the variability in cash flows relating to floating rate financial instruments and highly probable forecasted revenues and expenses. Hedged items include debt securities, loans, deposit liabilities, subordinated debentures and highly probable forecasted transactions. Hedging instruments include single-currency interest rate swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps, total return swaps, foreign currency forwards and foreign currency assets or liabilities.

Net investment hedges

For net investment hedges, the change in fair value of the hedging instrument, to the extent effective, is recorded in other comprehensive income until the corresponding cumulative translation adjustments on the hedged net investment are recognized in income. The Bank designates foreign currency liabilities and foreign currency forwards as hedging instruments to manage the foreign currency exposure and impact on capital ratios arising from foreign operations.

Property and equipment

Land is carried at cost. Buildings (including building fittings), equipment, and leasehold improvements are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset less any residual value as follows: buildings – up to 40 years; building fittings – up to 15 years; equipment – 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements – lease term determined by the Bank. Depreciation expense is included in the Consolidated Statement of Income under non-interest expenses – depreciation and amortization. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each financial year-end and adjusted as appropriate.

When major components of buildings and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for separately and depreciated over each component’s estimated useful life.

Net gains and losses on disposal are included in non-interest income – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the year of disposal.

Assets held for sale

Non-current non-financial assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. These assets meet the criteria for classification as held for sale if they are available for immediate sale in their present condition and their sale is considered highly probable to occur within one year.

Non-current non-financial assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and are presented within other assets in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Any subsequent write-down to fair value less costs to sell is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income, in non-interest income or non-interest expense. Any subsequent increase in the fair value less costs to sell, to the extent this does not exceed the cumulative write-down, is also recognized in non-interest income or non-interest expense, together with any realized gains or losses on disposal.

Non-financial assets acquired in exchange for loans as part of an orderly realization are recorded as assets held for sale or assets held for use. If the acquired asset does not meet the requirement to be considered held for sale, the asset is considered held for use, measured initially at cost which equals the carrying value of the loan and accounted for in the same manner as a similar asset acquired in the normal course of business.

Business combinations and goodwill

The Bank follows the acquisition method of accounting for the acquisition of a business. The Bank considers the date on which control is obtained, and it legally transfers the consideration for the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of the subsidiary, to be the date of acquisition. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration paid. The fair value of the consideration transferred by the Bank in a business combination is calculated as the sum of the acquisition date fair value of the assets transferred by the Bank, the liabilities incurred by the Bank to former owners of the acquiree, and the equity interests, including any options, issued by the Bank. The Bank recognizes the acquisition date fair values of any previously held investment in the subsidiary and contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquisition. A gain or loss on any previously held investments of an acquiree is recognized in non-interest income – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

In general, all identifiable assets acquired (including intangible assets) and liabilities assumed (including any contingent liabilities) are measured at the acquisition date fair value. The Bank records identifiable intangible assets irrespective of whether the assets have been recognized by the acquiree before the business combination. Non-controlling interests, if any, are recognized at their proportionate share of the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, unless otherwise indicated. Where the Bank has an obligation to purchase a non-controlling interest for cash or another financial asset, a financial liability is recognized based on management’s best estimate of the present value of the redemption amount. Where the Bank has a corresponding option to settle the purchase of a non-controlling interest by issuing its own common shares, no financial liability is recorded.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Bank’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the Bank’s share of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the resulting gain is recognized immediately in non-interest income – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

162 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

During the measurement period (which is within one year from the acquisition date), the Bank may, on a retrospective basis, adjust the amounts recognized at the acquisition date to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The Bank accounts for acquisition-related costs as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and the services are received.

Subsequent to acquisition, the Bank accounts for the following assets and liabilities recognized in a business combination as described below:

 

   

Contingent liabilities, until resolved, are measured at the higher of the amount that would be recognized as a provision or the amount initially recognized, with any change recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

   

Indemnification assets are measured on the same basis as the item to which the indemnification relates.

   

Contingent consideration classified as a liability is measured at fair value, with any change recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

   

Liabilities to non-controlling interest holders when remeasured at the end of each reporting period, a corresponding change is recorded in equity.

After initial recognition of goodwill in a business combination, goodwill in aggregate is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Goodwill is reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, on the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Bank’s group of cash-generating units (CGUs) that is expected to benefit from the combination. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated so that the level at which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The Bank determines the carrying value of the CGU using a regulatory capital approach based on credit, market, operational risks and leverage, consistent with the Bank’s capital attribution for business line performance measurement. Corporate capital that is not directly attributable is allocated to each CGU on a proportional basis, based on the relative attributed capital prior to the corporate capital allocation. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU). If either FVLCD or VIU exceeds the carrying amount, there is no need to determine the other. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the CGU exceeds the recoverable amount. An impairment loss on goodwill is not reversed.

FVLCD is the price that would be received from the sale of a CGU in an orderly transaction between market participants, less cost of disposal, at the measurement date. In determining FVLCD, an appropriate valuation model is used which considers various factors, including normalized net income, control premiums and price earnings multiples. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples and quoted share prices for publicly traded subsidiaries or other available fair value indicators.

VIU is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from a CGU. The determination of VIU involves judgment in estimating cash flow projections, discount rate and terminal growth rate. The future cash flows are based on management approved budgets and plans which factor in market trends, macroeconomic conditions, forecasted earnings and business strategy for the CGU. The discount rate is based on the cost of capital while the terminal growth rate is based on the long-term growth expectations in the relevant countries.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets and are acquired either separately, through a business combination, or generated internally. The Bank’s intangible assets are mainly comprised of computer software, customer relationships, contract intangibles, core deposit intangibles and fund management contracts.

The cost of a separately acquired intangible asset includes its purchase price and directly attributable costs of preparing the asset for its intended use. Intangibles acquired as part of a business combination are initially recognized at fair value.

In respect of internally generated intangible assets, initial measurement includes all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

After initial recognition, an intangible asset is carried at its cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are initially measured at cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives as follows: computer software – up to 10 years; and other intangible assets – 5 to 20 years. Amortization expense is included in the Consolidated Statement of Income under operating expenses – depreciation and amortization. As intangible assets are non-financial assets, the impairment model for non-financial assets is applied. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are only tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The carrying amount of the Bank’s non-financial assets, other than goodwill, indefinite life intangible assets and deferred tax assets, which are separately addressed, is reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, non-financial assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generate cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent from the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets.

If any indication of impairment exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. The Bank’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses of continuing operations are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income in those expense categories consistent with the nature of the impaired asset. Impairment losses recognized in prior periods are reassessed at each reporting date for any indication that the loss had decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Such reversal is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Significant judgment is applied in determining the non-financial asset’s recoverable amount and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 163


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Corporate income taxes

The Bank follows the balance sheet liability method for corporate income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the cumulative amount of tax applicable to temporary differences, which are the differences between the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, and their values for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available against which the benefit of these deferred tax assets can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are only offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and where the Bank has both the legal right and the intention to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Bank maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect the risk of tax positions under discussion, audit, dispute or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions are made using the Bank’s best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on an assessment of all relevant factors, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period. It is possible that additional liability and income tax expense could arise in the future, depending on the acceptance of the Bank’s tax positions by the relevant tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates.

Income tax is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income, except where it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case income tax is recognized in the same line as the related item.

Leases

At inception of a contract, the Bank assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. When the Bank is a lessee, it recognizes a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a lease liability, except for short-term leases for assets that have a lease term of 12 months or less and leases of low value items. For short-term leases and low value items, the Bank recognizes the lease payment associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Asset

A ROU is an asset that represents a lessee’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. The ROU asset is initially measured at cost, which is based on the initial amount of the lease liability, any direct costs incurred, any lease payments made at or before the commencement date net of lease incentives received and estimated decommissioning costs.

The ROU asset is subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The ROU asset is depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the ROU asset or the end of the lease term. The depreciation is recorded in Depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statement of Income. In addition, the ROU asset is adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

Liability

At commencement date, the Bank initially measures the lease liability at the present value of the future lease payments, discounted using the Bank’s incremental borrowing rate that takes into account the Bank’s credit risk and economic environment in which the lease is entered. The lease liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is re-measured if the Bank changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option. Interest expense is recorded in Interest expense – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

When the lease liability is re-measured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the ROU asset or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Presentation

The Bank presents ROU assets in Property and equipment and lease liabilities in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Determining lease term

The Bank’s expectation of exercising the option to renew a lease is determined by assessing if the Bank is “reasonably certain” to exercise that option. The Bank will be reasonably certain to exercise an option when factors create a significant economic incentive to do so. This assessment considers the following criteria: key locations for its branch network, locations on which the Bank has spent significant capital on renovation work, contribution to profit, value of locations based on current economic environment and the remaining term of existing leases.

Provisions

A provision, including for restructuring, is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Bank has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The amount recognized as a provision is the Bank’s best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is considered material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recorded as interest expense – other in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Insurance contracts

The Bank identifies its insurance contracts under which it accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future event (the insured event) adversely affects the policyholder. For short duration contracts, the Bank applies the premium allocation approach which requires that the expected premium be recognized into income over the coverage period and a liability for remaining coverage be established to the extent that cash inflows are received earlier than the recognition of premiums into insurance revenue. A liability for incurred claims is established based on expected claims and expenses, with a risk adjustment for non-financial risk, required to settle past insured events.

 

164 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For long duration contracts, the Bank recognizes probability-weighted discounted fulfilment cashflows and a risk adjustment for non-financial risk for groups of contracts. To the extent that those groups of contracts are expected to be profitable, a contractual service margin liability is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position which represents unearned profits that will be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the future over the life of the contract.

Insurance revenue is earned over the period the Bank provides insurance coverage and as risk is released. For all insurance contracts, losses on onerous contracts are recognized in income immediately.

Guarantees

A guarantee is a contract that contingently requires the Bank to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor failed to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument. Guarantees include standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee, indemnifications, credit enhancements and other similar contracts. Guarantees that qualify as a derivative are accounted for in accordance with the policy for derivative instruments. For guarantees that do not qualify as a derivative, a liability is recorded for the fair value of the obligation assumed at inception. The fair value of the obligation at inception is generally based on the discounted cash flow of the premium to be received for the guarantee, resulting in a corresponding asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, such guarantees are measured at the higher of the initial amount, less amortization to recognize any fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of the amount required to settle any financial obligation arising as a result of the guarantee. Any increase in the liability is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Employee benefits

The Bank provides pension and other benefit plans for eligible employees globally. Pension benefits are offered in the form of defined benefit pension plans (generally based on an employee’s length of service and earnings) and defined contribution pension plans (where the Bank’s contribution is fixed and there is no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts). Other benefits provided include post-retirement health care, dental care and life insurance, along with other long-term employee benefits, such as long-term disability benefits.

Defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans

The cost of these employee benefits is actuarially determined each year using the projected unit credit method. The calculation uses management’s best estimate of a number of assumptions, including the discount rate, future compensation, health care costs, mortality, as well as the retirement age of employees. The most significant assumption is the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation, which is set by reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds that have durations that match the terms of the Bank’s obligations. Separate discount rates are used to determine the annual benefit expense in Canada and the U.S. These rates are determined with reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds with durations that match the various components of the annual benefit expense. The discount rate used to determine the annual benefit expense for all other plans is the same as the rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The Bank’s net asset or liability in respect of employee benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan as the difference between the present value of future benefits earned in respect of service for prior periods and the fair value of plan assets. The net asset or liability is included in other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. When the net amount in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is an asset, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

The current service cost, net interest expense (income), past service cost (credit), settlement gain (loss) and administrative expense are recognized in net income. Net interest expense (income) is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset or liability. When the benefits of a plan are improved (reduced), a past service cost (credit) is recognized immediately in net income.

Remeasurements comprising of actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling and the return on plan assets in excess of or less than the interest income on the fair value of assets are recognized immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, with a charge or credit to the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) in the period in which they occur. Amounts recorded in OCI are not recycled to the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Other long-term employee benefits

Other long-term employee benefits are accounted for similarly to defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans described above, except that remeasurements are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income in the period in which they arise.

Defined contribution plans

The costs of such plans are equal to contributions payable by the Bank to employees’ accounts for service rendered during the period and expensed.

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided and a liability is measured on an undiscounted basis net of payments made.

Interest and similar income and expenses

For all non-trading interest-bearing financial instruments, interest income or expense is recorded in net interest income using the effective interest rate. This is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, where appropriate, to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation takes into account all the contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) and includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the effective interest rate, but not future credit losses.

For trading financial instruments, mark-to-market changes including related interest income or expense are recorded in non-interest income – trading revenues.

The carrying amount of interest-bearing financial instruments, measured at amortized cost or classified as FVOCI, is adjusted if the Bank revises its estimates of payments or receipts. The adjusted carrying amount is calculated based on the original effective interest rate and the change in carrying amount is recorded as non-interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 165


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Once the carrying value of a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income continues to be recognized based on net effective interest rate inherent in the investment.

Loan origination costs are deferred and amortized into interest income using the effective interest method over the expected term of the loan. Loan fees are recognized in interest income over the appropriate lending or commitment period. Mortgage prepayment fees are recognized in interest income when received, unless they relate to a minor modification to the terms of the mortgage, in which case the fees are deferred and amortized using the effective interest method over the remaining period of the original mortgage.

Loan syndication fees are deferred and amortized in interest income over the term of the loan where the yield the Bank retains is less than that of the comparable lenders in the syndicate.

Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down and other credit related fees are deferred (together with any incremental costs) and recognized as part of the interest income on the loan. When it is unlikely that a loan will be drawn down, the loan commitment fees are recognized in non-interest income.

Fee and commission revenues

Revenue is recognized once the Bank’s customer has obtained control of the service. The transfer of control occurs when the Bank’s customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain the benefits of the banking services and the contractual performance obligation to the customer has been satisfied. The Bank records revenue gross of expenses where it is the principal in performing a service to the customer and net of expenses where the Bank is an agent for these services. The assessment of principal or agent requires judgement on the basis of whether the Bank controls the services before they are transferred to the customer. From time to time, the Bank may receive variable consideration such as performance fees. These fees are only recognized when it is highly probable that the Bank will not need to reverse a significant amount of revenue.

Card revenues include interchange fees, annual fees and other card related fees. Interchange fees are calculated as a percentage of the transaction and are recognized on the transaction date. Annual fees are recognized in income over 12 months. Other card fees are transaction-based and are recognized on the transaction date.

The Bank operates various loyalty points programs, which allow customers to accumulate points when using the Bank’s products and services. Loyalty point liabilities are subject to periodic remeasurement to reflect the expected cost of redemption. Where the customer has the option to redeem points for statement credits, the cost of the loyalty program is presented net of card fees. Where points can only be redeemed for goods or services, interchange revenue allocated to the loyalty rewards is recognized when the rewards are redeemed. Reward costs are recorded in non-interest expenses.

Banking services fees consist of fees earned on personal, business and government deposit activities. Personal deposit-related fees consist of account maintenance and various transaction-based services. Business and government deposit-related fees consist of commercial deposit and treasury management services and other cash management services. These fees are recognized on the transaction date or over time as services are provided to the customer.

Credit fees include fees earned for providing letters of credit and guarantee, loan commitments, bankers’ acceptances, and for arranging loan syndications. These fees are recognized on the transaction date or over time as services are provided based on contractual agreements with the customer.

Mutual funds fees include management and administration fees which are earned in the Bank’s wealth management business. These fees are calculated as a percentage of the fund’s net asset value and recognized as the service is provided. From time to time, the Bank may also recognize performance fees from some funds. These fees are only recognized to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.

Brokerage fees relate to fees earned for providing full-service and discount brokerage services to clients. These fees are contractually agreed and can be asset-based or linked to individual transactions. Such fees are recognized as the service is provided to clients or on the trade date.

Investment management and trust fees include administration, trust services and other investment services provided to clients. These fees are contractually agreed upon and can be linked to portfolio values or individual transactions. Such fees are recognized as the service is provided to clients to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur.

Underwriting and other advisory fees relate to fees earned for services provided to clients in relation to the placement of debt and equities. Such fees also include services to clients for mergers, acquisitions, financial restructurings and other corporate finance activities. These fees are recognized when the service has been performed and/or contractual milestones are completed. Performance and completion fees are variable consideration and generally contingent on the successful completion of a transaction.

Other fees and commissions include commissions earned on the sale of third party insurance products to the Bank’s customers. Such fees and commissions are recognized when the performance obligation is completed.

Fee and commission expenses

Fee and commission expenses relate to transaction and service fees which are expensed as the services are received.

Dividend income

Dividend income on equity securities is recognized when the Bank’s right to receive payment is established, which is on the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities.

Share-based payments

Share-based payments awarded to employees are recognized as compensation expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income over the vesting period based on the number of awards expected to vest, including the impact of expected forfeitures. For awards that are delivered in tranches, each tranche is considered a separate award and accounted for separately.

Plain vanilla options and other awards that must be settled for shares are classified as equity awards. Equity-classified awards are expensed based on the grant date fair value with a corresponding increase to equity – other reserves in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. If an option is exercised, both the exercise price proceeds together with the amount recorded in other reserves is credited to equity – common shares in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

166 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock appreciation rights and other awards that must be settled for cash are classified as liabilities. Liability-classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date while they remain outstanding, with any changes in fair value recognized in compensation expense in the period. The liability is expensed over the vesting period, which incorporates the remeasurement of the fair value and a revised forfeiture rate that anticipates units expected to vest.

For plain vanilla options and stock appreciation rights, the Bank estimates fair value using an option pricing model. The option pricing model requires inputs such as the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, expected volatility (calculated using an equal weighting of implied and historical volatility) and specific employee exercise behaviour patterns based on statistical data. For other awards, fair value is the quoted market price of the Bank’s common shares at the reporting date.

Where derivatives are used to economically hedge share-based payment expense, related mark-to-market gains and losses are included in non-interest expenses – salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Dividends on shares

Dividends on common and preferred shares and other equity instruments are recognized as a liability and deducted from equity when they are declared and no longer at the discretion of the Bank.

Segment reporting

Management’s internal view is the basis for the determination of operating segments. The operating segments are those whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Bank’s chief operating decision-maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. The Bank has four operating segments: Canadian Banking, International Banking, Global Wealth Management and Global Banking and Markets. The Other category represents smaller operating segments, including Group Treasury and other corporate items, which are not allocated to an operating segment. These segments offer different products and services and are managed separately based on the Bank’s management and internal reporting structure.

The results of these business segments are based upon the internal financial reporting systems of the Bank. The accounting policies used in these segments are generally consistent with those followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements by the Bank. The only notable accounting measurement difference is the grossing up of revenues which are tax-exempt and income from associate corporations to an equivalent before-tax basis for those affected segments. This change in measurement enables comparison of income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

Given the complexity of the Bank, various estimates and allocation methodologies are used in the preparation of the business segment financial information. The funding value of assets and liabilities is transfer-priced at wholesale market rates, and corporate expenses are allocated to each segment on an equitable basis using various parameters. As well, capital is apportioned to the business segments on a risk-based methodology. Transactions between segments are recorded within segment results as if conducted with a third-party and are eliminated on consolidation.

Earnings per share (EPS)

Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income for the period attributable to the Bank’s common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing adjusted net income for the period attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of diluted common shares outstanding for the period. In the calculation of diluted earnings per share, earnings are adjusted for changes in income or expenses that would result from the issuance of dilutive shares. The weighted-average number of diluted common shares outstanding for the period reflects the potential dilution that would occur if options, securities or other contracts that entitle their holders to obtain common shares had been outstanding from the beginning of the period (or a later date) to the end of the period (or an earlier date). Instruments determined to have an antidilutive impact for the period are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

The number of additional shares for inclusion in diluted EPS for share-based payment options is determined using the treasury share method. Under this method, the net number of incremental common shares is determined by assuming that in-the-money stock options are exercised and the proceeds are used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the period.

The number of additional shares associated with capital instruments that potentially result in the issuance of common shares is based on the terms of the contract. On occurrence of contingencies as specified in the Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC) instruments, the number of additional common shares associated with the NVCC subordinated debentures, NVCC subordinated additional Tier 1 capital notes, NVCC limited recourse capital notes and NVCC preferred shares is based on an automatic conversion formula as set out in the respective prospectus supplements.

 

4

Future Accounting Developments

The Bank actively monitors developments and changes in accounting standards from the IASB, as well as requirements from the other regulatory bodies, including OSFI. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adoption of new standards issued by the IASB on its consolidated financial statements and also evaluating the alternative elections available on transition.

Effective November 1, 2026

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Amendments IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements

On May 30, 2024, the IASB issued “Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7)” to address post-implementation review findings of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

The amendments introduce an accounting policy choice to derecognize financial liabilities settled through an electronic payment system before the settlement date upon meeting certain conditions. The amendments clarify the assessment of contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets based on contingent events, such as interest rates linked to environmental, social and governance (ESG) targets, the treatment of non-recourse assets, and contractually linked instruments. The amendments introduce new disclosure requirements for financial instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows due to events not directly related to changes in basic lending risks, such as certain loans subject to ESG targets. Additionally, the amendments change some of the disclosure requirements for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 167


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The amendments are effective for the Bank on November 1, 2026, and early adoption is permitted. The Bank is required to apply the amendments retrospectively but is not required to restate prior periods. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of these amendments.

Effective November 1, 2027

The IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements on April 9, 2024, to replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027. IFRS 18 introduces a defined structure for the presentation of the statement of income, including required totals and subtotals, as well as aggregating and disaggregating principles to categorize financial information. The standard also requires all Management-defined performance measures to be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

IFRS 18 will be effective for the Bank on November 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of this new standard.

 

5

Cash and Deposits with Financial Institutions

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Cash and non-interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

  $ 10,256     $ 9,406  

Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions

    55,711       54,454  

Total

  $  65,967 (1)    $  63,860 (1) 

 

(1)

Net of allowances of $4 (2024 – $3).

The Bank is required to maintain balances with central banks, other regulatory authorities and certain counterparties. These amounted to $6,759 million (2024 – $5,322 million) and are included above.

 

6

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Determination of fair value

The calculation of fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and therefore may not be reflective of future fair values. The Bank has controls and processes in place to ensure that the valuation of financial instruments is appropriately determined.

The Bank discloses the classification of all financial instruments carried at fair value in a hierarchy based on the determination of fair value. The best evidence of fair value for a financial instrument is the quoted price in an active market. Fair value based on unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets represents a Level 1 valuation. Where possible, valuations are based on quoted prices or observable inputs obtained from active markets.

Independent Price Verification (IPV) is undertaken to assess the accuracy of prices and inputs used in the determination of fair value. The IPV process is performed by price verification groups that are independent of the business. The Bank maintains a list of approved pricing sources that are used in the IPV process. These sources include, but are not limited to, brokers, exchanges and pricing services. The valuation policies relating to the IPV process require that all pricing or rate sources used be external to the Bank. At least annually, an independent assessment of pricing or rate sources is performed to determine the market presence and reliability of market levels.

Quoted prices are not always available for over-the-counter (OTC) transactions as well as for transactions in inactive or illiquid markets. OTC transactions are valued using internal models that maximize the use of observable inputs to estimate fair value. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all the factors that market participants would take into account in pricing a transaction. When fair value is based on all significant market observable inputs, the valuation is classified as Level 2. Financial instruments traded in a less active market can be valued using indicative market prices, the present value of cash flows or other valuation techniques. Fair value estimates normally do not consider forced or liquidation sales.

Where financial instruments trade in inactive markets or when using models where observable parameters do not exist, significant management judgment is required for valuation methodologies and model inputs. Valuations that require the significant use of unobservable inputs are considered Level 3.

The specific inputs and valuation techniques used in determining the fair value of financial instruments are noted below. For Level 3 instruments, additional information is disclosed in the Level 3 sensitivity analysis on page 173.

The fair values of cash and deposits with banks, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed, customers’ liability under acceptances, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent, acceptances, and obligations related to securities sold short are assumed to approximate their carrying values, either due to their short-term nature or because they are frequently repriced to current market rates.

Trading loans

Trading loans are comprised of loans that serve as hedges to total return swaps, hedges for precious metal certificate liabilities and loans subject to sale through syndication. Trading loans that serve as hedges to loan-based credit total return swaps and precious metals certificate liabilities are valued using consensus prices from Bank approved independent pricing services. The fair value of loans subject to sale through syndication approximates their carrying value due to the short-term nature of these loans.

Government issued or guaranteed securities

The fair values of government issued or guaranteed debt securities are primarily based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where quoted prices in active markets are not available, the fair value is determined by utilizing recent transaction prices, reliable broker quotes, or pricing services, which derive fair values using only observable valuation inputs, which are significant to the fair values.

 

168 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For securities for which quoted prices are not available, the Bank uses a discounted cash flow method, using the effective yield of a similar instrument adjusted for instrument-specific risk factors that are observable inputs such as credit spread and contracted features.

Corporate and other debt

Corporate and other debt securities are valued using unadjusted quoted prices from independent market data providers or third-party broker quotes from an active market. Where direct prices from active markets are not available, the valuation is performed with a yield-based valuation approach. In some instances, interpolated yields of similar bonds are used to price securities. The Bank uses pricing models with observable inputs from market sources such as credit spread, and interest rate curves. These inputs are verified through an IPV process on a monthly basis.

For certain securities where there is no active market, no consensus market pricing and no indicative or executable independent third-party quotes, the Bank uses pricing by third-party providers or internal pricing models and cannot readily observe the significant inputs used to price such instruments.

Mortgage-backed securities

The fair value of residential mortgage-backed securities is primarily determined using broker quotes and independent market data providers. In limited circumstances, an internal price-based model may be used with the unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value.

Equity securities

The fair value of equity securities is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets, where available. Where equity securities are less frequently traded, the most recent exchange-quoted pricing is used to determine fair value.

For private equity securities, where quoted prices in active markets are not readily available, the fair value is determined as a multiple of the underlying earnings or percentage of underlying net asset value obtained from third-party general partner statements.

Derivatives

Fair values of exchange-traded derivatives are based on unadjusted quoted market prices from an active market. Fair values of over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives or inactive exchange-traded derivatives are determined using pricing models, which take into account observable valuation inputs such as current market and contractual prices of the underlying instruments, as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions. The determination of the fair value of derivatives includes consideration of credit risk, estimated funding costs and ongoing direct costs over the life of the instruments.

Derivative products valued using a valuation technique with market-observable inputs mainly include interest rate swaps and options, currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models, using present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including foreign exchange spot, forward rates and interest rate curves.

Derivative products valued using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs, such as volatility, correlation, and forward curves, may include long dated contracts (interest rate swaps, currency swaps, option contracts, commodity contracts and certain credit default swaps) and other derivative products that reference a basket of assets.

Loans

The estimated fair value of loans carried at amortized cost reflects changes in the general level of interest rates and creditworthiness of borrowers that have occurred since the loans were originated or purchased. The particular valuation methods used are as follows:

 

   

Canadian fixed rate residential mortgages are fair valued by discounting the expected future contractual cash flows, taking into account expected prepayments and using management’s best estimate of average market interest rates currently offered for mortgages with similar remaining terms.

   

For fixed rate business and government loans, fair value is determined by discounting the expected future contractual cash flows at market interest rates for loans with similar credit risks.

   

For all other fixed rate loans, fair value is determined by discounting the expected future contractual cash flows of these loans at market interest rates.

   

For all floating rate loans fair value is assumed to equal carrying value.

The fair value of loans is not adjusted for the value of any credit protection the Bank has purchased to mitigate credit risk.

Deposits

The fair values of deposits payable on demand or after notice or floating rate deposits payable on a fixed date is assumed to equal carrying value.

The estimated fair values of Canadian personal fixed rate deposits payable on a fixed date are fair valued by discounting the expected future contractual cash outflows, using management’s best estimate of average market interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining terms.

Deposits under the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program are fair valued by discounting expected future contractual cash flows using market observable inputs.

For all other fixed rate deposits, fair value is determined by discounting the expected future contractual cash flows of these deposits at interest rates currently offered for deposits with similar terms.

For structured notes containing embedded features that are bifurcated from plain vanilla notes, the fair value of the embedded derivatives is determined using option pricing models with observable inputs similar to other interest rate or equity derivative contracts.

Certain deposits that are designated at FVTPL are structured notes. Their coupon or repayment terms can be linked to the performance of market parameters such as interest rates, equities, and foreign currencies. The fair value of these structured notes is determined using models which incorporate observable market inputs, such as interest rate curves, equity prices, equity volatility and foreign exchange rates. Some structured notes may have significant unobservable inputs to model valuation such as interest rate volatility and equity correlation.

Obligations related to securities sold short

The fair values of these obligations are based on the fair value of the underlying securities, which can include debt or equity securities. The method used to determine fair value is based on the quoted market prices where available in an active market.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 169


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Subordinated debentures and other liabilities

The fair values of subordinated debentures, including debentures issued by subsidiaries which are included in other liabilities, are determined by reference to quoted market prices where available or market prices for debt with similar terms and risks. The fair values of other liabilities are determined by the discounted contractual cash flow method with appropriate currency swap curves for the remaining term or market prices for instruments with similar terms and risks.

Fair value of financial instruments

The following table sets out the fair values of financial instruments of the Bank using the valuation methods and assumptions described above. The fair values disclosed do not include non-financial assets, such as property and equipment, investments in associates, precious metals, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Total
fair
value
    Total
carrying
value
    Total
fair
value
    Total
carrying
value
 

Assets:

       

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

  $ 65,967     $ 65,967     $ 63,860     $ 63,860  

Trading assets

    152,223       152,223       129,727       129,727  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

    203,008       203,008       200,543       200,543  

Derivative financial instruments

    46,531       46,531       44,379       44,379  

Investment securities – FVOCI and FVTPL

    126,226       126,226       123,420       123,420  

Investment securities – Amortized cost

    23,239       23,722       28,422       29,412  

Loans

    769,900       771,045        757,825        760,829  

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    177       177       148       148  

Other financial assets

    28,128       28,128       22,467       22,467  

Liabilities:

       

Deposits

     965,925        966,279       941,290       943,849  

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    47,165       47,165       36,341       36,341  

Acceptances

    178       178       149       149  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    38,104       38,104       35,042       35,042  

Derivative financial instruments

    56,031       56,031       51,260       51,260  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and
securities lent

    189,144       189,144       190,449       190,449  

Subordinated debentures

    7,749       7,692       7,814       7,833  

Other financial liabilities

    56,500       56,529       53,342       53,387  

Changes in interest rates, credit spreads and liquidity costs are the main cause of changes in the fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments resulting in a favourable or unfavourable variance compared to carrying value. For the Bank’s financial instruments carried at cost or amortized cost, the carrying value is not adjusted to reflect increases or decreases in fair value due to market fluctuations, including those due to interest rate changes. For FVOCI investment securities, derivatives and financial instruments measured at FVTPL or designated as fair value through profit or loss, the carrying value is adjusted regularly to reflect the fair value.

 

170 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Fair value hierarchy

The following table outlines the fair value hierarchy of instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis and of instruments not carried at fair value.

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Instruments carried at fair value on a recurring basis:

               

Assets:

               

Precious metals(1)

  $     $ 5,156     $     $ 5,156     $     $ 2,540     $     $ 2,540  

Trading assets

               

Loans

          8,486       1       8,487             7,649             7,649  

Canadian federal government and government guaranteed debt

    13,838       1,963             15,801       11,229       3,742             14,971  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    8,374       3,336             11,710       6,228       2,185             8,413  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agencies’ debt

    9,132                   9,132       15,050                   15,050  

Other foreign governments’ debt

    1,837       8,451             10,288       422       9,932             10,354  

Corporate and other debt

    3,523       6,593             10,116       4,940       6,990       4       11,934  

Equity securities

    83,412       373       12       83,797       59,081       88       21       59,190  

Other

          2,892             2,892             2,166             2,166  
  $  120,116     $ 32,094     $ 13     $  152,223     $  96,950     $  32,752     $ 25     $  129,727  

Investment securities(2)

               

Canadian federal government and government guaranteed debt

  $ 15,143     $ 7,967     $     $ 23,110     $ 12,739     $ 8,801     $     $ 21,540  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    16,293       4,550             20,843       12,823       4,702             17,525  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agencies’ debt

     42,300       6,736             49,036       39,999       6,377             46,376  

Other foreign governments’ debt

    7,099       20,627             27,726       3,940       25,346             29,286  

Corporate and other debt

    116       2,892       32       3,040       133       3,359       35       3,527  

Equity securities

    96       329       2,046       2,471       2,983       317       1,866       5,166  
  $ 81,047     $ 43,101     $ 2,078     $ 126,226     $ 72,617     $ 48,902     $ 1,901     $ 123,420  

Derivative financial instruments

               

Interest rate contracts

  $     $ 9,804     $ 3     $ 9,807     $     $ 11,584     $     $ 11,584  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

          26,411       1       26,412             26,004             26,004  

Equity contracts

    816       6,452       161       7,429       150       4,313       44       4,507  

Credit contracts

          269       4       273             180       2       182  

Commodity contracts

          2,594       16       2,610             2,095       7       2,102  
  $ 816     $ 45,530     $ 185     $ 46,531     $ 150     $ 44,176     $ 53     $ 44,379  

Liabilities:

               

Deposits(3)

  $     $ 335     $     $ 335     $     $ 193     $     $ 193  

Financial liabilities designated at fair
value through profit or loss

          47,165             47,165             36,341             36,341  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    34,864       3,240             38,104       30,721       4,319       2       35,042  

Derivative financial instruments

               

Interest rate contracts

          17,181       8       17,189             17,895       13       17,908  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

          25,793             25,793             25,900             25,900  

Equity contracts

    783       9,288       43       10,114       139       4,687       19       4,845  

Credit contracts

          24       2       26             46       1       47  

Commodity contracts

          2,897       12       2,909             2,550       10       2,560  
  $ 783     $ 55,183     $ 65     $ 56,031     $ 139     $ 51,078     $ 43     $ 51,260  

Instruments not carried at fair value(4):

               

Assets:

               

Investment securities – amortized cost

  $ 1,548     $ 21,691     $     $ 23,239     $ 1,127     $ 27,295     $     $ 28,422  

Loans(5)

                 400,574       400,574                    399,139       399,139  

Liabilities:

               

Deposits(5)

           392,222             392,222             411,838             411,838  

Subordinated debentures

    7,345       404             7,749             7,814             7,814  

Other liabilities

          22,098       486       22,584             21,563       499       22,062  

 

(1)

The fair value of precious metals is determined based on quoted market prices and forward spot prices, where applicable, less the cost to sell.

(2)

Excludes debt investment securities measured at amortized cost of $23,722 (October 31, 2024 – $29,412).

(3)

These amounts represent embedded derivatives bifurcated from structured note liabilities measured at amortized cost.

(4)

Represents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities where the carrying amount is not a reasonable approximation of fair value.

(5)

Represents fixed rate instruments.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 171


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Level 3 instrument fair value changes

Financial instruments categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as at October 31, 2025, comprised of loans, structured corporate bonds, equity securities and derivatives.

The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 instruments carried at fair value for the year ended October 31, 2025.

All positive balances represent assets and negative balances represent liabilities. Consequently, positive amounts indicate purchases of assets or settlements of liabilities and negative amounts indicate sales of assets or issuances of liabilities.

 

    As at October 31, 2025  
($ millions)   Fair value
November 1
2024
    Gains/(losses)
recorded in
income(1)
    Gains/(losses)
recorded in
OCI
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements
    Transfers
into/out of
Level 3
    Fair value
October 31
2025
    Change in
unrealized
gains/(losses)
recorded in
income for
instruments
still held(2)
 

Trading assets

               

Loans

  $     $    –     $    –     $ 1     $ (179   $ 179     $ 1     $    –  

Corporate and other debt

    4                               (4            

Equity securities

    21                   7       (19     3       12       1  
    25                   8       (198     178       13       1  
   

Investment securities

               

Corporate and other debt

    35       (5                       2       32       (5

Equity securities

    1,866       148       69       197       (228     (6     2,046       141  
     1,901       143       69       197       (228     (4      2,078       136  
   

Derivative financial instruments – assets

               

Interest rate contracts

          2             4       (3           3       2 (4) 

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

                      2             (1     1        

Equity contracts

    44       97             17             3       161       97 (3) 

Credit contracts

    2       (1           3                   4       (1

Commodity contracts

    7       9                               16       9  
   

Derivative financial instruments – liabilities

               

Interest rate contracts

    (13     (10           (5     22       (2     (8     (10 )(4) 

Equity contracts

    (19     (15           (26           17       (43     (15 )(3) 

Credit contracts

    (1     1             (2                 (2     1  

Commodity contracts

    (10     (2                             (12     (2
    10       81             (7     19       17       120       81  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    (2                             2              

Total

  $ 1,934     $ 224     $ 69     $  198     $  (407   $  193     $ 2,211     $ 218  

 

(1)

Gains or losses for items in Level 3 may be offset with losses or gains on related hedges in Level 1 or Level 2.

(2)

These amounts represent the unrealized gains and losses from fair value changes of Level 3 instruments still held at the end of the period that are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

(3)

Certain unrealized gains and losses on derivative assets and liabilities are largely offset by mark-to-market changes on other instruments included in trading revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Income, since these instruments act as an economic hedge to certain derivative assets and liabilities.

(4)

Certain unrealized gains and losses on interest rate derivative contracts are largely offset by mark-to-market changes on embedded derivatives on certain deposit liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 instruments carried at fair value for the year ended October 31, 2024.

 

    As at October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Fair value
November 1
2023
    Gains/(losses)
recorded in
income(1)
    Gains/(losses)
recorded
in OCI
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements
    Transfers
into/out of
Level 3
    Fair value
October 31
2024
 

Trading assets

    20       (1           44       (22     (16     25  

Investment securities

    1,749       100       (25     251       (207     33       1,901  

Derivative financial instruments

    15       (11           9       (9     6       10  

Obligations related to securities sold short

                                  (2     (2

 

(1)

Gains or losses for items in Level 3 may be offset with losses or gains on related hedges in Level 1 or Level 2.

Significant transfers

Significant transfers can occur between the fair value hierarchy levels when additional or new information regarding valuation inputs and their refinement and observability becomes available. The Bank recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

The following significant transfers made between Levels 1 and 2 were based on whether the fair value was determined using quoted market prices from an active market.

 

172 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

During the year ended October 31, 2025:

 

   

Trading assets of $620 million, investment securities of $2,310 million and obligations related to securities sold short of $265 million were transferred out of Level 2 into Level 1.

   

Trading assets of $914 million, investment securities of $1,532 million and obligations related to securities sold short of $268 million were transferred out of Level 1 into Level 2.

During the year ended October 31, 2024:

 

   

Trading assets of $1,867 million, investment securities of $3,010 million and obligations related to securities sold short of $396 million were transferred out of Level 2 into Level 1.

   

Trading assets of $712 million, investment securities of $698 million and obligations related to securities sold short of $6 million were transferred out of Level 1 into Level 2.

There was no significant transfer into and out of Level 3 during the year ended October 31, 2025 and October 31, 2024.

Level 3 sensitivity analysis

The table below sets out information about significant unobservable inputs used in measuring financial instruments categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

 

     Valuation technique        Significant unobservable inputs        Range of estimates for
unobservable inputs(1)
         Changes in fair value
from reasonably
possible alternatives
($ millions)
       

Investment securities

      General Partner valuations        
       

Private equity securities(2)

  Market comparable       per net asset value         n/a         (84)/84
       

Derivative financial instruments

             
       

Interest rate contracts

  Option pricing     Interest rate        
    model       volatility         59% - 220%         (1)/1
       

Equity contracts

  Option pricing     Equity volatility       5% - 397%      
    model       Equity correlation         (114%) - 114%         (45)/45

Commodity contracts

  Discounted cash flow       Forward curves         9% - 15%         (5)/5

 

(1)

The range of estimates represents the actual lowest and highest level inputs used to fair value financial instruments within each financial statement category.

(2)

The valuation of private equity securities utilizes net asset values as reported by fund managers. Net asset values are not considered observable as the Bank cannot redeem these instruments at such values. The range for net asset values per unit or price per share has not been disclosed for these instruments since the valuations are not model-based.

The Bank applies judgment in determining unobservable inputs used to calculate the fair value of Level 3 instruments.

The following section discusses the significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 instruments.

General Partner (GP) Valuations per Net Asset Value

Net asset values provided by GPs represent the fair value of investments in private equity securities.

Correlation

Correlation becomes an input into equity derivative pricing when the relationship between price movements of two or more of the underlying assets is relevant.

Volatility

Volatility for equity derivatives is a measure of the underlying price fluctuation. Interest rate volatility measures variability of a security yield or interest rate. Historic volatility is often calculated as the annualized standard deviation of daily price or yield variation for a given time period. Implied volatility is such that, when input into an option pricing model, returns a value equal to the current market value of the option.

Forward curves

Monthly forward curves for commodity contracts are required inputs to valuation. A portion of the forward curves are unobservable.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 173


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

7

Trading Assets

 

(a)

Trading securities

An analysis of the carrying value of trading securities is as follows:

 

As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Remaining term to maturity         
     Within three
months
    Three to
twelve
months
    One to
five years
    Five to ten
years
    Over ten
years
    No specific
maturity
    Carrying
value
 

Trading securities:

             

Canadian federal government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 357     $ 2,143     $ 7,102     $ 3,606     $ 2,593     $     $ 15,801  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    1,410       1,545       2,101       1,856       4,798             11,710  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    807       1,628       3,961       1,871       865             9,132  

Other foreign government debt

    670       3,441       4,347       1,406       424             10,288  

Equity securities

                                  83,797       83,797  

Other

    730       1,044       5,591       2,019       732             10,116  

Total

  $ 3,974     $ 9,801     $ 23,102     $ 10,758     $ 9,412     $ 83,797     $ 140,844  

Total by currency (in Canadian equivalent):

             

Canadian dollar

  $ 2,328     $ 4,115     $ 11,627     $ 6,147     $ 7,889     $ 24,118     $ 56,224  

U.S. dollar

    920       2,339       8,266       3,711       1,125       44,421       60,782  

Mexican peso

    408       1,915       1,976       157       161       76       4,693  

Other currencies

    318       1,432       1,233       743       237       15,182       19,145  

Total trading securities

  $ 3,974     $ 9,801     $ 23,102     $ 10,758     $ 9,412     $ 83,797     $ 140,844  
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Remaining term to maturity         
     Within three
months
    Three to
twelve
months
    One to
five years
    Five to ten
years
    Over ten
years
    No specific
maturity
    Carrying
value
 

Trading securities:

             

Canadian federal government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 352     $ 1,646     $ 6,182     $ 3,626     $ 3,165     $     $ 14,971  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    920       893       1,774       937       3,889             8,413  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    1,724       2,439       7,237       2,461       1,189             15,050  

Other foreign government debt

    1,458       3,663       3,883       1,046       304             10,354  

Equity securities

                                  59,190       59,190  

Other

    316       2,468       5,792       2,728       623       7       11,934  

Total

  $ 4,770     $ 11,109     $ 24,868     $ 10,798     $ 9,170     $ 59,197     $ 119,912  

Total by currency (in Canadian equivalent):

             

Canadian dollar

  $ 1,570     $ 3,452     $ 9,779     $ 5,029     $ 7,397     $ 27,688     $ 54,915  

U.S. dollar

    1,604       3,643       10,711       4,426       1,570       24,796       46,750  

Mexican peso

    704       1,714       2,135       101       63       59       4,776  

Other currencies

    892       2,300       2,243       1,242       140       6,654       13,471  

Total trading securities

  $  4,770     $  11,109     $  24,868     $  10,798     $  9,170     $  59,197     $  119,912  

 

(b)

Trading loans

The following table provides the geographic breakdown of trading loans:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Trading loans(1)(2)

   

U.S.(3)

  $ 6,290     $ 6,154  

Europe(3)

    434       458  

Canada(4)

    1,759       980  

Other

    4       57  

Total

  $  8,487     $  7,649  

 

(1)

Geographic segmentation of trading loans is based upon the location of the ultimate risk of the underlying asset.

(2)

Loans are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars.

(3)

Includes trading loans that serve as a hedge to loan-based credit total return swaps.

(4)

Includes trading loans that serve as hedges to total return swaps, hedges for precious metal certificate liabilities and loans subject to sale through syndication.

 

174 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8

Financial Instruments Designated at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss

In accordance with its risk management strategy, the Bank has elected to designate certain senior note liabilities at fair value through profit or loss to reduce an accounting mismatch between fair value changes in these instruments and fair value changes in related derivatives, and where a hybrid financial liability contains one or more embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract. Changes in fair value of financial liabilities arising from the Bank’s own credit risk are recognized in other comprehensive income, without subsequent reclassification to net income.

The cumulative fair value adjustment due to own credit risk is determined at a point in time by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows over the term of these liabilities discounted at the Bank’s effective funding rate, and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at a benchmark rate.

The following table presents the fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and their changes in fair value.

 

    Fair value    

Change in fair value(1)

Gains/(losses)

   

Cumulative change in FV(2)

Gains/(losses)

 
     As at     For the year ended         
October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024     2025     2024     2025     2024  

Liabilities:

           

Senior note liabilities(3)

  $  47,165     $  36,341     $  (870   $  (4,515   $  3,270     $  4,140  

 

(1)

Change in the difference between the contractual maturity amount and the carrying value.

(2)

The cumulative change in fair value is measured from the instrument’s date of initial recognition.

(3)

Changes in fair value attributable to changes in the Bank’s own credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income. Other changes in fair value are recorded in non-interest income – trading revenues. The offsetting fair value changes from associated derivatives is also recorded in non-interest income – trading revenues.

The following table presents the changes in fair value attributable to changes in the Bank’s own credit risk for financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss as well as their contractual maturity and carrying amounts.

 

     Senior Note Liabilities  
($ millions)   Contractual
maturity
amount
    Carrying
value
    Difference
between
contractual
maturity
amount and
carrying value
    Changes in fair value
for the period
attributable to
changes in own
credit risk recorded
in other
comprehensive
income
Gains/(losses)
    Cumulative changes
in fair value
attributable to
changes in own
credit risk(1)
Gains/(losses)
 

As at October 31, 2025

  $ 50,435     $ 47,165     $ 3,270     $ (693   $  (1,606

As at October 31, 2024

  $  40,481     $  36,341     $  4,140     $  (804   $  (913

 

(1)

The cumulative change in fair value is measured from the instrument’s date of initial recognition.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 175


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

9

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

(a)

Notional amounts(1)

The following table provides the aggregate notional amounts of derivative financial instruments outstanding by type and segregated between those used by the Bank in its dealer capacity (Trading) and those derivatives designated in hedging relationships. The notional amounts of these contracts represent the derivatives volume outstanding and do not represent the potential gain or loss associated with the market risk or credit risk of such instruments. Credit derivatives within other derivative contracts are comprised primarily of purchased and sold credit default swap transactions. To a lesser extent, this category also includes total return swaps referenced to loans and debt securities. Commodity and other contracts includes energy, precious metals other than gold and other commodities.

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Trading     Hedging     Total     Trading     Hedging     Total  

Interest rate contracts

           

Exchange-traded:

           

Futures

  $ 763,135     $     $ 763,135     $ 606,019     $     $ 606,019  

Options purchased

    2,686             2,686       5,848             5,848  

Options written

    2,545             2,545       5,430             5,430  
    768,366             768,366       617,297             617,297  

Over-the-counter:

           

Forward rate agreements

    315             315       215             215  

Swaps

    467,384       58,791       526,175       427,122       53,481       480,603  

Options purchased

    84,306             84,306       45,572             45,572  

Options written

    83,090             83,090       49,595             49,595  
    635,095       58,791       693,886       522,504       53,481       575,985  

Over-the-counter (settled through central counterparties):

           

Forward rate agreements

    157,033             157,033       86,657             86,657  

Swaps

    8,630,261       344,717       8,974,978       5,694,823       278,314       5,973,137  

Options purchased

                                   

Options written

                                   
    8,787,294       344,717       9,132,011       5,781,480       278,314       6,059,794  

Total

  $ 10,190,755     $ 403,508     $ 10,594,263     $ 6,921,281     $ 331,795     $ 7,253,076  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

           

Exchange-traded:

           

Futures

  $ 18,665     $     $ 18,665     $ 21,952     $     $ 21,952  

Options purchased

                                   

Options written

                                   
    18,665             18,665       21,952             21,952  

Over-the-counter:

           

Spot and forwards

    581,518       20,870       602,388       541,732       21,156       562,888  

Swaps

    869,035       102,579       971,614       771,246       108,558       879,804  

Options purchased

    32,750             32,750       25,135             25,135  

Options written

    46,781             46,781       36,390             36,390  
    1,530,084       123,449       1,653,533       1,374,503       129,714       1,504,217  

Over-the-counter (settled through central counterparties):

           

Spot and forwards

    34,708             34,708       24,865             24,865  

Swaps

                                   

Options purchased

                                   

Options written

                                   
    34,708             34,708       24,865             24,865  

Total

  $ 1,583,457     $ 123,449     $ 1,706,906     $ 1,421,320     $ 129,714     $ 1,551,034  

Other derivative contracts

           

Exchange-traded:

           

Equity

  $ 128,297     $     $ 128,297     $ 59,329     $     $ 59,329  

Credit

                                   

Commodity and other contracts

    39,897             39,897       46,304             46,304  
    168,194             168,194       105,633             105,633  

Over-the-counter:

           

Equity

    131,393       1,284       132,677       83,455       965       84,420  

Credit

    20,457             20,457       18,086             18,086  

Commodity and other contracts

    40,993             40,993       36,596             36,596  
    192,843       1,284       194,127       138,137       965       139,102  

Over-the-counter (settled through central counterparties):

           

Equity

                                   

Credit

    7,374             7,374       9,069             9,069  

Commodity and other contracts

    501             501       251             251  
    7,875             7,875       9,320             9,320  

Total

  $ 368,912     $ 1,284     $ 370,196     $ 253,090     $ 965     $ 254,055  

Total notional amounts outstanding

  $  12,143,124     $  528,241     $  12,671,365     $  8,595,691     $  462,474     $  9,058,165  

 

(1)

The notional amounts represent the amount to which a rate or price is applied to determine the amount of cash flows to be exchanged.

 

176 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)

Remaining term to maturity

The following table summarizes the remaining term to maturity of the notional amounts of the Bank’s derivative financial instruments by type:

 

As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Within one year     One to five years     Over five years     Total  

Interest rate contracts

       

Futures

  $ 617,714     $ 145,421     $     $ 763,135  

Forward rate agreements

    122,168       34,865       315       157,348  

Swaps

    4,604,519       3,089,234       1,807,400       9,501,153  

Options purchased

    66,995       17,710       2,287       86,992  

Options written

    51,546       21,347       12,742       85,635  
    5,462,942       3,308,577       1,822,744       10,594,263  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

       

Futures

    16,134       2,482       49       18,665  

Spot and forwards

    593,082       37,899       6,115       637,096  

Swaps

    243,425       489,190       238,999       971,614  

Options purchased

    25,053       7,183       514       32,750  

Options written

    37,985       8,230       566       46,781  
    915,679       544,984       246,243       1,706,906  

Other derivative contracts

       

Equity

    195,981       63,216       1,777       260,974  

Credit

    16,976       8,308       2,547       27,831  

Commodity and other contracts

    61,121       20,102       168       81,391  
    274,078       91,626       4,492       370,196  

Total

  $ 6,652,699     $ 3,945,187     $ 2,073,479     $  12,671,365  
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Within one year     One to five years     Over five years     Total  

Interest rate contracts

       

Futures

  $ 478,886     $ 127,133     $     $ 606,019  

Forward rate agreements

    85,447       1,217       208       86,872  

Swaps

    2,190,218       2,760,062       1,503,460       6,453,740  

Options purchased

    30,562       18,095       2,763       51,420  

Options written

    23,960       19,897       11,168       55,025  
    2,809,073       2,926,404       1,517,599       7,253,076  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

       

Futures

    16,289       5,663             21,952  

Spot and forwards

    543,486       38,039       6,228       587,753  

Swaps

    210,318       455,694       213,792       879,804  

Options purchased

    18,121       6,788       226       25,135  

Options written

    28,533       7,662       195       36,390  
    816,747       513,846       220,441       1,551,034  

Other derivative contracts

       

Equity

    103,234       39,521       994       143,749  

Credit

    12,661       9,553       4,941       27,155  

Commodity and other contracts

    57,307       25,467       377       83,151  
    173,202       74,541       6,312       254,055  

Total

  $  3,799,022     $  3,514,791     $  1,744,352     $  9,058,165  

 

(c)

Credit risk

As with other financial assets, derivative instruments are subject to credit risk. Credit risk arises from the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations to the Bank. However, whereas the credit risk of other financial assets is represented by the principal amount net of any applicable allowance for credit losses, the credit risk associated with derivatives is normally a small fraction of the notional amount of the derivative instrument.

Derivative contracts generally expose the Bank to credit loss if changes in market rates affect a counterparty’s position unfavourably and the counterparty defaults on payment. Accordingly, exposure to credit risk of derivatives is represented by the positive fair value of the instrument.

Negotiated over-the-counter derivatives generally present greater credit exposure than exchange-traded contracts. The net change in the exchange-traded contracts is normally settled daily in cash with the exchange. Holders of these contracts look to the exchange for performance under the contract.

The Bank strives to limit credit risk by dealing with counterparties that it believes are creditworthy, and investment grade counterparties account for a significant portion of the credit risk exposure arising from the Bank’s derivative transactions as at October 31, 2025. To control credit risk associated with derivatives, the Bank uses similar credit risk management activities and procedures to the approaches used in the lending business in assessing and adjudicating exposure. The Bank utilizes a risk metric, potential future exposure (PFE) for derivatives, to measure utilization against established credit limits to the counterparty.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 177


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PFE measures the effect that changes in the market have on derivative exposures throughout the lifetime of the counterparties’ trades. Additionally, PFE considers risk mitigants such as netting and collateralization. PFE limits and utilization for derivatives counterparties are authorized and monitored by the Bank’s risk management unit.

The Bank obtains the benefit of netting by entering into master netting arrangements with counterparties (typically industry standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) agreements), which allow for a single net settlement of all transactions covered by that agreement in the event of a default or early termination of the transactions. In this manner, the credit risk associated with favourable contracts is eliminated by the master netting arrangement to the extent that unfavourable contracts with the same counterparty are not settled before favourable contracts.

Collateralization is typically documented by way of an ISDA Credit Support Annex (CSA), the terms of which may vary according to each party’s view of the other party’s creditworthiness. CSAs can require one party to post initial margin at the onset of each transaction. CSAs also allow for variation margin to be called if total uncollateralized mark-to-market exposure exceeds an agreed upon threshold. Such variation margin provisions can be one way (only one party will ever post collateral) or bi-lateral (either party may post collateral depending upon which party is in-the-money). The CSA will also detail the types of collateral that are acceptable to each party, and the adjustments that will be applied against each collateral type. The terms of the ISDA master netting agreements and CSAs are taken into consideration in the calculation of counterparty credit risk exposure (see also page 90 of the 2025 Annual Report).

Derivative instruments used by the Bank include credit derivatives in its investment and loan portfolios: credit protection is sold as an alternative to acquiring exposure to bond or loan assets, and bought to manage or mitigate credit exposures.

The following table summarizes the credit exposure of the Bank’s derivative financial instruments. The credit risk amount (CRA) represents the estimated replacement cost, or positive fair value, for all contracts. CRA takes into account master netting or collateral arrangements that have been made1. CRA does not reflect actual or expected losses.

The credit equivalent amount (CEA) is the exposure at default (EAD) prescribed in the Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) Guidelines of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI). The risk-weighted asset is calculated by multiplying the CEA by the capital requirement (K) times 12.5, where K is a function of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), maturity and prescribed correlation factors. Commodity and other contracts includes energy, precious metals other than gold, and other commodities.

 

    2025          2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Notional amount     Credit risk
amount
(CRA)(1)
    Credit
equivalent
amount
(CEA)(1)
    Risk-
Weighted
Assets
         Notional amount     Credit risk
amount
(CRA)(1)
    Credit
equivalent
amount
(CEA)(1)
    Risk-
Weighted
Assets
 

Interest rate contracts

                 

Futures

  $ 763,135     $     $ 73     $ 3       $ 606,019     $     $ 27     $ 1  

Forward rate agreements

    157,348       61       38       22         86,872       70       88       57  

Swaps

    9,501,153       2,769       4,402       1,123         6,453,740       4,052       4,157       876  

Options purchased

    86,992       18       163       51         51,420       13       229       56  

Options written

    85,635             31       6           55,025             16       4  
    10,594,263       2,848       4,707       1,205           7,253,076       4,135       4,517       994  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

                 

Futures

    18,665             891       18         21,952             354       7  

Spot and forwards

    637,096       1,741       5,758       1,417         587,753       1,560       4,868       1,168  

Swaps

    971,614       53       9,603       2,132         879,804       40       7,965       1,472  

Options purchased

    32,750       399       592       210         25,135       343       633       214  

Options written

    46,781             52       13           36,390             19       4  
    1,706,906       2,193       16,896       3,790           1,551,034       1,943       13,839       2,865  

Other derivative contracts

                 

Equity

    260,974       1,726       12,157       2,115         143,749       1,586       10,848       1,742  

Credit

    27,831       105       131       50         27,155       107       141       29  

Commodity and other contracts

    81,391       1,807       3,419       452           83,151       1,098       3,259       487  
    370,196       3,638       15,707       2,617           254,055       2,791       14,248       2,258  

Credit Valuation Adjustment

                      5,394                             4,631  

Total derivatives

  $ 12,671,365     $  8,679     $  37,310     $  13,006         $  9,058,165     $  8,869     $  32,604     $  10,748  

Amount settled through central counterparties(2)

                 

Exchange-traded

    955,225             5,175       122         744,882             5,158       117  

Over-the-counter

    9,174,594             861       17           6,093,979             1,063       21  
    $  10,129,819     $     $ 6,036     $ 139         $ 6,838,861     $     $ 6,221     $ 138  

 

(1)

The amounts presented are net of collateral and master netting agreements at the product level. The total amounts relating to netting and collateral were $37,853 (2024 – $35,510) for CRA, and $102,031 (2024 – $87,284) for CEA.

(2)

Amounts are included under total derivatives above. Amounts include exposures settled directly through central counterparties and exposures settled through clearing members of central counterparties.

 

Regulatory haircuts prescribed by the OSFI CAR Guidelines are applied to the collateral balances of the CRA measure.

 

178 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(d)

Fair value

The following table summarizes the fair value of derivatives segregated by type and segregated between trading and those derivatives designated in hedging relationships.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2025            2024  
    Average fair value     Year-end fair value           Year-end fair value(1)  
     Favourable     Unfavourable     Favourable     Unfavourable            Favourable     Unfavourable  

Trading

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Forward rate agreements

  $ 90     $ 69     $ 61     $ 91       $ 70     $ 72  

Swaps

    7,398       11,440       6,865       10,294         7,767       9,357  

Options

    454       500       261       443               803       496  
    7,942       12,009       7,187       10,828               8,640       9,925  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

             

Forwards

    6,568       5,929       6,726       5,332         6,672       5,482  

Swaps

    11,439       13,833       11,107       14,814         11,110       14,272  

Options

    604       575       538       494               492       446  
    18,611       20,337       18,371       20,640               18,274       20,200  

Other derivative contracts

             

Equity

    5,582       7,543       7,350       10,114         4,469       4,844  

Credit

    230       28       273       26         182       47  

Commodity and other contracts

    2,516       3,545       2,610       2,909               2,102       2,560  
    8,328       11,116       10,233       13,049               6,753       7,451  

Trading derivatives’ market valuation

  $  34,881     $  43,462     $  35,791     $  44,517             $ 33,667     $ 37,576  

Hedging

             

Interest rate contracts

             

Swaps

      $ 2,620     $ 6,361             $ 2,944     $ 7,983  

Foreign exchange and gold contracts

             

Forwards

        46       847         410       255  

Swaps

        7,995       4,306               7,320       5,445  
      $ 8,041     $ 5,153             $ 7,730     $ 5,700  

Other derivative contracts

                                           

Equity

      $ 79     $             $ 38     $ 1  

Hedging derivatives’ market valuation

      $ 10,740     $ 11,514             $ 10,712     $ 13,684  

Total derivative financial instruments as per Statement of Financial Position

                  $ 46,531     $ 56,031             $  44,379     $  51,260  

 

(1)

The average fair value of trading derivatives’ market valuation for the year ended October 31, 2024 was: favourable $29,999 and unfavourable $32,133. Average fair value amounts are based on the latest 13 month-end balances.

 

(e)

Hedging activities

The Bank manages interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity risk through hedge accounting transactions.

Interest rate risk

Single-currency interest rate swaps are used to hedge interest rate risk exposure. In fair value hedges of interest rate risk, the interest rate exposure from fixed rate assets and liabilities is converted from fixed to floating rate exposure. In cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the interest rate exposure from floating rate assets and liabilities is converted from floating to fixed rate exposure. The Bank generally hedges interest rate risk only to the extent of benchmark interest rates.

Foreign currency risk

In fair value hedges, cross-currency swaps and single-currency interest rate swaps are used to manage foreign currency exposure in conjunction with interest rate exposure. Cross-currency interest rate swaps or a combination of cross-currency basis swaps and single-currency interest rate swaps are mainly used to convert a foreign currency fixed rate exposure to a functional currency floating rate exposure. In hedges of both foreign currency and interest rate exposure, the interest rate risk is generally hedged only to the extent of the benchmark interest rate.

In cash flow hedges, cross-currency interest rate swaps, single-currency interest rate swaps, foreign currency forwards and foreign currency assets or liabilities are used to manage foreign currency exposure, or a combined foreign currency and interest rate exposure. Cross-currency interest rate swaps are used to offset the foreign currency exposure by exchanging the interest cash flows in one currency to another currency. Single-currency interest rate swaps may be used in conjunction with cross-currency swaps to convert the foreign currency exposure or resulting functional currency exposure from floating to fixed. Foreign currency forwards and foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are used to offset the exposure arising from highly probable future cash flows, including purchase considerations for business acquisitions and sale proceeds for business divestitures that are denominated in a foreign currency. In hedges of both foreign currency and interest rate exposure, the interest rate risk is generally hedged only to the extent of the benchmark interest rate.

In net investment hedges, the Bank designates foreign currency liabilities and foreign currency forwards as hedging instruments to manage foreign currency exposure. The designated non-derivative liabilities are denominated in the functional currency of the net investment, such that the foreign currency translation impact from the net investment will be offset by the foreign currency impact from the designated liabilities. The foreign currency forward contracts are structured to sell the functional currency of the net investment in return for the Bank’s functional currency.

Equity risk

Equity risk is created by the Bank’s share-based compensation plans awarded to employees. In cash flow hedges, total return swaps are mainly used to offset the equity exposure by exchanging interest payments for payments based on the returns on the underlying shares.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 179


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For all of the risks identified above, the economic relationship and hedge ratio are determined using a qualitative and quantitative assessment. This assessment incorporates comparison of critical terms of the hedged and hedging item, and regression analysis. For regression analysis, a hedging relationship is considered highly effective when all of the following criteria are met: correlation between the variables in the regression is at least 0.8 or greater; slope of the regression is within a 0.8-1.25 range; and confidence level of the slope is at least 95%. The main sources of hedge ineffectiveness include the following:

 

   

The use of different discount curves to value the hedged item and the hedging derivative in fair value hedges, in order to reflect the reduced credit risk of collateralized derivatives;

   

Differences in key terms such as the underlying reference interest rate tenor, reset/settlement frequency and floating spread between the hedging instruments and the hedged item.

The Bank has elected to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39. However, the Bank has implemented the additional hedge accounting disclosures that are required by the IFRS 9 related amendments to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”.

The following table summarizes the notional amounts of derivatives and carrying amounts of cash and deposit liabilities designated as hedging instruments.

 

    2025     2024  
    Notional amounts(1)     Notional amounts(1)  
    Remaining term to maturity           Remaining term to maturity        
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Within one year     One to five years     Over five years     Total     Within one year     One to five years     Over five years     Total  

Fair value hedges

               

Interest rate risk – swaps

  $ 53,192     $ 155,430     $ 31,966     $ 240,588     $ 32,689     $ 137,123     $ 25,427     $ 195,239  

Foreign currency/interest rate risk – swaps

          420             420                          

Cash flow hedges

               

Interest rate risk – swaps

    57,151       73,038       9,315       139,504       29,411       72,802       13,160       115,373  

Foreign currency/interest rate risk – swaps

    6,542       16,892       5,485       28,919       5,516       19,291       4,359       29,166  

Foreign currency risk

               

Swaps

    44,824       88,035       15,142       148,001       50,198       93,095       19,808       163,101  

Foreign currency forwards

    266                   266                          

Cash

    92                   92       74                   74  

Equity risk – total return swaps

    576       708             1,284       278       687             965  

Net investment hedges

               

Foreign currency risk

               

Foreign currency forwards

    20,604                   20,604       21,156                   21,156  

Deposit liabilities

    6,287                   6,287       7,571                   7,571  

Total

  $  189,534     $  334,523     $  61,908     $  585,965     $  146,893     $   322,998     $  62,754     $  532,645  

 

(1)

Notional amounts relating to derivatives that are hedging multiple risks in both assets and liabilities are included in more than one category.

 

180 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table shows the average rate or price of significant hedging instruments.

 

    2025     2024  
    Average rate or price(1)     Average rate or price(1)  
As at October 31   Fixed interest rate     FX rate     Price     Fixed interest rate     FX rate     Price  

Fair value hedges

           

Interest rate risk – swaps

    2.98     n/a       n/a       3.16     n/a       n/a  

Cash flow hedges

           

Interest rate risk – swaps

    3.26     n/a       n/a       3.16     n/a       n/a  

Foreign currency/interest rate risk – swaps

           

USD-CAD

    2.00     1.31       n/a       1.89     1.30       n/a  

Foreign currency risk

           

Swaps

           

USD-CAD

    n/a       1.34       n/a       n/a       1.31       n/a  

EUR-CAD

    n/a       1.47       n/a       n/a       1.46       n/a  

GBP-CAD

    n/a       1.74       n/a       n/a       1.70       n/a  

Equity price risk – total return swaps

    n/a       n/a     $  68.85       n/a       n/a     $  69.11  

Net investment hedges

           

Foreign currency risk – foreign currency forwards

           

USD-CAD

    n/a       1.37       n/a       n/a       1.35       n/a  

CLP-CAD

    n/a       0.0014       n/a       n/a       0.0014       n/a  

MXN-CAD

    n/a       0.07       n/a       n/a       0.07       n/a  

PEN-CAD

    n/a       0.38       n/a       n/a       0.36       n/a  

 

(1)

The notional weighted average rate or price is calculated in aggregate for all of the Bank’s hedge relationships, including hedges of assets and liabilities.

For fair value hedges, the following table contains information related to items designated as hedging instruments, hedged items and ineffectiveness.

 

    Carrying amount of the
hedging instruments(1)
          Hedge Ineffectiveness(2)           Accumulated amount of fair
value hedge adjustment gains/
(losses) on the hedged
item(4)
 

For the year ended

October 31, 2025 ($ millions)

  Assets     Liabilities            Gains/
(losses) on
hedging instrument
used to  calculate
hedge
ineffectiveness
    Gains/
(losses) on
hedged item
used to calculate
hedge
ineffectiveness
    Ineffectiveness
recorded in
non-interest
income  – other
    Carrying amount
of the hedged
item(3)
    Active
hedges
    Discontinued
hedges
 

Fair value hedges

                                   

Interest rate risk – swaps

  $  1,542     $  (2,408     $  73     $ (95   $ (22      

Investment securities

             (493     481       (12   $  79,836     $  1,519     $ (679

Loans

          (402     388       (14     109,149       287       112  

Deposit liabilities

          906       (902     4       (72,001     90       212  

Subordinated debentures

          62       (62           (4,131     (41      

Foreign currency/interest

                 

rate risk – swaps

          (23       6       (6           (432     (6      

Deposit liabilities

          (23             6       (6           (432     (6      

Total

  $ 1,542     $ (2,431           $ 79     $    (101   $  (22   $  112,421     $ 1,849     $    (355

 

(1)

Comprises unrealized gains/losses and are recorded within derivative financial instruments in assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)

Includes ineffectiveness related to hedges discontinued during the year ended October 31, 2025.

(3)

This represents the carrying value on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and comprises amortized cost before allowance for credit losses, plus fair value hedge adjustment, except for investment securities which are carried at fair value.

(4)

This represents the accumulated fair value hedge adjustment and is a component of the carrying amount of the hedged item, except for investment securities which are carried at fair value.

 

    Carrying amount of the
hedging instruments(1)
          Hedge Ineffectiveness(2)           Accumulated amount of fair
value hedge adjustment gains/
(losses) on the hedged
item(4)
 

For the year ended

October 31, 2024 ($ millions)

  Assets     Liabilities            Gains/
(losses) on
hedging instrument
used to calculate
hedge
ineffectiveness
    Gains/
(losses) on
hedged item
used to calculate
hedge
ineffectiveness
    Ineffectiveness
recorded in
non-interest
income – other
    Carrying amount
of the hedged
item(3)
    Active
hedges
    Discontinued
hedges
 

Fair value hedges

                                   

Interest rate risk – swaps

  $ 2,064     $ (2,672     $ (197   $ 160     $ (37      

Investment securities

           (1,493     1,484       (9   $ 72,595     $ 1,274     $ (1,392

Loans

          (876     851       (25     91,354       (35     (268

Deposit liabilities

          1,955        (1,959     (4     (71,363     986       446  

Subordinated debentures

                            217       (216     1       (4,293     21       (1

Total

  $  2,064     $  (2,672           $  (197   $  160     $  (37   $   88,293     $  2,246     $  (1,215

 

(1)

Comprises unrealized gains/losses and are recorded within derivative financial instruments in assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)

Includes ineffectiveness related to hedges discontinued during the year ended October 31, 2024.

(3)

This represents the carrying value on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and comprises amortized cost before allowance for credit losses, plus fair value hedge adjustment, except for investment securities which are carried at fair value.

(4)

This represents the accumulated fair value hedge adjustment and is a component of the carrying amount of the hedged item, except for investment securities which are carried at fair value.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 181


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the following table contains information related to items designated as hedging instruments, hedged items and ineffectiveness.

 

    Carrying amount of the
hedging instruments(1)
          Hedge Ineffectiveness(2)  
For the year ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Assets     Liabilities            Gains/(losses) on
hedging instrument
used to calculate
hedge ineffectiveness
    Gains/(losses) on
hypothetical
derivative used to
calculate hedge
ineffectiveness(3)
    Ineffectiveness
recorded in non-interest
income  – other(4)
 

Cash flow hedges

           

Interest rate risk – swaps

  $  1,969     $ (3,746     $ 171     $ 169     $ (5

Foreign currency/interest rate risk – swaps

    200       (1,949       173       166       5  

Foreign currency risk

           

Swaps

    6,904       (2,541       3,242       3,259       (9

Foreign currency forwards

          (7       (3     (3      

Cash

    92               (12     (12      

Equity risk – total return swaps

    79                     357       357        
    9,244       (8,243             3,928       3,936       (9

Net investment hedges

           

Foreign currency risk

           

Foreign currency forwards

    46       (840       (1,294     (1,294      

Deposit liabilities

    n/a       (6,287             (67     (66      
    46       (7,127             (1,361     (1,360      

Total

  $ 9,290     $  (15,370           $  2,567     $  2,576     $   (9

 

(1)

Comprises unrealized gains/losses for derivative instruments and are recorded within derivative financial instruments in assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)

Includes ineffectiveness related to hedges discontinued during the year ended October 31, 2025.

(3)

For cash flow hedges, hypothetical derivatives having critical terms which match those of the underlying hedged item are used to assess hedge ineffectiveness.

(4)

For cash flow hedges, ineffectiveness is only recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income when the life-to-date cumulative change in the hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the hypothetical derivative.

 

    Carrying amount of the
hedging instruments(1)
          Hedge Ineffectiveness(2)  
For the year ended October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Assets     Liabilities            Gains/(losses) on
hedging instrument
used to calculate
hedge ineffectiveness
    Gains/(losses) on
hypothetical
derivative used to
calculate hedge
ineffectiveness(3)
    Ineffectiveness
recorded in non-interest
income – other(4)
 

Cash flow hedges

           

Interest rate risk – swaps

  $ 1,865     $ (4,699     $ 1,775     $ 1,774     $ 29  

Foreign currency/interest rate risk – swaps

    245       (2,407       1,363       1,369       7  

Foreign currency risk

           

Swaps

    6,090       (3,650       1,826       1,787       10  

Foreign currency forwards

                  5       5        

Cash

    74               9       9        

Equity risk – total return swaps

    38       (1             263       263        
    8,312       (10,757             5,241       5,207       46  

Net investment hedges

           

Foreign currency risk

           

Foreign currency forwards

    410       (255       178       178        

Deposit liabilities

    n/a       (7,571             (62     (62      
    410       (7,826             116       116        

Total

  $  8,722     $  (18,583           $  5,357     $  5,323     $  46  

 

(1)

Comprises unrealized gains/losses for derivative instruments and are recorded within derivative financial instruments in assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(2)

Includes ineffectiveness related to hedges discontinued during the year ended October 31, 2024.

(3)

For cash flow hedges, hypothetical derivatives having critical terms which match those of the underlying hedged item are used to assess hedge ineffectiveness.

(4)

For cash flow hedges, ineffectiveness is only recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income when the life-to-date cumulative change in the hedging instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the hypothetical derivative.

 

182 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the following table contains information regarding the impacts on the Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income on a pre-tax basis.

 

   

AOCI gains/
(losses) as at

November 1,

2024

    Net gains/
(losses)
recognized in
OCI
    Amount
reclassified
to net
income as
the hedged
item affects
net income(1)
   

AOCI gains/
(losses) as at

October 31,

2025

   

Balance in cash flow hedge

reserve/unrealized foreign

currency translation account

as at October 31, 2025

 

For the year ended

October 31, 2025 ($ millions)

  Active
hedges
    Discontinued
hedges
 

Cash flow hedges

                                       

Interest rate risk

  $ (1,176   $ 176     $ 742     $ (258   $ 332     $ (590

Foreign currency/interest rate risk

    (699     168       249       (282     (296     14  

Foreign currency risk

    (1,197     3,236       (3,165     (1,126     (1,102     (24

Equity risk

    57       357       (319     95       95        
    (3,015     3,937       (2,493     (1,571     (971     (600

Net investment hedges

           

Foreign currency risk

    (3,175     (1,361     139       (4,397     (4,326     (71

Total

  $   (6,190   $   2,576     $  (2,354   $  (5,968   $  (5,297   $  (671

 

(1)

Amounts reclassified from the cash flow hedge and net investment hedge reserves to net income are recorded in non-interest income-other except for amortization, which is recorded in interest income.

 

   

AOCI gains/
(losses) as at

November 1,

2023

    Net gains/
(losses)
recognized in
OCI
    Amount
reclassified
to net
income as
the hedged
item affects
net income(1)
   

AOCI gains/
(losses) as at

October 31,

2024

   

Balance in cash flow hedge

reserve/unrealized foreign

currency translation account

as at October 31, 2024

 

For the year ended

October 31, 2024 ($ millions)

  Active
hedges
    Discontinued
hedges
 

Cash flow hedges

           

Interest rate risk

  $ (3,480   $ 1,746     $ 558     $ (1,176   $ (490   $ (686

Foreign currency/interest rate risk

    (2,007     1,356       (48)       (699     (733     34  

Foreign currency risk

    (703     1,830       (2,324     (1,197     (1,158     (39

Equity risk

    (20     263       (186     57       57        
    (6,210     5,195       (2,000     (3,015     (2,324     (691

Net investment hedges

           

Foreign currency risk

    (4,061     116       770       (3,175     (3,102     (73

Total

  $  (10,271   $   5,311     $  (1,230   $  (6,190   $  (5,426   $  (764

 

(1)

Amounts reclassified from the cash flow hedge and net investment hedge reserves to net income are recorded in non-interest income-other except for amortization, which is recorded in interest income.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 183


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

10

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The Bank is eligible to present certain financial assets and financial liabilities as listed in the table below on a net basis on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position pursuant to criteria described in Note 3 – Material accounting policies.

The following tables provide information on the impact of offsetting on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, as well as the financial impact of netting for instruments that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, but do not qualify for offsetting in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, as well as available cash and financial instrument collateral.

 

As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)                                            
Types of financial assets   

Gross amounts
of recognized
financial instruments

   

Gross amounts of

recognized financial
instruments offset in
the Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Position

     Net amounts of
financial instruments
presented in  the
Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Position
    Related amounts not offset
in the Consolidated Statement
of Financial Position
       
  Impact of
master netting
arrangements
or similar
agreements(1)
    Collateral(2)(4)     Net amount(3)  

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 46,531     $      $ 46,531     $ (32,293   $ (5,783   $ 8,455  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

     334,972       (131,964      203,008       (16,221     (184,376     2,411  

Total

   $ 381,503     $ (131,964    $ 249,539     $ (48,514   $ (190,159   $ 10,866  
Types of financial liabilities                                            

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 56,031     $      $ 56,031     $ (32,293   $ (13,976   $ 9,762  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

     321,108       (131,964      189,144       (16,221     (168,607     4,316  

Total

   $ 377,139     $ (131,964    $ 245,175     $ (48,514   $ (182,583   $ 14,078  
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)                                            
Types of financial assets   

Gross amounts
of recognized
financial instruments

   

Gross amounts of

recognized financial
instruments offset in
the Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Position

     Net amounts of
financial instruments
presented in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Position
    Related amounts not offset
in the Consolidated statement
of Financial Position
       
  Impact of
master netting
arrangements
or similar
agreements(1)
    Collateral(2)(4)     Net amount(3)  

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 44,379     $      $ 44,379     $ (29,949   $ (5,559   $ 8,871  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

     318,531       (117,988      200,543       (19,551     (178,816     2,176  

Total

   $ 362,910     $ (117,988    $ 244,922     $ (49,500   $ (184,375   $ 11,047  
Types of financial liabilities                                            

Derivative financial instruments

   $ 51,260     $      $ 51,260     $ (29,949   $ (11,565   $ 9,746  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

     308,437       (117,988      190,449       (19,551     (166,734     4,164  

Total

   $  359,697     $  (117,988    $  241,709     $  (49,500   $  (178,299   $  13,910  

 

(1)

Amounts that are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements but were not offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position because they did not meet the net settlement/simultaneous settlement criteria; or because the rights of set off are conditional upon the default of the counterparty only.

(2)

Cash and financial instrument collateral amounts received or pledged in relation to the total amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those that were not offset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. These amounts are disclosed at fair value and the rights of set off are conditional upon the default of the counterparty.

(3)

Not intended to represent the Bank’s actual exposure to credit risk, as a variety of credit mitigation strategies are employed in addition to offsetting and collateral arrangements.

(4)

Derivative financial instruments assets include cash collateral of $4,774 million (2024 – $4,505 million) and non-cash collateral of $1,009 million (2024 – $1,054 million). Derivative financial instruments liabilities include cash collateral of $11,750 million (2024 – $10,847 million) and non-cash collateral of $2,226 million (2024 – $718 million).

 

184 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

11

Investment Securities

The following table presents the carrying amounts of the Bank’s investment securities per measurement category.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Debt investment securities measured at FVOCI

  $ 123,732     $ 118,226  

Debt investment securities measured at amortized cost

    23,722       29,412  

Equity investment securities designated at FVOCI

    398       3,162  

Equity investment securities measured at FVTPL

    2,073       2,004  

Debt investment securities measured at FVTPL

    23       28  

Total investment securities

  $  149,948     $  152,832  

 

(a)

Debt investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Cost     Gross
unrealized
gains
    Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value     Cost     Gross
unrealized
gains
    Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

Canadian federal government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 22,815     $ 359     $ 64     $ 23,110     $ 21,473     $ 219     $ 152     $ 21,540  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    20,490       430       77       20,843       17,500       234       209       17,525  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    49,111       483       558       49,036       47,156       214       994       46,376  

Other foreign government debt

    27,570       358       202       27,726       29,505       181       400       29,286  

Other debt

    3,007       31       21       3,017       3,514       22       37       3,499  

Total

  $  122,993     $  1,661     $  922     $  123,732     $  119,148     $  870     $  1,792     $  118,226  

 

(b)

Debt investment securities measured at amortized cost

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Fair Value     Carrying
value(1)
    Fair Value     Carrying
value(1)
 

Canadian federal and provincial government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 5,553     $ 5,467     $ 8,722     $ 8,721  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    15,178       15,758       17,440       18,440  

Other foreign government debt

    2,285       2,281       2,044       2,041  

Corporate debt

    223       216       216       210  

Total

  $  23,239     $  23,722     $  28,422     $  29,412  

 

(1)

Balances are net of allowances, which are $1 (2024 – $1).

 

(c)

Equity investment securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

The Bank has designated certain equity securities at FVOCI shown in the following table as these investments are held for strategic purposes.

 

As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Cost     Gross
unrealized
gains
    Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

Common shares

  $ 178     $ 221     $ 1     $ 398  

Total

  $  178     $  221     $  1     $  398  
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Cost     Gross
unrealized
gains
    Gross
unrealized
losses
    Fair value  

Common shares

  $ 2,522     $ 713     $ 73     $ 3,162  

Total

  $  2,522     $  713     $  73     $  3,162  

Dividend income on equity securities designated at FVOCI of $47 million for the year ended October 31, 2025 (2024 – $122 million) has been recognized in interest income.

During the year ended October 31, 2025, the Bank has disposed of certain equity securities designated at FVOCI with a fair value of $1,839 million (2024 – $938 million) for economic reasons and according to its investment strategy. These dispositions have resulted in a cumulative gain of $512 million (2024 – cumulative gain of $21 million) that remains in OCI.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 185


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(d)

An analysis of the carrying value of investment securities is as follows:

 

     Remaining term to maturity         
As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Within
three
months
    Three to
twelve
months
    One to
five years
    Five to
ten years
    Over ten
years
    No specific
maturity
    Carrying
value
 

Fair value through other comprehensive income

             

Debt instruments

             

Canadian federal government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 774     $ 3,596     $ 11,408     $ 6,505     $ 827     $     $ 23,110  

Yield(1)%

    4.0       3.1       3.5       3.5       3.8             3.5  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    578       2,200       6,841       11,091       133             20,843  

Yield(1)%

    2.6       2.3       3.6       3.8       4.0             3.6  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    694       10,216       28,156       3,240       6,730             49,036  

Yield(1)%

    3.9       3.0       4.0       3.7       4.3             3.8  

Other foreign government debt

    3,884       5,054       14,192       4,312       284             27,726  

Yield(1)%

    2.8       4.2       4.9       5.2       3.9             4.5  

Other debt

    159       804       1,768       277       9             3,017  

Yield(1)%

    6.0       4.0       3.8       4.5       5.9             4.0  
    6,089       21,870       62,365       25,425       7,983             123,732  

Equity instruments

             

Common shares

                                  398       398  

Total FVOCI

    6,089       21,870       62,365       25,425       7,983       398       124,130  

Amortized cost

             

Canadian federal and provincial government issued or guaranteed debt

    294       1,110       3,853       210                   5,467  

Yield(1)%

    1.2       2.6       4.1       4.9                   3.7  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

          31       88       27       15,612             15,758  

Yield(1)%

          3.9       3.7       3.5       4.4             4.4  

Other foreign government debt

    246       1,173       750       82       30             2,281  

Yield(1)%

    1.9       3.5       2.5       3.8       4.3             3.0  

Corporate debt

          1       69             146             216  

Yield(1)%

          6.8       5.4             5.5             5.5  
    540       2,315       4,760       319       15,788             23,722  

Fair value through profit or loss

             

Equity instruments

                                  2,073       2,073  

Debt instruments

    2             21                         23  

Total investment securities

  $ 6,631     $ 24,185     $ 67,146     $ 25,744     $ 23,771     $ 2,471     $ 149,948  

Total by currency (in Canadian equivalent):

             

Canadian dollar

  $ 1,611     $ 6,617     $ 19,080     $ 15,402     $ 1,114     $ 552     $ 44,376  

U.S. dollar

    1,144       11,858       38,137       7,889       22,343       1,495       82,866  

Mexican peso

    234       1,131       3,052       838             106       5,361  

Other currencies

    3,642       4,579       6,877       1,615       314       318       17,345  

Total investment securities

  $  6,631     $  24,185     $  67,146     $  25,744     $  23,771     $  2,471     $  149,948  

 

(1)

Represents the weighted-average yield of fixed income securities.

 

186 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Remaining term to maturity         
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)  

Within

three
months

    Three to
twelve
months
    One to
five years
    Five to
ten years
    Over ten
years
    No specific
maturity
    Carrying
value
 

Fair value through other comprehensive income

             

Debt instruments

             

Canadian federal government issued or guaranteed debt

  $ 1,873     $ 4,054     $ 11,699     $ 3,072     $ 842     $     $ 21,540  

Yield(1)%

    4.4       4.2       3.9       3.5       3.9             3.9  

Canadian provincial and municipal debt

    213       1,882       8,190       6,811       429             17,525  

Yield(1)%

    1.8       3.3       3.7       3.9       3.8             3.7  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    2,308       2,209       30,098       5,387       6,374             46,376  

Yield(1)%

    2.3       3.5       3.6       4.1       4.4             3.7  

Other foreign government debt

    6,203       6,069       12,969       3,715       330             29,286  

Yield(1)%

    2.6       3.6       5.4       5.0       4.4             4.4  

Other debt

    1       452       2,768       268       10             3,499  

Yield(1)%

    10.7       6.1       3.7       4.5       5.9             4.1  
    10,598       14,666       65,724       19,253       7,985             118,226  

Equity instruments

             

Common shares

                                  3,162       3,162  

Total FVOCI

    10,598       14,666       65,724       19,253       7,985       3,162       121,388  

Amortized cost

             

Canadian federal and provincial government issued or guaranteed debt

    610       2,099       5,740       272                   8,721  

Yield(1)%

    4.6       2.1       4.0       4.7                   3.6  

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agency debt

    1       48       116       13       18,262             18,440  

Yield(1)%

    4.8       4.5       4.2       4.0       4.6             4.6  

Other foreign government debt

    324       689       858       139       31             2,041  

Yield(1)%

    3.6       8.6       3.2       4.0       4.3             5.2  

Corporate debt

                81             129             210  

Yield(1)%

                6.4             5.5             5.8  
    935       2,836       6,795       424       18,422             29,412  

Fair value through profit or loss

             

Equity instruments

                                  2,004       2,004  

Debt instruments

    2             26                         28  

Total investment securities

  $ 11,535     $ 17,502     $ 72,545     $ 19,677     $ 26,407     $ 5,166     $ 152,832  

Total by currency (in Canadian equivalent):

             

Canadian dollar

  $ 2,725     $ 6,799     $ 23,034     $ 8,491     $ 1,409     $ 1,464     $ 43,922  

U.S. dollar

    2,696       3,894       40,362       8,471       24,636       3,333       83,392  

Mexican peso

    948       1,215       3,139       332             44       5,678  

Other currencies

    5,166       5,594       6,010       2,383       362       325       19,840  

Total investment securities

  $  11,535     $  17,502     $  72,545     $  19,677     $  26,407     $  5,166     $  152,832  

 

(1)

Represents the weighted-average yield of fixed income securities.

 

(e)

Net gain on sale of investment securities

The following table presents the net gain on sale of investment securities:

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Debt investment securities measured at amortized cost

  $     $ 1  

Debt investment securities measured at FVOCI

    71       47  

Net gain on sale of investment securities

  $  71     $  48  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 187


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

12

Loans, Impaired Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

 

(a)

Loans at amortized cost

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)  

Gross

loans

    Allowance
for credit
losses
    Net
carrying
amount
   

Gross

loans

    Allowance
for credit
losses
   

Net

carrying
amount

 

Residential mortgages

  $ 370,191     $ 1,460     $ 368,731     $  350,941     $  1,208     $  349,733  

Personal loans

    110,567       2,432       108,135       106,379       2,319       104,060  

Credit cards

    18,045       1,355       16,690       17,374       1,160       16,214  

Business and government

    279,705       2,216       277,489       292,671       1,849       290,822  

Total

  $  778,508     $  7,463     $  771,045     $ 767,365     $ 6,536     $ 760,829  

 

(b)

Loans and acceptances outstanding by geography(1)

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Canada:

   

Residential mortgages

  $  312,131     $  297,677  

Personal loans

    82,764       82,892  

Credit cards

    9,018       8,982  

Business and government

    128,086       133,810  
    531,999       523,361  

United States:

   

Personal loans

    5,965       4,009  

Business and government

    56,171       55,237  
    62,136       59,246  

Mexico:

   

Residential mortgages

    18,980       16,749  

Personal loans

    3,436       2,615  

Credit cards

    1,048       832  

Business and government

    22,232       23,994  
    45,696       44,190  

Chile:

   

Residential mortgages

    21,739       20,410  

Personal loans

    5,125       4,868  

Credit cards

    4,076       3,551  

Business and government

    20,171       20,330  
    51,111       49,159  

Peru:

   

Residential mortgages

    4,625       4,113  

Personal loans

    5,801       5,623  

Credit cards

    492       757  

Business and government

    11,125       10,545  
    22,043       21,038  

Colombia:

   

Residential mortgages

    2,384       2,196  

Personal loans

    2,885       2,186  

Credit cards

    1,540       1,446  

Business and government

    6,481       5,518  
    13,290       11,346  

Other International:

   

Residential mortgages

    10,332       9,796  

Personal loans

    4,591       4,186  

Credit cards

    1,871       1,806  

Business and government

    35,439       43,237  
    52,233       59,025  

Total loans

    778,508       767,365  

Acceptances(2)

    177       148  

Total loans and acceptances(3)

    778,685       767,513  

Allowance for credit losses

    (7,463     (6,537

Total loans and acceptances net of allowance for credit losses

  $ 771,222     $ 760,976  

 

(1)

Geographic segmentation is based on the location of the property for residential mortgages; otherwise, the residence of the borrower.

(2)

98.8% of acceptances reside outside Canada (October 31, 2024 – 96.5%).

(3)

Loans and acceptances denominated in U.S. dollars were $119,788 (2024 – $137,804), in Chilean pesos $10,885 (2024 – $39,425), Mexican pesos $12,754 (2024 – $31,522), and in other foreign currencies $24,665 (2024 – $54,549).

 

188 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(c)

Loan maturities

 

As at October 31, 2025   Remaining term to maturity     Rate sensitivity  
($ millions)   Within
one year
    One to
five years
    Five to
ten years
    Over
ten years
    No specific
maturity
    Total     Floating     Fixed rate     Non-rate
sensitive
    Total  

Residential mortgages

  $ 92,485     $ 228,818     $ 18,398     $ 25,699     $ 4,791     $ 370,191     $ 111,631     $ 253,782     $ 4,778     $ 370,191  

Personal loans

    21,114       37,982       5,341       1,269       44,861       110,567       50,887       58,258       1,422       110,567  

Credit cards

                            18,045       18,045             18,045             18,045  

Business and government

    141,324       121,364       9,003       644       7,370       279,705       205,000       71,634       3,071       279,705  

Total

  $  254,923     $  388,164     $  32,742     $  27,612     $  75,067     $  778,508     $  367,518     $  401,719     $  9,271     $  778,508  

Allowance for credit losses

                            (7,463     (7,463                 (7,463     (7,463

Total loans net of allowance for credit losses

  $ 254,923     $ 388,164     $ 32,742     $ 27,612     $ 67,604     $ 771,045     $ 367,518     $ 401,719     $ 1,808     $ 771,045  
As at October 31, 2024   Remaining term to maturity     Rate sensitivity  
($ millions)   Within
one year
    One to
five years
    Five to
ten years
    Over
ten years
    No specific
maturity
    Total     Floating     Fixed rate     Non-rate
sensitive
    Total  

Residential mortgages

  $ 72,883     $ 233,469     $ 15,456     $ 25,264     $ 3,869     $ 350,941     $ 93,626     $ 253,954     $ 3,361     $ 350,941  

Personal loans

    18,753       37,707       5,411       1,171       43,337       106,379       47,790       57,219       1,370       106,379  

Credit cards

                            17,374       17,374             17,374             17,374  

Business and government

    142,536       135,474       7,340       405       6,916       292,671       216,334       73,596       2,741       292,671  

Total

  $  234,172     $  406,650     $  28,207     $  26,840     $  71,496     $  767,365     $  357,750     $  402,143     $  7,472     $  767,365  

Allowance for credit losses

                            (6,536     (6,536                 (6,536     (6,536

Total loans net of allowance for credit losses

  $ 234,172     $ 406,650     $ 28,207     $ 26,840     $ 64,960     $ 760,829     $ 357,750     $ 402,143     $ 936     $ 760,829  

 

(d)

Impaired loans(1)

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Gross
impaired
loans(1)
    Allowance
for credit
losses
    Net     Gross
impaired
loans(1)
    Allowance
for credit
losses
    Net  

Residential mortgages

  $ 2,903     $ 840     $ 2,063     $ 2,372     $ 645     $ 1,727  

Personal loans

    1,071       604       467       1,117       621       496  

Credit cards

                                   

Business and government

    3,270       897       2,373       3,250       788       2,462  

Total

  $  7,244     $  2,341     $  4,903     $ 6,739     $ 2,054     $ 4,685  

By geography:

           

Canada

  $ 2,416     $ 683     $ 1,733     $ 2,158     $ 569     $ 1,589  

United States

                      109       22       87  

Mexico

    1,494       535       959       1,343       424       919  

Peru

    823       400       423       715       385       330  

Chile

    1,420       332       1,088       1,249       281       968  

Colombia

    364       132       232       322       109       213  

Other International

    727       259       468       843       264       579  

Total

  $ 7,244     $ 2,341     $ 4,903     $  6,739     $  2,054     $  4,685  

 

(1)

Interest income recognized on impaired loans during the year ended October 31, 2025 was $95 (2024 – $84).

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 189


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(e)

Allowance for credit losses

(i)

Key inputs and assumptions

The Bank’s allowance for credit losses is measured using a three-stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination. The calculation of the Bank’s allowance for credit losses is an output of a set of complex models with a number of underlying assumptions regarding the choice of variable inputs and their interdependencies. Some of the key drivers include the following:

 

   

Changes in risk ratings of the borrower or instrument reflecting changes in their credit quality;

   

Changes in the volumes of transactions;

   

Changes in the forward-looking macroeconomic environment reflected in the variables used in the models such as GDP growth, unemployment rates, commodity prices, interest rates and house price indices, which are closely related with credit losses in the relevant portfolio;

   

Changes in macroeconomic scenarios and the probability weights assigned to each scenario; and

   

Borrower migration between the three stages.

The Bank determines its allowance for credit losses using four probability-weighted forward-looking scenarios (base case, optimistic, pessimistic and very pessimistic).

The Bank considers both internal and external sources of information and data to achieve unbiased projections and forecasts in determining the allowance for credit losses. The Bank prepares the scenarios using forecasts generated by Scotiabank Economics (SE). The forecasts are generated using models whose outputs are modified by SE as necessary to formulate a ‘base case’ view of the most probable future direction of economic developments. The development of the base case and alternative scenarios is overseen by a governance committee that consists of internal stakeholders from across the Bank. The final base case and alternative scenarios reflect significant review and oversight, and incorporate judgment both in the determination of the scenarios’ forecasts and the probability weights that are assigned to them.

 

(ii)

Key macroeconomic variables

The inputs and models used for calculating expected credit losses may not always capture all characteristics of the market at the date of the financial statements. Qualitative adjustments or overlays may be made for certain portfolios or geographies as temporary adjustments in circumstances where, in the Bank’s view, the inputs, assumptions, and/or modelling techniques do not capture all relevant risk factors, including the emergence of economic or geopolitical events, up to the date of the financial statements. As required under IFRS 9, the allowance for credit losses at each reporting period must be based on inputs, assumptions and information available up to that date.

The Bank has generated a forward-looking base case scenario and three alternate forward-looking scenarios (one optimistic and two pessimistic) as key inputs into the expected credit loss provisioning models. Given the uncertainty surrounding U.S. trade policies and the direction of tariffs, the scenarios as at October 31, 2025 have varying assumptions of imposed tariffs. The base case scenario assumes tariffs announced and implemented, avoiding speculation on future announcements, including potential trade deals and tariff pauses. Differing assumptions are reflected in the alternate scenarios described below. As new information comes to light in the future, the scenarios and assumptions will be updated accordingly.

U.S. trade policies and related uncertainty have shaped the economic environment over the past year and weighed on the outlook. The Canadian and U.S. forecasts have been adjusted frequently as new developments emerged. In Canada, tariff-sensitive sectors and regions are showing earlier-than-expected weakness, resulting in a softer 2025 growth profile than expected last year. In contrast, the U.S. has shown surprising resilience, supported by strong AI-related activity despite signs of weakness elsewhere in the economy. As a result, the U.S. growth profile for 2025 is slightly stronger than forecast last year. Persistent upside surprises to U.S. growth, combined with stubborn inflation, delayed the start of monetary easing relative to last year’s expectations. With inflation in both countries now closer to target and economic activity softening, the Bank of Canada and the U.S. Federal Reserve have shifted their focus from inflation control toward supporting growth, though upside inflation risks remain. Economic activity in both countries is expected to improve somewhat in 2026 as tariff impacts fade and, in Canada, as stimulus measures and infrastructure plans from the federal budget take effect.

The optimistic scenario features somewhat stronger economic activity relative to the base case. The pessimistic scenario features a negative demand-type shock with globally tighter financial conditions, weaker growth and inflation, and lower monetary policy rates than in the base case scenario. It also assumes a combination of U.S. imposed tariffs on world economies, including an effective tariff of 7.5% on imports from Canada and Mexico, while facing no retaliation from these countries. The very pessimistic scenario features a strong stagflationary impulse that leads to a protracted period of financial market uncertainty. It also assumes U.S. imposed tariffs with a magnitude about three times that of the pessimistic scenario. Under this scenario, all countries retaliate. This results in higher inflation, requiring central banks to raise their policy rates to higher levels than in the base case in order to bring inflation under control, which is dampening economic activity.

 

190 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables show certain key macroeconomic variables used to calculate the modelled estimate for the allowance for credit losses. Further changes in these variables up to the date of the financial statements are incorporated through expert credit judgment. For the base case, optimistic and pessimistic scenarios, the projections are provided for the next 12 months and for the remaining forecast period, which represents a medium-term view.

 

    Base Case Scenario           Alternative Scenario – Optimistic           Alternative Scenario – Pessimistic           Alternative Scenario – Very
Pessimistic
 
October 31, 2025   Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
 
     

Canada

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    1.2         2.2         2.4         3.1         -1.1         2.7         -4.4         3.4  

Consumer price index, y/y %

    1.9         2.2         2.1         2.7         1.4         2.0         5.0         2.4  

Unemployment rate, average %

    7.0         5.8         6.6         4.7         8.2         6.4         11.2         7.0  

Bank of Canada overnight rate target, average %

    2.3         2.8         2.8         3.7         2.1         2.4         3.1         3.3  

HPI – Housing Price Index, y/y % change

    1.9         6.2         2.6         7.7         -2.0         6.7         -5.1         6.2  

USD/CAD exchange rate, average

    1.32         1.30         1.31         1.29         1.37         1.29         1.45         1.30  
     

U.S.

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    1.4         2.3         1.9         3.2         -1.0         3.0         -3.7         3.5  

Consumer price index, y/y %

    2.6         2.5         2.7         2.8         2.7         2.4         6.0         2.7  

Target federal funds rate, upper limit, average %

    3.3         3.0         3.5         3.5         3.2         2.7         3.9         3.6  

Unemployment rate, average %

    4.5         4.3         4.4         4.0         5.8         4.8         8.1         5.2  
     

Mexico

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    -0.2         2.2         0.6         2.9         -2.4         2.6         -5.5         3.3  

Unemployment rate, average %

    3.3         3.7         3.2         3.1         3.9         3.8         6.1         4.6  
     

Chile

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    2.4         2.0         3.5         2.8         0.3         2.6         -3.7         3.5  

Unemployment rate, average %

    7.9         6.7         7.7         6.4         9.0         6.9         11.2         7.3  
     

Peru

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    2.9         3.1         4.1         4.0         0.6         3.6         -1.0         4.1  

Unemployment rate, average %

    5.7         6.1         5.3         5.2         6.7         6.5         10.5         7.6  
     

Colombia

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    2.9         2.5         4.0         3.4         0.7         3.0         -1.0         3.5  

Unemployment rate, average %

    10.3         9.9         10.0         9.1         12.0         10.5         18.9         12.5  
     

Caribbean

                             

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    3.7         4.0         4.4         4.7         1.6         4.4         -0.6         4.9  
     

Global

                             

WTI oil price, average USD/bbl

    60         66         64         78         53         61         45         56  

Copper price, average USD/lb

    4.19         4.68         4.29         5.03         3.92         4.60         3.61         4.47  

Global GDP, y/y % change

    2.2               2.7               3.0               3.5               0.3               3.2               -2.2               3.7  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 191


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Base Case Scenario           Alternative Scenario – Optimistic           Alternative Scenario – Pessimistic           Alternative Scenario – Very
Pessimistic
 
October 31, 2024   Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
           Next
12 Months
           Remaining
Forecast Period
 
     

Canada

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    1.8         2.2         2.8         3.1         -1.6         2.9           -4.4         3.4  

Consumer price index, y/y %

    2.2         2.0         2.4         2.5         1.6         1.7           5.8         2.2  

Unemployment rate, average %

    6.7         6.0         6.3         5.0         8.4         6.9           11.1         7.3  

Bank of Canada overnight rate target, average %

    3.3         2.6         3.5         3.6         2.9         2.0           4.0         3.2  

HPI – Housing Price Index, y/y % change

    1.6         4.2         2.4         5.5         -3.7         4.8           -5.8         4.1  

USD/CAD exchange rate, average

    1.34         1.30         1.33         1.28         1.43         1.28           1.49         1.30  
     

U.S.

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    1.6         2.2         2.3         3.1         -1.6         3.0           -4.0         3.4  

Consumer price index, y/y %

    2.4         2.3         2.6         2.7         1.3         2.0           6.2         2.5  

Target federal funds rate, upper limit, average %

    4.1         2.9         4.1         3.4         3.6         1.8           4.8         3.4  

Unemployment rate, average %

    4.3         4.3         4.2         3.9         6.0         4.9           8.1         5.2  
     

Mexico

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    1.3         2.1         2.6         2.9         -0.8         2.6           -2.9         3.2  

Unemployment rate, average %

    3.3         3.9         3.0         3.1         4.1         4.0           6.3         4.9  
     

Chile

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    3.0         2.2         4.6         3.2         0.1         3.0           -3.6         3.8  

Unemployment rate, average %

    7.9         6.7         7.6         6.0         9.5         7.0           11.5         7.4  
     

Peru

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    2.6         3.4         3.6         4.5         1.5         3.7           -0.5         4.3  

Unemployment rate, average %

    6.7         6.2         6.2         5.2         8.1         6.5           11.8         8.0  
     

Colombia

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    2.6         2.7         3.7         3.8         1.4         3.1           -0.5         3.6  

Unemployment rate, average %

    11.1         10.1         10.7         9.1         13.5         10.6           19.8         13.0  
     

Caribbean

                               

Real GDP growth, y/y % change

    3.6         3.8         4.2         4.5         2.5         4.2           0.6         4.7  
     

Global

                               

WTI oil price, average USD/bbl

    73         69         78         83         60         60           53         58  

Copper price, average USD/lb

    4.99         5.29         5.16         5.86         4.50         5.13           4.32         5.02  

Global GDP, y/y % change

    3.4               2.4               4.3               3.3               0.6               3.1               -1.5               3.5  

 

(iii)

Sensitivity

Relative to the base case scenario, the weighting of these multiple scenarios increased the reported allowance for credit losses for financial assets in Stage 1 and Stage 2 to $5,313 million (2024 – $4,682 million) from $5,018 million (2024 – $4,316 million).

The Bank enhanced certain of its IFRS 9 models in the current year, with the enhanced models exhibiting higher sensitivity to changes in the macroeconomic outlook. If the Bank was to apply a probability weighted average of its two pessimistic scenarios for the measurement of allowance for credit losses for such assets, the allowance for credit losses on performing financial instruments would be $786 million higher than the reported allowance for credit losses as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $942 million), excluding the consideration of changes in qualitative overlays or expert credit judgement. Actual results will differ as this does not consider the migration of exposures or incorporate changes that would occur in the portfolio due to risk mitigation actions and other factors.

Under our current probability-weighted scenarios, if all of our performing financial assets were in Stage 1, reflecting a 12 month expected loss period, the allowance for credit losses would be $801 million (2024 – $693 million) lower than the reported allowance for credit losses on performing financial assets.

 

192 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(iv)

Allowance for credit losses

 

($ millions)  

Balance as at

November 1,

2024

    Provision for
credit losses(1)
    Net write-offs     Other, including
foreign
currency
adjustment
   

Balance as at

October 31,

2025

 

Residential mortgages

  $ 1,208     $ 304     $ (110   $ 58     $ 1,460  

Personal loans

    2,319       1,951       (1,814      (24     2,432  

Credit cards

    1,160       1,399       (1,242     38       1,355  

Business and government

    2,036       1,072       (642     (74     2,392  
  $  6,723     $  4,726     $  (3,808   $ (2   $  7,639  

Presented as:

         

Allowance for credit losses on loans

  $ 6,536           $ 7,463  

Allowance for credit losses on acceptances(2)

    1             1  

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures(3)

    186                               175  

 

(1)

Excludes amounts associated with other assets of $(12). The provision for credit losses, net of these amounts, is $4,714.

(2)

Allowance for credit losses on acceptances is recorded against the financial asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(3)

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

($ millions)  

Balance as at

November 1,

2023

    Provision for
credit losses(1)
    Net write-offs     Other, including
foreign
currency
adjustment
   

Balance as at

October 31,

2024

 

Residential mortgages

  $ 1,084     $ 257     $ (76   $ (57   $ 1,208  

Personal loans

    2,414       1,893       (1,857     (131     2,319  

Credit cards

    1,237       1,122       (1,166     (33     1,160  

Business and government

    1,876       790       (424     (206     2,036  
  $  6,611     $  4,062     $  (3,523   $  (427   $  6,723  

Presented as:

         

Allowance for credit losses on loans

  $ 6,372           $ 6,536  

Allowance for credit losses on acceptances(2)

    90             1  

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures(3)

    149                               186  

 

(1)

Excludes amounts associated with other assets and reversal of impairment losses of $(11). The provision for credit losses, net of these amounts, is $4,051.

(2)

Allowance for credit losses on acceptances is recorded against the financial asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(3)

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Allowance for credit losses on loans

 

As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

Residential mortgages

  $ 196     $ 424     $ 840     $ 1,460  

Personal loans

    613       1,215       604       2,432  

Credit cards

    338       1,017             1,355  

Business and government

    713       606       897       2,216  

Total(1)

  $  1,860     $  3,262     $  2,341     $  7,463  

 

(1)

Excludes allowance for credit losses for other financial assets including acceptances, investment securities, deposits with banks, off-balance sheet credit risks and reverse repos which amounted to $191.

 

As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

Residential mortgages

  $ 165     $ 398     $ 645     $ 1,208  

Personal loans

    544       1,154       621       2,319  

Credit cards

    288       872             1,160  

Business and government

    586       475       788       1,849  

Total(1)

  $  1,583     $  2,899     $  2,054     $  6,536  

 

(1)

Excludes allowance for credit losses for other financial assets including acceptances, investment securities, deposits with banks, off-balance sheet credit risks and reverse repos which amounted to $200.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 193


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents the changes to the allowance for credit losses on loans.

 

    As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

Residential mortgages

               

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 165     $ 398     $ 645     $ 1,208     $ 265     $ 321     $ 498     $ 1,084  

Provision for credit losses

               

Remeasurement(1)

    (235     117       423       305       (271     164       373       266  

Newly originated or purchased financial assets

    47                   47       41                   41  

Derecognition of financial assets and maturities

    (8     (33           (41     (9     (22           (31

Changes in models and methodologies(7)

    (2     (14     9       (7     (22     3             (19

Transfer to (from):

               

Stage 1

    268       (216     (52           215       (165     (50      

Stage 2

    (44     258       (214           (40     197       (157      

Stage 3

          (101     101                   (84     84        
Gross write-offs                 (135     (135                 (100     (100
Recoveries                 25       25                   24       24  

Foreign exchange and other movements(6)

    5       15       38       58       (14     (16     (27     (57

Balance at end of year(2)

  $ 196     $ 424     $ 840     $ 1,460     $ 165     $ 398     $ 645     $ 1,208  

Personal loans

               

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 544     $ 1,154     $ 621     $ 2,319     $ 647     $ 1,103     $ 664     $ 2,414  

Provision for credit losses

               

Remeasurement(1)

    (620     997       1,445       1,822       (686     976       1,497       1,787  

Newly originated or purchased financial assets

    390                   390       365                   365  

Derecognition of financial assets and maturities

    (92     (144           (236     (97     (190           (287

Changes in models and methodologies(7)

    3       (33     5       (25     (68     96             28  

Transfer to (from):

               

Stage 1

    620       (604     (16           658       (642     (16      

Stage 2

    (207     326       (119           (231     344       (113      

Stage 3

    (8     (473     481             (13     (504     517        
Gross write-offs                 (2,127     (2,127                 (2,145     (2,145
Recoveries                 313       313                   288       288  

Foreign exchange and other movements(6)

    (17     (8     1       (24     (31     (29     (71     (131

Balance at end of year(2)

  $ 613     $ 1,215     $ 604     $ 2,432     $ 544     $ 1,154     $ 621     $ 2,319  

Credit cards

               

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 288     $ 872     $     $ 1,160     $ 414     $ 823     $     $ 1,237  

Provision for credit losses

               

Remeasurement(1)

    (319     820       853       1,354       (361     643       835       1,117  

Newly originated or purchased financial assets

    139                   139       136                   136  

Derecognition of financial assets and maturities

    (43     (41           (84     (53     (61           (114

Changes in models and methodologies(7)

          (10           (10     (38     21             (17

Transfer to (from):

               

Stage 1

    390       (390                 335       (335            

Stage 2

    (128     128                   (135     135              

Stage 3

          (380     380                   (330     330        

Gross write-offs

                (1,466     (1,466                 (1,356     (1,356

Recoveries

                224       224                   190       190  

Foreign exchange and other movements(6)

    11       18       9       38       (10     (24     1       (33

Balance at end of year(2)

  $ 338     $ 1,017     $     $ 1,355     $ 288     $ 872     $     $ 1,160  

Total retail loans

               

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 997     $ 2,424     $ 1,266     $ 4,687     $ 1,326     $ 2,247     $ 1,162     $ 4,735  

Provision for credit losses

               

Remeasurement(1)

    (1,174     1,934       2,721       3,481       (1,318     1,783       2,705       3,170  

Newly originated or purchased financial assets

    576                   576       542                   542  

Derecognition of financial assets and maturities

    (143     (218           (361     (159     (273           (432

Changes in models and methodologies(7)

    1       (57     14       (42     (128     120             (8

Transfer to (from):

                                               

Stage 1

    1,278       (1,210     (68           1,208       (1,142     (66      

Stage 2

    (379     712       (333           (406     676       (270      

Stage 3

    (8     (954     962             (13     (918     931        

Gross write-offs

                (3,728     (3,728                 (3,601     (3,601

Recoveries

                562       562                   502       502  

Foreign exchange and other movements(6)

    (1     25       48       72       (55     (69     (97     (221

Balance at end of year(2)

  $ 1,147     $ 2,656     $ 1,444     $ 5,247     $ 997     $ 2,424     $ 1,266     $ 4,687  

Business and government

               

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 739     $ 508     $ 788     $ 2,035     $ 635     $ 403     $ 748     $ 1,786  

Provision for credit losses

               

Remeasurement(1)

    (66     335       853       1,122       (210     288       622       700  

Newly originated or purchased financial assets

    1,311                   1,311       936                   936  

Derecognition of financial assets and maturities

    (1,170     (145     (47     (1,362     (860     (126     (9     (995

Changes in models and methodologies(7)

                            200       37             237  

Transfer to (from):

               

Stage 1

    120       (120                 154       (154            

Stage 2

    (89     94       (5           (110     114       (4      

Stage 3

    (3     (33     36                   (21     21        

Gross write-offs

                (700     (700                 (484     (484

Recoveries

                58       58                   60       60  

Foreign exchange and other movements

    12       1       (86     (73     (6     (33     (166     (205

Balance at end of period including off-balance sheet exposures(2)

  $ 854     $ 640     $ 897     $ 2,391     $ 739     $ 508     $ 788     $ 2,035  

Less: Allowance for credits losses on off-balance sheet exposures(2)(3)

    (141     (34           (175     (153     (33           (186

Balance at end of year(2)

  $ 713     $ 606     $ 897     $ 2,216     $ 586     $ 475     $ 788     $ 1,849  

 

(1)

Includes credit risk changes as a result of significant increases in credit risk, changes in credit risk that did not result in a transfer between stages, changes in model inputs and assumptions and changes due to drawdowns of undrawn commitments.

(2)

Interest income on impaired loans for residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards, and business and government loans totaled $439 (2024 – $443).

(3)

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(4)

Allowance for credit losses on acceptances are recorded against the financial asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

(5)

During the year ended October 31, 2025, the contractual terms of certain financial assets were modified where the modification did not result in derecognition. The carrying value of such loans that were modified in Stage 2 and Stage 3 was $2,833 (2024 – $3,504) and $899 (2024 – $726) respectively, before the modification.

(6)

Divestitures are included in the foreign exchange and other movements.

(7)

Comprises changes due to enhanced IFRS 9 models, including changes to reflect previously established expert credit judgment overlays that are now incorporated in the model.

 

194 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(f)

Carrying value of exposures by risk rating

 

Residential mortgages   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Very low

  $ 219,905     $ 3,983     $     $ 223,888     $  211,165     $ 3,262     $     $  214,427  

Low

    83,755       4,820             88,575       78,344       3,625             81,969  

Medium

    15,870       8,618             24,488       19,205       2,072             21,277  

High

    3,002       6,007             9,009       2,561       5,280             7,841  

Very high

    48       3,170             3,218       13       2,814             2,827  

Loans not graded(2)

    16,937       1,173             18,110       18,614       1,614             20,228  

Default

                2,903       2,903                   2,372       2,372  

Total

    339,517       27,771       2,903       370,191       329,902        18,667        2,372       350,941  

Allowance for credit losses

    196       424       840       1,460       165       398       645       1,208  

Carrying value

  $  339,321     $  27,347     $  2,063     $  368,731     $ 329,737     $ 18,269     $ 1,727     $ 349,733  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Personal loans   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Very low

  $ 31,009     $ 202     $     $ 31,211     $   30,865     $     $     $ 30,865  

Low

    21,075       751             21,826       20,686       12             20,698  

Medium

    12,886       78             12,964       13,053       38             13,091  

High

    10,331       5,659             15,990       10,535       4,843             15,378  

Very high

    35       2,651             2,686       76       2,743             2,819  

Loans not graded(2)

    22,465       2,354             24,819       20,482       1,929             22,411  

Default

                1,071       1,071                   1,117       1,117  

Total

    97,801       11,695        1,071       110,567       95,697       9,565        1,117       106,379  

Allowance for credit losses

    613       1,215       604       2,432       544       1,154       621       2,319  

Carrying value

  $   97,188     $  10,480     $ 467     $  108,135     $ 95,153     $   8,411     $ 496     $  104,060  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Credit cards   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

Very low

  $ 2,646     $ 2     $      –     $ 2,648     $ 2,382     $ 3     $     $ 2,385  

Low

    3,171       11             3,182       2,872       25             2,897  

Medium

    4,792       26             4,818       4,631       55             4,686  

High

    3,210       1,942             5,152       3,069       1,880             4,949  

Very high

    20       1,204             1,224       16       1,028             1,044  

Loans not graded(1)

    582       439             1,021       895       518             1,413  

Default

                                               

Total

    14,421       3,624             18,045         13,865       3,509               17,374  

Allowance for credit losses

    338       1,017             1,355       288       872             1,160  

Carrying value

  $   14,083     $   2,607     $     $   16,690     $ 13,577     $   2,637     $      –     $ 16,214  

 

(1)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Undrawn loan commitments –
Retail
  As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3     Total  

Very low

  $ 126,681     $ 255     $      –     $ 126,936     $  115,396     $ 2     $     $ 115,398  

Low

    22,102       71             22,173       17,947       26             17,973  

Medium

    9,569       13             9,582       8,128       22             8,150  

High

    4,047       631             4,678       3,490       505             3,995  

Very high

    14       351             365       10       305             315  

Loans not graded(1)

    9,039       2,049             11,088       12,634       2,749             15,383  

Default

                                               

Carrying value

  $  171,452     $   3,370     $     $  174,822     $ 157,605     $   3,609     $      –     $  161,214  

 

(1)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 195


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Total retail loans   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Very low

  $ 380,241     $ 4,442     $     $ 384,683     $  359,808     $ 3,267     $     $ 363,075  

Low

    130,103       5,653             135,756       119,849       3,688             123,537  

Medium

    43,117       8,735             51,852       45,017       2,187             47,204  

High

    20,590       14,239             34,829       19,655       12,508             32,163  

Very high

    117       7,376             7,493       115       6,890             7,005  

Loans not graded(2)

    49,023       6,015             55,038       52,625       6,810             59,435  

Default

                3,974       3,974                   3,489       3,489  

Total

    623,191       46,460       3,974       673,625       597,069        35,350       3,489       635,908  

Allowance for credit losses

    1,147       2,656       1,444       5,247       997       2,424       1,266       4,687  

Carrying value

  $  622,044     $  43,804     $  2,530     $  668,378     $ 596,072     $ 32,926     $  2,223     $  631,221  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Business and government loans   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Investment grade

  $ 138,789     $ 1,482     $     $ 140,271     $  146,999     $ 1,829     $     $ 148,828  

Non-Investment grade

    121,999       7,169             129,168       124,749       8,800             133,549  

Watch list

    7       4,468             4,475       10       4,819             4,829  

Loans not graded(2)

    2,485       36             2,521       2,190       25             2,215  

Default

                3,270       3,270                   3,250       3,250  

Total

    263,280       13,155       3,270       279,705       273,948        15,473       3,250       292,671  

Allowance for credit losses

    713       606       897       2,216       586       475       788       1,849  

Carrying value

  $  262,567     $  12,549     $  2,373     $  277,489     $ 273,362     $ 14,998     $  2,462     $  290,822  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Undrawn loan commitments –
Business and government
  As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Investment grade

  $ 242,637     $ 1,101     $     $ 243,738     $  243,635     $   1,124     $     $ 244,759  

Non-investment grade

    60,136       1,841             61,977       59,572       2,894             62,466  

Watch list

          1,007             1,007             1,142             1,142  

Loans not graded(2)

    4,593       1             4,594       3,921                   3,921  

Default

                31       31                   32       32  

Total

    307,366       3,950       31       311,347       307,128       5,160       32       312,320  

Allowance for credit losses

    141       34             175       153       33             186  

Carrying value

  $  307,225     $  3,916     $  31     $  311,172     $ 306,975     $ 5,127     $     32     $  312,134  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

Total non-retail loans   As at October 31, 2025     As at October 31, 2024  
Category of PD grades ($ millions)   Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total     Stage 1     Stage 2     Stage 3(1)     Total  

Investment grade

  $ 381,426     $ 2,583     $     $ 384,009     $  390,634     $ 2,953     $     $ 393,587  

Non-investment grade

    182,135       9,010             191,145       184,321       11,694             196,015  

Watch list

    7       5,475             5,482       10       5,961             5,971  

Loans not graded(2)

    7,078       37             7,115       6,111       25             6,136  

Default

                3,301       3,301                   3,282       3,282  

Total

    570,646       17,105       3,301       591,052       581,076        20,633       3,282       604,991  

Allowance for credit losses

    854       640       897       2,391       739       508       788       2,035  

Carrying value

  $  569,792     $  16,465     $  2,404     $  588,661     $ 580,337     $ 20,125     $  2,494     $  602,956  

 

(1)

Stage 3 includes purchased or originated credit-impaired loans.

(2)

Portfolios where the customer account level ‘Probability of Default’ has not been determined have been included in the ‘Loans not graded’ category.

 

196 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(g)

Loans past due but not impaired(1)

A loan is considered past due when a counterparty has not made a payment by the contractual due date. The following table presents the carrying value of loans that are contractually past due but not classified as impaired. In cases where borrowers have opted to participate in payment deferral programs, deferral of payments is not considered past due and such loans are not aged further during the deferral period.

 

    2025(2)     2024(2)  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   31 - 60
days
    61 - 90
days
    91 days
and
greater(3)
    Total     31 - 60
days
    61 - 90
days
    91 days
and
greater(3)
    Total  

Residential mortgages

  $ 1,603     $ 767     $     $ 2,370     $  1,418     $ 718     $     $ 2,136  

Personal loans

    691       353             1,044       647       343             990  

Credit cards

    289       189       430       908       242       172       398       812  

Business and government

    238       104             342       192       48             240  

Total

  $  2,821     $  1,413     $  430     $  4,664     $ 2,499     $  1,281     $  398     $  4,178  

 

(1)

Loans past due 30 days or less are not presented in this analysis as they are not administratively considered past due.

(2)

For loans where payment deferrals were granted, deferred payments are not considered past due and such loans are not aged further during the deferral period. Regular aging of the loans resumes, after the end of the deferral period.

(3)

All loans that are over 90 days past due are considered impaired with the exception of credit card receivables which are considered impaired when 180 days past due.

 

(h)

Purchased credit-impaired loans

Certain financial assets including loans are credit-impaired on initial recognition either through acquisition or origination. The following table provides details of such assets:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Unpaid principal balance(1)

  $    224     $    243  

Credit-related fair value adjustments

    (24     (29

Carrying value

    200       214  

Stage 3 allowance

    (1     (1

Carrying value net of related allowance

  $ 199     $ 213  

 

(1)

Represents principal amount owed net of write-offs.

 

13

Derecognition of Financial Assets

Securitization of residential mortgage loans

The Bank securitizes fully insured residential mortgage loans, Bank originated and others, through the creation of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) under the National Housing Act (NHA) MBS program, sponsored by Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC). MBS created under the program are primarily sold to Canada Housing Trust (the Trust), a government sponsored entity, under the Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) program, and/or third-party investors. The Trust issues securities to third-party investors.

Under the mortgage sale programs described above, certain transactions did not meet the derecognition requirements, as the Bank retains the pre-payment and interest rate risk associated with the mortgages. These risks represent substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets, and accordingly, the mortgages continue to be recognized on the Bank’s balance sheet.

However, certain mortgage transactions qualified for derecognition, as substantially all risks and rewards of ownership were transferred to third parties. During the year ended October 31, 2025, the Bank sold and derecognized $4,550 million (2024 – $8,486 million) of these mortgages. The Bank retains residual interests in the derecognized mortgages, representing its continuing involvement. As at October 31, 2025, the carrying value of these retained interests was $365 million (2024 – $491 million).

The transferred mortgages continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as residential mortgage loans. Cash proceeds received from the transfer are treated as secured borrowings and included in Deposits – Business and government on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The following table provides the carrying amount of transferred assets that do not qualify for derecognition and the associated liabilities:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025(1)     2024(1)  

Assets

   

Carrying value of residential mortgage loans

  $ 8,759     $  11,190  

Other related assets(2)

    6,868       7,202  

Liabilities

   

Carrying value of associated liabilities

     15,531       17,923  

 

(1)

The fair value of the transferred assets is $15,298 (2024 – $18,092) and the fair value of the associated liabilities is $15,593 (2024 – $17,692), for a net position of $(295) (2024 – $400).

(2)

These include cash held in trust and trust permitted investment assets, including repurchase style transactions of mortgage-backed securities, acquired as part of principal reinvestment account that the Bank is required to maintain in order to participate in the programs.

Securitization of credit card receivables and auto loans

The Bank securitizes a portion of its unsecured credit card and auto loan receivables through consolidated structured entities. These receivables continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as credit card loans and personal loans. For further details, refer to Note 14.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 197


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

The Bank enters into transactions, such as repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements, where the Bank transfers assets under agreements to repurchase them on a future date and retains all the substantial risks and rewards associated with the assets. The transferred assets remain on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The following table provides the carrying amount of the transferred assets and the associated liabilities:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025(1)     2024(1)  

Carrying value of assets associated with:

   

Repurchase agreements(2)

  $  174,010     $  174,334  

Securities lending agreements

    78,548       58,477  

Total

    252,558       232,811  

Carrying value of associated liabilities(3)

  $ 189,144     $ 190,449  

 

(1)

The fair value of transferred assets is $252,558 (2024 – $232,811) and the fair value of the associated liabilities is $189,144 (2024 – $190,449), for a net position of $63,414 (2024 – $42,362).

(2)

Does not include over-collateralization of assets pledged.

(3)

Liabilities for securities lending arrangements only include amounts related to cash collateral received. For securities received as collateral, refer to Note 34(a)(iv).

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

The Bank uses a capital vehicle to transfer credit exposure to security holders of the vehicle. While credit exposures are transferred, the related assets are not derecognized from the balance sheet. For further details, refer to Note 14.

 

14

Structured Entities

 

(a)

Consolidated structured entities

U.S. multi-seller conduit

The Bank-sponsored U.S. multi-seller conduit purchases high-quality financial assets from independent third parties (the sellers) funded by the issuance of highly rated asset-backed commercial paper. The sellers continue to service the financial assets and provide credit enhancements through overcollateralization protection and cash reserves.

Each asset purchased by the conduit has a deal-specific liquidity facility provided by the Bank in the form of a Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement (LAPA). The primary purpose of the LAPA is to provide an alternative source of financing in the event the conduit is unable to access the asset-backed commercial paper market. The administration agent can require the Bank in its capacity as liquidity provider to purchase an interest in the related assets owned by the conduit. The Bank is not obligated to perform under the LAPA agreements in the event the conduit itself is insolvent.

The Bank’s liquidity agreements with the conduit call for the Bank to fund full par value of the assets, including defaulted assets, if any, of the conduit. This facility is available to absorb the losses on defaulted assets, if any, in excess of losses absorbed by deal-specific seller credit enhancements. Further, the Bank holds the subordinated note issued by the conduit.

The Bank’s exposure from the U.S. conduit through the LAPA, including the obligation to purchase defaulted assets and investment in the conduit’s subordinated note, give the Bank the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the conduit, which in conjunction with power to direct the conduit’s activities, result in the Bank consolidating the U.S. multi-seller conduit.

The conduit’s assets of $14 billion (2024 – $11 billion) are primarily included in Business and government loans on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

There are contractual restrictions on the ability of the Bank’s consolidated U.S. multi-seller conduit to transfer funds to the Bank. The Bank is restricted from accessing the conduit’s assets under the relevant arrangements. The Bank has no rights to the assets owned by the conduit. In the normal course of business, the assets of the conduit can only be used to settle the obligations of the conduit.

Bank funding vehicles and capital vehicles

The Bank uses funding and capital vehicles to facilitate cost-efficient financing of its own operations, including the issuance of covered bonds and notes. Activities of funding structured entities are generally limited to holding an interest in a pool of assets or receivables generated by the Bank. Capital vehicles include Scotiabank LRCN Trust which was established in connection with the Bank’s issuance of qualifying regulatory capital instruments. These structured entities are consolidated due to the Bank’s decision-making power and ability to use that power to affect the returns.

Covered bonds

The Bank has a registered covered bond program through which it issues debt that is guaranteed by Scotiabank Covered Bond Guarantor Limited Partnership (the “LP”). Under this program, the LP purchases uninsured residential mortgages from the Bank, which it acquires with funding provided by the Bank.

As at October 31, 2025, $46.7 billion (2024 – $47.0 billion) covered bonds were outstanding and included in Deposits – Business and government on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The Bank’s outstanding covered bonds are denominated in U.S. dollars, British pounds, Swiss francs, Euros, Canadian Dollars, and Norwegian Kroner. As at October 31, 2025, assets pledged in relation to these covered bonds were uninsured residential mortgages denominated in Canadian dollars of $44.8 billion (2024 – $48.0 billion). These figures exclude activities in connection with covered bonds held by the Bank and that are eliminated upon consolidation.

Credit card receivables securitization trust

The Bank securitizes a portion of its Canadian credit card receivables through a Bank-sponsored structured entity. This entity issues senior and subordinated notes to third-party investors and the proceeds of such issuance are used to purchase co-ownership interests in credit card receivables originated by the Bank. Recourse of the note holders is limited to the purchased interest.

The Bank is responsible for servicing the transferred credit card receivables as well as performing administrative functions for this entity. As at October 31, 2025, U.S.$2.3 billion ($3.2 billion Canadian dollar equivalent) (2024 – U.S.$2.4 billion, $3.3 billion Canadian dollar equivalent) Class A notes; and U.S.$196 million ($274 million Canadian dollar equivalent) (2024 – U.S.$209 million, $291 million Canadian dollar equivalent) subordinated Class B and Class C notes were outstanding and included in Deposits – Business and government on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

198 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As at October 31, 2025, assets pledged in relation to the offered and retained notes were credit card receivables, denominated in Canadian dollars, of $3.6 billion (2024 – $3.8 billion).

Auto loan receivables securitization trusts

The Bank securitizes a portion of its Canadian auto loan receivables through its Securitized Term Auto Receivables Trust program (SSTRT) and Securitized Term Auto Loan Receivables Trust 2025-A (START 2025- A), Bank sponsored consolidated structured entities. The structured entities issue offered notes to third-party investors and retained notes to the Bank. Recourse of the noteholders is limited to the receivables and a cash reserve account.

As at October 31, 2025, U.S. $301 million ($423 million Canadian dollar equivalent) (October 31, 2024 – nil) offered notes that were issued to third party investors were outstanding and included in Deposits – Business and government on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The sale of such receivables does not qualify for derecognition, and the receivables continue to be recognized on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. As at October 31, 2025, assets pledged in relation to the offered and retained notes were Canadian auto loan receivables, denominated in Canadian dollars of $4,488 million (2024 – nil).

Scotiabank LRCN Trust

The Bank sponsors the Scotiabank LRCN Trust established in connection with the issuance of limited recourse capital notes. As at October 31, 2025, $8.4 billion (2024 – $5.5 billion) of externally-issued limited recourse capital notes were outstanding and included in Preferred shares and other equity instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Refer to Note 23(b) – Preferred shares and other equity instruments for further information.

Other

Assets of other consolidated structured entities are comprised of securities, deposits with banks and other assets to meet the Bank’s and customer needs.

 

(b)

Unconsolidated structured entities

The following table provides information about other structured entities which the Bank does not control and therefore does not consolidate.

 

    As at October 31, 2025  
($ millions)   Canadian multi-seller
conduits that the
Bank administers
    Structured
finance
entities
    Other
funding
vehicles
    Total  

Total assets on structured entity’s financial statements

  $ 6,971     $ 22,746     $ 2,575     $ 32,292  

Assets recognized on the Bank’s financial statements:

       

Trading assets

    26       709             735  

Investment securities

          786             786  

Loans(1)

          8,546             8,546  

Other

          52       99       151  
    26       10,093       99       10,218  

Liabilities recognized on the Bank’s financial statements:

       

Deposits – Business and government

                2,533       2,533  

Other

                43       43  
                2,576       2,576  

Bank’s maximum exposure to loss

  $ 6,997 (2)    $ 22,670     $ 71     $ 29,738  
    As at October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Canadian multi-seller
conduits that the
Bank administers
    Structured
finance
entities
    Other
funding
vehicles
    Total  

Total assets (on structured entity’s financial statements)

  $  6,299     $  13,695     $  1,870     $  21,864  

Assets recognized on the Bank’s financial statements:

       

Trading assets

    8       306             314  

Investment securities

          842             842  

Loans(1)

          4,757             4,757  

Other

          35       93       128  
    8       5,940       93       6,041  

Liabilities recognized on the Bank’s financial statements:

       

Deposits – Business and government

                1,842       1,842  

Derivative financial instruments

                28       28  
                1,870       1,870  

Bank’s maximum exposure to loss

  $ 6,307 (2)    $ 11,469     $ 76     $ 17,852  

 

(1)

Loan balances are presented net of allowance for credit losses.

(2)

Excludes up to a maximum amount of $1.6 billion (2024 – $1.4 billion) relating to backstop liquidity facilities provided by the Bank to these multi-seller conduits based on future asset purchases by these conduits.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 199


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Bank’s maximum exposure to loss represents the notional amounts of guarantees, liquidity facilities, and other credit support relationships with the structured entities, the credit risk amount for certain derivative contracts with the entities and the amount invested where the Bank holds an ownership interest in the structured entities. Of the aggregate amount of maximum exposure to loss as at October 31, 2025, the Bank has recorded $10.2 billion (2024 – $6.1 billion), primarily loans issued to structured entities, on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Canadian multi-seller conduits that the Bank administers

In 2025, the Bank established Temperance Street Funding Trust, a Canadian multi-seller conduit. The Bank sponsors a total of three Canadian multi-seller conduits. The conduits purchase assets from independent third parties (the sellers) funded by the issuance of asset-backed commercial paper. The sellers continue to service the assets and provide credit enhancements through overcollateralization protection and cash reserves. The Bank has no rights to these assets as they are available to support the obligations of the respective programs but manages the commercial paper selling programs for a fee. To ensure timely repayment of the commercial paper, each asset pool financed by the multi-seller conduits has a deal-specific LAPA or liquidity agreement (LA) with the Bank. Pursuant to the terms of the LAPA or LA, the Bank as the liquidity provider is obligated to purchase non-defaulted assets, transferred by the conduit at the conduit’s original cost as reflected in the table above. In most cases, the liquidity agreements do not require the Bank to purchase defaulted assets. Additionally, the Bank has not provided any program-wide credit enhancement to these conduits.

Although the Bank has power over the relevant activities of the conduits, it has limited exposure to variability in returns, which results in the Bank not consolidating the three Canadian conduits.

Structured finance entities

The Bank has interests in structured entities used to assist corporate clients in accessing cost-efficient financing through their securitization structures. The Bank may act as an administrator, an investor or a combination of both in these types of structures.

The Bank provides senior credit facilities to unaffiliated structured entities that are established by third parties to acquire and/or originate loans for the purposes of issuing collateralized loan obligations (CLOs). These credit facilities benefit from subordinated capital provided by either the collateral manager or third-party investors via subordinated financing, capital injection or asset contribution. Subordinated capital represents the first loss tranche which absorbs losses prior to the Bank’s senior exposure. The Bank’s broker-dealer affiliate acts as the arranger and placement agent for the CLOs. Proceeds from the sale of the CLOs are used to repay the senior credit facilities. The Bank does not consolidate these entities as it does not have decision making power over their relevant activities, which include the acquisition and/or origination of loans and overall management of the underlying portfolio. As at October 31, 2025, the Bank has funded $8,114 million of the credit facilities provided to these structured entities (October 31, 2024 – $4,243 million).

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

The Bank uses a funding vehicle to transfer credit exposure on certain loan assets and purchases credit protection against eligible credit events from this vehicle. The vehicle collateralizes its obligation using cash proceeds received through the issuance of guarantee-linked notes. Loan assets are not sold or assigned to the vehicle and remain on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The total principal balance of guarantee-linked notes issued by this vehicle and outstanding was $1,697 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $1,002 million). These are included in Deposits – Business and government on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Although the Bank has power over the relevant activities of these vehicles, it has limited exposure to variability in returns, which results in the Bank not consolidating these vehicles.

 

(c)

Other unconsolidated Bank-sponsored entities

The Bank sponsors unconsolidated structured entities including mutual funds, in which it has insignificant or no interest at the reporting date. The Bank is a sponsor when it is significantly involved in the design and formation at inception of the structured entities, and the Bank’s name is used by the structured entities to create an awareness of the instruments being backed by the Bank’s reputation and obligation. The Bank also considers other factors, such as its continuing involvement and obligations to determine if, in substance, the Bank is a sponsor.

As at October 31, 2025, the Bank earned $2,851 million (2024 – $2,547 million) in revenue from unconsolidated Bank-sponsored mutual fund entities.

 

200 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

15

Property and Equipment

 

($ millions)   Land &
Building
    Equipment     Technology
Assets
    Leasehold
Improvements
    Right-of-use
Assets
    Total  

Cost

           

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $  1,813     $  1,809     $  705     $  1,854     $  4,336     $  10,517  

Additions

    120       232       73       134       125       684  

Disposals/Retirements

    (149     (183     (155     (67     (77     (631

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    (48     (78     10       (44     (43     (203

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 1,736     $ 1,780     $ 633     $ 1,877     $ 4,341     $ 10,367  

Additions

    194       144       88       117       210       753  

Disposals/Retirements(1)

    (481     (82     (25     (92     (118     (798

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    (129     44       126       112       80       233  

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 1,320     $ 1,886     $ 822     $ 2,014     $ 4,513     $ 10,555  

Accumulated depreciation

           

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $ 686     $ 1,268     $ 381     $ 1,152     $ 1,388     $ 4,875  

Depreciation

    49       94       140       116       331       730  

Disposals/Retirements

    (50     (75     (145     (40     (62     (372

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    (22     (26     (14     (40     (16     (118

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 663     $ 1,261     $ 362     $ 1,188     $ 1,641     $ 5,115  

Depreciation

    36       83       133       113       318       683  

Disposals/Retirements

    (44     (67     (17     (71     (107     (306

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    28       1       77       40       36       182  

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 683     $ 1,278     $ 555     $ 1,270     $ 1,888     $ 5,674  

Net book value

           

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 1,073     $ 519     $ 271     $ 689     $ 2,700     $ 5,252 (2) 

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 637     $ 608     $ 267     $ 744     $ 2,625     $ 4,881 (2) 

 

(1)

Includes a net impairment loss recorded in Q1 2025 related to the agreement to sell the banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama. Refer to Note 35 for details.

(2)

Includes $39 (2024 – $36) of investment property.

 

16

Investments in Associates

The Bank had significant investments in the following associates:

 

                  2025            2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Country of
incorporation
    Nature of
business
    Ownership
percentage
    Date of financial
statements(1)
    Carrying
value
    Carrying
value
 

KeyCorp(2)

    United States       Banking       14.9     September 30, 2025     $  4,379     $  

Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd.(3)

    China       Banking       18.1     September 30, 2025       729        658  

Maduro & Curiel’s Bank N.V.(4)

    Curacao       Banking       48.1     September 30, 2025       570       527  

 

(1)

Represents the date of the most recent financial statements.

(2)

On December 27, 2024, the Bank completed the acquisition of an additional 10% ownership interest, bringing the total ownership interest in KeyCorp to 14.9% (refer to Note 35 for further details). The Bank has significant influence over KeyCorp through a combination of its ownership interest and board representation. Based on the quoted price on the New York Stock Exchange, the market value of the Bank’s investment in KeyCorp was $4,018 as at Oct 31, 2025. During the year, dividends received from KeyCorp of $140 were recognized as a reduction in the carrying value of the investment in associate.

(3)

Based on the quoted price on the Shanghai Stock Exchange, the market value of the Bank’s Investment in Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd. was $617 (October 31, 2024 – $570). The Bank has significant influence over the Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd. through a combination of its ownership interest and board representation.

(4)

The local regulator requires financial institutions to set aside reserves for general banking risks. These reserves are not required under IFRS, and represent undistributed retained earnings related to a foreign associated corporation, which are subject to local regulatory restrictions. As of October 31, 2025, these reserves amounted to $76 (2024 – $74).

Impairment testing of Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd.

As at October 31, 2025, the market value of the Bank’s investment in Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd. based on the quoted price on the Shanghai Stock Exchange continues to be below its carrying value. The Bank has been performing quarterly impairment testing on this investment due to the prolonged period in which its market value has remained below the carrying amount. The impairment test involves comparing the carrying value of the investment to its recoverable amount based on value in use (VIU). In estimating VIU, the Bank uses a discounted cash flows valuation model which incorporates key assumptions, including a 5-year forecast of after-tax cash flows for the underlying entity, the estimated terminal growth rate beyond 5 years, and the applicable discount rate. As at October 31, 2025, the estimate of VIU was determined using a terminal growth rate of 2% (2024 – 2%) and an after-tax discount rate of 11% (2024 –12%).

Based on impairment testing performed using the VIU methodology, no impairment was determined to exist as at October 31, 2025. In the prior year, an impairment charge of $343 million ($309 million after-tax) was recorded in non-interest expenses – other in the Other operating segment, driven primarily by the continued weakening of the economic outlook in China.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 201


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Summarized financial information

Summarized financial information of the Bank’s significant associates are as follows.

 

    For the twelve months ended(1)     As at October 31, 2025  
($ millions)   Revenue      Net
income
    Total assets     Total liabilities  

KeyCorp

  $  8,873      $  1,305     $  262,850     $  234,656  

Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd.

    2,009        517       108,567       100,773  

Maduro & Curiel’s Bank N.V.

    487        183       8,598       7,430  
    For the twelve months ended(1)     As at October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Revenue      Net
income
    Total assets     Total liabilities  

Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd.

  $  1,457      $  471     $  87,974     $  81,577  

Maduro & Curiel’s Bank N.V.

    457        170       8,057       6,959  

 

(1)

Based on the most recent available financial statements.

 

17

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by groups of cash-generating units (CGU) are as follows:

 

($ millions)   Canadian
Banking
    Global
Wealth
Management
    Global
Banking and
Markets
    Latin
America
    Caribbean
and
Central
America
    Total  

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $ 1,690     $ 3,610     $ 246     $ 2,630     $ 1,005     $ 9,181  

Acquisitions

                                   

Dispositions(1)

                      (92           (92

Foreign currency adjustments and other

          4             (138     6       (128

Balance as at October 31, 2024

    1,690       3,614       246       2,400        1,011       8,961  

Acquisitions

                                   

Dispositions(2)

                      (195     (394     (589

Foreign currency adjustments and other

          27       1       180       5       213  

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $  1,690     $  3,641     $  247     $  2,385     $ 622     $  8,585  

 

(1)

In fiscal 2024, the Bank recorded a goodwill write-down of $92 million pre-tax within the Latin America CGU in relation to its agreement to sell CrediScotia Financiera, a subsidiary in Peru. Refer to Note 35 for details.

(2)

In the current year, the Bank recorded a goodwill write-down of $589 million pre-tax within the Latin America and Caribbean & Central America CGUs in relation to its agreement to sell banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama. Refer to Note 35 for details.

Impairment testing of goodwill

Goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated to each of the Bank’s groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the particular acquisition. Goodwill is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances occur that may indicate impairment.

The Bank determines the carrying values of its CGUs using a regulatory capital approach based on credit, market, operational risks and leverage, consistent with the Bank’s capital attribution for business line performance measurement. Corporate capital that is not directly attributable is allocated to each CGU on a proportional basis, based on the relative attributed capital prior to the corporate capital allocation. The resulting carrying amount determined for the CGU is then compared to its respective recoverable amount to identify any impairment.

Annual impairment testing for goodwill was performed as at July 31, 2025 and 2024, and no impairment was determined to exist. As of October 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no significant changes to this assessment.

Fair value less costs of disposal

For all CGUs, the recoverable amount was determined using the fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) method. In arriving at FVLCD, the Bank estimates the fair value of the CGU using price earnings (P/E) multiples applied to normalized net income for the last four quarters as of the test date, applies a control premium based on a weighted average of acquisition premiums paid globally in the banking industry over the past five years for comparable companies, and deducts the estimated costs of disposal. The fair value measurement is categorized as Level 3 due to significant inputs being unobservable. For the 2025 annual impairment test, P/E multiples ranging from 9.5 to 13 times (2024 – 11 to 11.5 times) were used.

The Bank has performed sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in estimating FVLCD. The estimate of reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions are based on available evidence in respect of each input, such as risks associated with the normalized net income projections, and range of P/E multiples observed externally. Reasonable negative changes in the net income outlook (decrease of 5%) or P/E multiples (decrease of 1x), each in isolation, holding other factors constant, would not result in impairment for all CGUs using the FVLCD method.

Value in use

In the prior year, the Latin America CGU’s recoverable amount was determined using the value in use (VIU) method. In estimating VIU, the Bank used a discounted cash flow valuation model based on a 5-year forecast of after-tax cash flows, the estimated terminal growth rate beyond 5 years, and the applicable discount rate. The 5-year cash flow forecast was based on management approved budgets and plans which consider market trends, macroeconomic conditions, forecasted earnings and the business strategy for the CGU. The terminal growth rate was based on long-term growth expectations in Latin America, and the discount rate was based on the cost of capital of comparable companies. For the 2024 annual impairment test, a terminal growth rate of 3% and a discount rate of 12% were used.

 

202 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Bank performed sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions used in estimating the Latin America CGU’s VIU in the prior year. The estimate of reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions was based on available evidence in respect of each input such as historical performance against forecasts, risks associated with the underlying cash flow projections, and range of discount rates observed externally. Reasonable negative changes in any one key assumption, holding other factors constant, would not result in impairment for the Latin America CGU.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets consist of assets with indefinite and finite useful lives. Indefinite life intangible assets consist substantially of fund management contracts. The fund management contracts are for the management of open-ended funds. Finite life intangible assets include assets such as computer software, customer relationships and core deposit intangibles.

 

    Finite life          Indefinite life         
($ millions)   Computer
software
    Other
intangibles
         Fund management
contracts(1)
    Other
intangibles
    Total  

Cost

             

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $ 5,639     $ 1,815         $ 4,415     $ 163     $ 12,032  

Acquisitions

                                 

Additions

    840       1                       841  

Impairment

    (188                           (188

Disposals/Retirements

    (538                           (538

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    24       (22                     2  

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 5,777     $ 1,794         $ 4,415     $ 163     $ 12,149  

Acquisitions

                                 

Additions

    637                             637  

Impairment(2)

    (199                           (199

Disposals/Retirements

    (170     (36                     (206

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    390       20                       410  

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $  6,435     $  1,778         $  4,415     $  163     $  12,791  

Accumulated amortization

             

Balance as at October 31, 2023

  $ 2,566     $ 1,454         $     $     $ 4,020  

Amortization

    958       72                       1,030  

Impairment

    (91                           (91

Disposals/Retirements

    (614                           (614

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    (75     (13                     (88

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 2,744     $ 1,513         $     $     $ 4,257  

Amortization

    828       68                       896  

Impairment(2)

    (9                           (9

Disposals/Retirements

    (32     (36                     (68

Foreign currency adjustments and other

    113       18                       131  

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 3,644     $ 1,563         $     $     $ 5,207  

Net book value

             

As at October 31, 2024

  $ 3,033 (3)    $ 281         $ 4,415     $ 163     $ 7,892  

As at October 31, 2025

  $ 2,791 (3)    $ 215         $ 4,415     $ 163     $ 7,584  

 

(1)

Fund management contracts are attributable to the previously acquired Dynamic Funds business (formerly DundeeWealth Inc.), MD Financial Management Inc., and Jarislowsky Fraser Limited.

(2)

In the current year, the Bank recognized an impairment loss of $165 million pre-tax in relation to its agreement to sell banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama. Refer to Note 35 for details.

(3)

Computer software comprises purchased software of $262 (2024 – $194), internally generated software of $1,633 (2024 – $1,939), and in process software not subject to amortization of $896 (2024 – $900).

Impairment testing of intangible assets

Indefinite life intangible assets are not amortized and are assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. Impairment is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the indefinite life intangible asset to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of fund management contracts is based on a VIU approach using the multi-period excess earnings method. This approach uses cash flow projections from management-approved financial budgets, which include key assumptions related to market appreciation, net sales of funds, and operating margins, taking into consideration past experience and market expectations. The forecast cash flows cover a 5-year period, with a terminal growth rate of 4.5% (2024 – 4.5%) applied thereafter. These cash flows have been discounted at 10% (2024 – 10%). Fund management contracts were assessed for annual impairment using data as at July 31, 2025 and 2024, and no impairment was determined to exist. As of October 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no significant changes to this assessment. In addition, reasonable negative changes in any one key assumption, holding other factors constant, would not result in impairment.

Finite life intangible assets are only assessed for impairment if events or circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. When required, impairment is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the finite life intangible asset to its recoverable amount, which is generally determined using a VIU approach. In fiscal 2024, computer software with a net book value of $97 million was assessed as impaired.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 203


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

18

Other Assets

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Accrued interest

  $ 4,969     $ 5,352  

Accounts receivable and prepaids

    2,750       2,118  

Current tax assets

    2,649       2,374  

Margin deposits on derivatives

    13,304       9,976  

Segregated fund assets

    1,006       1,231  

Pension assets (Note 27)

    1,036       684  

Receivable from brokers, dealers and clients

    4,597       3,244  

Other

    5,056       5,322  

Total

  $ 35,367     $  30,301  

 

19

Deposits

 

     2025     2024  
    Payable on demand(1)                          
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Interest-
bearing
    Non-interest-
bearing
    Payable after
notice(2)
    Payable on a
fixed date(3)
    Total         

Personal

  $ 38,089     $ 10,892     $ 124,057     $ 128,680     $ 301,718     $ 298,821  

Business and government

    197,177       33,094       68,673       328,723       627,667       600,114  

Financial institutions

    10,754       967       4,068       21,105       36,894       44,914  

Total

  $ 246,020     $ 44,953     $ 196,798     $ 478,508     $ 966,279     $ 943,849  

Recorded in:

           

Canada

  $ 160,504     $ 23,892     $ 180,349     $ 327,855     $ 692,600     $ 686,817  

United States

    47,431       101       4,563       49,400       101,495       90,442  

United Kingdom

                367       33,679       34,046       27,091  

Mexico

    13,893       7,339             17,859       39,091       36,751  

Peru

    11,159       7       1,908       6,843       19,917       17,710  

Chile

    1,310       5,347       142       16,336       23,135       23,232  

Colombia

    3,140       552       548       6,168       10,408       8,102  

Other International

    8,583       7,715       8,921       20,368       45,587       53,704  

Total(4)

  $ 246,020     $ 44,953     $ 196,798     $ 478,508     $ 966,279     $  943,849  

 

(1)

Deposits payable on demand include deposits for which the Bank may not have the right to notice of withdrawal, generally chequing accounts.

(2)

Deposits payable after notice include deposits for which the Bank may require notice of withdrawal, generally savings accounts.

(3)

All deposits that mature on a specified date, generally term deposits, guaranteed investments certificates and similar instruments.

(4)

Deposits denominated in U.S. dollars amount to $297,065 (2024 – $295,316), deposits denominated in Chilean pesos amount to $20,053 (2024 – $19,271), deposits denominated in Mexican pesos amount to $35,941 (2024 – $34,416) and deposits denominated in other foreign currencies amount to $117,530 (2024 – $109,683).

The following table presents the maturity schedule for term deposits in Canada greater than $100,000(1).

 

($ millions)   Within three
months
    Three to six
months
    Six to
twelve months
    One to
five years
    Over
five years
    Total  

As at October 31, 2025

  $ 54,287     $ 37,607     $ 57,519     $ 109,573     $ 15,165     $ 274,151  

As at October 31, 2024

  $  64,521     $  37,062     $  59,273     $  115,757     $  18,820     $  295,433  

 

(1)

The majority of foreign term deposits are in excess of $100,000.

 

20

Subordinated Debentures

These debentures are direct, unsecured obligations of the Bank and are subordinate to the claims of the Bank’s depositors and other creditors. The Bank, where appropriate, enters into interest rate and cross-currency swaps to hedge the related risks.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  
Maturity date   Interest
rate (%)
    Terms(1)   Carrying
value(2)
    Carrying
value(2)
 

June 2025

    8.900     On June 20, 2025, all $250 million of outstanding 8.900% subordinated debentures matured. The principal plus accrued interest were paid to noteholders on the maturity date.   $     $ 251  

December 2025(3)

    4.500     U.S.$1,250 million. Interest will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 16 and December 16 of each year, until maturity in December 2025.     1,753       1,740  

May 2032(3)

    3.934     Redeemable on or after May 3, 2027. After May 3, 2027, interest will be payable quarterly at the then prevailing three-month bankers’ acceptance rate plus 1.520% subject to applicable benchmark fallback considerations.     1,744       1,713  

December 2032(3)

    1.800     JPY 33,000 million. Redeemable on December 20, 2027. After December 20, 2027, interest will be payable semi-annually at the reference Japanese Government Bond rate plus 1.681% on the reset date.     300       301  

August 2033(3)

    5.679     Redeemable on or after August 2, 2028. After August 2, 2028, interest will be payable at an annual rate equal to Daily Compounded CORRA plus 2.100%.     1,026       1,016  

December 2033(3)

    1.830     JPY 12,000 million. Redeemable on December 1, 2028. After December 1, 2028, interest rate on the debentures will be reset to the prevailing yield of Japanese Government Bond rate plus 1.477% on the reset date.     109       110  

August 2034(3)

    4.959     Redeemable on or after August 1, 2029. After August 1, 2029, interest will be payable at Daily Compounded CORRA plus 1.550%.     1,034       998  

May 2037(3)

    4.588     U.S.$1,250 million. Redeemable between April 12, 2027, and May 4, 2032. On May 4, 2032, interest will reset at the then prevailing 5-year U.S. treasury rate plus 2.050%.     1,726       1,704  
                $ 7,692     $  7,833  

 

(1)

In accordance with the provisions of the Capital Adequacy Guideline of the Superintendent, all redemptions are subject to regulatory approval and subject to the terms in the relevant prospectus.

(2)

The carrying value of subordinated debentures may differ from par value due to the impact of fair value hedges used for managing interest rate risk and subordinated debentures held for market-making purposes.

(3)

These debentures contain non-viability contingent capital (NVCC) provisions. Under such NVCC provisions, outstanding debentures are convertible into a variable number of common shares if OSFI announces that the Bank has ceased, or is about to cease, to be viable, or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, from the federal government or any provincial government or political subdivision or agent thereof without which the Bank would have been determined by OSFI to be non-viable. If such a conversion were to occur, the debentures would be converted into common shares pursuant to an automatic conversion formula defined as 150% of the par value plus accrued and unpaid interest divided by the conversion price and, where applicable, subject to translation at foreign exchange rates in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion price is based on the greater of: (i) a floor price of $5.00 (subject to adjustments in certain events as set out in the respective prospectus supplements), and (ii) the current market price of the Bank’s common shares at the time of the trigger event (10-day weighted average).

 

204 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

21

Other Liabilities

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Accrued interest

  $ 6,856     $ 7,840  

Lease liabilities(1)

    2,955       2,982  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    9,151       8,133  

Current tax liabilities

    942       1,070  

Deferred tax liabilities (Note 26)

    1,414       1,397  

Gold and silver certificates and bullion

    757       578  

Margin and collateral accounts

    8,883       8,186  

Segregated fund liabilities

    1,007       1,231  

Payables to brokers, dealers and clients

    1,843       798  

Provisions (Note 22)

    668       411  

Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures (Note 12)

    175       186  

Pension liabilities (Note 27)

    535       523  

Other liabilities of subsidiaries and structured entities

    22,665       22,104  

Other

    9,011       7,589  

Total

  $  66,862     $  63,028  

 

(1)

Represents discounted value of lease liabilities.

The table below sets out a maturity analysis of undiscounted lease liabilities showing the lease payments to be made after the reporting date:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Within 1 year

  $ 393     $ 410  

1 to 2 years

    405       404  

2 to 3 years

    390       401  

3 to 4 years

    387       381  

4 to 5 years

    376       358  

After 5 years

    2,023       1,677  

Total

  $ 3,974     $   3,631  

 

22

Provisions

 

($ millions)       

As at November 1, 2023

  $     573  

Provisions made during the year

    203  

Provisions utilized / released during the year

    (365

Balance as at October 31, 2024

  $ 411  

Provisions made during the year

    422  

Provisions utilized / released during the year

    (165

Balance as at October 31, 2025

  $ 668  

Restructuring Charge

In Q4 2025, the Bank recorded a restructuring charge and severance provisions as well as other related charges of $373 million ($270 million after-tax) primarily related to workforce reductions across its global operations. These amounts reflect actions taken by the Bank to simplify its organizational structure in Canadian Banking, restructure and right-size Asia operations in Global Banking and Markets and regionalize activities across its international footprint. Of these amounts, which were all recorded in the Other operating segment, $272 million was included in other liabilities – provisions as at October 31, 2025.

Legal

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are and have been subject to a variety of pending and threatened legal proceedings, including civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits, and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. Some of these matters may involve novel legal theories and interpretations and may be advanced under criminal as well as civil statutes, and some proceedings could result in the imposition of civil, regulatory enforcement or criminal penalties. The Bank reviews the status of all proceedings on an ongoing basis and will exercise judgment in resolving them in such manner as the Bank believes to be in its best interest. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Bank cannot state what the eventual outcome of such matters will be. However, based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from pending litigation or regulatory proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2025 or results of operations of the Bank.

Legal provisions are established when it becomes probable that the Bank will incur an expense related to a legal action or regulatory proceeding and the amount can be reliably estimated. Such provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amount required to settle any obligation related to these legal actions as at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Management and internal and external experts are involved in estimating any amounts that may be required. The actual costs of resolving these claims may vary significantly from the amount of the legal provisions. The Bank’s estimate involves significant judgement, given the varying stages of the proceedings, the fact that the Bank’s liability, if any, has yet to be determined and the fact that the underlying matters will change from time to time.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 205


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As such, there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution of those legal actions may be material to the Bank’s consolidated results of operations for any particular reporting period.

The Bank, through its Peruvian subsidiary, is engaged in a legal action related to certain value-added tax assessed amounts and associated interest totaling $176 million, which arose from certain client transactions that occurred prior to the Bank’s acquisition of the subsidiary. The legal action in Peru relating to the original assessed amount was concluded in favour of the Government of Peru in May 2024. Accordingly, the Bank paid $34 million representing the principal and associated reasonable interest, which was recorded in non-interest expenses – other. In November 2021, the Peruvian Constitutional Court dismissed the matter relating to the accrued default interest for procedural reasons. With respect to this default interest component, and in relation to the Constitutional Court of Peru’s treatment of Scotiabank Peru, in October 2022, the Bank filed a request for arbitration against the Republic of Peru before the International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID), pursuant to the provisions of the Canada-Peru Free Trade Agreement. This case is currently proceeding through the arbitration process. In Q3 2024, the Bank recorded a legal provision of $142 million in other liabilities – provisions, representing the amount at issue in the arbitration. The Bank intends to continue to vigorously advance its position.

 

23

Common shares, preferred shares and other equity instruments

 

(a)

Common shares

Authorized:

An unlimited number of common shares without nominal or par value.

Issued and fully paid:

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Number of shares     Amount     Number of shares     Amount  

Outstanding at beginning of year

    1,244,435,686     $ 22,054       1,214,044,420     $ 20,109  

Issued in relation to share-based payments, net (Note 25)

    2,709,942       210       497,930       37  

Issued in relation to the Shareholder Dividend and Share Purchase Plan(1)

                29,893,336       1,908  

Repurchased for cancellation under the Normal Course Issuer Bid

    (10,839,890     (197            

Outstanding at end of year

    1,236,305,738 (2)    $ 22,067       1,244,435,686 (2)    $  22,054  

 

(1)

Effective November 1, 2024, and until such time as the Bank elects otherwise, the Bank has suspended the discount to the Average Market Price (as defined in the Plan) for dividend reinvestments and stock dividends under the Plan and has discontinued issuances of common shares from treasury under the Plan. Additionally, effective November 1, 2024, and until such time as the Bank elects otherwise, purchases of common shares under the Plan will be made in the secondary market in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(2)

In the normal course of business, the Bank’s regulated Dealer subsidiary purchases and sells the Bank’s common shares to facilitate trading/institutional client activity. During fiscal 2025, the number of such shares bought was 30,855,084 and sold was 30,855,333 (2024 – 26,564,849 bought and 26,566,901 sold).

Dividend

The dividends paid on common shares in fiscal 2025 and 2024 were $5,369 million ($4.32 per share) and $5,198 million ($4.24 per share), respectively. The Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $1.10 per common share at its meeting on December 1, 2025. This quarterly dividend applies to shareholders of record at the close of business on January 6, 2026, and is payable January 28, 2026. Refer to Note 23(c) – Restriction on payment of dividends and retirement of shares.

Normal Course Issuer Bid

On May 28, 2025, the Bank announced that OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange approved a normal course issuer bid (the “2025 NCIB”)

pursuant to which it may repurchase for cancellation up to 20 million of the Bank’s common shares. Purchases under the 2025 NCIB commenced on May 30, 2025, and will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the Bank purchasing the maximum number of common shares under the 2025 NCIB, (ii) the Bank providing a notice of termination, or (iii) May 29, 2026.

During the year ended October 31, 2025, the Bank repurchased and cancelled approximately 10.8 million common shares at an average price of $82.57 per share for a total amount of $913 million, including tax.

Non-viability Contingent Capital

The maximum number of common shares issuable on conversion of NVCC subordinated debentures, NVCC subordinated additional tier 1 capital notes, including those issued to Scotiabank LRCN Trust as recourse assets in respect of NVCC limited recourse capital notes, and NVCC preferred shares as at October 31, 2025 would be 4,863 million common shares (2024 – 4,582 million common shares) based on the floor price and excluding the impact of any accrued and unpaid interest and any declared but unpaid dividends (refer to Note 20 – Subordinated debentures and Note 23(b) – Preferred shares and other equity instruments for further details).

 

(b)

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

Preferred shares

Authorized:

An unlimited number of preferred shares without nominal or par value. There are currently no preferred shares outstanding.

 

206 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other equity instruments

Other equity instruments are comprised of NVCC additional Tier 1 qualifying regulatory capital notes:

 

                                        2025     2024  

First issue date/

Series number

  Notional
Amount
(millions)
    Next reset
date
   

Interest

rate

    Interest
rate after
reset
    Next
redemption
date
    Redemption
frequency
after reset(1)
   

Amount

(millions)

    Distributions
paid per
Note(2)
   

Amount

(millions)

    Distributions
paid per
Note(2)
 

Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes(3)(4)

 

             
October 12, 2017(5)   U.S.$  1,250      

January 12,

2026

 

 

    6.821    

SOFR

+2.90961

(5) 

   

January 12,

2026

 

 

    Quarterly     $ 1,560     U.S.$  73.88     $ 1,560     U.S.$  83.86  
June 4, 2020(6)                   4.900                           $     U.S.$ 36.75     $ 1,689     U.S.$ 49.00  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes(3)(7)

 

             
Series 1(8)   $ 1,250      

July 27,

2026

 

 

    3.700    

GOC

+2.761

(9) 

   

June 27,

2026

 

 

   

Every five

years

 

 

  $ 1,250     $ 37.00     $ 1,250     $ 37.00  
Series 2(10)   U.S.$ 600      

October 27,

2026

 

 

    3.625    

UST

+2.613

(11) 

   

October 27,

2026

 

 

    Quarterly     $ 753     U.S.$ 36.25     $ 753     U.S.$ 36.25  
Series 3(12)   $ 1,500      

July 27,

2027

 

 

    7.023    

GOC

+3.950

(9) 

   

June 27,

2027

 

 

   

Every five

years

 

 

  $ 1,500     $ 70.23     $ 1,500     $ 70.23  
Series 4(13)   U.S.$ 750      

October 27,

2027

 

 

    8.625    

UST

+4.389

(11) 

   

October 27,

2027

 

 

    Quarterly     $ 1,023     U.S.$ 86.25     $ 1,023     U.S.$ 86.25  
Series 5(14)   U.S.$ 750      
January 27,
2029
 
 
    8.000    

UST

+4.017

(11) 

   
January 27,
2029
 
 
    Quarterly     $ 1,004     U.S.$ 80.00     $ 1,004     U.S.$ 63.33  
Series 6(15)   U.S.$ 1,000      

April 27,

2030

 

 

    7.350    

UST

+2.903

(11) 

   

April 27,

2030

 

 

    Quarterly     $ 1,453     U.S.$ 54.51     $     $  
Series 7(16)   U.S.$ 1,000      
October 27,
2035
 
 
    6.875    

UST

+2.734

(11) 

   
October 27,
2035
 
 
    Quarterly     $ 1,396     U.S.$     $     $  

Total other equity instruments

 

                          $ 9,939             $  8,779          

 

(1)

Each security is redeemable at the sole discretion of the Bank on the first reset date and every quarter or five years, as applicable, thereafter. Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCN) Series 1 and Series 3 are also redeemable in the one month period preceding each reset date. The securities are also redeemable following a regulatory or tax event, as described in the offering documents. All redemptions are subject to regulatory consent and occur at a redemption price of par plus accrued and unpaid interest (unless canceled, where applicable).

(2)

Distributions paid from November 1 to October 31 in the relevant fiscal year per face amount of $1,000 or U.S.$1,000, as applicable.

(3)

The securities rank pari passu to each other and are the Bank’s direct unsecured obligations, ranking subordinate to Bank’s other subordinated indebtedness.

(4)

While interest is payable on the securities when it becomes due, the Bank may, at its sole discretion and with notice, cancel interest payments. Refer to Note 23(c) – Restriction on payment of dividends and retirement of shares.

(5)

CME 3-month Term SOFR.

(6)

On June 4, 2025, the Bank redeemed US $1,250 million 4.900% Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption of these AT1 Notes resulted in a foreign currency loss of $22 million recorded in Retained Earnings.

(7)

Interest on LRCN is non-deferrable, however, non-payment of interest that is not cured within five business days results in a Recourse Event. A Recourse Event of the respective Series occurs if (a) there is non-payment in cash by the Bank of the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, on the maturity date, (b) there is non-payment in cash of interest which is not cured within 5 business days, (c) there is non-payment in cash of the redemption price in connection with the redemption of the LRCNs, (d) an event of default occurs (i.e. bankruptcy, insolvency, or liquidation of the Bank), or (e) there is an NVCC Trigger Event. Upon the occurrence of a Recourse Event, the noteholder’s sole recourse will be limited to their proportionate share of the Series’ respective assets held in Scotiabank LRCN Trust, a consolidated entity, which consist initially of the respective AT1 Notes or, following an NVCC Trigger Event, common shares. Refer to Note 23(c) – Restriction on payment of dividends and retirement of shares.

(8)

On June 15, 2021, the Bank issued $1,250 million 3.70% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 1 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 1”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 1, the Bank issued $1,250 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 1 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(9)

The then-prevailing five-year Government of Canada yield.

(10)

On October 7, 2021, the Bank issued U.S.$600 million 3.625% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 2 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 2”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 2, the Bank issued U.S.$600 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 2 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(11)

The then-prevailing five-year U.S. Treasury Rate.

(12)

On June 16, 2022, the Bank issued $1,500 million 7.023% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 3 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 3”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 3, the Bank issued $1,500 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 3 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(13)

On October 25, 2022, the Bank issued U.S.$750 million 8.625% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 4 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 4”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 4, the Bank issued U.S.$750 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 4 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(14)

On January 12, 2024, the Bank issued U.S.$750 million 8.000% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 5 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 5”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 5, the Bank issued U.S.$750 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 5 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(15)

On January 31, 2025, the Bank issued USD$1,000 million of 7.350% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 6 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 6”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 6, the Bank issued U.S.$1,000 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 6 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

(16)

On September 29, 2025, the Bank issued USD$1,000 million of 6.875% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 7 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 7”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 7, the Bank issued U.S.$1,000 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 7 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure.

Contractual NVCC provisions contained in the Bank’s Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes, including those issued to Scotiabank LRCN Trust as recourse assets in respect of the LRCNs, trigger conversion of these securities into a variable number of common shares if OSFI announces that the Bank has ceased, or is about to cease, to be viable, or if a federal or provincial government in Canada publicly announces that the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection, or equivalent support, from the federal government or any provincial government or political subdivision or agent thereof without which the Bank would have been determined by OSFI to be non-viable. If such a conversion were to occur, outstanding Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC), would be converted into common shares pursuant to an automatic conversion formula defined as 125% of the par value plus accrued and unpaid interest divided by the conversion price. The conversion price is based on the greater of: (i) $5.00 (subject to adjustments in certain events and converted to U.S. dollar-equivalent, where applicable, each as set out in their respective prospectus supplements), and (ii) the current market price of the Bank’s common shares at the time of the trigger event (10-day weighted average and converted to U.S. dollar-equivalent, where applicable). U.S. dollar equivalents of the floor price and the current market price, where applicable, are based on the CAD/USD exchange rate on the day prior to the trigger event.

The notes above have been determined to be compound instruments that have both equity and liability features. At inception, the fair value of the liability component is initially measured with any residual amount assigned to the equity component. On the respective dates of issuance, the Bank has assigned an insignificant value to each liability component of the notes and, as a result, the proceeds received upon issuance of the notes have been presented as equity.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 207


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Bank will continue to monitor events that could impact the value of the liability component.

During the year ended October 31, 2025, the Bank paid aggregate distributions on these notes of $506 million (2024 – $469 million), net of income taxes of $120 million (2024 – $93 million), based on exchange rates in effect on the payment dates, where applicable.

 

(c)

Restrictions on payment of dividends and retirement of shares

Under the Bank Act, the Bank is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on its common or preferred shares or redeeming, purchasing or otherwise retiring such shares when the Bank is, or would be placed by such a declaration or retirement, in contravention of the capital adequacy, liquidity or any other regulatory directives issued under the Bank Act.

In the event that applicable cash distributions on any of the Scotiabank Trust Securities are not paid on a regular distribution date, the Bank has undertaken not to pay dividends of any kind on its preferred or common shares until such distributions are made in full or the twelfth month following the non-payment of such distributions. Similarly, should the Bank fail to declare regular dividends on any of its directly issued and outstanding preferred or common shares, cash distributions will also not be made on any of the Scotiabank Trust Securities.

In the event that distributions are not paid in full on the Bank’s Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (NVCC), including those issued as recourse assets in respect of LRCNs to Scotiabank LRCN Trust where the trustee has not waived such distributions or no longer holds the respective AT1 Notes, the Bank has undertaken not to declare dividends on its common or preferred shares or redeem, purchase or otherwise retire such shares until the month commencing after such distributions have been made in full.

In the event that dividends to which preferred shareholders are then entitled have not been paid or sufficient funds have not been set aside to do so, the Bank has undertaken not to declare dividends on its common shares or redeem, purchase or otherwise retire its common shares.

Currently, the above limitations do not restrict the payment of dividends on or retirement of preferred or common shares.

 

24

Capital Management

The primary regulator over the Bank’s consolidated capital adequacy is the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, Canada (OSFI). The capital adequacy regulations in Canada are largely consistent with international standards set by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). OSFI requires Canadian deposit-taking institutions to fully implement the Basel III reforms and achieve minimums of 7%, 8.5% and 10.5% for CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital, respectively. OSFI has also designated the Bank as a domestic systemically important bank (D-SIB), increasing its minimum capital ratio requirements by 1% across all tiers of capital, in line with the requirements for global systemically important banks.

In addition, OSFI expects D-SIBs to hold a Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB). In December 2022, OSFI announced that the DSB will increase to 3.0% of total risk-weighted assets (RWA), effective February 1, 2023, and has increased the DSB’s range from 0% to 4.0%. In June 2023, OSFI announced that the DSB will increase to 3.5% of total RWA, effective November 1, 2023. In addition, in June 2025, OSFI maintained the DSB at 3.5% of RWA. OSFI’s minimum regulatory capital ratio requirements, including the D-SIB 1.0% surcharge and its DSB are: 11.5%, 13.0% and 15.0% for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital ratios, respectively. In addition, the Bank is presently subject to a BCBS countercyclical buffer requirement of approximately eight basis points.

In addition to risk-based capital requirements, the Basel III reforms introduced a simpler, non risk-based Leverage ratio requirement to act as a supplementary measure to its risk-based capital requirements. Institutions are expected to maintain an operating buffer above the 3.5% minimum, including the D-SIB surcharge of 0.5%, effective Q2 2023.

The Bank’s regulatory capital ratios were as follows:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Capital(1)

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $ 62,752     $ 60,631  

Net Tier 1 capital

    72,790       69,499  

Total regulatory capital

    80,908       77,708  

Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC)(2)

    138,049       137,752  

Risk-weighted assets/exposures used in calculation of capital ratios

   

Risk-weighted assets(1)

  $ 474,453     $ 463,992  

Leverage exposures(3)

     1,622,415        1,563,140  

Regulatory ratios(1)

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

    13.2     13.1

Tier 1 capital ratio

    15.3     15.0

Total capital ratio

    17.1     16.7

Total loss absorbing capacity ratio(2)

    29.1     29.7

Leverage ratio(3)

    4.5     4.4

Total loss absorbing capacity leverage ratio(2)

    8.5     8.8

 

(1)

The regulatory capital ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023).

(2)

This measure has been disclosed in this document in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (September 2018).

(3)

The leverage ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements (February 2023).

The Bank exceeded the OSFI regulatory minimum capital ratios as at October 31, 2025.

 

25

Share-Based Payments

 

(a)

Stock option plans

The Bank grants stock options as part of the Employee Stock Option Plan as well as stand-alone stock appreciation rights (SARs). Options to purchase common shares and/or to receive an equivalent cash payment, as applicable, may be granted to select employees at an exercise price of the higher of the closing price of the Bank’s common shares on the TSX on the trading day prior to the grant date or the volume weighted average trading price for the five trading days immediately preceding the grant date.

 

208 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock options granted vest 50% at the end of the third year and 50% at the end of the fourth year. Stock options are exercisable no later than 10 years after the grant date. In the event that the expiry date falls within an insider trading blackout period, the expiry date will be extended for 10 business days after the end of the blackout period. There is a total of 141 million common shares which have been reserved for issuance under the Bank’s Employee Stock Option Plan of which 120 million common shares have been issued as a result of the exercise of options and 11 million common shares are committed under outstanding options, leaving 11 million common shares available for issuance as options. Outstanding options expire on dates ranging from December 3, 2025 to December 12, 2034.

The cost of these options is recognized on a graded vesting basis except where the employee is eligible to retire prior to a tranche’s vesting date, in which case the cost is recognized between the grant date and the date the employee is eligible to retire.

The Stock Option Plan includes:

 

Stock options

Employee stock options granted are equity-classified stock options which call for settlement in shares.

The amount recorded in equity – other reserves for vested stock options as at October 31, 2025 was $124 million (2024 – $124 million).

In 2025, an expense of $15 million (2024 – $13 million) was recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Income. As at October 31, 2025, future unrecognized compensation cost for non-vested stock options was $8 million (2024 – $10 million) which is to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.84 years (2024 – 2.03 years).

 

Stock appreciation rights

Stand-alone SARs are granted instead of stock options to select employees in countries where local laws may restrict the Bank from issuing shares. When a SAR is exercised, the Bank pays the appreciation amount in cash equal to the rise in the market price of the Bank’s common shares since the grant date.

During fiscal 2025, 119,316 SARs were granted (2024 – 81,414) and as at October 31, 2025, 485,684 SARs were outstanding (2024 – 570,156), of which 481,880 SARs were vested (2024 – 566,349).

The impact to the Bank’s consolidated financial statements of vested and outstanding SARs was not material.

Determination of fair values

The share-based payment expense for stock options was quantified using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of grant. The fiscal 2025 and 2024 stock option grants were fair valued using the following weighted-average assumptions and resulting fair value per award:

 

     2025 Grant     2024 Grant  

Assumptions

   

Risk-free interest rate %

    2.77%       3.26%  

Expected dividend yield

    4.88%       4.47%  

Expected price volatility

     19.33%       19.76%  

Expected life of option

    6.84 Years       6.90 Years  

Fair value

   

Weighted-average fair value

  $ 8.07     $ 7.68  

The risk-free rate is based on Canadian treasury bond rates interpolated for the maturity equal to the expected life until exercise of the options. Expected dividend yield is based on historical dividend payout. Expected price volatility is determined based on the historical volatility for compensation. For accounting purposes, an average of the market consensus implied volatility for traded options on our common shares and the historical volatility is used.

Details of the Bank’s Employee Stock Option Plan are as follows(1):

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31   Number of stock
options (000’s)
    Weighted average
exercise price
    Number of stock
options (000’s)
    Weighted average
exercise price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

       11,456     $  70.75       11,558     $ 72.74  

Granted

    1,587       79.13       2,676       59.99  

Exercised as options

    (2,710     72.21       (498     66.04  

Forfeited

    (85     70.66       (600     70.34  

Expired

    (161     72.62       (1,680     68.84  

Outstanding at end of year

    10,087     $ 71.65       11,456     $  70.75  

Exercisable at end of year

    3,333     $ 75.39       4,737     $ 73.10  

Available for grant

    10,562               11,902          

 

    Options Outstanding            Options Exercisable  
As at October 31, 2025  

Number of stock

options (000’s)

   

Weighted

average remaining

contractual life (years)

   

Weighted average

exercise price

   

Number of stock

options (000’s)

   

Weighted average

exercise price

 

Range of exercise prices

         

$55.63 to $68.32

    2,363       8.02     $  59.99           $  

$68.33 to $74.34

    4,423       5.43     $ 70.17       2,313     $  71.62  

$74.35 to $85.46

    3,301       6.96     $ 81.98       1,020     $ 83.95  
      10,087       6.54     $ 71.65       3,333     $ 75.39  

 

(1)

Excludes SARs.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 209


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)

Employee share ownership plans

Eligible employees can contribute up to a specified percentage of salary towards the purchase of common shares of the Bank. In general, the Bank matches 50-60% of eligible contributions, depending on the region, up to a maximum dollar amount, which is expensed in salaries and employee benefits. During 2025, the Bank’s contributions totalled $94 million (2024 – $94 million). Contributions, which are used to purchase common shares in the open market, do not result in a subsequent expense to the Bank from share price appreciation.

As at October 31, 2025, an aggregate of 21 million common shares were held under the employee share ownership plans (2024 – 21 million). The shares in the employee share ownership plans are considered outstanding for computing the Bank’s basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

(c)

Other share-based payment plans

Other share-based payment plans use notional units that are valued based on the Bank’s common share price on the TSX. Most grants of units accumulate dividend equivalents in the form of additional units based on the dividends paid on the Bank’s common shares. These plans are settled in cash and, as a result, are liability-classified. Fluctuations in the Bank’s share price change the value of the units, which affects the Bank’s share-based payment expense. As described below, the value of the Performance Share Units also varies based on Bank performance. Upon exercise or redemption, payments are made to the employees with a corresponding reduction in the accrued liability.

In 2025, an aggregate expense of $394 million (2024 – $357 million) was recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Income for these plans. This expense includes gains from derivatives used to manage the volatility of share-based payments of $345 million (2024 – $196 million gains).

As at October 31, 2025, the share-based payment liability recognized for vested awards under these plans was $1,446 million (2024 – $1,010 million).

Details of these other share-based payment plans are as follows:

Deferred Stock Unit Plan (DSU)

Under the DSU Plan, senior executives may elect to receive all or a portion of their cash bonus under the Annual Incentive Plan (which is expensed for the year awarded in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Income) in the form of deferred stock units which vest immediately. In addition the DSU plan allows for eligible executives of the Bank to participate in grants that are not allocated from the Annual Incentive Plan election. These grants are subject to specific vesting schedules. Units are redeemable in cash only when an executive ceases to be a Bank employee, and must be redeemed by December 31 of the year following that event. As at October 31, 2025, there were 3,040,333 units (2024 – 2,732,877) awarded and outstanding of which 2,179,058 units were vested (2024 – 1,893,903).

Directors’ Deferred Stock Unit Plan (DDSU)

Under the DDSU Plan, non-officer directors of the Bank may elect to receive all or a portion of their fee for that fiscal year (which is expensed by the Bank in other expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income) in the form of deferred stock units which vest immediately. Units are redeemable in cash, only following resignation or retirement, and must be redeemed by December 31 of the year following that event. As at October 31, 2025, there were 436,880 units outstanding (2024 – 420,889).

Restricted Share Unit Plan (RSU)

Under the RSU Plan, select employees receive an award of restricted share units which, for the majority of grants, vest at the end of three years. There are certain grants that provide for a graduated vesting schedule. Upon vesting, all RSU units are paid in cash to the employee. The share-based payment expense is recognized evenly over the vesting period except where the employee is eligible to retire prior to the vesting date in which case, the expense is recognized between the grant date and the date the employee is eligible to retire. As at October 31, 2025, there were 9,438,970 units (2024 – 8,478,453) awarded and outstanding of which 6,888,296 units were vested (2024 – 5,665,778).

Performance Share Unit Plan (PSU)

Eligible executives receive an award of performance share units which, for the majority of grants, vest at the end of three years. Certain grants provide for a graduated vesting schedule which includes a specific performance factor calculation. PSU awards are subject to performance criteria measured over a three-year period whereby a multiplier factor is applied which impacts the incremental number of units due to employees. The three-year performance measures include return on equity compared to target and total shareholder return relative to a comparator group selected prior to the granting of the award. The Bank uses a probability-weighted-average of potential outcomes to estimate the multiplier impact. The share-based payment expense is recognized over the vesting period except where the employee is eligible to retire prior to the vesting date; in which case, the expense is recognized between the grant date and the date the employee is eligible to retire. This expense varies based on changes in the Bank’s share price and the Bank’s performance compared to the performance measures. Upon vesting, the units are paid in cash to the employee. As at October 31, 2025, there were 7,026,302 units (2024 – 6,766,501) outstanding subject to performance criteria, of which 6,010,837 units were vested (2024 – 4,843,892).

 

210 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

26

Corporate Income Taxes

Corporate income taxes recorded in the Bank’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended October 31 are as follows:

 

(a)

Components of income tax provision

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Income:

   

Current income taxes:

   

Domestic:

   

Federal

  $  1,088     $ 138  

Provincial

    786       275  

Adjustments related to prior periods

    23       (40

Foreign

    1,418       1,219  

Adjustments related to prior periods

    (15     2  
    3,300       1,594  

Deferred income taxes:

   

Domestic:

   

Federal

    (261     388  

Provincial

    (154     181  

Foreign

    (134     (131
    (549     438  

Total provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Income

  $ 2,751     $  2,032  

Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity:

   

Current income taxes

  $ (162   $ 1,019  

Deferred income taxes

    224       41  
    62       1,060  

Reported in:

   

Other Comprehensive Income

    187       1,156  

Retained earnings

    (125     (96

Other reserves

           

Total provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

    62       1,060  

Total provision for income taxes

  $ 2,813     $ 3,092  

Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Income includes:

   

Deferred tax expense (benefit) relating to origination/reversal of temporary differences

  $ (549   $ 438  

Deferred tax expense (benefit) of tax rate changes

           
    $ (549   $ 438  

 

(b)

Reconciliation to statutory rate

Income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Income vary from the amounts that would be computed by applying the composite federal and provincial statutory income tax rate for the following reasons:

 

    2025     2024  
For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   Amount     Percent
of pre-tax
income
    Amount     Percent
of pre-tax
income
 

Income taxes at Canadian statutory rate

  $  2,919       27.8   $ 2,755       27.8

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

       

Lower average tax rate applicable to subsidiaries and foreign branches(1)

    (177     (1.7     (746     (7.5

Tax-exempt income from securities

                (28     (0.3

Other, net

    9       0.1       51       0.5  

Total income taxes and effective tax rate

  $ 2,751       26.2   $  2,032       20.5

 

(1)

Lower average tax rate applicable to subsidiaries and foreign branches includes the impact of the GMT which increased the effective tax rate by 0.8%.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 211


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(c)

Deferred taxes

Significant components of the Bank’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

    Statement of Income     Statement of Financial Position  
    For the year ended      As at  
October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024     2025     2024  

Deferred tax assets:

       

Loss carryforwards

  $ 60     $ 29     $ 623     $ 930  

Allowance for credit losses

    (272     54       1,357       1,076  

Deferred compensation

    (109     (100     388       317  

Deferred income

    (150     (137     404       255  

Property and equipment

    (101     (10     422       262  

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

    (22     (48     314       387  

Securities

    (26     (17     284       260  

Lease liabilities

    3       28       910       891  

Own credit risk

                447       250  

Other

    (22     (57     757       673  

Total deferred tax assets

  $ (639   $ (258   $ 5,906     $ 5,301  

Deferred tax liabilities:

       

Cash flow hedges

  $     $     $ 39     $ 57  

Deferred compensation

    (11     (24     209       187  

Deferred income

    (14     (20     65       50  

Property and equipment

    (39     (243     805       684  

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

    (1     1       73       82  

Securities

    34       (14     398       354  

Investment in subsidiaries and associates

    (26     52       86       29  

Intangible assets

    57       (344     1,746       1,809  

Other

    (90     (104     646       504  

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $ (90   $ (696   $ 4,067     $ 3,756  

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)(1)

  $  (549   $   438     $  1,839     $  1,545  

 

(1)

For Consolidated Statement of Financial Position presentation, deferred tax assets and liabilities are assessed by legal entity. As a result, the net deferred tax assets of $1,839 (2024 – $1,545) are represented by deferred tax assets of $3,253 (2024 – $2,942), and deferred tax liabilities of $1,414 (2024 – $1,397) on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The major changes to net deferred taxes were as follows:

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 1,545     $ 2,095  

Deferred tax benefit (expense) for the year recorded in income

    549       (438

Deferred tax benefit (expense) for the year recorded in equity

    (224     (41

Disposed in divestitures

    (35      

Other

    4       (71

Balance at end of year

  $  1,839     $  1,545  

The tax related to temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position amounts to $10 million (October 31, 2024 – $18 million). The amount related to unrecognized losses is $10 million, which have no expiry.

Included in the net deferred tax asset are tax benefits of $56 million (2024 – $73 million) that have been recognized in the Canadian bank and certain Canadian and foreign subsidiaries that have incurred losses in either the current or the preceding year. In determining if it is appropriate to recognize these tax benefits, the Bank relied on projections of future taxable profits which are expected to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the deferred tax assets.

The amount of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognized at October 31, 2025 is approximately $59 billion (2024 – $57 billion).

Tax Assessments

The Bank received reassessments totaling $1,808 million of tax and interest as a result of the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) denying the tax deductibility of certain Canadian dividends received during the 2011-2020 taxation years. The dividends subject to these reassessments are similar to those prospectively addressed by tax rules introduced in 2015 and 2018. The Bank has filed Notices of Appeal with the Tax Court of Canada against the federal reassessment in respect of its 2011 and 2012 taxation years. In addition, a subsidiary of the Bank received reassessments on the same matter in respect of its 2018-2020 taxation years totaling $4 million of tax and interest.

A subsidiary of the Bank received withholding tax assessments from the CRA in respect of certain of its securities lending transactions for its 2014-2019 taxation years totaling $637 million of tax, penalties and interest. The subsidiary has filed a Notice of Appeal with the Tax Court of Canada against the federal assessment in respect of its 2014-2019 taxation years.

 

212 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In respect of both matters, the Bank is confident that its tax filing position was appropriate and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and intends to vigorously defend its position.

Global Minimum Tax

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development published Pillar Two model rules in December 2021 as part of its efforts toward international tax reform. The rules aim to have large multinational enterprises, with consolidated revenues in excess of €750 million, pay a minimum effective tax of 15%. These rules apply to the Bank effective November 1, 2024, and have been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Bank operates, including Canada, whose Global Minimum Tax (GMT) Act was enacted in June 2024.

The IASB previously issued amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes for a temporary mandatory exception from the recognition and disclosure of deferred taxes related to the implementation of Pillar Two GMT rules, which the Bank has applied.

For the twelve months ended October 31, 2025, the impact of the GMT on the Bank’s effective tax rate was approximately 0.8%, and was primarily related to its operations in certain Caribbean jurisdictions and Ireland.

 

27

Employee Benefits

The Bank sponsors a number of employee benefit plans, including pensions (defined benefit and defined contribution) and other benefit plans (post-retirement benefits and other long-term employee benefits) for most of its employees globally. The information presented below relates to the Bank’s principal plans; other plans operated by certain subsidiaries of the Bank are not considered material and are not included in these disclosures.

Global pension plans

The principal pension plans include plans in Canada, U.S., Mexico, UK, Ireland, Jamaica, Trinidad & Tobago and other countries in the Caribbean in which the Bank operates. The most significant pension plans provided by the Bank are in Canada. The Bank has a strong and well-defined governance structure to manage these global obligations. The investment policy for each principal plan is reviewed periodically and all plans are in good standing with respect to legislation and local regulations.

Actuarial valuations for funding purposes for the Bank’s funded pension plans are conducted as required by applicable legislation. The purpose of the actuarial valuation is to determine the funded status of the plans on a going-concern and statutory basis and to determine the required contributions. The plans are funded in accordance with applicable pension legislation and the Bank’s funding policies such that future benefit promises based on plan provisions are well secured. The assumptions used for the funding valuations are set by independent plan actuaries on the basis of the requirements of the local actuarial standards of practice and statutes.

Scotiabank Pension Plan (Canada)

The most significant pension plan is the Scotiabank Pension Plan (SPP), which includes a closed defined benefit (DB) component. Employees hired in Canada on or after May 1, 2018, participate in a defined contribution (DC) component only. As the administrator of the SPP, the Bank has established a well-defined governance structure and policies to maintain compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements under OSFI and the Canada Revenue Agency. The Bank appoints a number of committees to oversee and make decisions related to the administration of the SPP. Certain committees are also responsible for the investment of the assets of the SPP Fund and for monitoring the investment managers and performance.

 

   

The Human Capital and Compensation Committee (HCOB) of the Board approves the charter of the Pension Administration and Investment Committee (PAIC), reviews reports, and approves the investment policy. The HCOB also reviews and recommends any amendments to the SPP to the Board of Directors.

   

PAIC is responsible for recommending the investment policy to the HCOB, for appointing and monitoring investment managers, and for reviewing auditor and actuary reports. PAIC also monitors the administration of member pension benefits.

   

The Scotiabank Master Trust Committee (MTC) invests assets in accordance with the investment policy and all applicable legislation. The MTC assigns specific mandates to investment managers.

   

The Capital Accumulation Plans (CAP) Committee is responsible for the administration and investment of the DC component of the SPP including the selection and monitoring of investment options available to DC participants.

Actuarial valuations for funding purposes for the SPP are conducted on an annual basis. The most recent funding valuation was conducted as of November 1, 2024. Contributions are being made to the SPP in accordance with this valuation and are shown in the table in b) below. The assumptions used for the funding valuation are set by independent plan actuaries on the basis of the requirements of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries and applicable regulation.

Other benefit plans

The principal other benefit plans include plans in Canada, U.S., Mexico, Uruguay, UK, Jamaica, Trinidad & Tobago, Colombia and other countries in the Caribbean in which the Bank operates. The most significant other benefit plans provided by the Bank are in Canada.

Key assumptions

The financial information reported below in respect of pension and other benefit plans is based on a number of assumptions. The most significant assumption is the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation, which is set by reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds that have durations that match the terms of the Bank’s obligations. Separate discount rates are used to determine the annual benefit expense in Canada and the U.S. These rates are determined with reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds with durations that match the various components of the annual benefit expense. The discount rate used to determine the annual benefit expense for all other plans continues to be the same as the rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. Other assumptions set by management are determined in reference to market conditions, plan-level experience, best practices and future expectations. The key weighted-average assumptions used by the Bank for the measurement of the benefit obligation and benefit expense for all of the Bank’s principal plans are summarized in the table in f) below.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 213


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Risk management

The Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and other benefit plans expose the Bank to a number of risks. Some of the more significant risks include interest rate risk, investment risk, longevity risk and health care cost increases, among others. These risks could result in higher defined benefit expense and a higher defined benefit obligation to the extent that:

 

   

there is a decline in discount rates; and/or

   

plan assets returns are less than expected; and/or

   

plan members live longer than expected; and/or

   

health care costs are higher than assumed.

In addition to the governance structure and policies in place, the Bank manages risks by regularly monitoring market developments and asset investment performance. The Bank also monitors regulatory and legislative changes along with demographic trends and revisits the investment strategy and/or plan design as warranted.

 

a)

Relative size of plan obligations and assets

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
    Canada                    
For the year ended October 31, 2025   SPP     Other     International     Canada     International  

Percentage of total benefit obligations

    72     16     12     50     50

Percentage of total plan assets

    74     11     15           100

Percentage of total benefit expense(1)

    74     23     3     42     58

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
    Canada                    
For the year ended October 31, 2024   SPP     Other     International     Canada     International  

Percentage of total benefit obligations

    72     15     13     50     50

Percentage of total plan assets

    74     11     15           100

Percentage of total benefit expense(1)

    73     27           46     54

 

(1)

Excludes non-routine benefit expense items such as past service costs, curtailment charges and settlement charges.

 

b)

Cash contributions and payments

The table below shows the cash contributions and payments made by the Bank to its principal plans in 2025, and the prior year.

 

Contributions to the principal plans for the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Defined benefit pension plans (cash contributions to fund the plans, including paying beneficiaries under the unfunded pension arrangements)

   

SPP (excluding defined contribution provision)

  $ 158     $ 69  

All other plans

    64       47  

Other benefit plans (cash contributions mainly in the form of benefit payments to beneficiaries)

    61       62  

Defined contribution pension and other benefit plans (cash contributions)

    206       184  

Defined contribution pension contributions funded from pension plan surplus

          (54

Total contributions(1)

  $  489     $  308  

 

(1)

Based on preliminary estimates, the Bank expects to make contributions of $158 million to the SPP (excluding the defined contribution provision), $79 million to all other defined benefit pension plans, $66 million to other benefit plans and $217 million to all defined contribution plans for the year ending October 31, 2026.

 

c)

Funded and unfunded plans

The excess (deficit) of the fair value of assets over the benefit obligation at the end of the year includes the following amounts for plans that are wholly unfunded and plans that are wholly or partly funded.

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024     2025     2024  

Benefit obligation

       

Benefit obligation of plans that are wholly unfunded

  $ 346     $ 362     $ 890     $ 930  

Benefit obligation of plans that are wholly or partly funded

    8,886       8,529       264       217  

Funded status

       

Benefit obligation of plans that are wholly or partly funded

  $  8,886     $  8,529     $ 264     $ 217  

Fair value of assets

    9,956       9,260       63       84  

Excess (deficit) of fair value of assets over benefit obligation of wholly or partly funded plans

  $ 1,070     $ 731     $ (201   $ (133

Benefit obligation of plans that are wholly unfunded

    346       362       890       930  

Excess (deficit) of fair value of assets over total benefit obligation

  $ 724     $ 369     $  (1,091   $  (1,063

Effect of asset limitation and minimum funding requirement

    (223     (208            

Net asset (liability) at end of year

  $ 501     $ 161     $ (1,091   $ (1,063

 

214 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

d)

Financial information

The following tables present financial information related to the Bank’s principal plans.

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024     2025     2024  

Change in benefit obligation

       

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 8,891     $ 7,669     $   1,147     $ 1,114  

Current service cost

    244       205       22       20  

Interest cost on benefit obligation

    432       456       70       77  

Employee contributions

    26       27              

Benefits paid

    (438     (404     (94     (101

Actuarial loss (gain)

    8       959       55       59  

Past service cost(1)

    32             (63     (1

Business acquisition

                (2      

Settlements

          (2            

Foreign exchange

    37       (19     19       (21

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 9,232     $ 8,891     $ 1,154     $ 1,147  

Change in fair value of assets

       

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

    9,260       8,139       84       113  

Interest income on fair value of assets

    467       494       8       9  

Return on plan assets in excess of (less than) interest income on fair value of assets

    421       955       (1     8  

Employer contributions

    222       62       61       62  

Employee contributions

    26       27              

Benefits paid

    (438     (404     (94     (101

Administrative expenses

    (12     (13            

Business acquisition

                       

Settlements

          (3            

Foreign exchange

    10       3       5       (7

Fair value of assets at end of year

  $  9,956     $ 9,260     $ 63     $ 84  

Funded status

       

Excess (deficit) of fair value of assets over benefit obligation at end of year

    724       369       (1,091     (1,063

Effect of asset limitation and minimum funding requirement(2)

    (223     (208            

Net asset (liability) at end of year

  $ 501     $ 161     $ (1,091   $ (1,063

Recorded in:

       

Other assets in the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

    1,036       684       1       1  

Other liabilities in the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

    (535     (523     (1,092     (1,064

Net asset (liability) at end of year

  $ 501     $ 161     $ (1,091   $  (1,063

Annual benefit expense

       

Current service cost

    244       205       22       20  

Net interest expense (income)

    (13     (32     62       68  

Administrative expenses

    12       12              

Past service costs(1)

    32             (63     (1

Amount of settlement (gain) loss recognized

          1              

Remeasurement of other long-term benefits

                2       6  

Benefit expense (income) recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income (A)

  $ 275     $ 186     $ 23     $ 93  

Defined contribution benefit expense (B)

  $ 205     $ 183     $ 1     $ 1  

Remeasurements

       

Return on plan assets in excess of interest income on fair value of assets

    421       955       (1     8  

Actuarial (loss) gain on benefit obligation

    (8     (959     (53     (53

Change in the asset limitation

    6       (146            

Gains (losses) recorded in OCI (C)

  $ 419     $ (150   $ (54   $ (45

Total benefit cost (A + B - C)

  $ 61     $ 519     $ 78     $ 139  

Additional details on actual return on assets and actuarial gains and (losses)

       

Actual (return) on assets (net of administrative expenses)

  $ (876   $  (1,436   $ (7   $ (19

Actuarial gains and (losses) from changes in demographic assumptions

    4       7       (11      

Actuarial gains and (losses) from changes in financial assumptions

    (16     (952     (47     (53

Actuarial gains and (losses) from changes in experience

    4       (14     3       (6

Additional details on fair value of pension plan assets invested

       

In Scotiabank securities (stock, bonds)

    54       67              

In property occupied by Scotiabank

    3       4              

Change in asset ceiling/(onerous liability)

       

Asset ceiling /onerous liability at end of prior year

    208       55              

Interest expense

    22       6              

Remeasurements

    (6     146              

Foreign exchange

    (1     1              

Asset ceiling /onerous liability at end of year

  $ 223     $ 208     $     $  

 

(1)

Other benefit plans past service costs relate to certain post-retirement plan amendments.

(2)

The recognized asset is limited by the present value of economic benefits available from a reduction in future contributions to a plan and from the ability to pay plan expenses from the fund.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 215


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

e)

Maturity profile of the defined benefit obligation

The weighted average duration of the total benefit obligation at October 31, 2025 is 13.4 years (2024 – 13.6 years).

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
For the year ended October 31   2025     2024     2025     2024  

Disaggregation of the benefit obligation (%)

       

Canada

       

Active members

    51     51     3     3

Inactive and retired members

    49     49     97     97

Total

    100     100     100     100

Mexico

       

Active members

    28     28     28     32

Inactive and retired members

    72     72     72     68

Total

    100     100     100     100

United States

       

Active members

    28     31     32     43

Inactive and retired members

    72     69     68     57

Total

     100      100      100      100

 

f)

Key assumptions (%)

The key weighted-average assumptions used by the Bank for the measurement of the benefit obligation and benefit expense for all of the Bank’s principal plans are summarized as follows:

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
For the year ended October 31   2025     2024     2025     2024  

Benefit obligation at end of year

       

Discount rate – all plans

    5.17     5.22     6.34     6.51

Discount rate – Canadian plans only

    4.80     4.80     4.49     4.69

Rate of increase in future compensation(1)

    3.85     3.85     4.48     4.37

Benefit expense (income) for the year

       

Discount rate – All plans

       

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

    5.22     6.13     6.51     7.36

Discount rate for net interest cost

    4.96     6.13     6.35     7.36

Discount rate for service cost

    5.28     6.06     6.62     7.31

Discount rate for interest on service cost

    5.10     6.07     6.53     7.27

Discount rate – Canadian plans only

       

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

    4.80     5.70     4.69     5.80

Discount rate for net interest cost

    4.51     5.70     4.42     5.80

Discount rate for service cost

    4.90     5.60     4.87     5.62

Discount rate for interest on service cost

    4.70     5.61     4.69     5.53

Rate of increase in future compensation(1)

    3.85     3.96     4.37     4.61

Health care cost trend rates at end of year

       

Initial rate

    n/a       n/a       5.62     5.72

Ultimate rate

    n/a       n/a       4.76     4.71

Year ultimate rate reached

    n/a       n/a       2041       2041  

Assumed life expectancy in Canada (years)

       

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – male

    23.6       23.6       23.6       23.6  

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – female

    24.7       24.7       24.7       24.7  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – male

    24.5       24.5       24.5       24.5  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – female

    25.6       25.6       25.6       25.6  

Assumed life expectancy in Mexico (years)

       

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – male

    21.6       21.6       21.6       21.6  

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – female

    24.0       24.0       24.0       24.0  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – male

    21.7       21.7       21.7       21.7  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – female

    24.0       24.0       24.0       24.0  

Assumed life expectancy in United States (years)

       

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – male

    22.1       22.0       22.1       22.0  

Life expectancy at 65 for current pensioners – female

    23.5       23.5       23.5       23.5  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – male

    23.5       23.4       23.5       23.4  

Life expectancy at 65, for future pensioners currently aged 45 – female

    24.9       24.8       24.9       24.8  

 

(1)

The weighted-average rates of increase in future compensation shown for other benefit plans do not include Canadian flexible post-retirement benefits plans established in fiscal 2005, as they are not impacted by future compensation increases.

 

216 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

g)

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis represents the impact of a change in a single assumption with other assumptions left unchanged. For purposes of the sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefit obligation recognized in the statement of financial position.

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
For the year ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Benefit
obligation
    Benefit
expense
    Benefit
obligation
    Benefit
expense
 

Impact of the following changes:

       

1% decrease in discount rate

  $  1,382     $  88     $  124     $   5  

0.25% increase in rate of increase in future compensation

    73       5              

1% increase in health care cost trend rate

    n/a       n/a       97       13  

1% decrease in health care cost trend rate

    n/a       n/a       (81     (10

1 year increase in Canadian life expectancy

    160       10       18       1  

1 year increase in Mexican life expectancy

    3             3        

1 year increase in the United States life expectancy

    2             1        

 

h)

Assets

The Bank’s principal pension plans’ assets are generally invested with the long-term objective of maximizing overall expected returns, at an acceptable level of risk relative to the benefit obligation. A key factor in managing long-term investment risk is asset mix. Investing the pension assets across different asset classes and geographic regions helps to mitigate risk and to minimize the impact of declines in any single asset class, particular region or type of investment. Investment managers – including related-party managers – are typically hired and assigned specific mandates within each asset class.

Pension plan asset mix guidelines are set for the long term and are documented in each plan’s investment policy. Asset mix policy typically also reflects the nature of the plan’s benefit obligations. Legislation places certain restrictions on asset mix – for example, there are usually limits on concentration in any one investment. Other concentration and quality limits are also set forth in the investment policies. Derivatives cannot be used without specific authorization; currently, the main uses of derivatives are for duration management and currency hedging. Asset mix guidelines are reviewed at least once each year, and adjusted, where appropriate, based on market conditions and opportunities. However, large asset class shifts are not common, and typically reflect a change in the pension plan’s situation (e.g. plan amendments) and/or in the investment strategy. Actual asset mix is reviewed regularly and rebalancing back to target asset mix is considered – as needed – generally on a quarterly basis. The Bank’s other benefit plans are generally not funded, with the exception of certain programs in Mexico.

The tables below show the weighted-average actual and target asset allocations for the Bank’s principal plans at October 31, by asset category.

 

    Pension plans     Other benefit plans  
Asset category %   Actual
2025
    Actual
2024
    Actual
2025
    Actual
2024
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    1     2        

Equity investments

       

Quoted in an active market

    44     43     15     12

Non quoted

    5     5        
    49     48     15     12

Fixed income investments

       

Quoted in an active market

    6     10     83     87

Non quoted

    33     29        
    39     39     83     87

Property

       

Quoted in an active market

            2     1

Non quoted

    1     1        
    1     1     2     1

Other

       

Quoted in an active market

               

Non quoted

    10     10        
    10     10        

Total

    100     100     100     100

 

Target asset allocation at October 31, 2025

Asset category %

  Pension plans     Other benefit plans  

Cash and cash equivalents

       

Equity investments

    41     15

Fixed income investments

    44     83

Property

    1     2

Other

    14    

Total

    100     100

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 217


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

28

Operating Segments

The Bank’s businesses are grouped into four business lines: Canadian Banking, International Banking, Global Wealth Management and Global Banking and Markets. The Bank’s other smaller business segments and corporate adjustments are included in the Other segment. The accounting policies used in these segments are generally consistent with those followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements as disclosed in Note 3.

The Bank analyzes revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB) for business lines. This methodology grosses up tax-exempt income earned on certain securities reported in either net interest income or non-interest income to an equivalent before tax basis. It also grosses up net income from associated corporations to normalize the effective tax rate in the business lines. Corresponding increases are made to the income tax expense; hence, there is no impact on the segment’s net income. The elimination of the TEB gross-up is recorded in the Other segment; hence, there is no impact on the consolidated results.

Effective January 1, 2024, in line with the provisions of Bill C-59, the Bank no longer claims the dividend received deduction on Canadian shares that are mark-to-market property, which resulted in a lower TEB gross-up.

Changes in business line allocation methodology

Effective the first quarter of 2025, the Bank made voluntary changes to its allocation methodology impacting business segment presentation. The new methodology includes updates related to the Bank’s funds transfer pricing, head office expense allocations, and allocations between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been revised to conform with the current period’s methodology. Further details on the changes are as follows:

 

1.

Funds transfer pricing methodology was updated, primarily related to the allocation of substantially all liquidity costs to the business lines, reflecting the Bank’s strategic objective to maintain higher liquidity ratios.

 

2.

Periodically, the Bank updates its allocation methodologies. This includes a comprehensive update to the allocation of head office expenses across countries within International Banking, updates to the allocation of clients and associated revenue, expenses, and balances between International Banking, Global Banking and Markets, and Global Wealth Management to align with the strategy, as well as updates to the allocation of head office expenses and income taxes from the Other segment to the business segments.

 

3.

To be consistent with the reporting of Scotiabank’s recent minority investment in KeyCorp, the Bank has also made changes to the reporting of certain minority investments in International Banking (Bank of Xi’an) and Global Wealth Management (Bank of Beijing Scotia Asset Management) which are now reported in the Other segment.

Scotiabank’s results, and average assets and liabilities, allocated by these operating segments, are as follows:

 

For the year ended October 31, 2025                                          
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking
    International
Banking
    Global Wealth
Management
    Global Banking
and Markets
    Other(1)     Total  

Net interest income(2)

  $  10,484     $   8,866     $  1,025     $  1,400     $ (253   $  21,522  

Non-interest income(3)(4)

    2,941       3,177       5,403       4,766       (68     16,219  

Total revenues

    13,425       12,043       6,428       6,166       (321     37,741  

Provision for credit losses

    2,293       2,309       14       97       1       4,714  

Depreciation and amortization

    552       483       189       259       121       1,604  

Other non-interest expenses

    5,853       5,681       3,955       3,304       2,121       20,914  

Income tax expense

    1,302       781       590       585       (507     2,751  

Net income

  $ 3,425     $ 2,789     $ 1,680     $ 1,921     $  (2,057   $ 7,758  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          158       10       (1     (198     (31

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,425     $ 2,631     $ 1,670     $ 1,922     $ (1,859   $ 7,789  

Average assets ($ billions)

    463       227       38       509       228       1,465  

Average liabilities ($ billions)

    382       175       48       520       254       1,379  

 

(1)

Includes all other smaller operating segments and corporate adjustments.

(2)

Interest income is reported net of interest expense as management relies primarily on net interest income as a performance measure.

(3)

Card revenues and Banking services fees are mainly earned in Canadian and International Banking. Mutual fund, Brokerage fees and Investment management and trust fees are primarily earned in Global Wealth Management. Underwriting and other advisory fees are predominantly earned in Global Banking and Markets.

(4)

Includes net income (on a taxable equivalent basis) from investments in associated corporations for Canadian Banking – $19; International Banking – $152; Global Banking and Markets – $1; and Other – $436.

 

218 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the year ended October 31, 2024                                          
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking(1)
    International
Banking(1)
    Global Wealth
Management(1)
    Global Banking
and Markets(1)
    Other(1)(2)     Total  

Net interest income(3)

  $ 10,185     $ 8,867     $ 786     $ 1,102     $ (1,688   $ 19,252  

Non-interest income(4)(5)

    2,848       2,999       4,803       3,959       (191     14,418  

Total revenues

     13,033        11,866        5,589        5,061        (1,879      33,670  

Provision for credit losses

    1,691       2,285       27       47       1       4,051  

Depreciation and amortization(6)

    568       568       187       258       179       1,760  

Other non-interest expenses

    5,557       5,602       3,468       2,864       444       17,935  

Income tax expense

    1,440       705       479       414       (1,006     2,032  

Net income

  $ 3,777     $ 2,706     $ 1,428     $ 1,478     $ (1,497   $ 7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          125       10             (1     134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,777     $ 2,581     $ 1,418     $ 1,478     $ (1,496   $ 7,758  

Average assets ($ billions)

    449       231       35       495       209       1,419  

Average liabilities ($ billions)

    389       179       41       475       254       1,338  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology.

(2)

Includes all other smaller operating segments and corporate adjustments, such as the elimination of the tax-exempt income gross-up reported in net interest income and non-interest income and provision for income taxes for the year ended October 31, 2024 amounting to $55 to arrive at the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income, differences in the actual amount of costs incurred and charged to the operating segments.

(3)

Interest income is reported net of interest expense as management relies primarily on net interest income as a performance measure.

(4)

Card revenues and Banking services fees are mainly earned in Canadian and International Banking. Mutual fund, Brokerage fees and Investment management and trust fees are primarily earned in Global Wealth Management. Underwriting and other advisory fees are predominantly earned in Global Banking and Markets.

(5)

Includes net income (on a taxable equivalent basis) from investments in associated corporations for Canadian Banking – $(9); International Banking – $130; and Other – $77.

(6)

Includes impairment charge on software and other intangible assets in the Other segment.

Geographical segmentation

The following table summarizes the Bank’s financial results by geographic region.

 

For the year ended October 31, 2025
($ millions)
  Canada     United
States
    Mexico     Peru     Chile     Colombia     Caribbean and
Central America
    Other
International
    Total  

Net interest income

  $  11,378     $ 799     $  2,405     $  1,334     $  1,993     $ 717     $ 1,931     $ 965     $ 21,522  

Non-interest income(1)

    9,352       2,165       1,014       588       571       479       1,295       755       16,219  

Total revenues(2)

    20,730       2,964       3,419       1,922       2,564        1,196        3,226        1,720        37,741  

Provision for credit losses

    2,338       67       552       368       748       378       196       67       4,714  

Non-interest expenses

    13,660       1,591       1,822       885       1,168       750       1,508       1,134       22,518  

Income tax expense

    1,532       189       264       126       79       38       450       73       2,751  

Net income

    3,200       1,117       781       543       569       30       1,072       446       7,758  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    (200           23       7       7       9       123             (31

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,400     $  1,117     $ 758     $ 536     $ 562     $ 21     $ 949     $ 446     $ 7,789  

Total average assets ($ billions)

  $ 899     $ 237     $ 60     $ 29     $ 55     $ 14     $ 38     $ 133     $ 1,465  

Total average liabilities ($billions)

  $ 889     $ 187     $ 55     $ 22     $ 50     $ 14     $ 35     $ 127     $ 1,379  

 

(1)

Includes net income from investments in associated corporations for Canada – $(12), United States – $362, Mexico – $9, Peru – $4, Chile – $7, Caribbean and Central America – $132, and Other International – $106.

(2)

Revenues are attributed to countries based on where services are performed or assets are recorded.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 219


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the year ended October 31, 2024(1)
($ millions)
  Canada     United
States
    Mexico     Peru     Chile     Colombia     Caribbean and
Central America
    Other
International
    Total  

Net interest income

  $ 9,207     $ 664     $ 2,397     $ 1,422     $ 2,020     $ 690     $ 1,842     $ 1,010     $ 19,252  

Non-interest income(2)

    8,535       1,578       1,032       546       455       486       1,180       606       14,418  

Total revenues(3)

     17,742        2,242        3,429        1,968        2,475        1,176        3,022        1,616        33,670  

Provision for credit losses

    1,701       28       380       501       626       561       150       104       4,051  

Non-interest expenses

    11,207       1,309       1,867       869       1,143       794       1,454       1,052       19,695  

Income tax expense

    1,002       146       280       140       119       (49     303       91       2,032  

Net income

    3,832       759       902       458       587       (130     1,115       369       7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

                24       3       42       (50     115             134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,832     $ 759     $  878     $ 455     $ 545     $ (80   $ 1,000     $ 369     $ 7,758  

Total average assets ($ billions)

  $ 874     $ 218     $ 64     $ 27     $ 56     $ 14     $ 35     $ 131     $ 1,419  

Total average liabilities ($billions)

  $ 854     $ 189     $ 59     $ 21     $ 53     $ 14     $ 32     $ 116     $ 1,338  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology.

(2)

Includes net income from investments in associated corporations for Canada – $(68), Mexico – $11, Peru – $4, Chile – $6, Caribbean and Central America – $109, and Other International – $136.

(3)

Revenues are attributed to countries based on where services are performed or assets are recorded.

 

29

Related Party Transactions

Compensation of key management personnel of the Bank

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Bank, directly or indirectly, and comprise the directors of the Bank, the President and Chief Executive Officer, certain direct reports of the President and Chief Executive Officer and Group Heads.

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Salaries and cash incentives(1)

  $ 28     $ 25  

Equity-based payment(2)

      36       29  

Pension and other benefits(1)

    2       2  

Total

  $  66     $   56  

 

(1)

Represents amounts expensed during the year.

(2)

Represents equity-based awards granted during the year.

Directors can use some or all of their director fees earned to buy common shares of the Bank at market rates through the Director’s Share Purchase Plan. Non-officer directors may elect to receive all or a portion of their fees in the form of deferred stock units which vest immediately. Refer to Note 25 for further details of these plans.

Loans and deposits of key management personnel

Loans are currently granted to key management personnel at market terms and conditions.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Loans

  $ 7     $   10  

Deposits

       2       5  

The Bank’s committed credit exposure to companies controlled by directors totaled $263 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $267 million), while actual utilized amounts were $186 million (October 31, 2024 – $199 million).

Transactions with associates and joint ventures

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank provides normal banking services and enters into transactions with its associated and other related corporations on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related party transactions. Transactions between the Bank and its associated companies and joint ventures also qualify as related party transactions and were recorded as follows:

 

As at and for the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Net income / (loss)

  $ (21   $ (15

Loans

     140        209  

Deposits

    282       253  

Guarantees and commitments

    57       46  

Scotiabank principal pension plan

The Bank manages assets of $6.4 billion (October 31, 2024 – $6.0 billion) which is a portion of the Scotiabank principal pension plan assets and earned $7.0 million in fees (October 31, 2024 – $6.7 million).

 

220 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

30

Principal Subsidiaries and Non-Controlling Interests in Subsidiaries

 

(a)

Principal subsidiaries(1)

The following table presents certain operating subsidiaries the Bank owns, directly or indirectly. All of these subsidiaries are included in the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.

 

         Carrying value of shares  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Principal office   2025     2024  

Canadian

     

Scotia Capital Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario   $ 4,694     $ 4,160  

BNS Investments Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario      22,545        23,860  

1832 Asset Management L.P.

  Toronto, Ontario    

Montreal Trust Company of Canada

  Montreal, Quebec    

MD Financial Management Inc.

  Ottawa, Ontario     2,939       2,826  

Jarislowsky, Fraser Limited

  Montreal, Quebec     974       956  

Scotia Securities Inc.

  Toronto, Ontario     69       73  

Tangerine Bank

  Toronto, Ontario     3,711       4,154  

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company

  Toronto, Ontario     764       704  

Scotia Mortgage Corporation

  Toronto, Ontario     606       843  

National Trust Company

  Stratford, Ontario     499       408  

Roynat Inc.

  Calgary, Alberta     785       741  

Scotia Dealer Advantage Inc.

  Hamilton, Ontario     977       924  

International

     

Scotia Holdings (USA) LLC

  New York, New York     7,698       7,654  

Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.

  New York, New York    

Scotia Financing (USA) LLC

  New York, New York    

Nova Scotia Inversiones Limitada

  Santiago, Chile     7,370       7,489  

Scotiabank Chile S.A. (99.79%)

  Santiago, Chile    

Grupo Financiero Scotiabank Inverlat, S.A. de C.V. (97.39%)

  Mexico City, Mexico     8,821       6,966  

Scotiabank Inverlat, S.A.

  Mexico City, Mexico    

Scotia Peru Holdings S.A.

  Lima, Peru     6,920       5,779  

Scotiabank Peru S.A.A. (99.31%)

  Lima, Peru    

Multiacciones S.A.S.(2)

  Bogota, Colombia     424       973  

Scotiabank Colpatria, S.A. (56.00%)(2)(3)

  Bogota, Colombia    

Scotiabank Brasil S.A. Banco Multiplo

  Sao Paulo, Brazil     1,142       796  

Scotia Uruguay Holdings S.A.

  Montevideo, Uruguay     757       681  

Scotiabank Uruguay S.A.

  Montevideo, Uruguay    

Scotiabank Republica Dominicana, S.A. – Banco Multiple (99.80%)

  Santo Domingo, Dominican Republic     823       943  

Scotiabank Caribbean Holdings Ltd.

  Bridgetown, Barbados     1,966       1,608  

Scotia Group Jamaica Limited (71.78%)

  Kingston, Jamaica    

Scotiabank Trinidad and Tobago Limited (50.90%)

  Port of Spain, Trinidad and Tobago    

Scotiabank (Barbados) Limited

  Bridgetown, Barbados     286       237  

BNS International (Bahamas) Limited

  Nassau, Bahamas     10,612       11,180  

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company (Bahamas) Limited

  Nassau, Bahamas    

Scotiabank (Bahamas) Limited

  Nassau, Bahamas    

Scotiabank & Trust (Cayman) Ltd.

  Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands    

Grupo BNS de Costa Rica, S.A.(2)

  San Jose, Costa Rica    

Scotiabank (Ireland) Designated Activity Company

  Dublin, Ireland                

 

(1)

The Bank (or immediate parent of an entity) owns 100% of the outstanding voting shares of each subsidiary unless otherwise noted.

(2)

In Q1 2025, the Bank entered into an agreement to sell its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama to Davivienda. The transaction was completed on December 1, 2025. Refer to Note 35 for details.

(3)

The Bank made a capital contribution to Scotiabank Colpatria S.A. in May 2025 which increased its ownership interest to 56.00% following the subsequent issuance of additional shares.

Subsidiaries may have a different reporting date from that of the Bank of October 31. Dates may differ for a variety of reasons including local reporting requirements or tax laws. In accordance with the Bank’s accounting policies, for the purpose of inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of the Bank, adjustments are made where significant for subsidiaries with different reporting dates.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 221


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

The Bank’s significant non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are comprised of the following entities:

 

    As at and for the year ended  
            2025     2024  
     Non-controlling
interest %
    Non-controlling
interests in
subsidiaries
    Dividends
paid to
non-controlling
interest
    Non-controlling
interests in
subsidiaries
    Dividends paid to
non-controlling
interest
 

Scotiabank Chile S.A.

    0.20% – 49.10   $ 262     $ 8     $ 256     $ 24  

Scotiabank Colpatria S.A.(1)

    44.00% – 47.00     323             405        

Scotia Group Jamaica Limited

    28.22     379       14       350       13  

Scotiabank Trinidad and Tobago Limited

    49.10     491       51       464       49  

Other

    0.0005% – 49.35 %(2)      266       9       232       2  

Total

          $  1,721     $  82     $  1,707     $  88  

 

(1)

Non-controlling interest holders for Scotiabank Colpatria S.A. have a right to sell their holding to the Bank after the end of the 7th anniversary (January 17, 2019) and at subsequent pre-agreed intervals, into the future, at fair market value that can be settled at the Bank’s discretion, by issuance of common shares or cash.

(2)

Range of non-controlling interest % for other subsidiaries.

Summarized financial information of the Bank’s subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests are as follows:

 

    As at and for the year ended October 31, 2025     As at and for the year ended October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Revenue     Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total assets     Total
liabilities
    Revenue     Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total assets     Total
liabilities
 

Total

  $  4,522     $  602     $  95,993     $  84,493     $  4,455     $  226     $  93,051     $  82,223  

 

31

Interest Income and Expense

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  
     Interest
income
    Interest
expense
    Interest
income
    Interest
expense
 

Measured at amortized cost(1)

  $ 50,819     $ 35,831     $ 53,966     $ 42,177  

Measured at FVOCI(1)

    5,585             5,905        
    56,404       35,831       59,871       42,177  

Other

    1,198 (2)      249 (3)      1,788 (2)      230 (3) 

Total

  $  57,602     $  36,080     $  61,659     $  42,407  

 

(1)

The interest income/expense on financial assets/liabilities are calculated using the effective interest method.

(2)

Includes dividend income on equity securities.

(3)

Includes interest on lease liabilities of $125 (2024 – $119) and insurance finance expense of $33 (2024 – $30).

 

32

Earnings Per Share

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Basic earnings per common share

   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 7,283     $   7,286  

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes(1)

    (22      

Net income attributable to common shareholders used to calculate basic earnings per common share

    7,261       7,286  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

    1,244       1,226  

Basic earnings per common share(2) (in dollars)

  $    5.84     $ 5.94  

Diluted earnings per common share

   

Net income attributable to common shareholders used to calculate basic earnings per common share

  $ 7,261     $ 7,286  

Dilutive impact of share-based payment options and others(3)

    (181     (49

Net income attributable to common shareholders (diluted)

  $ 7,080     $ 7,237  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

    1,244       1,226  

Dilutive impact of share-based payment options and others(3) (millions)

    4       6  

Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding (millions)

    1,248       1,232  

Diluted earnings per common share(2) (in dollars)

  $ 5.67     $ 5.87  

 

(1)

Refer to Note 23 (b) for further details on the redemption of the equity instrument.

(2)

Earnings per share calculations are based on full dollar and share amounts.

(3)

Certain options were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive.

 

222 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

33

Guarantees, Commitments and Pledged Assets

 

(a)

Guarantees

The Bank enters into various types of guarantees and indemnifications in the normal course of business. Guarantees represent an undertaking to another party to make a payment to that party when certain specified events occur. The various guarantees and indemnifications that the Bank provides with respect to its customers and other third parties are presented below:

 

    2025     2024  
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Maximum potential
amount of future
payments(1)
    Maximum potential
amount of future
payments(1)
 

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee

  $  86,016     $  62,966  

Liquidity facilities

    8,611       7,665  

Indemnifications

    95       791  

 

(1)

The maximum potential amount of future payments represents those guarantees that can be quantified and excludes other guarantees that cannot be quantified. As many of these guarantees will not be drawn upon and the maximum potential amount of future payments listed above does not consider the possibility of recovery under recourse or collateral provisions, the above amounts are not indicative of future cash requirements, credit risk, or the Bank’s expected losses from these arrangements.

 

(i)

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are irrevocable undertakings by the Bank on behalf of a customer, to make payments to a third party in the event that the customer is unable to meet its obligations to the third party. Generally, the term of these guarantees does not exceed four years. The types and amounts of collateral security held by the Bank for these guarantees are generally the same as for loans.

 

(ii)

Liquidity facilities

The Bank’s backstop liquidity facilities are committed liquidity and provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, administered by the Bank. These facilities generally provide an alternative source of financing in the event market disruption prevents the conduit from issuing commercial paper or, in some cases, when certain specified conditions or performance measures are not met. These facilities generally have a term of up to three years.

 

(iii)

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into many contracts which contain indemnification provisions, such as purchase contracts, service agreements, trademark licensing agreements, director / officer contracts, escrow arrangements, sales of assets or businesses, outsourcing agreements, leasing arrangements, clearing system arrangements, securities lending agency agreements and structured transactions. The Bank cannot estimate the maximum potential future amount that may be payable. The Bank has not made any significant payments under such indemnifications.

 

(b)

Other indirect commitments

In the normal course of business, various other indirect commitments are outstanding which are not reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. These may include:

 

   

Commercial letters of credit which require the Bank to honour drafts presented by a third-party when specific activities are completed;

   

Commitments to extend credit which represent undertakings to make credit available in the form of loans or other financings for specific amounts and maturities, subject to specific conditions;

   

Securities lending transactions under which the Bank, acting as principal or agent, agrees to lend securities to a borrower. The borrower must fully collateralize the security loan at all times. The market value of the collateral is monitored relative to the amounts due under the agreements, and where necessary, additional collateral is obtained; and

   

Security purchase commitments which require the Bank to fund future investments.

These financial instruments are subject to normal credit standards, financial controls and monitoring procedures.

The table below provides a detailed breakdown of the Bank’s other indirect commitments expressed in terms of the contractual amounts of the related commitment or contract which are not reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Commercial letters of credit

  $ 836     $ 1,049  

Commitments to extend credit(1)

     275,504       272,793  

Securities lending

    78,548       58,477  

Securities purchase and other commitments

    821       844  

Total

  $ 355,709     $  333,163  

 

(1)

Includes liquidity facilities, and excludes commitments which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 223


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(c)

Assets pledged and repurchase agreements

In the ordinary course of business, securities and other assets are pledged against liabilities. As well, securities are sold under repurchase agreements. The carrying value of pledged assets and details of related activities are shown below.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Assets pledged to:

   

Bank of Canada(1)

  $ 274     $ 229  

Foreign governments and central banks(1)

    2,066       2,020  

Clearing systems, payment systems and depositories(1)

    2,200       2,460  

Assets pledged in relation to exchange-traded derivative transactions

    5,715       5,334  

Assets pledged in relation to over-the-counter derivative transactions

    33,785       25,487  

Assets pledged as collateral related to securities borrowing and lending

     195,208       149,669  

Assets pledged in relation to covered bond program (Note 14)(2)

    44,832       47,560  

Assets pledged in relation to other securitization programs (Note 14)

    8,045       4,022  

Assets pledged under CMHC programs (Note 13)

    15,627       18,392  

Other

    424       228  

Total assets pledged

  $ 308,176     $ 255,401  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

    174,010       174,335  

Total(3)

  $ 482,186     $  429,736  

 

(1)

Includes assets pledged in order to participate in clearing and payment systems and depositories, or pledged to have access to the facilities of central banks in foreign jurisdictions.

(2)

Excludes mortgages related to covered bonds held by the Bank or used for securities lending transactions.

(3)

Includes assets that have been received from counterparties through normal course of business in securities financing and derivative transactions.

 

(d)

Other executory contracts

Effective July 2018, the Bank has entered into an $800 million contract for naming rights of an arena for 20 years.

The Bank and its subsidiaries have also entered into other long-term executory contracts, relating to outsourced services. The significant outsourcing arrangements have variable pricing based on utilization and are cancellable with notice.

 

34

Financial Instruments – Risk Management

The Bank’s risk management framework to monitor, evaluate, measure and manage risks is disclosed in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). These disclosures are incorporated by cross-reference in the Consolidated Financial Statements as permitted under IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The grey shaded text and tables marked with an asterisk (*) in the “Group Financial Condition” and “Risk Management” sections of the MD&A form an integral part of the 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Bank’s principal business activities result in a balance sheet that consists primarily of financial instruments. In addition, the Bank uses derivative financial instruments for both trading and hedging purposes. The principal financial risks that arise from transacting financial instruments include credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk. The Bank’s framework to monitor, evaluate and manage these risks is consistent with that in place as at October 31, 2025:

 

   

extensive risk management policies define the Bank’s risk appetite, set the limits and controls within which the Bank and its subsidiaries can operate, and reflect the requirements of regulatory authorities. Risk appetite is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, either directly or through the Risk Committee of the Board (the Board);

   

guidelines are developed to clarify risk limits and conditions under which the Bank’s risk policies are implemented;

   

processes are implemented to identify, evaluate, document, report and control risk. Standards define the breadth and quality of information required to make a decision; and

   

compliance with risk policies, limits and guidelines is measured, monitored and reported to ensure consistency against defined goals.

Further details on the fair value of financial instruments and how these amounts were determined are provided in Note 6. Note 9 provides details on the terms and conditions of the Bank’s derivative financial instruments including notional amounts, remaining term to maturity, credit risk, and fair values of derivatives used in trading and hedging activities.

 

(a)

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honour its financial or contractual obligations to the Bank. The Bank’s Credit Risk Appetite and Credit Risk Policy are developed by its Global Risk Management (GRM) department and limits are reviewed and approved by the Board on an annual and biennial basis, respectively. The Credit Risk Appetite defines target markets and risk tolerances that are developed at an all-Bank level, and then further refined at the business line level. The objectives of the Credit Risk Appetite are to ensure that, for the Bank, including the individual business lines:

 

   

target markets and product offerings are well defined;

   

the risk parameters for new underwritings and for the portfolios as a whole are clearly specified; and

   

transactions, including origination, syndication, loan sales and hedging, are managed in a manner to ensure the goals for the overall portfolio are met.

The Credit Risk Policy sets out, among other things, the credit risk rating systems and associated parameter estimates, the delegation of authority for granting credit, and the calculation of allowance for credit losses. It forms an integral part of enterprise-wide policies and procedures that encompass governance, risk management and control structure.

The Bank’s credit risk rating systems are designed to support the determination of key credit risk parameter estimates which measure credit and transaction risk. For non-retail exposures, parameters are associated with each credit facility through the assignment of borrower and facility ratings. Borrower risk is evaluated using methodologies that are specific to particular industry sectors and/or business lines. The risk associated with facilities of a given borrower is assessed by considering the facilities’ structural and collateral-related elements. For retail portfolios, product specific models assign accounts into homogeneous segments using internal and external borrower/facility-level credit experience. This process provides for a meaningful differentiation of risk and allows for appropriate and consistent estimation of loss characteristics at the model and segment level. Further details on credit risk relating to derivatives are provided in Note 9(c).

 

224 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(i)

Credit risk exposures

Credit risk exposures disclosed below are presented based on the Basel framework utilized by the Bank i.e., exposures subject to credit risk capital. The Bank uses the Internal Ratings Based approach (IRB) for all material Canadian, U.S., European portfolios, and for a significant portion of all international corporate and commercial portfolios. Under the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach, the Bank uses internal risk parameter estimates, based on historical experience and appropriate margin of conservatism, for probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD). Under Basel III rules, there are IRB requirements for internally developed model parameters under AIRB, including scope restrictions which limit certain asset classes to only the Foundation Internal Ratings Based (FIRB) approach. For those asset classes (e.g. Large Corporates, Banks, etc.) the FIRB approach utilizes the Bank’s internally modeled PD parameters combined with internationally prescribed LGD and EAD parameters. The remaining portfolios, including other individual portfolios, are treated under the standardized approach.

Under the standardized approach, credit risk is estimated using the risk weights as prescribed by the Basel framework either based on credit assessments by external rating agencies or based on the counterparty/exposure type for non-retail exposures and product type for retail exposures. The external ratings the Bank uses are issued by S&P, Fitch and/or DBRS specifically for the Bank’s exposures (i.e. issue specific ratings) if available, otherwise issuer ratings are used following OSFI’s CAR guidelines requirements. Standardized risk weights also take into account other factors such as specific provisions for defaulted exposures, eligible collateral, and loan-to-value for real estate secured retail exposures.

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  
    Exposure at default(1)  
Category   Drawn(2)     Undrawn
commitments
    Other
exposures(3)
    Total     Total  

By counterparty type

         

Non-retail

         

IRB portfolio

         

Corporate

  $ 189,918     $ 71,341     $ 113,508     $ 374,767     $ 357,600  

Bank

    12,924       12,253       23,194       48,371       56,648  

Sovereign

    240,416       3,487       11,086       254,989       258,858  
    443,258       87,081       147,788       678,127       673,106  

Standardized portfolio

         

Corporate

    49,395       4,901       23,786       78,082       65,375  

Bank

    1,609       69       141       1,819       3,213  

Sovereign

    24,372       523       243       25,138       24,320  
    75,376       5,493       24,170       105,039       92,908  

Total non-retail

  $ 518,634     $ 92,574     $ 171,958     $ 783,166     $ 766,014  

Retail

         

IRB portfolio

         

Real estate secured

  $ 267,856     $ 60,485     $     $ 328,341     $ 306,395  

Qualifying revolving

    18,710       63,595             82,305       67,585  

Other retail

    27,670       4,624             32,294       38,665  
    314,236       128,704             442,940       412,645  

Standardized portfolio

         

Real estate secured

    67,179       102             67,281       63,572  

Other retail

    52,552       10,313       76       62,941       63,214  
    119,731       10,415       76       130,222       126,786  

Total retail

  $ 433,967     $ 139,119     $ 76     $ 573,162     $ 539,431  

Total

  $ 952,601     $ 231,693     $ 172,034     $ 1,356,328     $ 1,305,445  

By geography(4)

         

Canada

  $ 587,309     $ 175,314     $ 49,503     $ 812,126     $ 783,178  

United States

    137,005       31,646       83,209       251,860       238,201  

Chile

    54,340       4,645       3,588       62,573       60,179  

Mexico

    52,283       3,901       3,183       59,367       58,439  

Peru

    29,386       2,187       2,194       33,767       32,609  

Colombia

    15,435       1,777       941       18,153       15,015  

Other International

         

Europe

    17,423       6,241       22,195       45,859       38,776  

Caribbean

    32,841       2,152       1,250       36,243       36,170  

Latin America (other)

    15,218       948       1,080       17,246       17,742  

All other

    11,361       2,882       4,891       19,134       25,136  

Total

  $  952,601     $  231,693     $  172,034     $  1,356,328     $  1,305,445  

 

(1)

Exposure at default is presented after credit risk mitigation. Exposures exclude equity securities and other assets. Portfolios under the Standardized Approach are reported net of specific allowances for credit losses and net of collateral amounts treated under the Comprehensive Approach.

(2)

Non-retail drawn includes loans, acceptances, deposits with financial institutions and FVOCI debt securities. Retail drawn includes residential mortgages, credit cards, lines of credit, other personal loans and small business treated as other regulatory retail.

(3)

Other exposures include off-balance sheet lending instruments such as letters of credit, letters of guarantees, securitizations, derivatives and repo-style transactions (reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities lending and securities borrowing), net of related collateral.

(4)

Geographic segmentation is based upon the location of the ultimate risk of the credit exposure.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 225


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position asset categories cross-referenced to credit risk exposures

The table below provides mapping of on-balance sheet asset categories that are included in the various Basel III exposure categories as presented in the credit risk exposure summary table of these consolidated financial statements. In addition, it also provides other exposures which are subject to market risk and/or other assets which are not subject to market and credit risk with a reconciliation to the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The Bank calculates market risk capital based on the Standardized Approach under the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) framework, including its Trading vs. Banking boundary requirements. The credit risk exposures on certain assets such as cash, precious metals, investment securities (equities) and other assets are not included in the credit risk exposure summary table. Also excluded from the credit risk exposures are certain trading assets and all assets of the Bank’s insurance subsidiaries.

 

    Credit Risk Exposures           Other Exposures        
    Drawn           Other Exposures           Market Risk Exposures              
As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Non-retail     Retail            Securitization     Repo-style
Transactions
    Derivative
Financial
Instruments
    Equity            Also
subject to
Credit Risk
           All Other(1)     Total  

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

  $ 62,171     $       $     $     $     $       $     $     $ 3,796     $ 65,967  

Precious metals

                                                  5,156             5,156  

Trading assets

                       

Securities

    103                                               140,741             140,844  

Loans

    1,641                                         744       6,846             8,487  

Other

                                                  2,892             2,892  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

                                                               

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

                        203,008                                       203,008  

Derivative financial instruments

                              46,531               42,120                   46,531  

Investment securities

    146,457                                 2,258                     1,233       149,948  

Loans:

                       

Residential mortgages(2)

    58,663       311,413                                               115       370,191  

Personal loans

    5,940       95,171         9,456                                             110,567  

Credit cards

          14,585         313                                       3,147       18,045  

Business & government

    239,898       13,170         25,846                                       791       279,705  

Allowances for credit losses(3)

    (465     (1,234                                             (5,764     (7,463

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    177                                                           177  

Property and equipment

                                                        4,881       4,881  

Investment in associates

                                    65                     6,252       6,317  

Goodwill and other intangibles assets

                                                        16,169       16,169  

Other (including Deferred tax assets)

    6,210       1,154                     436                                 403       30,417       38,620  

Total

  $  520,795     $  434,259             $  35,615     $  203,444     $  46,531     $  2,323             $  42,864     $  156,038     $  61,037     $  1,460,042  

 

(1)

Includes the Bank’s insurance subsidiaries’ assets and all other assets which are not subject to credit and market risks.

(2)

Includes $52.8 billion in mortgages guaranteed by Canada Mortgage Housing Corporation and federally backed privately insured mortgages.

(3)

Amounts for IRB exposures are reported gross of allowances and amounts for standardized exposures are reported net of allowances.

 

    Credit Risk Exposures           Other Exposures        
    Drawn           Other Exposures           Market Risk Exposures              
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Non-retail     Retail            Securitization     Repo-style
Transactions
    Derivative
Financial
Instruments
    Equity            Also
subject to
Credit Risk
           All Other(1)     Total  

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

  $ 60,501     $       $     $     $     $       $     $     $ 3,359     $ 63,860  

Precious metals

                                                  2,540             2,540  

Trading assets

                       

Securities

    331                                               119,581             119,912  

Loans

    933                                         569       6,716             7,649  

Other

                                                  2,166             2,166  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

                                                               

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

                        200,543                                       200,543  

Derivative financial instruments

                              44,379               39,736                   44,379  

Investment securities

    147,607                                 5,008                     217       152,832  

Loans:

                       

Residential mortgages(2)

    61,467       289,358                                               116       350,941  

Personal loans

    711       101,821         3,847                                             106,379  

Credit cards

          13,892         162                                       3,320       17,374  

Business & government

    261,903       12,904         17,627                                       237       292,671  

Allowances for credit losses(3)

    (363     (1,170                                             (5,003     (6,536

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    149                                                     (1     148  

Property and equipment

                                                        5,252       5,252  

Investment in associates

                                    62                     1,759       1,821  

Goodwill and other intangibles assets

                                                        16,853       16,853  

Other (including Deferred tax assets)

    5,968       1,220                     343                                 448       25,264       33,243  

Total

  $  539,207     $  418,025             $  21,636     $  200,886     $  44,379     $  5,070             $  40,305     $  131,451     $  51,373     $  1,412,027  

 

(1)

Includes the Bank’s insurance subsidiaries’ assets and all other assets which are not subject to credit and market risks.

(2)

Includes $56.3 billion in mortgages guaranteed by Canada Mortgage Housing Corporation and federally backed privately insured mortgages.

(3)

Amounts for IRB exposures are reported gross of allowances and amounts for standardized exposures are reported net of allowances.

 

226 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(ii)

Credit quality of non-retail exposures

Credit decisions are made based upon an assessment of the credit risk of the individual borrower or counterparty. Key factors considered in the assessment include: the borrower’s management; the borrower’s current and projected financial results and credit statistics; the industry in which the borrower operates; economic trends; and geopolitical risk. Banking units and Global Risk Management also review the credit quality of the credit portfolio across the organization on a regular basis to assess whether economic trends or specific events may affect the performance of the portfolio.

The Bank’s non-retail portfolio is well diversified by industry. As at October 31, 2025, and October 31, 2024, a significant portion of the authorized corporate and commercial lending portfolio was internally assessed at a grade that would generally equate to an investment grade rating by external rating agencies. There has not been a significant change in concentrations of credit risk since October 31, 2024.

Internal grades (IG) are used to differentiate the risk of default of a borrower. The following table cross references the Bank’s internal borrower grades with equivalent ratings categories utilized by external rating agencies:

 

Cross referencing of internal ratings to external ratings(1)
Equivalent External Rating              
S&P and Fitch   Moody’s   Morningstar DBRS   Internal Grade   Internal Grade Code     PD Range(2)

AAA to AA+

  Aaa to Aa1   AAA to AA (high)       99 – 98     0.0000% – 0.0565%

AA to A+

  Aa2 to A1   AA to A (high)       95    

0.0565% – 0.0693%

A to A-

  A2 to A3   A to A (low)   Investment grade     90    

0.0693% – 0.0833%

BBB+

  Baa1   BBB (high)       87    

0.0833% – 0.1243%

BBB

  Baa2   BBB       85    

0.1243% – 0.1976%

BBB-

  Baa3   BBB (low)         83    

0.1976% – 0.2743%

BB+

  Ba1   BB (high)       80    

0.2743% – 0.3806%

BB

  Ba2   BB       77    

0.3806% – 0.7061%

BB-

  Ba3   BB (low)   Non-Investment grade     75    

0.7061% – 1.4290%

B+

  B1   B (high)       73    

1.4290% – 2.4715%

B to B-

  B2 to B3   B to B (low)         70    

2.4715% – 6.2065%

CCC+

  Caa1   –        65    

6.2065% – 15.9382%

CCC

  Caa2   –    Watch list     60    

15.9382% – 28.5499%

CCC- to CC

  Caa3 to Ca   –        40    

28.5499% – 48.3748%

  –    –        30    

48.3748% – 100.0000%

Default

          Default     21     100%

 

(1)

Applies to non-retail portfolio.

(2)

PD Ranges as at October 31, 2025. The Range does not include the upper boundary for the row.

Non-retail IRB portfolio

The credit quality of the non-retail IRB portfolio, expressed in terms of risk categories of borrower internal grades is shown in the table below:

 

           2025     2024  
           Exposure at Default(1)  
As at October 31 ($ millions) Category of internal grades   IG Code     Drawn     Undrawn
commitments
    Other
exposures(2)
    Total     Total  

Investment grade

    99 – 98     $ 144,086     $ 1,557     $ 39,788     $ 185,431     $ 174,122  
    95       36,203       13,422       30,882       80,507       71,282  
    90       15,314       12,067       28,875       56,256       49,596  
    87       26,472       13,771       16,458       56,701       63,699  
    85       25,166       10,987       8,758       44,911       49,980  
    83       43,384       11,155       5,924       60,463       69,342  

Non-Investment grade

    80       39,476       10,262       5,810       55,548       54,770  
    77       25,637       6,542       4,824       37,003       40,729  
    75       20,174       4,373       4,556       29,103       27,324  
    73       7,913       1,464       756       10,133       10,140  
    70       4,137       1,216       707       6,060       3,791  

Watch list

    65       907       60       43       1,010       1,592  
    60       876       109       171       1,156       986  
    40       910       75       134       1,119       889  
    30       276       9       2       287       232  

Default

    21       1,482       12       100       1,594       1,313  

Total

    $ 392,413     $ 87,081     $ 147,788     $ 627,282     $ 619,787  

Government guaranteed residential mortgages(3)

            50,845                   50,845       53,319  

Total

          $  443,258     $  87,081     $  147,788     $  678,127     $  673,106  

 

(1)

After credit risk mitigation.

(2)

Includes off-balance sheet lending instruments such as letters of credit, letters of guarantees, securitizations, derivatives and repo-style transactions (reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing), net of related collateral.

(3)

These exposures are classified as sovereign exposures and are included in the non-retail category.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 227


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Non-retail standardized portfolio

The non-retail standardized portfolio relies on external credit ratings (e.g. S&P, Fitch, Morningstar DBRS, etc.) of the borrower, if available, to compute regulatory capital for credit risk. Exposures are risk weighted based on prescribed percentages and a mapping process as defined within OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline. Non-retail standardized portfolio as at October 31, 2025 comprised of drawn, undrawn and other exposures to corporate, bank and sovereign counterparties amounted to $105 billion (October 31, 2024 – $93 billion). Within this portfolio, the majority of Corporate/Commercial exposures are to unrated counterparties, mainly in Canada, U.S., Mexico, Chile, Peru and Colombia.

 

(iii)

Credit quality of retail exposures

The Bank’s retail portfolios consist of a number of relatively small loans to a large number of borrowers. The portfolios are distributed across Canada and a wide range of countries. As such, the portfolios inherently have a high degree of diversification. In addition, as of October 31, 2025, 23% of the Canadian banking residential mortgage portfolio is insured and the average loan-to-value ratio of the uninsured portion of the portfolio is 54%.

Retail AIRB portfolio

The data in the table below provides a distribution of the retail AIRB exposures within each PD range by asset class:

 

As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  
    Exposure at default(1)  
           Real estate secured                              
Category of (PD) grades   PD range     Mortgages     HELOC     Qualifying
revolving
    Other retail     Total     Total  

Exceptionally Low

    0.0000% – 0.0500%     $ 89,983     $ 57,130     $ 15,921     $ 792     $ 163,826     $ 145,243  

Very Low

    0.0501% – 0.1999%       95,370       19,900       36,811       5,792       157,873       148,919  

Low

    0.2000% – 0.9999%       43,971             14,536       16,932       75,439       79,011  

Medium Low

    1.0000% – 2.9999%       11,436       5,509       9,715       4,803       31,463       25,478  

Medium

    3.0000% – 9.9999%       7             2,719       2,683       5,409       7,524  

High

    10.0000% – 19.9999%       3,177       938       1,690       614       6,419       3,232  

Extremely High

    20.0000% – 99.9999%       2             785       511       1,298       2,263  

Default

    100%       791       127       128       167       1,213       975  

Total

          $  244,737     $  83,604     $  82,305     $  32,294     $  442,940     $  412,645  

 

(1)

After credit risk mitigation.

Retail standardized portfolio

The retail standardized portfolio of $130 billion as at October 31, 2025 (2024 – $127 billion) was comprised of residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and lines of credit to individuals, mainly in the Latin American and Caribbean region. Of the total retail standardized exposures, $67 billion (2024 – $64 billion) was represented by mortgages and loans secured by residential real estate, mostly with a loan-to-value ratio of below 80%.

 

(iv)

Collateral

Collateral held

In the normal course of business, to reduce its exposure to counterparty credit risk, the Bank receives collateral for capital markets related activities. The following are examples of the terms and conditions customary to collateral for these types of transactions:

 

   

The risks and rewards of the pledged assets reside with the pledgor.

   

Additional collateral is required when the market value of the transaction exceeds thresholds agreed upon with the pledgor.

   

The Bank is normally permitted to sell or repledge the collateral it receives, although this right is specific to each agreement under which the collateral is pledged.

   

Upon satisfaction of the obligation, the Bank must return the pledged assets, unless the Bank has the right to sell or repledge the collateral it receives, in which case the Bank must return comparable collateral to the pledgor.

As at October 31, 2025, the approximate market value of cash and securities collateral accepted that may be sold or repledged by the Bank was $409 billion (2024 – $359 billion). This collateral is held primarily in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, margin loans, securities lending and derivative transactions. The Bank also borrows securities under standard securities borrowing agreements that it is able to re-pledge. Including these borrowed securities, the approximate market value of securities collateral accepted that may be sold or re-pledged was $350 billion (2024 – $300 billion), of which approximately $67 billion was not sold or re-pledged (2024 – $60 billion).

Collateral pledged

In the normal course of business, securities and other assets are pledged to secure an obligation, participate in clearing or settlement systems, or operate in a foreign jurisdiction. Note 33(c) details the nature and extent of the Bank’s asset pledging activities. Asset pledging transactions are conducted under terms that are common and customary to standard derivative, securities financing, and other borrowing activities. Standard risk management controls are applied with respect to asset pledging.

Assets acquired in exchange for loans

The carrying value of assets acquired in exchange for loans as at October 31, 2025 was $221 million (2024 – $312 million) mainly comprised of real estate and was classified as either held for sale or held for use as appropriate.

 

228 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Bank is unable to meet its financial obligations in a timely manner at reasonable prices. Our liquidity risk management framework and key risk measures are disclosed in the gray-shaded text and tables marked with an asterisk (*) in the “Risk Management” section of the MD&A.

 

(c)

Market risk

Market risk arises from changes in market prices and rates (including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices), the correlations between them, and their levels of volatility. Our market risk management framework and key risk measures are disclosed in the gray-shaded text and tables marked with an asterisk (*) in the “Risk Management” section of the MD&A.

 

35

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions

Acquisition completed impacting the current year

KeyCorp

On December 27, 2024, the Bank completed its acquisition of an approximate ownership interest of 14.9% or 163 million shares in KeyCorp. The acquisition was completed in two stages – an initial investment of 4.9% (Initial Investment) on August 30, 2024, and an additional investment of approximately 10% (Additional Investment) on December 27, 2024. The acquisition was completed through all-cash purchases of newly issued voting common shares, at a fixed price of U.S.$17.17 per share, resulting in total cash consideration paid of approximately U.S.$2.8 billion ($4.1 billion). Following completion of the Additional Investment, the Bank designated two individuals to serve on KeyCorp’s Board of Directors.

Effective December 27, 2024, the combined 14.9% investment was accounted for as an investment in associate as the Bank has significant influence over KeyCorp as defined under IFRS, given its board representation and ownership interest. The Initial Investment of 4.9% previously accounted for at fair value through other comprehensive income was derecognized and included in the cost base of the investment in associate. The difference between the fixed transaction price and the quoted share price of KeyCorp on the date of Additional Investment (U.S.$17.20) was recognized as a gain in non-interest income – other, with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment in associate. The carrying amount of the investment in associate upon closing was U.S.$2.8 billion ($4.1 billion), and represents the Bank’s share of KeyCorp’s net assets, adjusted for goodwill and other intangibles. The total impact to the Bank’s common equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio from the transaction was a decrease of approximately 49 basis points.

For the three and twelve months ended October 31, 2025, $117 million ($111 million after-tax) and $362 million ($338 million after-tax), respectively, was recorded in net income from investments in associated corporations, representing the Bank’s share of KeyCorp’s financial results.

Divestitures

Divestiture announced that is expected to close in a future period

Sale of banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama

On January 6, 2025, the Bank entered into an agreement with Davivienda to sell its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama in exchange for an approximately 20% ownership stake in the newly combined entity of Davivienda. The Bank’s ownership will consist of 14.99% voting common shares and the remainder in non-voting preferred shares. At the closing date, the Bank will have the right to designate individuals to serve on the Board of Directors of Davivienda’s combined operations commensurate with its ownership stake. This investment will be accounted for as an investment in associate, as the Bank will have significant influence.

On the date of the agreement, the Bank’s operations that are part of this transaction were classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 and an impairment loss of $1,362 million ($1,355 million after-tax) was recorded in non-interest expenses – other within the Other operating segment, representing the write-down of goodwill ($589 million), intangibles ($151 million), property and equipment ($290 million) and the remaining in other assets.

As of October 31, 2025, the Bank has recognized a total impairment loss of $1,422 million in non-interest expense and a credit of $45 million in non-interest income (collectively $1,342 million after-tax). The loss was recorded in Other operating segment. The held for sale operations included total assets of $24 billion and total liabilities of $22 billion, consisting primarily of loans and deposits, and the total cumulative foreign currency translation losses, net of hedges was $249 million. Upon closing, total assets and liabilities will be derecognized. Any resulting gains/loss and the total cumulative foreign currency translation reserve, net of hedges at the closing date related to these operations will be recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

The total impact of the transaction to the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio was a decrease of approximately 13 basis points as of October 31, 2025.

Closed divestitures impacting the current fiscal year

CrediScotia Financiera

On February 28, 2025, the Bank completed the sale of CrediScotia Financiera S.A. (CrediScotia), a wholly-owned consumer finance subsidiary in Peru, to Banco Santander S.A. (Espana), upon receiving regulatory approvals and satisfying closing conditions.

Upon closing, assets and liabilities of $985 million and $726 million, respectively, in relation to this business were derecognized. A total loss of $102 million after-tax has been recognized and recorded in the Other Segment for this transaction, of which $12 million after-tax was recorded in 2025 and $90 million was recorded in 2024. The amount recognized in 2025 was recognized in non-interest income – other. The closing of the transaction increased the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio by approximately three basis points.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 229


Consolidated Financial Statements

 

36

Events after the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date

Sale of banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama

On December 1, 2025, the Bank completed the sale of its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama to Davivienda Group in exchange for an approximately 20% ownership stake in the newly combined entity of Davivienda, upon receiving all regulatory approvals and satisfying all customary closing conditions.

Following this date, the investment in Davivienda Group will be accounted for as an investment in associate as the Bank has significant influence. Additionally, all assets and liabilities in relation to the Bank’s operations will be derecognized and the Bank is expected to record a loss in Q1 2026 of approximately $300 million after-tax in the Other segment, primarily relating to the release of cumulative foreign currency translation losses, net of hedges.

 

230 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report

EX-99.2 3 d41644dex992.htm EX-99.2 EX-99.2 Table of Contents

 

ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE (EDTF) RECOMMENDATIONS

The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial Stability Board in May 2012 with the goal of developing fundamental disclosure principles. On October 29, 2012, the EDTF published its report, “Enhancing the Risk Disclosures of Banks,” which sets forth recommendations around improving risk disclosures and identifies existing leading practice risk disclosures.

Below is the index of all these recommendations to facilitate easy reference in the Bank’s annual report and other public disclosure documents available on www.scotiabank.com/investorrelations.

 

    

 

Reference Table for EDTF

           
        

 

Pages

      
     Type of risk   Number   Disclosure   MD&A    

Financial

Statements

   

 

Supplementary

Regulatory Capital

Disclosures

      
    General   1   The index of risks to which the business is exposed.     16            
  2   The Bank’s risk terminology, measures and key parameters.     76-83        
  3   Top and emerging risks, and the changes during the reporting period.     85-87, 91-96        
  4   Discussion on the regulatory development and plans to meet new regulatory ratios.    
60-63, 120-121
 
               
    Risk governance,
risk management
and business
model
  5   The Bank’s Risk Governance structure.     78-80            
  6   Description of risk culture and procedures applied to support the culture.     80-83        
  7   Description of key risks from the Bank’s business model.     84        
  8   Stress testing use within the Bank’s risk governance and capital management.     80-82                  
    Capital
Adequacy and
risk-weighted
assets
  9   Pillar 1 capital requirements, and the impact for global systemically important banks.     60-63       208       4, 5      
  10   a) Regulatory capital components.     64           22-24  
    b) Reconciliation of the accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet.             18-19  
  11   Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital since the previous reporting period, including changes in common equity tier 1, additional tier 1 and tier 2 capital.     65-66           100  
  12   Discussion of targeted level of capital, and the plans on how to establish this.     60-63        
  13   Analysis of risk-weighted assets by risk type, business, and market risk RWAs.     68-73, 84, 127       178      
6, 37-40, 44-49, 50-55,
56-61, 73-75, 76-78, 82, 97, 103
 
 
  14   Analysis of the capital requirements for each Basel asset class.     68-73       178, 224-228       16-17, 37-62, 71-78, 82, 87-90  
  15   Tabulate credit risk in the Banking Book.     68-73       225       16-17, 37-62, 82, 87-90  
  16   Flow statements reconciling the movements in risk-weighted assets for each risk-weighted asset type.     68-73           63, 81, 102  
  17   Discussion of Basel III Back-testing requirement including credit risk model performance and validation.     69-71               64-67, 107  
    Liquidity Funding   18   Analysis of the Bank’s liquid assets.     103-108            
        19   Encumbered and unencumbered assets analyzed by balance sheet category.     105            
        20   Consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments analyzed by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.     109-111            
        21   Analysis of the Bank’s sources of funding and a description of the Bank’s funding strategy.     108-109                      
    Market Risk   22   Linkage of market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolios and the balance sheet.     102            
  23   Discussion of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.     97-103        
  24   Discussion of changes in period on period VaR results as well as VaR assumptions, limitations, backtesting and validation.     97-103        
  25   Other risk management techniques e.g. stress tests, tail risk and market liquidity horizon.     97-103                  
    Credit Risk   26   Analysis of the aggregate credit risk exposures, including details of both personal and wholesale lending.     91-96, 123-127       188-189, 225-228       6, 37-40, 44-61, 73-78      
  27   Discussion of the policies for identifying impaired loans, defining impairments and renegotiated loans, and explaining loan forbearance policies.         158-160    
  28   Reconciliations of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans and impairment allowances during the year.     93, 122-125       189       34-35  
  29   Analysis of counterparty credit risk that arises from derivative transactions.     88-90       176-179       108  
  30   Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of credit risk.     89-91, 94                  
    Other risks   31   Quantified measures of the management of operational risk.     72, 112-113            
  32   Discussion of publicly known risk items.     85-87       205-206    
                                         

 

16 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s

Discussion & Analysis

 

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is provided to enable readers to assess the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations as at and for the year ended October 31, 2025. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes. This MD&A is dated December 2, 2025.

Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report, are available on the Bank’s website at www.scotiabank.com. As well, the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report and Annual Information Form are available on the SEDAR+ website at www.sedarplus.ca and on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 18    Forward-looking statements
 19    Financial highlights
 20    Non-GAAP measures
Overview of Performance
 28    Financial results: 2025 vs 2024
 28    Medium-term financial objectives
 28    Shareholder returns
 29    Significant developments
 29    Strategy, economic summary and outlook
 30    Impact of foreign currency translation
 31    Impact of closed divestitures
Group Financial Performance
 32    Net income
 32    Net interest income
 34    Non-interest income
 35    Provision for credit losses
 37    Non-interest expenses
 37    Provision for income taxes
 38    Fourth quarter review
 40    Trending analysis
Business Line Overview
 42    Overview
 45    Canadian Banking
 48    International Banking
 52    Global Wealth Management
 56    Global Banking and Markets
 59    Other
Group Financial Condition
 60    Statement of financial position
 60    Capital management
 73    Off-balance sheet arrangements
 75    Financial instruments
Risk Management
 76    Risk management framework
 88    Credit risk
 97    Market risk
103    Liquidity risk
112    Other risks
Controls and Accounting Policies
116    Controls and procedures
116    Critical accounting policies and estimates
120    Future accounting developments
120    Regulatory developments
121    Related party transactions
Supplementary Data and Glossary
122    Geographic information
123    Credit risk
128    Revenues and expenses
130    Selected quarterly information
131    Selected annual information
131    Ten-year statistical review
136    Glossary
 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 17


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, our public communications include oral or written forward-looking statements. Statements of this type are included in this document, and may be included in other filings with Canadian securities regulators or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), or in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may include forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and any applicable Canadian securities legislation. Forward-looking statements may include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis in the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report under the headings “Outlook” and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives, strategies to achieve those objectives, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, anticipated financial results, and the outlook for the Bank’s businesses and for the Canadian, U.S. and global economies. Such statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “believe,” “expect,” “aim,” “achieve,” “foresee,” “forecast,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “seek,” “schedule,” “plan,” “goal,” “strive,” “target,” “project,” “commit,” “objective,” and similar expressions of future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “may,” “should,” “would,” “might,” “can” and “could” and positive and negative variations thereof.

By their very nature, forward-looking statements require us to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, which give rise to the possibility that our predictions, forecasts, projections, expectations or conclusions will not prove to be accurate, that our assumptions may not be correct and that our financial performance objectives, vision and strategic goals will not be achieved.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on these statements as a number of risk factors, many of which are beyond our control and effects of which can be difficult to predict, could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations, targets, estimates or intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements.

The future outcomes that relate to forward-looking statements may be influenced by many factors, including but not limited to: general economic and market conditions in the countries in which we operate and globally; changes in currency and interest rates; increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank and its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other risks arising from the Bank’s use of third parties; changes in monetary, fiscal, or economic policy and tax legislation and interpretation; changes in laws and regulations or in supervisory expectations or requirements, including capital, interest rate and liquidity requirements and guidance, and the effect of such changes on funding costs; geopolitical risk (including policies and other changes related to, or affecting, economic or trade matters, including tariffs, countermeasures, tariff mitigation policies and tax-related risks); changes to our credit ratings; the possible effects on our business and the global economy of war, conflicts or terrorist actions and unforeseen consequences arising from such actions; technological changes, including open banking and the use of data and artificial intelligence in our business, and technology resiliency; operational and infrastructure risks; reputational risks; the accuracy and completeness of information the Bank receives on customers and counterparties; the timely development and introduction of new products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Bank require the Bank to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their origination; our ability to execute our strategic plans, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, including obtaining regulatory approvals; critical accounting estimates and the effect of changes to accounting standards, rules and interpretations on these estimates; global capital markets activity; the Bank’s ability to attract, develop and retain key executives; the evolution of various types of fraud or other criminal behaviour to which the Bank is exposed; anti-money laundering; disruptions or attacks (including cyberattacks) on the Bank’s information technology, internet connectivity, network accessibility, or other voice or data communications systems or services, which may result in data breaches, unauthorized access to sensitive information, denial of service and potential incidents of identity theft; increased competition in the geographic and business areas in which we operate, including through internet and mobile banking and non-traditional competitors; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; environmental, social and governance risks, including climate-related risk, our ability to implement various sustainability-related initiatives (both internally and with our clients and other stakeholders) under expected time frames, and our ability to scale our sustainable-finance products and services; the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events, including disruptions to public infrastructure, such as transportation, communications, power or water supply; inflationary pressures; global supply-chain disruptions; Canadian housing and household indebtedness; the emergence or continuation of widespread health emergencies or pandemics, including their impact on the local, national or global economies, financial market conditions and the Bank’s business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects; and the Bank’s anticipation of and success in managing the risks implied by the foregoing. A substantial amount of the Bank’s business involves making loans or otherwise committing resources to specific companies, industries or countries. Unforeseen events affecting such borrowers, industries or countries could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial results, businesses, financial condition or liquidity. These and other factors may cause the Bank’s actual performance to differ materially from that contemplated by forward-looking statements. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results, for more information, please see the “Risk Management” section of the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report, as may be updated by quarterly reports.

Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2025 Annual Report under the headings “Outlook”, as updated by quarterly reports. The “Outlook” and “2026 Priorities” sections are based on the Bank’s views and the actual outcome is uncertain. Readers should consider the above-noted factors when reviewing these sections. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to the Bank and its securities, investors and others should carefully consider the preceding factors, other uncertainties and potential events.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities, and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. Except as required by law, the Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf.

Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Bank’s Annual Information Form, can be located on the SEDAR+ website at www.sedarplus.ca and on the EDGAR section of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

December 2, 2025

 

18 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

T1 Financial highlights

 

 
As at and for the years ended October 31    2025      2024  

Operating results ($ millions)

       

Net interest income

     21,522        19,252  

Non-interest income

     16,219        14,418  

Total revenue

     37,741        33,670  

Provision for credit losses

     4,714        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

     22,518        19,695  

Income tax expense

     2,751        2,032  

Net income

     7,758        7,892  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

     7,283        7,286  

Operating performance

       

Basic earnings per share ($)

     5.84        5.94  

Diluted earnings per share ($)

     5.67        5.87  

Return on equity (%)(1)

     9.7        10.2  

Return on tangible common equity (%)(2)

     11.9        12.6  

Productivity ratio (%)(1)

     59.7        58.5  

Operating leverage (%)(1)

     (2.2      1.5  

Net interest margin (%)(2)

     2.33        2.16  

Financial position information ($ millions)

       

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

     65,967        63,860  

Trading assets

     152,223        129,727  

Loans

     771,045        760,829  

Total assets

     1,460,042        1,412,027  

Deposits

     966,279        943,849  

Common equity

     76,927        73,590  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

     9,939        8,779  

Assets under administration(1)

     868,347        771,454  

Assets under management(1)

     432,375        373,030  

Capital and liquidity measures

       

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio (%)(3)

     13.2        13.1  

Tier 1 capital ratio (%)(3)

     15.3        15.0  

Total capital ratio (%)(3)

     17.1        16.7  

Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) ratio (%)(4)

     29.1        29.7  

Leverage ratio (%)(5)

     4.5        4.4  

TLAC Leverage ratio (%)(4)

     8.5        8.8  

Risk-weighted assets ($ millions)(3)

     474,453        463,992  

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) (%)(6)

     128        131  

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (%)(6)

     116        119  

Credit quality

       

Net impaired loans ($ millions)

     4,903        4,685  

Allowance for credit losses ($ millions)(7)

     7,654        6,736  

Gross impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances(1)

     0.93        0.88  

Net impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances(1)

     0.63        0.61  

Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances(1)(8)

     0.62        0.53  

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances(1)(8)

     0.54        0.52  

Net write-offs as a % of average net loans and acceptances(1)

     0.50        0.46  

Adjusted results(2)

       

Adjusted total revenue ($ millions)

     37,731        33,813  

Adjusted non-interest expenses ($ millions)

     20,581        18,961  

Adjusted net income ($ millions)

     9,510        8,627  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share ($)

     7.09        6.47  

Adjusted return on equity (%)

     11.8        11.3  

Adjusted return on tangible common equity (%)

     14.3        13.7  

Adjusted productivity ratio (%)

     54.5        56.1  

Adjusted operating leverage (%)

     3.0        2.3  

Common share information

       

Closing share price ($) (TSX)

     91.99        71.69  

Shares outstanding (millions)

       

Average – Basic

     1,244        1,226  

Average – Diluted

     1,248        1,232  

End of period

     1,236        1,244  

Dividends paid per share ($)

     4.32        4.24  

Dividend yield (%)(1)

     5.6        6.5  

Market capitalization ($ millions) (TSX)

     113,728        89,214  

Book value per common share ($)(1)

     62.22        59.14  

Market value to book value multiple(1)

     1.5        1.2  

Price to earnings multiple (trailing 4 quarters)(1)

     15.8        12.0  

Other information

       

Employees (full-time equivalent)

     86,431        88,488  

Branches and offices

     2,128        2,236  

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures section starting on page 20.

(3)

The regulatory capital ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements.

(4)

This measure has been disclosed in this document in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity.

(5)

The leverage ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements.

(6)

The LCR and NSFR are calculated in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR).

(7)

Includes allowance for credit losses on all financial assets – loans, acceptances, off-balance sheet exposures, debt securities, and deposits with financial institutions.

(8)

Includes provision for credit losses on certain financial assets – loans, acceptances, and off-balance sheet exposures.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 19


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Bank uses a number of financial measures and ratios to assess its performance, as well as the performance of its operating segments. Some of these financial measures and ratios are presented on a non-GAAP basis and are not calculated in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), which are based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), are not defined by GAAP and do not have standardized meanings and therefore might not be comparable to similar financial measures and ratios disclosed by other issuers. The Bank believes that non-GAAP measures and ratios are useful as they provide readers with a better understanding of how management assesses performance. These non-GAAP measures and ratios are used throughout this report and defined below.

Adjusted results and diluted earnings per share

The following tables present a reconciliation of GAAP reported financial results to non-GAAP adjusted financial results. Management considers both reported and adjusted results and measures useful in assessing underlying ongoing business performance. Adjusted results and measures remove certain specified items from revenue, non-interest expenses, income taxes and non-controlling interests. Presenting results on both a reported basis and adjusted basis allows readers to assess the impact of certain items on results for the periods presented, and to better assess results and trends excluding those items that may not be reflective of ongoing business performance.

T2 Reconciliation of reported and adjusted results

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Reported Results

       

Net interest income

   $  21,522      $  19,252  

Non-interest income

     16,219        14,418  

Total revenue

     37,741        33,670  

Provision for credit losses

     4,714        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

     22,518        19,695  

Income before taxes

     10,509        9,924  

Income tax expense

     2,751        2,032  

Net income

   $ 7,758      $ 7,892  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

     (31      134  

Net income attributable to equity holders

     7,789        7,758  

Net income attributable to preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

     506        472  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 7,283      $ 7,286  

Adjustments

       

Adjusting items impacting non-interest income and total revenue (Pre-tax)

       

(a) Divestitures and wind-down of operations

   $ (36    $ 143  

(d) Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

     26         

Total non-interest income and total revenue adjusting items (Pre-tax)

     (10      143  

Adjusting items impacting non-interest expenses (Pre-tax)

       

(a) Divestitures and wind-down of operations

     1,422        (7

(b) Restructuring charge and severance provisions

     373        53  

(c) Legal provision

     74        176  

(d) Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

     68        72  

(e) Impairment of non-financial assets

            440  

Total non-interest expense adjusting items (Pre-tax)

     1,937        734  

Total impact of adjusting items on net income before taxes

     1,927        877  

Impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

       

(a) Divestitures and wind-down of operations

     (32      (46

(b) Restructuring charge and severance provisions

     (103      (15

(c) Legal provision

     (20       

(d) Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

     (20      (20

(e) Impairment of non-financial assets

            (61

Total impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

     (175      (142

Total impact of adjusting items on net income

     1,752        735  

Impact of adjusting items on NCI

     (191      (2

Total impact of adjusting items on net income attributable to equity holders

   $ 1,561      $ 733  

Adjusted Results

       

Adjusted net interest income

   $ 21,522      $ 19,252  

Adjusted non-interest income

     16,209        14,561  

Adjusted total revenue

     37,731        33,813  

Adjusted provision for credit losses

     4,714        4,051  

Adjusted non-interest expenses

     20,581        18,961  

Adjusted income before taxes

     12,436        10,801  

Adjusted income tax expense

     2,926        2,174  

Adjusted net income

   $ 9,510      $ 8,627  

Adjusted net income attributable to NCI

     160        136  

Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders

     9,350        8,491  

Adjusted net income attributable to preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

     506        472  

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 8,844      $ 8,019  

 

20 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

T2A Reconciliation of reported and adjusted diluted earnings per common share 

 

 
As at and for the year ended October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Reported Results

       

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $  7,283      $  7,286  

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes

     (22       

Net income attributable to common shareholders used to calculate basic earnings per common share

     7,261        7,286  

Dilutive impact of share-based payment options and others

     (181      (49

Net income attributable to common shareholders (diluted)

     7,080        7,237  

Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,248        1,232  

Diluted earnings per common share (in dollars)

   $ 5.67      $ 5.87  

Adjusted Results

       

Net income attributable to common shareholders used to calculate basic earnings per common share

   $ 7,261      $ 7,286  

Impact of adjusting items on net income attributable to common shareholders(1)

     1,561        733  

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes

     22         

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders used to calculate adjusted basic earnings per common share

     8,844        8,019  

Dilutive impact of share-based payment options and others

     7        (49

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders (diluted)

     8,851        7,970  

Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,248        1,232  

Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (in dollars)

   $ 7.09      $ 6.47  

Impact of adjustments on diluted earnings per share (in dollars)

   $ 1.42      $ 0.60  

 

(1)

Refer to Table T2 for details of adjusting items.

T3 Impact of adjustments on (income)/expenses

 

    For the year ended     For the three months ended  
    2025     2024     October 31, 2025     October 31, 2024  
     
($ millions)   Pre-tax     After-tax     Pre-tax     After-tax     Pre-tax     After-tax     Pre-tax     After-tax  

(a) Divestitures and wind-down of operations

  $  1,386     $  1,354     $  136     $ 90     $ 12     $ 8     $     $  

(b) Restructuring charge and severance provisions

    373       270       53       38       373       270       53       38  

(c) Legal provision

    74       54       176       176       74       54              

(d) Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    94       74       72       52       25       20       19       13  

Impairment of non-financial assets:

                   

(e) Investment in associates

                343           309          –          –         343           309  

(e) Intangible assets including software

                97       70                   97       70  

Total

  $ 1,927     $ 1,752     $ 877     $ 735     $ 484     $ 352     $ 512     $ 430  

Diluted EPS Impact

          $ 1.42             $ 0.60             $ 0.28             $ 0.35  

CET1 Impact(1)

            (20 bps             (9 bps             (7 bps             (5 bps

 

(1)

Including related impacts on regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets.

The Bank’s fiscal 2025 and 2024 results were adjusted for the following items. These amounts were recorded in the Other operating segment, unless otherwise noted.

 

  a)

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

In Q1 2025, the Bank entered into an agreement to sell its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama in exchange for an approximately 20% ownership stake in the newly combined entity of Davivienda. On that date, the Bank recognized an impairment loss of $1,362 million ($1,355 million after-tax) as the banking operations that are part of the transaction were classified as held for sale. As of October 31, 2025, the Bank has recognized a total impairment loss of $1,422 million in non-interest expense and a credit of $45 million in non-interest income (collectively $1,342 million after-tax). These subsequent changes represent changes in the carrying value of net assets being sold and fair value of shares to be received less costs to sell, as well as changes in foreign currency.

In Q2 2025, the Bank completed the sale of CrediScotia Financiera S.A. (CrediScotia), a wholly-owned consumer finance subsidiary in Peru, to Banco Santander S.A. (Espana). The Bank recognized an additional loss of $9 million in non-interest income – other upon closing. In Q3 2024, the Bank had recognized an impairment loss of $143 million in non-interest income and a recovery of expenses of $7 million in non-interest expenses – salaries and employee benefits (collectively $90 million after-tax), the majority of which relates to goodwill.

For further details, please refer to Note 35 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  b)

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

In Q4 2025, the Bank recorded a restructuring charge and severance provision as well as other related charges of $373 million ($270 million after-tax) primarily related to workforce reductions. These amounts reflect actions taken by the Bank to simplify its organizational structure in Canadian Banking, restructure and right-size Asia operations in Global Banking and Markets and regionalize activities across its international footprint, in line with the Bank’s enterprise strategy. For further details, please refer to Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 21


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

In Q4 2024, the Bank recorded severance provisions of $53 million ($38 million after-tax) related to the Bank’s continued efforts to streamline its organizational structure and support execution of the Bank’s strategy.

 

  c)

Legal provision

In Q4 2025, the Bank recognized a legal provision of $74 million ($54 million after-tax) related to several civil and other litigation matters.

In Q3 2024, the Bank recognized a $176 million expense for legal actions in Peru relating to certain value-added tax assessed amounts and associated interest. The legal actions arose from certain client transactions that occurred prior to the Bank’s acquisition of its Peruvian subsidiary. For further details, please refer to Note 22 of the consolidated financial statements.

 

  d)

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

These costs relate to the amortization of intangible assets recognized upon the acquisition of businesses, excluding software. The costs are recorded in non-interest expenses – depreciation and amortization for the Canadian Banking, International Banking and Global Wealth Management operating segments, and non-interest income – net income from investments in associated corporations for the Other operating segment.

 

  e)

Impairment of non-financial assets

In Q4 2024, the Bank recorded impairment charges of $343 million ($309 million after-tax) related to its investment in associate, Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd. in China, driven primarily by the continued weakening of the economic outlook in China and whose market value has remained below the Bank’s carrying value for a prolonged period. In Q4 2024, the Bank recorded an impairment of software intangible assets of $97 million ($70 million after-tax).

In addition to the above, the following adjustment also impacted earnings per share calculation.

 

  f)

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Note

In Q3 2025, the Bank redeemed all outstanding U.S. $1,250 million 4.900% Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes (AT1 Note). The redemption resulted in a foreign currency loss of $22 million, which was recognized in retained earnings. The loss was deducted from net income attributable to common shareholders for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS). For the adjusted diluted EPS calculation, the loss was added back as an adjusting item (refer to Table T2A for reconciliation). Please also refer to Note 23 (b) and Note 32 of the consolidated financial statements.

T4 Reconciliation of reported and adjusted results by business line

 

     For the year ended October 31, 2025(1)  
($ millions)   Canadian
Banking
    International
Banking
    Global Wealth
Management
    Global Banking
and Markets
    Other     Total  

Reported net income (loss)

  $ 3,425     $ 2,789     $ 1,680     $ 1,921     $ (2,057   $ 7,758  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

          158       10       (1     (198     (31

Reported net income attributable to equity holders

    3,425       2,631       1,670       1,922       (1,859     7,789  

Reported net income attributable to preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

                            506       506  

Reported net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,425     $ 2,631     $ 1,670     $ 1,922     $ (2,365   $ 7,283  

Adjustments

           

Adjusting items impacting non-interest income and total revenue (Pre-tax)

           

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

  $     $     $     $     $ (36   $ (36

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

                            26       26  

Total non-interest income adjustments (Pre-tax)

                            (10     (10

Adjusting items impacting non-interest expenses (Pre-tax)

           

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

                            1,422       1,422  

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

                            373       373  

Legal provision

                            74       74  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    4       28       36                   68  

Total non-interest expenses adjustments (Pre-tax)

    4       28       36             1,869       1,937  

Total impact of adjusting items on net income before taxes

    4       28       36             1,859       1,927  

Total impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

    (1     (8     (10           (156     (175

Total impact of adjusting items on net income

    3       20       26             1,703       1,752  

Impact of adjusting items on NCI

                            (191     (191

Total impact of adjusting items on net income attributable to equity holders

    3       20       26              1,512       1,561  

Adjusted net income (loss)

  $  3,428     $  2,809     $  1,706     $  1,921     $ (354   $  9,510  

Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders

  $ 3,428     $ 2,651     $ 1,696     $ 1,922     $ (347   $ 9,350  

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,428     $ 2,651     $ 1,696     $ 1,922     $ (853   $ 8,844  

 

(1)

Refer to Business Line Overview on page 42.

 

22 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents
     For the year ended October 31, 2024(1)  
($ millions)   Canadian
Banking(2)
    International
Banking(2)
    Global Wealth
Management(2)
    Global Banking
and Markets(2)
    Other(2)     Total  

Reported net income (loss)

  $  3,777     $  2,706     $  1,428     $  1,478     $  (1,497   $  7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

          125       10             (1     134  

Reported net income attributable to equity holders

    3,777       2,581       1,418       1,478       (1,496     7,758  

Reported net income attributable to preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

    1       1       1       1       468       472  

Reported net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,776     $ 2,580     $ 1,417     $   1,477     $ (1,964   $ 7,286  

Adjustments

           

Adjusting items impacting non-interest income and total revenue (Pre-tax)

           

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

  $     $     $     $     $ 143     $ 143  

Adjusting items impacting non-interest expenses (Pre-tax)

           

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

                            (7     (7

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

                            53       53  

Legal provision

                            176       176  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    4       32       36                   72  

Impairment of non-financial assets

                            440       440  

Total non-interest expenses adjustments (Pre-tax)

    4       32       36             662       734  

Total impact of adjusting items on net income before taxes

    4       32       36             805       877  

Total impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

    (1     (9     (10           (122     (142

Total impact of adjusting items on net income

    3       23       26             683       735  

Impact of adjusting items on NCI

                            (2     (2

Total impact of adjusting items on net income attributable to equity holders

    3       23       26             681       733  

Adjusted net income (loss)

  $ 3,780     $ 2,729     $ 1,454     $ 1,478     $ (814   $ 8,627  

Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders

  $ 3,780     $ 2,604     $ 1,444     $ 1,478     $ (815   $ 8,491  

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,779     $ 2,603     $ 1,443     $ 1,477     $ (1,283   $ 8,019  

 

(1)

Refer to Business Line Overview on page 42.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

Constant Dollar

International Banking business segment results are analyzed on a constant dollar basis which is a non-GAAP measure. Under the constant dollar basis, prior period amounts are recalculated using current period average foreign currency rates. The following table presents the reconciliation between reported, adjusted and constant dollar results for International Banking for prior periods. The Bank believes that constant dollar is useful for readers to understand business performance without the impact of foreign currency translation and is used by management to assess the performance of the business segment. The tables below are computed on a basis that is different than the table “Impact of foreign currency translation” in Overview of Performance on page 30.

T5 Reconciliation of International Banking’s reported and adjusted results and constant dollar results

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2024(1)  
(Taxable equivalent basis)   Reported
results
    Foreign
exchange
    Constant
dollar
 

Net interest income

  $ 8,867     $ 11     $ 8,856  

Non-interest income

    2,999       19       2,980  

Total revenue

     11,866        30        11,836  

Provision for credit losses

    2,285       (8     2,293  

Non-interest expenses

    6,170       49       6,121  

Income tax expense

    705       1       704  

Net Income

  $ 2,706     $ (12   $ 2,718  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

  $ 125     $ (3   $ 128  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 2,581     $ (9   $ 2,590  

Other measures

     

Average assets ($ billions)

  $ 231     $ (1   $ 232  

Average liabilities ($ billions)

  $ 179     $ 1     $ 178  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 23


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2024(1)  
(Taxable equivalent basis)   Adjusted
results
    Foreign
exchange
    Constant
dollar
adjusted
 

Net interest income

  $ 8,867     $ 11     $ 8,856  

Non-interest income

    2,999        19       2,980  

Total revenue

     11,866       30        11,836  

Provision for credit losses

    2,285       (8     2,293  

Non-interest expenses

    6,138       49       6,089  

Income tax expense

    714       1       713  

Net Income

  $ 2,729     $ (12   $ 2,741  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest in subsidiaries

  $ 125     $ (3   $ 128  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 2,604     $ (9   $ 2,613  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

Earning and non-earning assets, core earning assets, core net interest income and net interest margin

Net interest margin

Net interest margin is a non-GAAP ratio that is used to measure the return generated by the Bank’s core earning assets, net of the cost of funding. Net interest margin is calculated as core net interest income divided by average core earning assets. Management uses net interest margin to measure profitability and how efficiently the Bank earns income from its core earning assets relative to the cost of funding those assets.

Components of net interest margin are defined below:

Earning assets

Earning assets are defined as income generating assets which include deposits with financial institutions, trading assets, investment securities, investments in associates, securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, loans net of allowances, and customers’ liability under acceptances. This is a non-GAAP measure.

Non-earning assets

Non-earning assets are defined as cash, precious metals, derivative financial instruments, property and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, deferred tax assets and other assets. This is a non-GAAP measure.

Core earning assets

Core earning assets are defined as interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions, investment securities and loans, net of allowances. This is a non-GAAP measure. The Bank believes that this measure is useful for readers as it presents the main interest-generating assets and eliminates the impact of trading businesses.

Core net interest income

Core net interest income is defined as net interest income earned from core earning assets. This is a non-GAAP measure.

T6 Calculation of net interest margin

Consolidated Bank

 

 
For the year ended October 31 (Unaudited) ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Average total assets - Reported(1)

  $  1,465,278     $ 1,419,284  

Less: Non-earning assets

    115,718       108,110  

Average total earning assets(1)

  $ 1,349,560     $  1,311,174  

Less:

     

Trading assets

    153,283       146,307  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     

and securities borrowed

    209,261       193,090  

Other deductions

    35,149       53,819  

Average core earning assets(1) (A)

  $ 951,867     $ 917,958  

Net Interest Income - Reported

  $ 21,522     $ 19,252  

Less: Non-core net interest income

    (645     (620

Core net interest income (B)

  $ 22,167     $ 19,872  

Net interest margin (B/A)

    2.33     2.16

 

(1)

Average balances represent the average of daily balances for the period.

 

24 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Canadian Banking

 

 
For the year ended October 31 (Unaudited) ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Average total assets - Reported(2)

  $ 462,670     $ 449,469  

Less: Non-earning assets

    4,697       4,393  

Average total earning assets(2)

  $ 457,973     $  445,076  

Less:

     

Other deductions

    182       16,380  

Average core earning assets(2)

  $  457,791     $ 428,696  

Net Interest Income - Reported

  $ 10,484     $ 10,185  

Less: Non-core net interest income

          2  

Core net interest income

  $ 10,484     $ 10,183  

Net interest margin

    2.29     2.38

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Average balances represent the average of daily balances for the period.

International Banking

 

 
For the year ended October 31 (Unaudited) ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Average total assets - Reported(2)

  $ 226,820     $ 231,456  

Less: Non-earning assets

    13,843       15,949  

Average total earning assets(2)

  $  212,977     $  215,507  

Less:

     

Trading assets

    6,283       6,407  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     

and securities borrowed

    3,763       4,063  

Other deductions

    7,184       6,660  

Average core earning assets(2)

  $ 195,747     $ 198,377  

Net Interest Income - Reported

  $ 8,866     $ 8,867  

Less: Non-core net interest income

    66       123  

Core net interest income

  $ 8,800     $ 8,744  

Net interest margin

    4.50     4.41

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Average balances represent the average of daily balances for the period.

Global Banking and Markets

 

 
For the year ended October 31 (Unaudited) ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Average total assets - Reported(2)

  $  509,263     $ 494,595  

Less: Non-earning assets

    46,594       39,787  

Average total earning assets(2)

  $ 462,669     $  454,808  

Less:

     

Trading assets

    139,466       132,210  

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     

and securities borrowed

    205,499       189,027  

Other deductions

    23,080       32,078  

Average core earning assets(2)

  $ 94,624     $ 101,493  

Net Interest Income - Reported

  $ 1,400     $ 1,102  

Less: Non-core net interest income

    (273     (475

Core net interest income

  $ 1,673     $ 1,577  

Net interest margin

    1.77     1.55

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Average balances represent the average of daily balances for the period.

Return on equity

Return on equity is a profitability measure that presents the net income attributable to common shareholders as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity.

Adjusted return on equity is a non-GAAP ratio which represents adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity.

Attributed capital and operating segment return on equity

The amount of common equity allocated to each operating segment is referred to as attributed capital. The attribution of capital within each operating segment is intended to approximate a percentage of the Basel III common equity capital requirements based on credit, market and operational risks and leverage inherent within each operating segment. Attributed capital is a non-GAAP measure. The Bank attributes capital to its business lines to approximate 11.5% of the Basel III common equity capital requirements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 25


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Return on equity for the operating segments is calculated as a ratio of net income attributable to common shareholders of the operating segment and the capital attributed. This is a non-GAAP measure. Management uses operating segment return on equity to evaluate the performance of its operating segments.

Adjusted return on equity for the operating segments is calculated as a ratio of adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders of the operating segment and the capital attributed. This is a non-GAAP measure.

Return on equity by operating segment

T7 Return on equity by operating segment

 

For the year ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking
    International
Banking
    Global Wealth
Management
    Global Banking
and Markets
    Other     Total  

Reported

           

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,425     $  2,631     $  1,670     $  1,922     $ (2,365 )(1)    $  7,283  

Total average common equity(2)

     21,030        18,061       10,417        14,968         10,529        75,005  

Return on equity

    16.3     14.6        16.0      12.8     nm (3)      9.7

Adjusted(4)

           

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

    3,428       2,651       1,696       1,922       (853 )(1)      8,844  

Return on equity

    16.3     14.7     16.3     12.8     nm (3)      11.8

 

(1)

Includes dividends paid on preferred shares and other equity instruments of $506.

(2)

Average amounts calculated using methods intended to approximate the daily average balances for the period.

(3)

Not meaningful.

(4)

Refer to Table on page 20.

 

For the year ended October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking(1)
    International
Banking(1)
    Global Wealth
Management(1)
    Global Banking
and Markets(1)
    Other(1)     Total  

Reported

           

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

  $ 3,776     $ 2,580     $ 1,417     $ 1,477     $ (1,964 )(2)    $ 7,286  

Total average common equity(3)

     20,585        19,148        10,210        15,342          5,842        71,127  

Return on equity

    18.3     13.5     13.9     9.6     nm (4)      10.2

Adjusted(5)

           

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders

    3,779       2,603       1,443       1,477       (1,283 )(2)      8,019  

Return on equity

    18.4     13.6     14.1     9.6     nm (4)      11.3

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details. 

(2)

Includes dividends paid on preferred shares and other equity instruments of $468.

(3)

Average amounts calculated using methods intended to approximate the daily average balances for the period.

(4)

Not meaningful.

(5)

Refer to Table on page 20.

Return on tangible common equity

Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE) is a profitability measure that is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to common shareholders, adjusted for the amortization of intangibles (excluding software), by average tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is defined as common shareholders’ equity adjusted for goodwill and intangible assets (excluding software), net of deferred taxes. This is a non-GAAP ratio. Management uses ROTCE to assess the Bank’s performance and ability to use its tangible common equity to generate returns.

Adjusted return on tangible common equity represents adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity. This is a non-GAAP ratio.

T8 Return on tangible common equity

 

 
For the years ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Reported

     

Average common equity – reported(1)

  $ 75,005     $  71,127  

Average goodwill(1)(2)

    (9,744     (9,056

Average acquisition-related intangibles (net of deferred tax)(1)

    (3,577     (3,629

Average tangible common equity(1)

  $  61,684     $ 58,442  

Net income attributable to common shareholders – reported

  $ 7,283     $ 7,286  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (after-tax)(3)

    74       52  

Net income attributable to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets (after-tax)

  $ 7,357     $ 7,338  

Return on tangible common equity – reported

    11.9     12.6

Adjusted(3)

     

Adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 8,844     $ 8,019  

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted

    14.3     13.7

 

(1)

Average amounts calculated using methods intended to approximate the daily average balances for the period.

(2)

Includes imputed goodwill from investments in associates.

(3)

Refer to Table on page 20.

 

26 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Adjusted productivity ratio

Adjusted productivity ratio represents adjusted non-interest expenses as a percentage of adjusted total revenue. This is a non-GAAP ratio.

Management uses the productivity ratio as a measure of the Bank’s efficiency. A lower ratio indicates improved productivity.

Adjusted operating leverage

This financial metric measures the rate of growth in adjusted total revenue less the rate of growth in adjusted non-interest expenses. This is a non-GAAP ratio.

Management uses operating leverage as a way to assess the degree to which the Bank can increase operating income by increasing revenue.

Trading-related revenue (Taxable equivalent basis)

Trading-related revenue consists of net interest income and non-interest income. Included are unrealized gains and losses on trading security positions held, realized gains and losses from the purchase and sale of securities, fees and commissions from trading securities borrowing and lending activities, and gains and losses on trading derivatives. Underwriting and other advisory fees, which are shown separately in the Consolidated Statement of Income, are excluded. Trading-related revenue includes certain net interest income and non-interest income items on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). This methodology grosses up tax-exempt income earned on certain securities to an equivalent before tax basis. This is a non-GAAP measure.

Management believes that this basis for measurement of trading-related revenue provides a uniform comparability of net interest income and non-interest income arising from both taxable and non-taxable sources and facilitates a consistent basis of measurement. While other banks also use TEB, their methodology may not be comparable to the Bank’s methodology.

Adjusted effective tax rate

The adjusted effective tax rate is calculated by dividing adjusted income tax expense by adjusted income before taxes. This is a non-GAAP ratio.

Adjusted dividend payout ratio

Adjusted dividend payout ratio is defined as common dividends as a percentage of adjusted net income attributable to common shareholders. The reported net income attributable to common shareholders is adjusted to remove the impact of adjusting items, net of income taxes. This is a non-GAAP measure.

Pre-tax, pre-provision earnings

Pre-tax, pre-provision earnings is a non-GAAP measure and is calculated as the difference between revenues and expenses. The Bank believes this measure to be useful for readers as it measures the Bank’s operating profit before subtracting credit losses and taxes.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 27


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

OVERVIEW OF PERFORMANCE

Financial Results: 2025 vs 2024

Net income was $7,758 million compared to $7,892 million, a decrease of 2%. The decrease was driven primarily by higher non-interest expenses, income taxes and provision for credit losses, partly offset by higher net interest income and non-interest income. Diluted earnings per share (EPS) were $5.67 in fiscal 2025 compared to $5.87 last year. Return on equity was 9.7% this year compared to 10.2% in fiscal 2024.

Adjusting items impacting net income in the current year were a net charge of $1,752 million after-tax ($1,927 million pre-tax). The net impact of the adjusting items on diluted earnings per share was $1.42 and on Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was negative 20 basis points. In the prior year, adjusting items were a net charge of $735 million after-tax ($877 million pre-tax), with an impact on diluted earnings per share of $0.60 and on Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of negative nine basis points. Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20 for further details.

Adjusted net income was $9,510 million compared to $8,627 million, an increase of 10%. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income and non-interest income, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses, income taxes and provision for credit losses. Adjusted diluted EPS was $7.09 compared to $6.47, and adjusted return on equity was 11.8% compared to 11.3%.

Net interest income was $21,522 million compared to $19,252 million, an increase of $2,270 million or 12% due primarily to a higher net interest margin and loan growth inclusive of the conversion of bankers’ acceptances to loans resulting from the cessation of CDOR in June 2024 (“BA conversion”). Higher net interest income was driven by the Other segment due mainly to lower funding costs, as well as increases in Canadian Banking from asset and deposit growth, Global Banking and Markets driven by higher corporate lending margins and deposit growth, and Global Wealth Management from growth in loans and deposits. The net interest margin was 2.33%, an increase of 17 basis points primarily from significantly lower funding costs driven by central bank rate cuts and higher margins in Global Banking and Markets. This was partly offset by lower deposit margins in Canadian Banking, and increased levels of high quality, lower yielding treasury assets.

Non-interest income was $16,219 million, an increase of $1,801 million or 12%. Adjusted non-interest income was $16,209 million, an increase of $1,648 million or 11%. The increase was driven mainly by higher wealth management revenue, trading related revenues, underwriting and advisory fees, and net income from associated corporations, partially offset by lower banking revenues.

The provision for credit losses was $4,714 million compared to $4,051 million last year, an increase of $663 million due mainly to higher provisions on performing loans. The provision for credit losses ratio increased nine basis points to 62 basis points. The provision for credit losses on performing loans increased by $460 million driven by the impact of credit migration, an unfavourable macroeconomic outlook primarily driven by the U.S. tariffs, and business growth, mainly in the International retail portfolio. The increase in provision for credit losses on impaired loans this year was due primarily to higher formations in Canadian Banking.

Non-interest expenses were $22,518 million compared to $19,695 million, an increase of $2,823 million or 14%. Adjusted non-interest expenses were $20,581 million compared to $18,961 million, an increase of $1,620 million or 9%. The increase was mainly driven by higher personnel costs, including performance and share-based compensation, inflationary adjustments and annual increases, higher technology and advertising and business development costs to support strategic and regulatory initiatives, as well as the negative impact of foreign currency translation, partly offset by lower depreciation and amortization. Operating leverage was negative 2.2% on a reported basis and positive 3.0% on an adjusted basis.

The effective tax rate was 26.2% compared to 20.5% due primarily to the impairment loss related to the announced sale of the banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama, lower income in lower tax jurisdictions and the implementation of the Global Minimum Tax (GMT), partially offset by higher non-deductible expenses and the impairment charge on Bank of Xi’an Co in the prior year. On an adjusted basis, the effective tax rate was 23.5% compared to 20.1% primarily due to lower income in lower tax jurisdictions and the implementation of the GMT.

The Basel III Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio was 13.2% as at October 31, 2025, compared to 13.1% last year.

Medium-term financial objectives

The following table provides a summary of our 2025 performance against our medium-term financial objectives:

 

   
      2025 Results  
              Reported      Adjusted(1)  

Diluted earnings per share growth of 7%+

        (3.4)      9.6%  

Return on equity of 14%+

        9.7      11.8%  

Achieve positive operating leverage

        Negative 2.2      Positive 3.0%  

Maintain strong capital ratios

              CET1 capital ratio of 13.2      N/A  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20.

 

Shareholder Returns

 

In fiscal 2025, the total shareholder return on the Bank’s shares was 36%, compared to the total return of the S&P/TSX Composite Index of 29%. The total compound annual shareholder return on the Bank’s shares over the past five years was 17.1%, and 9.6% over the past 10 years. This is below the total annual return of the S&P/TSX Composite Index over the past five years and ten years of 17.7% and 11.7%, respectively.

 

Dividends per share totaled $4.32 for the year, an increase of 1.9% from 2024. The Bank’s target payout range is 40-50%. The dividend payout ratio for the year was 73.7% on a reported basis and 60.7% on an adjusted basis. The Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $1.10 per common share, at its meeting on December 1, 2025. This quarterly dividend applies to shareholders of record at the close of business on January 6, 2026, and is payable January 28, 2026.

       

C1   Closing common share price as
at October 31

 

 

 

 

 

     LOGO

 

28 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Overview of Performance

 

T9 Shareholder returns

 

 
For the years ended October 31    2025      2024  

Closing market price per common share ($)

     91.99        71.69  

Dividends paid ($ per share)

     4.32        4.24  

Dividend yield (%)(1)

     5.6        6.5  

Increase (decrease) in share price (%)

     28.3        27.7  

Total annual shareholder return (%)(1)

     35.7        35.9  

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

 

Significant Developments

Investment in KeyCorp

On December 27, 2024, the Bank completed its acquisition of an approximate ownership interest of 14.9% or 163 million shares in KeyCorp. The acquisition was completed in two stages – an initial investment of 4.9% (Initial Investment) on August 30, 2024, and an additional investment of approximately 10% (Additional Investment) on December 27, 2024. The acquisition was completed through all-cash purchases of newly issued voting common shares, at a fixed price of U.S.$17.17 per share, resulting in total cash consideration paid of approximately U.S.$2.8 billion ($4.1 billion). Following completion of the Additional Investment, the Bank designated two individuals to serve on KeyCorp’s Board of Directors.

Effective December 27, 2024, the combined 14.9% investment was accounted for as an investment in associate as the Bank has significant influence over KeyCorp as defined under IFRS, given its board representation and ownership interest. The Initial Investment of 4.9% previously accounted for at fair value through other comprehensive income was derecognized and included in the cost base of the investment in associate in Q1 2025. The difference between the fixed transaction price and the quoted share price of KeyCorp on the date of Additional Investment (U.S.$17.20) was recognized as a gain in non-interest income – other in Q1 2025, with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment in associate. The carrying amount of the investment in associate upon closing was U.S.$2.8 billion ($4.1 billion), and represents the Bank’s share of KeyCorp’s net assets, adjusted for goodwill and other intangibles. The total impact to the Bank’s common equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio from the transaction was a decrease of approximately 49 basis points.

For the three and twelve months ended October 31, 2025, $117 million ($111 million after-tax) and $362 million ($338 million after-tax), respectively, was recorded in net income from investments in associated corporations, representing the Bank’s share of KeyCorp’s financial results.

Sale of banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama

On January 6, 2025, the Bank entered into an agreement with Davivienda to sell its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama in exchange for an approximately 20% ownership stake in the newly combined entity of Davivienda. The Bank’s ownership will consist of 14.99% voting common shares and the remainder in non-voting preferred shares.

On the date of the agreement, the Bank’s operations that are part of this transaction were classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 and an impairment loss of $1,362 million ($1,355 million after-tax) was recorded in non-interest expenses – other within the Other operating segment, representing the write-down of goodwill ($589 million), intangibles ($151 million), property and equipment ($290 million) and the remaining in other assets.

As of October 31, 2025, the Bank has recognized a total impairment loss of $1,422 million in non-interest expense and a credit of $45 million in non-interest income (collectively $1,342 million after-tax). The loss was recorded in the Other operating segment. The held for sale operations included total assets of $24 billion and total liabilities of $22 billion, consisting primarily of loans and deposits, and the total cumulative foreign currency translation losses, net of hedges was $249 million.

The total impact of the transaction to the Bank’s CET1 capital ratio was a decrease of approximately 13 basis points as of October 31, 2025.

On December 1, 2025, the Bank completed the sale of its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama to Davivienda Group upon receiving all regulatory approvals and satisfying all customary closing conditions. Following the closing date, the Bank’s investment will be accounted for as an investment in associate since the Bank has significant influence over Davivienda’s combined operations as defined under IFRS, given its board representation and ownership interest. Additionally, total assets and liabilities will be derecognized and the Bank is expected to record a loss in Q1 2026 of approximately $300 million after-tax in the Other segment, primarily relating to the release of cumulative foreign currency translation losses, net of hedges.

The CET1 ratio for Q1 2026 is expected to benefit by approximately 10 basis points, primarily from the reduction in risk-weighted assets, net of the Davivienda Investment.

Strategy, Economic Summary and Outlook

Strategy

The Bank’s strategic vision is to be our clients’ most trusted financial partner and deliver sustainable, profitable growth. Our vision is driven by four strategic pillars:

 

  (i)

Grow and scale in priority businesses, leveraging connectivity across North America and optimizing capital in lower return businesses.

 

  (ii)

Earn more primary clients to build deeper, more meaningful relationships with a focus on value over volume.

 

  (iii)

Focus on making it easier for our clients to do business with us and improving experiences, while streamlining and digitizing processes.

 

  (iv)

Win as one team by bringing the whole bank to our clients, while building and strengthening our culture where all employees can thrive.

Our strategy is underpinned by strong risk management practices to keep our bank and our clients safe, and a robust balance sheet that provides flexibility and growth opportunities across changing market conditions.

Economic Summary

The global economic landscape continues to be shaped by developments in U.S. trade policy. While there is now a better sense of the tariff landscape, there remains much uncertainty about how these changes in trade policy will impact economies and financial markets. There is accumulating evidence that these policies and the associated uncertainty are weighing more heavily on the U.S. than on many other countries. In many countries fiscal packages will dampen but not eliminate the macroeconomic consequences of the tariffs on the U.S. and its trading partners.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 29


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The U.S. Federal Reserve is expected to lower its policy rate through the first half of 2026. Though inflation remains elevated, there are clear signs of a slowdown in the non-technological sectors of the U.S. economy. The labour market is softening and there are rising indications of economic damage in the goods sector of the U.S. economy even though this weakness is masked by rapid investments in the technology sector. This sluggishness suggests the Federal Reserve will lower interest rates by another 100 basis points in coming months. The U.S. will nevertheless maintain a significantly tighter stance relative to other central banks as the U.S. economy adapts to a higher tariff and inflation environment. Restrictive monetary policy and uncertainty surrounding the impact of tariffs are leading to modest growth this year before the economy benefits from some fiscal support next year. The economy is expected to grow by 1.9% in 2025 and 1.6% in 2026.

U.S. trade policy is also significantly impacting Canada. The direct impact of the tariffs on Canadian goods, the uncertainty caused by U.S. policies and the indirect impacts on Canada of a weaker U.S. economy will weigh on growth this year and next. Policy measures announced by the Federal government are likely to provide some offset to the headwinds coming from the U.S. economy, notably as they relate to private investment. This should lead to growth of 1.4% next year, stronger than the 1.2% expected in 2025. There are upside risks to this forecast if, as expected, additional measures are announced as part of the Federal government’s plan to transform the economy. Given that inflation remains above the Bank of Canada’s target, we anticipate the Bank of Canada will remain on hold through the first half of 2026 and subsequently raise its policy rate by 50 basis points by the end of next year.

Latin American economies are moving at different speeds, faced with divergent performances at home and varying impacts from developments in the global economy. Mexico’s economy, already facing weak domestic demand, has been further weighed by U.S. tariffs and softer growth stateside that leave it on track for only a marginal expansion in 2025 and weak growth in 2026. The country’s central bank has also used up most of its easing space, leaving Mexican households and businesses with little additional policy support. Peru’s economy continues to exceed expectations with strong growth and low inflation, as the country mostly benefits from strong copper and gold prices boosting export revenues. Growth should remain firm next year despite some uncertainty and headwinds associated with April elections. Chile has also not faced a significant direct impact from U.S. tariffs, with domestic conditions remaining firm thanks to positive investment trends. The result of December’s second round presidential election vote remains uncertain – with important implications for 2026’s economic performance. In the Caribbean, Jamaican and Dominican Republic economic activity will be affected by the impacts of Hurricane Melissa which caused significant damage in both countries. Jamaica was more heavily impacted by the hurricane and rebuilding efforts will be substantial. This should eventually lead to a strong rebound in activity, but the near-term consequences of the hurricane will weigh on the outlook.

Outlook

The Bank expects to generate strong earnings growth in 2026. Strong revenue growth, excluding the impact of divestitures, is underpinned by growth in both net interest income and non-interest revenue. Higher net interest income is expected to be driven by both loan and deposit growth and net interest margin expansion. Non-interest revenue is expected to grow across all business segments. Earnings are expected to also benefit from lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by the impact of a higher tax rate. The Bank expects modest expense growth, excluding the impact of divestitures, as technology spend to strengthen and strategically grow the Bank will be partly offset by the benefit from productivity initiatives. The Bank is expected to generate positive operating leverage. The capital and liquidity metrics are expected to remain strong in 2026.

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation

The impact of foreign currency translation on net income is shown in the table below.

T10 Impact of foreign currency translation

 

 
     2025      2024  
For the fiscal years    Average
exchange rate
     % Change      Average
exchange rate
    % Change  

U.S. Dollar/Canadian Dollar

     0.714        (2.9 )%       0.735       (0.9 )% 

Mexican Peso/Canadian Dollar

     13.950        6.6      13.091       (2.5 )% 

Peruvian Sol/Canadian Dollar

     2.593        (5.9 )%       2.757       (1.1 )% 

Colombian Peso/Canadian Dollar

     2,964.017        0.7      2,943.081       (11.1 )% 

Chilean Peso/Canadian Dollar

     685.697        0.5      682.082       9.2

 

 
Impact on net income(1) ($ millions except EPS)   

2025

vs. 2024

     2024
vs. 2023
 

Net interest income

   $ (11    $ (31

Non-interest income(2)

     (70      243  

Non-interest expenses

     (45      (70

Other items (net of tax)(2)

     41        (56

Net income

   $ (85    $ 86  

Earnings per share (diluted)

   $   (0.07    $   0.07  

Impact by business line ($ millions)(3)

       

Canadian Banking

   $ 4      $ 2  

International Banking(2)

     1        90  

Global Wealth Management

     (2       

Global Banking and Markets

     24        5  

Other(2)

     (112      (11
     $ (85    $ 86  

 

(1)

Includes impact of all currencies.

(2)

Includes the impact of foreign currency hedges.

(3)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

 

30 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Overview of Performance

 

Impact of Closed Divestitures

On January 6, 2025, the Bank announced the sale of its banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama to Davivienda Group. The sale was completed on December 1, 2025 upon receiving all regulatory approvals and satisfying all customary closing conditions. In addition, on February 28, 2025, the Bank completed the sale of CrediScotia Financiera S.A. (Peru), which was announced in fiscal 2024. The table below reflects the earnings impact of these operations in the current and prior fiscal year. For further details on divestitures, refer to Note 35 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

T11 Impact of divested operations

 

 
($ millions)    2025      2024  

Net interest income

   $   1,055      $   1,169  

Non-interest income

     568        596  

Total revenue

     1,623        1,765  

Provision for credit losses

     473        742  

Non-interest expenses

     1,009        1,113  

Income before taxes

     141        (90

Income tax expense (recovery)

     56        (29

Net income (loss)

   $ 85      $ (61

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)

     11        (49

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders - relating to divested operations

   $ 74      $ (12

Average Loans ($ billions)

     18        18  

Average Deposits ($ billions)

   $ 18      $ 17  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 31


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

T12 Group financial performance

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Reported Results

       

Net interest income

   $  21,522      $  19,252  

Non-interest income

     16,219        14,418  

Total revenue

     37,741        33,670  

Provision for credit losses

     4,714        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

     22,518        19,695  

Income before taxes

     10,509        9,924  

Income tax expense

     2,751        2,032  

Net income

   $ 7,758      $ 7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

   $ (31    $ 134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

   $ 7,789      $ 7,758  
 

Other Financial Data and Measures

       

Return on Equity(1)

     9.7      10.2

Net interest margin(2)

     2.33      2.16

Effective tax rate(1)

     26.2      20.5

Provision for credit losses – performing (Stage 1 and 2)

   $ 581      $ 121  

Provision for credit losses – impaired (Stage 3)

   $ 4,133      $ 3,930  

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)

     0.62      0.53

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)

     0.54      0.52

Net write-offs as percentage of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)

     0.50      0.46

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

T12A  Adjusted Group financial performance(1)

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Adjusted Results

       

Net interest income

   $  21,522      $  19,252  

Non-interest income

     16,209        14,561  

Total revenue

     37,731        33,813  

Provision for credit losses

     4,714        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

     20,581        18,961  

Income before taxes

     12,436        10,801  

Income tax expense

     2,926        2,174  

Net income

   $ 9,510      $ 8,627  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

   $ 160      $ 136  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

   $ 9,350      $ 8,491  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

Net Income

Net income was $7,758 million compared to $7,892 million, a decrease of 2%. The decrease was driven primarily by higher non-interest expenses, income taxes and provision for credit losses, partly offset by higher net interest income and non-interest income.

Adjusted net income was $9,510 million compared to $8,627 million, an increase of 10%. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income and non-interest income, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses, income taxes and provision for credit losses.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $21,522 million compared to $19,252 million, an increase of $2,270 million or 12% due primarily to a higher net interest margin, and loan growth inclusive of the conversion of bankers’ acceptances to loans resulting from the cessation of CDOR in June 2024 (“BA conversion”). Higher net interest income was driven by the Other segment due mainly to lower funding costs, as well as increases in Canadian Banking from asset and deposit growth, Global Banking and Markets driven by higher contribution from capital market activities, higher corporate lending margins and deposit growth and Global Wealth Management from strong loan growth, and higher margins and growth in deposits.

The net interest margin was 2.33%, an increase of 17 basis points primarily from significantly lower funding costs driven by central bank rate cuts and higher margins in Global Banking and Markets. This was partly offset by lower deposit margins in Canadian Banking, and increased levels of high quality, lower yielding treasury assets.

 

32 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Performance

 

T13 Average balance sheet(1) and net interest income

 

 
     2025      2024  
   
For the fiscal years ($ billions)    Average
balance
     Interest      Average
rate
     Average
balance
     Interest      Average
rate
 

Assets

                   

Deposits with financial institutions

   $ 67.9      $ 2.6        3.77    $ 64.5      $ 3.1        4.79

Trading assets

     153.3        1.1        0.73      146.3        1.7        1.13

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

     209.3        2.8        1.34      193.1        1.6        0.83

Investment securities

     157.2        6.8        4.34      147.6        7.5        5.09

Loans:

                   

Residential mortgages

     359.0        15.8        4.40      343.6        16.0        4.67

Personal loans

     107.4        8.2        7.64      105.5        8.8        8.32

Credit cards

     17.5        3.2        18.18      17.3        3.2        18.53

Business and government

     285.0        17.1        6.00      289.9        19.8        6.82

Allowance for credit losses

     (7.1                        (6.6                  

Total loans

   $ 761.8      $ 44.3        5.81    $ 749.7      $ 47.8        6.38

Customers’ liability under acceptances

     0.1                          10.0                    

Total average earning assets(2)

   $ 1,349.6      $ 57.6        4.27    $ 1,311.2      $ 61.7        4.70

Other assets

     115.7                          108.1                    

Total average assets

   $ 1,465.3      $ 57.6        3.93    $ 1,419.3      $ 61.7        4.34

Liabilities and equity

                   

Deposits:

                   

Personal

   $ 299.9      $ 7.9        2.65    $ 292.4      $ 9.5        3.25

Business and government

     619.0        24.1        3.89      610.2        28.2        4.63

Financial institutions

     43.0        1.4        3.28      49.1        1.8        3.58

Total deposits

   $ 961.9      $ 33.4        3.47    $ 951.7      $ 39.5        4.15

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

     208.9        0.6        0.28      176.2        0.7        0.40

Subordinated debentures

     7.8        0.4        4.93      8.5        0.5        5.74

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     70.6        1.7        2.38      73.0        1.7        2.37

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 1,249.2      $  36.1        2.89    $ 1,209.4      $ 42.4        3.51

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

     40.8                33.5        

Other liabilities including acceptances

     89.5                94.9        

Equity(3)

     85.8                          81.5                    

Total liabilities and equity

   $  1,465.3      $ 36.1        2.46    $  1,419.3      $ 42.4        2.99

Net interest income

            $ 21.5                        $  19.3           

 

(1)

Average of daily balances.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on Page 20.

(3)

Includes non-controlling interest of $1.7 (2024 – $1.7).

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 33


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Non-Interest Income

T14 Non-interest income

 

   
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024      2025
versus
2024
 

Banking

            

Card revenues

   $ 892      $ 869        3

Banking services fees

     1,997        1,955        2  

Credit fees

     1,249        1,585        (21

Total banking revenues

   $ 4,138      $ 4,409        (6 )% 

Wealth management

            

Mutual funds

   $ 2,564      $ 2,282        12

Brokerage fees

     1,436        1,251        15  

Investment management and trust

            

Investment management and custody

     902        840        7  

Personal and corporate trust

     260        256        2  
     1,162        1,096        6  

Total wealth management revenues

   $ 5,162      $ 4,629        12

Underwriting and advisory fees

     964        702        37  

Non-trading foreign exchange

     948        930        2  

Trading revenues

     1,984        1,634        21  

Net gain on sale of investment securities

     71        48        48  

Net income from investments in associated corporations

     608        198        207  

Insurance service results

     485        470        3  

Other fees and commissions

     1,653        1,247        33  

Other

     206        151        36  

Total non-interest income

   $ 16,219      $ 14,418        12

Non-GAAP Adjusting items(1)

            

Divestitures and wind-down of operations(2)

     (36      143       

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets(3)

     26                  

Adjusted non-interest income(1)

   $  16,209      $  14,561        11

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20.

(2)

Recorded in Other Non-interest Income.

(3)

Recorded in net income from investments in associated corporations.

 

C2

Sources of non-interest income in 2025

 

 

LOGO

 

Non-interest income was $16,219 million, an increase of $1,801 million or 12%. Adjusted non-interest income was $16,209 million, an increase of $1,648 million or 11%. The increase was driven mainly by higher wealth management revenue, trading related revenues, underwriting and advisory fees, and net income from associated corporations, partially offset by lower banking revenues.

Wealth management revenues increased $533 million or 12% from higher mutual fund revenues, brokerage fees, and investment management and trust revenues.

Net income from investments in associated corporations increased $436 million or 220%, primarily related to the KeyCorp investment.

Other fee and commissions revenue increased $406 million or 33%, due mainly to higher volume of securities borrowing and lending activities.

Underwriting and advisory fees increased $262 million or 37%, due mainly to higher new issuance activities in equity and debt capital markets.

Trading revenues increased $350 million or 21%, due mainly to higher client-driven trading activity in Global Banking and Markets related to fixed income and currency trading, net of lower equities trading, as well as higher trading revenues in International Banking.

Banking revenues decreased $271 million or 6%, due mainly to lower credit fees from banker’s acceptances, partly offset by higher deposit and payment services fees and higher card revenues.

 

34 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Performance

 

T15 Trading-related revenues(1)

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024(2)  

Trading-related revenue (TEB)(3)

       

Net interest income

   $ (3    $ (252

Non-interest income

       

Trading revenues

     1,984        1,686  

Other fees and commissions

     1,006        613  

Total trading-related revenue (TEB)

   $ 2,987      $ 2,047  

Taxable equivalent adjustment

            (52

Trading-related revenue (Non-TEB)

   $  2,987      $  1,995  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Trading-related revenue consists of net interest income and non-interest income. Included are unrealized gains and losses on trading security positions held, realized gains and losses from the purchase and sale of trading securities, fees and commissions from securities borrowing and lending activities, and gains and losses on trading derivatives. Underwriting and other advisory fees, which are shown separately in the Consolidated Statement of Income, are excluded.

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses was $4,714 million compared to $4,051 million, an increase of $663 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was 62 basis points compared to 53 basis points. This was due mainly to higher provisions on performing loans, primarily in the Canadian Banking and International Banking portfolios, as well as impaired loans mainly in Canadian Banking.

The provision for credit losses on performing loans was $581 million compared to $121 million. The provision increased by $460 million driven by the impact of credit migration, an unfavourable macroeconomic outlook primarily driven by the U.S. tariffs, as well as business growth, mainly in the International retail portfolio.

The provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $4,133 million compared to $3,930 million. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was 54 basis points compared to 52 basis points. The increase in provision this year was due primarily to higher formations in Canadian Banking.

T16 Provision for credit losses by business line

 

 
    2025     2024  
   
For the fiscal years ($ millions)   Performing
(Stage 1 and 2)
    Impaired
(Stage 3)
    Total     Performing
(Stage 1 and 2)
    Impaired
(Stage 3)
    Total  

Canadian Banking

             

Retail

  $  291     $  1,419     $  1,710     $ 109     $ 1,257     $ 1,366  

Commercial

    108       475       583       18       307       325  

Total

    399       1,894       2,293       127       1,564       1,691  

International Banking

             

Retail

    66       1,872       1,938        (138     2,040       1,902  

Commercial

    62       308       370       89       297       386  

Total

    128       2,180       2,308       (49     2,337       2,288  

Global Wealth Management

    9       5       14       3       24       27  

Global Banking and Markets

    43       54       97       43       5       48  

Other

    1             1                    

Provision for credit losses on loans, acceptances and off-balance sheet exposures

  $ 580     $ 4,133     $ 4,713     $ 124     $  3,930     $  4,054  

International Banking

  $ 1     $     $ 1     $ (3   $     $ (3

Global Wealth Management

                                   

Global Banking and Markets

                      (1           (1

Other

                      1             1  

Provision for credit losses on debt securities and deposits with banks

  $ 1     $     $ 1     $ (3   $     $ (3

Total provision for credit losses

  $ 581     $ 4,133     $ 4,714     $ 121     $ 3,930     $ 4,051  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 35


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T16A  Provision for credit losses against impaired financial instruments by business line

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Canadian Banking

                         

Retail

   $ 1,419      $  1,257  

Commercial

     475        307  
   $ 1,894      $ 1,564  

International Banking

       

Caribbean and Central America

   $ 212      $ 194  

Latin America

       

Mexico

     489        404  

Peru

     392        554  

Chile

     639        587  

Colombia

     392        532  

Other Latin America

     56        66  

Total Latin America

     1,968        2,143  
   $ 2,180      $ 2,337  

Global Wealth Management

   $ 5      $ 24  

Global Banking and Markets

       

Canada

   $ 12      $ (12

U.S.

     44        24  

Asia and Europe

     (2      (7
   $ 54      $ 5  

Total

   $ 4,133      $ 3,930  

T17 Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(1)(2)

 

 
For the fiscal years (%)    2025      2024  

Canadian Banking

                         

Retail

     0.47      0.39

Commercial

     0.62        0.35  
     0.50        0.38  

International Banking

       

Retail

     2.40        2.42  

Commercial

     0.45        0.44  
     1.41        1.37  

Global Wealth Management

     0.05        0.11  

Global Banking and Markets

     0.08        0.04  

Provisions against impaired loans

     0.54        0.52  

Provisions against performing loans

     0.08        0.01  

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances

     0.62      0.53

 

(1)

Includes provision for credit losses on certain financial assets - loans, acceptances, and off-balance sheet exposures.

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

T18 Net write-offs(1) as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(2)

 

 
For the fiscal years (%)    2025      2024  

Canadian Banking

                         

Retail

     0.38      0.34

Commercial

     0.41        0.26  
     0.38        0.32  

International Banking

       

Retail

     2.21        2.43  

Commercial

     0.22        0.20  
     1.21        1.25  

Global Wealth Management

     0.03        0.05  

Global Banking and Markets

     0.06         

Total

     0.50      0.46
                   

 

(1)

Write-offs net of recoveries.

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

36 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Performance

 

Non-Interest Expenses

T19 Non-interest expenses and productivity

 

   
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024      2025
versus
2024
 

Salaries and employee benefits

            

Salaries

   $ 6,040      $ 5,663        7

Performance-based compensation

     2,591        2,170        19  

Share-based payments

     407        371        10  

Other employee benefits

     1,786        1,651        8  
   $ 10,824      $ 9,855        10

Premises and technology

            

Premises

     558        571        (2

Technology

     2,739        2,325        18  
   $ 3,297      $ 2,896        14

Depreciation and amortization

            

Depreciation

     683        730        (6

Amortization of intangible assets

     921        1,030        (11
   $ 1,604      $ 1,760        (9 )% 
            

Communications

   $ 384      $ 381        1
            

Advertising and business development

   $ 672      $ 614        9
            

Professional

   $ 880      $ 793        11
            

Business and capital taxes

            

Business taxes

     626        617        1  

Capital taxes

     82        65        26  
   $ 708      $ 682        4

Other

   $ 4,149      $ 2,714        53
            

Total non-interest expenses

   $ 22,518      $  19,695        14

Non-GAAP adjusting items(1):

            

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

     (1,422      7       

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

     (373      (53     

Legal provision

     (74      (176     

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

     (68      (72     

Impairment of non-financial assets

            (440         
     (1,937      (734     

Recorded in:

            

Salaries and employee benefits

     (54      (46     

Depreciation and amortization

     (78      (169     

Professional

     (34            

Other

     (1,771      (519         
     (1,937      (734         

Adjusted non-interest expenses(1)

   $  20,581      $ 18,961        9

Productivity ratio(2)

     59.7      58.5   

Adjusted productivity ratio(1)

     54.5      56.1   

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

C3

Non-interest expenses $ millions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C4

Direct and indirect taxes $ millions

 

 

LOGO

 

Non-interest expenses were $22,518 million compared to $19,695 million, an increase of $2,823 million or 14%. Included in non-interest expenses is an impairment loss of $1,422 million related to the announced sale of the banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama, restructuring charge and severance provisions of $373 million and legal provisions of $74 million.

Adjusted non-interest expenses were $20,581 million compared to $18,961 million, an increase of $1,620 million or 9%. The increase was mainly driven by higher personnel costs, including performance and share-based compensation, inflationary adjustments and annual increases, higher technology and advertising and business development costs to support strategic and regulatory initiatives, as well as the negative impact of foreign currency translation, partly offset by lower depreciation and amortization.

The technology costs reflect the Bank’s medium-term commitment to modernize and scale data and analytics capabilities, cloud migration, and end-to-end digitization, as well as continued investment in core foundational enterprise security and architecture.

The productivity ratio was 59.7% compared to 58.5%. The adjusted productivity ratio was 54.5% compared to 56.1%. Operating leverage was negative 2.2% on a reported basis and positive 3.0% on an adjusted basis.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate was 26.2% compared to 20.5% due primarily to the impairment loss related to the announced sale of the banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama, lower income in lower tax jurisdictions and the implementation of the Global Minimum Tax (GMT), partially offset by higher non-deductible expenses and the impairment charge on Bank of Xi’an Co in the prior year. On an adjusted basis, the effective tax rate was 23.5% compared to 20.1% primarily due to lower income in lower tax jurisdictions and the implementation of the GMT.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 37


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Fourth Quarter Review

T20 Fourth quarter financial results

 

    For the three months ended  
($ millions)   October 31
2025
    July 31
2025
    October 31
2024
 

Reported Results

     

Net interest income

  $ 5,586     $ 5,493     $ 4,923  

Non-interest income

    4,217       3,993       3,603  

Total revenue

    9,803       9,486       8,526  

Provision for credit losses

    1,113       1,041       1,030  

Non-interest expenses

    5,828       5,089       5,296  

Income tax expense

    656       829       511  

Net income

  $ 2,206     $ 2,527     $ 1,689  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

    (13     80       47  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 2,219     $ 2,447     $ 1,642  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

    115       134       121  

Common shareholders

    2,104       2,313       1,521  

Adjustments(1)

     

Adjusting items impacting non-interest income and total revenue (Pre-tax)

     

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

  $ (45   $     $  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    9       8        

Total non-interest income adjusting items (Pre-tax)

    (36     8        

Adjusting items impacting non-interest expenses (Pre-tax)

     

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

    57       (23      

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

    373             53  

Legal provision

    74              

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    16       17       19  

Impairment of non-financial assets

                440  

Total non-interest expense adjusting items (Pre-tax)

    520       (6     512  

Total impact of adjusting items on net income before taxes

    484       2       512  

Impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

     

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

    (4     (6      

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

    (103           (15

Legal provision

    (20            

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    (5     (5     (6

Impairment of non-financial assets

                (61

Total impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

    (132     (11     (82

Total impact of adjusting items on net income

    352       (9     430  

Impact of adjusting items on NCI

    (53     37        

Total impact of adjusting items on net income attributable to equity holders

  $ 299     $ 28     $ 430  

Adjusted Results

     

Adjusted net interest income

  $  5,586     $  5,493     $  4,923  

Adjusted non-interest income

    4,181       4,001       3,603  

Adjusted total revenue

    9,767       9,494       8,526  

Adjusted provision for credit losses

    1,113       1,041       1,030  

Adjusted non-interest expenses

    5,308       5,095       4,784  

Adjusted income tax expense

    788       840       593  

Adjusted net income

  $ 2,558     $ 2,518     $ 2,119  

Adjusted net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

    40       43       47  

Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 2,518     $ 2,475     $ 2,072  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

    115       134       121  

Common shareholders

    2,403       2,341       1,951  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

 

38 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Performance

 

Net income

Q4 2025 vs Q4 2024

Net income was $2,206 million compared to $1,689 million, an increase of 31%. Adjusted net income also increased 21% from $2,119 million to $2,558 million. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income and non-interest income, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses and income taxes.

Q4 2025 vs Q3 2025

Net income was $2,206 million compared to $2,527 million, a decrease of 13%. The decrease was driven primarily by higher non-interest expenses from the restructuring charge, partly offset by lower income taxes and higher net interest income and non-interest income. Adjusted net income was $2,558 million compared to $2,518 million, an increase of 2%. The increase was driven primarily by higher net interest income, non-interest income and lower income taxes, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses and provision for credit losses.

Total revenue

Q4 2025 vs Q4 2024

Revenues were $9,803 million compared to $8,526 million, an increase of 15%.

Net interest income was $5,586 million compared to $4,923 million, an increase of $663 million or 13%. The increase was due primarily to a higher net interest margin, loan growth and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. The net interest margin was 2.40%, an increase of 25 basis points mainly from significantly lower funding costs driven by central bank rate cuts, and higher margins in International Banking and Global Banking and Markets.

Non-interest income was $4,217 million, an increase of $614 million or 17%. Adjusted non-interest income was $4,181 million, an increase of $578 million or 16%. The increase was due mainly to higher income from associated corporations primarily related to the KeyCorp investment, as well as higher wealth management revenues, underwriting and advisory fees, trading-related revenues, and banking fees.

Q4 2025 vs Q3 2025

Revenues were $9,803 million compared to $9,486 million, an increase of 3%.

Net interest income increased $93 million or 2%, due primarily to a higher net interest margin, and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. The net interest margin increased four basis points, mainly driven by higher business line margins.

Non-interest income increased $224 million or 6%. Adjusted non-interest income was up $180 million or 4%. The increase was due mainly to higher wealth management revenues, other fee and commission revenues, and underwriting and advisory fees.

Provision for credit losses

Q4 2025 vs Q4 2024

The provision for credit losses was $1,113 million compared to $1,030 million, an increase of $83 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was 58 basis points compared to 54 basis points.

Provision for credit losses on performing loans was $71 million compared to a reversal of $13 million. The provision this period was primarily related to business growth, mainly in the International retail portfolio, as well as credit migration impacting Canadian Banking and Corporate loan book, partly offset by the impact of the improving macroeconomic outlook.

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $1,042 million compared to $1,043 million. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was 54 basis points compared to 55 basis points. The decrease was due primarily to lower provisions in the retail portfolio, partly offset by higher provisions in the Canadian commercial portfolio.

Q4 2025 vs Q3 2025

The provision for credit losses was $1,113 million compared to $1,041 million, an increase of $72 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was 58 basis points compared to 55 basis points.

Provision for credit losses on performing loans was $71 million compared to $66 million. The provision this period was primarily related to business growth, mainly in the International retail portfolio, as well as credit migration impacting Canadian Banking and Corporate loan book, partly offset by the impact of the improving macroeconomic outlook.

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $1,042 million compared to $975 million, an increase of $67 million or 7% mainly in retail. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was 54 basis points compared to 51 basis points.

Non-interest expenses

Q4 2025 vs Q4 2024

Non-interest expenses were $5,828 million compared to $5,296 million, an increase of $532 million or 10%. Adjusted non-interest expenses were $5,308 million compared to $4,784 million, an increase of $524 million or 11%, driven mainly by higher personnel costs, including performance-based compensation, higher technology and advertising and business development costs to support strategic and regulatory initiatives, as well as the negative impact of foreign currency translation.

The productivity ratio was 59.4% compared to 62.1%. The adjusted productivity ratio was 54.3% compared to 56.1%. Year-to-date operating leverage was negative 2.2% and positive 3.0% on adjusted basis.

Q4 2025 vs Q3 2025

Non-interest expenses were up $739 million or 14%. Adjusted non-interest expenses were $5,308 million, an increase of $213 million or 4%, driven by higher personnel costs, including performance-based compensation, higher technology and advertising and business development costs to support strategic and regulatory initiatives, and the negative impact of foreign currency translation. This was partly offset by lower professional fees and depreciation and amortization.

The productivity ratio was 59.4% compared to 53.7%. The adjusted productivity ratio was 54.3% compared to 53.7%.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 39


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Provision for income taxes

Q4 2025 vs Q4 2024

The effective tax rate was 22.9% compared to 23.2%. On an adjusted basis the effective tax rate was 23.6% compared to 21.8% due primarily to lower income in lower tax jurisdictions and the implementation of the GMT.

Q4 2025 vs Q3 2025

The effective tax rate was 22.9% compared to 24.7% and on an adjusted basis the effective tax rate was 23.6% compared to 25.0% due primarily to higher income in lower tax jurisdictions and withholding taxes paid in the prior quarter.

Trending Analysis

T21 Quarterly financial highlights

 

     For the three months ended  
($ millions)   October 31
2025
    July 31
2025
    April 30
2025
    January 31
2025
    October 31
2024
    July 31
2024
    April 30
2024
    January 31
2024
 

Reported results

               

Net interest income

  $ 5,586     $ 5,493     $ 5,270     $ 5,173     $ 4,923     $ 4,862     $ 4,694     $ 4,773  

Non-interest income

    4,217       3,993       3,810       4,199       3,603       3,502       3,653       3,660  

Total revenue

  $ 9,803     $ 9,486     $ 9,080     $  9,372     $ 8,526     $ 8,364     $ 8,347     $ 8,433  

Provision for credit losses

    1,113       1,041       1,398       1,162       1,030       1,052       1,007       962  

Non-interest expenses

    5,828       5,089       5,110       6,491       5,296       4,949       4,711       4,739  

Income tax expense

    656       829       540       726       511       451       537       533  

Net income

  $  2,206     $  2,527     $  2,032     $  993     $  1,689     $  1,912     $  2,092     $  2,199  

Basic earnings per share ($)

    1.70       1.84       1.48       0.82       1.23       1.43       1.59       1.70  

Diluted earnings per share ($)

    1.65       1.84       1.48       0.66       1.22       1.41       1.57       1.68  

Net interest margin (%)(1)

    2.40       2.36       2.31       2.23       2.15       2.14       2.17       2.19  

Effective tax rate (%)(2)

    22.9       24.7       21.0       42.2       23.2       19.1       20.4       19.5  

Adjusted results(1)

                 

Adjusting items impacting non-interest income and total revenue (Pre-tax)

                 

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

  $ (45   $     $ 9     $     $     $ 143     $     $  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    9       8       9                                

Total non-interest income and total revenue adjusting items (Pre-tax)

    (36     8       18                   143              

Adjusting items impacting non-interest expenses (Pre-tax)

                 

Divestitures and wind-down of operations

    57       (23     26       1,362             (7            

Restructuring charge and severance provisions

    373                         53                    

Legal provision

    74                               176              

Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets

    16       17       17       18       19       17       18       18  

Impairment of non-financial assets

                            440                    

Total non-interest expenses adjusting items (Pre-tax)

    520       (6     43       1,380       512       186       18       18  

Total impact of adjusting items on net income before taxes

    484       2       61       1,380       512       329       18       18  

Impact of adjusting items on income tax expense

    (132     (11     (21     (11     (82     (50     (5     (5

Total impact of adjusting items on net income

    352       (9     40       1,369       430       279       13       13  

Adjusted net income

  $ 2,558     $ 2,518     $ 2,072     $ 2,362     $ 2,119     $ 2,191     $ 2,105     $ 2,212  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

  $ 1.93     $ 1.88     $ 1.52     $ 1.76     $ 1.57     $ 1.63     $ 1.58     $ 1.69  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

Earnings over the two-year period were driven by higher net interest income and generally higher non-interest income. Provisions for credit losses, non-interest expenses and provisions for income taxes were generally higher. Earnings during this period were impacted by adjusting items.

 

40 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Performance

 

Total revenue

Canadian Banking net interest income over the period has increased, driven by asset and deposit growth and the benefit of the BA conversion. International Banking net interest income is stable with improvements in lending mix and the positive impact from central bank rate decreases. Global Wealth Management fee-based revenues increased during the period from AUM and AUA market appreciation and higher net sales. Global Banking and Markets revenues are affected by market conditions that impact client activity and have trended upwards due to positive market conditions in the capital markets and business banking businesses, supported by higher underwriting and advisory fees. Revenues in the Other segment were impacted by higher term funding costs, and income from associated corporations, both of which have improved in 2025.

Provision for credit losses

Provision for credit losses have trended upward during the period driven by higher performing loans, due primarily to credit quality migration and significant deterioration in the macroeconomic outlook in Canadian Banking, which reflects the continued uncertainty related to U.S. tariffs. The increase in provision for credit losses on impaired loans this year was due primarily to higher formations in the Canadian Banking portfolio.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses for the period reflect the Bank’s continued investment in personnel and technology to support strategy and business growth, as well as the impact of inflation. This was partly offset by expense management and efficiency initiatives. The impact of foreign currency translation also contributed to fluctuations over the period. Non-interest expenses during the period were impacted by adjusting items.

Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate was 22.9% this quarter. The average effective tax rate was 24.1% over the period and was impacted by implementation of the GMT, divestitures, restructuring charge and net income earned in foreign jurisdictions, as well as the variability of tax exempt dividend income and inflationary benefits.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 41


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

BUSINESS LINE OVERVIEW

The Bank’s businesses are grouped into four business lines: Canadian Banking, International Banking, Global Wealth Management and Global Banking and Markets. The Bank’s other smaller operating segments and corporate adjustments are included in the Other segment.

Segment measurement methodologies

Taxable Equivalent Basis

The Bank analyzes revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB) for business lines. This methodology grosses up tax-exempt income earned on certain securities reported in either net interest income or non-interest income to an equivalent before tax basis. It also grosses up net income from associated corporations to normalize the effective tax rate in the business lines. Corresponding increases are made to the provision for income taxes; hence, there is no impact on the segment’s net income. Management believes that this basis for measurement provides a uniform comparability of income arising from both taxable and non-taxable sources and facilitates a consistent basis of measurement. While other banks also use TEB, their methodology may not be comparable to the Bank’s methodology. The elimination of the TEB gross-up is recorded in the Other segment; hence, there is no impact on the consolidated results. Effective January 1, 2024, in line with the provisions of Bill C-59, the Bank no longer claims the dividend received deduction on Canadian shares that are mark-to-market property, which resulted in a lower TEB gross-up.

Constant Dollar Basis

International Banking business segment results are analyzed on a constant dollar basis. Under the constant dollar basis, prior period amounts are recalculated using current period average foreign currency rates thereby eliminating the impact of foreign currency translation. The Bank believes that reporting in constant dollar is useful for readers in assessing ongoing business performance.

Other segment

The Other segment includes Group Treasury, investments in certain associated corporations, and smaller operating segments and corporate items which are not allocated to a business line. Group Treasury is primarily responsible for balance sheet, liquidity and interest rate risk management, which includes the Bank’s wholesale funding activities.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (FTP) is the process by which the Bank prices intra-company borrowing or lending between the business segments and the Other segment. Through consideration of interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures, this process aims to manage these risks through Group Treasury and enables risk-adjusted management reporting of business segment results. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions used in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect customer behaviours, market dynamics and other factors, which may impact the financial results of the business segments.

Changes in business line allocation methodology

Effective the first quarter of 2025, the Bank made voluntary changes to its allocation methodology impacting business segment presentation. The new methodology includes updates related to the Bank’s FTP, head office expense allocations, and allocations between business segments. Prior period results and ratios for each segment have been revised to conform with the current period’s methodology. Further details on the changes are as follows:

 

  1.

FTP methodology was updated, primarily related to the allocation of substantially all liquidity costs to the business lines from the Other segment, reflecting the Bank’s strategic objective to maintain higher liquidity ratios.

 

  2.

Periodically, the Bank updates its allocation methodologies. This includes a comprehensive update to the allocation of head office expenses across countries within International Banking, updates to the allocation of clients and associated revenue, expenses, and balances between International Banking, Global Banking and Markets, and Global Wealth Management to align with the strategy, as well as updates to the allocation of head office expenses and income taxes from the Other segment to the business segments.

 

  3.

To be consistent with the reporting of its recent minority investment in KeyCorp, the Bank has also made changes to the reporting of certain minority investments in International Banking (Bank of Xi’an Co. Ltd.) and Global Wealth Management (Bank of Beijing Scotia Asset Management), which are now reported in the Other segment.

 

42 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Business Line Overview

 

 

 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOR ALL BUSINESS LINES

 

  Management uses a number of key metrics to monitor business line performance:
 

Net income

 

 

    

Return on equity

    

Productivity ratio

    

Provision for credit losses ratio

Below are the results of the Bank’s operating segments for 2025:

T22 Financial performance – Reported

 

 
For the year ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking
    International
Banking
    Global Wealth
Management
    Global Banking
and Markets
    Other      Total  

Net interest income(1)

  $  10,484     $ 8,866     $ 1,025     $ 1,400     $ (253    $  21,522  

Non-interest income(1)

    2,941       3,177       5,403       4,766       (68      16,219  

Total revenue(1)

    13,425        12,043        6,428        6,166       (321      37,741  

Provision for credit losses

    2,293       2,309       14       97       1        4,714  

Non-interest expenses

    6,405       6,164       4,144       3,563       2,242        22,518  

Provision for income taxes(1)

    1,302       781       590       585       (507      2,751  

Net income

  $ 3,425     $ 2,789     $ 1,680     $ 1,921     $  (2,057    $ 7,758  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          158       10       (1     (198      (31

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,425     $ 2,631     $ 1,670     $ 1,922     $ (1,859    $ 7,789  

Return on equity(%)(2)

    16.3     14.6     16.0     12.8     nm        9.7

Total average assets ($ billions)

  $ 463     $ 227     $ 38     $ 509     $ 228      $ 1,465  

Total average liabilities ($ billions)

  $ 382     $ 175     $ 48     $ 520     $ 254      $ 1,379  

 

(1)

Taxable equivalent basis. Refer to Glossary on page 136.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

 

 
For the year ended October 31, 2024 ($ millions)   Canadian
Banking(1)
    International
Banking(1)
    Global Wealth
Management(1)
    Global Banking
and Markets(1)
    Other(1)      Total  

Net interest income(2)

  $ 10,185     $ 8,867     $ 786     $ 1,102     $ (1,688    $  19,252  

Non-interest income(2)

    2,848       2,999       4,803       3,959       (191      14,418  

Total revenue(2)

     13,033        11,866       5,589       5,061       (1,879      33,670  

Provision for credit losses

    1,691       2,285       27       47       1        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

    6,125       6,170       3,655       3,122           623        19,695  

Provision for income taxes(2)

    1,440       705       479       414       (1,006      2,032  

Net income

  $ 3,777     $  2,706     $  1,428     $  1,478     $ (1,497    $ 7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          125       10             (1      134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,777     $ 2,581     $ 1,418     $ 1,478     $ (1,496    $ 7,758  

Return on equity(%)(3)

    18.3     13.5     13.9     9.6     nm        10.2

Total average assets ($ billions)

  $ 449     $ 231     $ 35     $ 495     $ 209      $ 1,419  

Total average liabilities ($ billions)

  $ 389     $ 179     $ 41     $ 475     $ 254      $ 1,338  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Taxable equivalent basis. Refer to Glossary on page 136.

(3)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 43


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T22A Financial performance – Adjusted

 

 
For the year ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)(1)   Canadian
Banking
    International
Banking
    Global Wealth
Management
    Global Banking
and Markets
    Other      Total  

Net interest income(2)

  $  10,484     $ 8,866     $ 1,025     $ 1,400     $ (253    $ 21,522  

Non-interest income(2)

    2,941       3,177       5,403       4,766       (78      16,209  

Total revenue(2)

    13,425        12,043        6,428        6,166          (331       37,731  

Provision for credit losses

    2,293       2,309       14       97       1        4,714  

Non-interest expenses

    6,401       6,136       4,108       3,563       373        20,581  

Provision for income taxes(2)

    1,303       789       600       585       (351      2,926  

Net income

  $ 3,428     $ 2,809     $ 1,706     $ 1,921     $ (354    $ 9,510  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          158       10       (1     (7      160  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,428     $ 2,651     $ 1,696     $ 1,922     $ (347    $ 9,350  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Taxable equivalent basis. Refer to Glossary on page 136.

 

 
For the year ended October 31, 2024 ($ millions)(1)   Canadian
Banking(2)
    International
Banking(2)
    Global Wealth
Management(2)
    Global Banking
and Markets(2)
    Other(2)      Total  

Net interest income(3)

  $ 10,185     $ 8,867     $ 786     $ 1,102     $  (1,688    $  19,252  

Non-interest income(3)

    2,848       2,999       4,803       3,959       (48      14,561  

Total revenue(3)

     13,033        11,866       5,589       5,061       (1,736      33,813  

Provision for credit losses

    1,691       2,285       27       47       1        4,051  

Non-interest expenses

    6,121       6,138       3,619       3,122       (39      18,961  

Provision for income taxes(3)

    1,441       714       489       414       (884      2,174  

Net income

  $ 3,780     $  2,729     $  1,454     $  1,478     $ (814    $ 8,627  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

          125       10             1        136  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 3,780     $ 2,604     $ 1,444     $ 1,478     $ (815    $ 8,491  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Taxable equivalent basis. Refer to Glossary on page 136.

 

44 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Canadian Banking

 

Canadian Banking

 

  2025 Achievements  
 

 

Earn primary client relationships

 

Accelerated the Mortgage+ program – a customizable bundle with a preferred mortgage rate, everyday banking account and other retail products, with 90% penetration on new originations and significant increase in mortgage renewal rates.

 

Leveraged Scene+ program to drive debit and credit card growth, increasing the penetration of Scotia payment products among members to 26%.

 

Improved client attrition by 150 bps to its lowest level in recent years, through higher quality acquisition, focus on cross-sell and streamlining everyday service tasks to capture and maintain deeper client relationships.

 

Grow and scale in priority businesses

 

Launched major salesforce effectiveness programs nationally, improving sales practices across Retail, Small Business and Commercial Banking.

 

Maintained solid growth in Retail deposits and investments. Retail mutual fund assets under management grew ~12% from last year, driven by strong sales performance.

 

Launched the new Scotiabank Passport® Visa Infinite Privilege Card, an elite travel credit card tailored to Canadians seeking a superior travel experience.

 

Launched the new Smart Savings tools on our Money Master account, helping clients automate their savings and earn a boosted interest rate, achieving a significant increase in deepening client relationships since the launch.

 

Make it easy to do business with us

 

Expanded our virtual advice teams in Retail and Business Banking, improving overall advisor coverage and making it easier for clients to access advice.

 

Accelerated the shift to digital, with digital adoption up 70 bps and share of sales revenue from digital and virtual channels reaching 15%.

 

First bank in Canada to fully integrate Nova Credit into a digital onboarding experience, giving newcomers a seamless experience when opening chequing, savings and credit card accounts online, reducing the need for branch visits.

 

Win as one team

 

Built our momentum to increase collaboration across teams and business lines and bring the whole bank to our clients, achieving 18% growth in closed referrals between Retail, Wealth, Small Business and Commercial.

 

Named as one of the Best Workplaces™ in Canada by Great Place to Work for the 6th year in a row.

 

Named one of Canada’s Top Employers for Young People 2025 by Mediacorp Canada for the 5th consecutive year.

 

Select awards

 

Named Canada’s Best Bank at the 2025 Euromoney Awards for Excellence for the 2nd consecutive year.

 

Named Bank of the Year in Canada for the 6th consecutive year by The Banker, which recognizes financial institutions for their performance, and strategic and technological advancements.

 

J.D. Power ranked Tangerine Bank highest in Personal Banking Client Satisfaction among Midsize Banks for the 14th consecutive year, with top rankings across six of the study’s seven key dimensions – including ‘Level of trust’.

 

 

Business Profile

Canadian Banking provides a full suite of financial advice and banking solutions, supported by an excellent customer experience, to over 11 million customers. Retail, Small Business Banking and Commercial Banking customers receive service through its network of 892 branches and 3,542 automated banking machines (ABMs), as well as online, mobile and telephone banking, and specialized sales teams. Canadian Banking also provides an alternative self-directed banking solution to Tangerine customers. Canadian Banking comprises the following areas:

 

 

Retail Banking provides financial advice and solutions along with day-to-day banking products, including debit cards, chequing accounts, credit cards, investments, mortgages, personal loans, and related creditor insurance products to retail customers, including automotive dealers and their customers, providing retail automotive financing solutions. Tangerine Bank provides day-to-day banking products, including chequing and saving accounts, credit cards, mortgages, loans, and investments to self-directed customers.

 

 

Business Banking delivers advice and a full suite of lending, deposit, cash management and trade finance solutions to small, medium, and large businesses, including the Roynat franchise, which provides clients with innovative financing alternatives through both public and private markets.

Strategy

We aim to be Canada’s most trusted and data-driven bank with market-leading client advice, and sustainable growth in earnings and return on equity. Canadian Banking will continue to execute its long-term strategy to deliver stable and consistent earnings, including businesses and products that deliver higher returns on equity and lower risk-weighted assets. Ongoing efforts focus on deepening relationships with clients to increase engagement, loyalty and primacy, investing in digital and analytical capabilities to understand and anticipate customer needs, and developing a high-quality and diverse team of Scotiabank employees.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 45


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

2026 Priorities

 

 

Client primacy: Increase client primacy across Retail, Tangerine, Small Business and Commercial Banking, with segment driven value propositions, personalization, and best-in-class client experience.

 

 

Everyday Banking: Strengthen the day-to-day ecosystem and harness the full potential of Scene+ to drive higher deposit and card balances and capture share of wallet.

 

 

Sales and channel effectiveness: Fully embed sales effectiveness enhancements across Retail, Small Business and Commercial Banking to drive consistency, and ramp up our digital and virtual capabilities to enable more specialization in human assisted channels.

 

 

Operational Excellence: Deliver productivity-enabled investments, including end-to-end process optimization, automation and digitization, to unlock savings, fund future growth, and improve organizational agility.

 

 

Realize Tangerine’s full potential as a digital challenger: Strengthen foundational capabilities and capitalize on opportunities as one of Canada’s leading digital challenger banks.

 

 

Accelerate data & analytics, technology, and digital capabilities: Strengthen capabilities across data, technology and digital to support client experience and insight-driven decision-making, and bolster technological resiliency.

T23 Canadian Banking financial performance

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)    2025      2024(1)  

Reported results

       

Net interest income

   $ 10,484      $   10,185  

Non-interest income(2)

     2,941        2,848  

Total revenue

     13,425        13,033  

Provision for credit losses

     2,293        1,691  

Non-interest expenses

     6,405        6,125  

Income tax expense

     1,302        1,440  

Net income

   $ 3,425      $ 3,777  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

             

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

   $ 3,425      $ 3,777  
 

Key ratios and other financial data

       

Return on equity(3)

     16.3      18.3

Productivity(4)

     47.7      47.0

Net interest margin(3)

     2.29      2.38

Effective tax rate(4)

     27.5      27.6

Provision for credit losses – performing (Stages 1 and 2)

   $ 399      $ 127  

Provision for credit losses – impaired (Stage 3)

   $ 1,894      $ 1,564  

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.50      0.38

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.41      0.35

Net write-offs as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.38      0.32
 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data (average balances)

       

Earning assets(3)

   $  457,973      $ 445,076  

Total assets

     462,670        449,469  

Deposits

     377,778        367,441  

Total liabilities

     382,398        388,957  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes net (loss) income from investments in associated corporations of $19 (2024 – $(9)).

(3)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

(4)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

T23A Adjusted Canadian Banking financial performance(1)

 

 
($ millions)    2025      2024(2)  

Adjusted results

       

Net interest income

   $   10,484      $   10,185  

Non-interest income

     2,941        2,848  

Total revenue

     13,425        13,033  

Provision for credit losses

     2,293        1,691  

Non-interest expenses(3)

     6,401        6,121  

Income before taxes

     4,731        5,221  

Income tax expense

     1,303        1,441  

Net income

   $ 3,428      $ 3,780  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

             

Net income attributable to equity holders

   $ 3,428      $ 3,780  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Includes adjustment for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $4 (2024 – $4).

 

46 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Canadian Banking

 

Financial Performance

Net income

Net income attributable to equity holders was $3,425 million compared to $3,777 million, a decrease of 9%. Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders was $3,428 million compared to $3,780 million, a decrease of 9%. The decrease was driven primarily by higher provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses, partly offset by higher net interest income and non-interest income.

Average assets and liabilities

Average assets were $463 billion compared to $449 billion. The increase was due primarily to growth of $13 billion or 5% in residential mortgages.

Average liabilities were $382 billion compared to $389 billion. The decrease was due primarily to a reduction of $16 billion in bankers’ acceptances liabilities due to the BA conversion, partly offset by growth of $5 billion or 4% in non-personal deposits, primarily in demand accounts, and $5 billion or 2% in personal deposits, mainly in chequing and savings products.

Revenues

Revenues were $13,425 million compared to $13,033 million, an increase of 3%.

Net interest income was $10,484 million compared to $10,185 million, an increase of 3%. The increase was due primarily to solid asset and deposit growth, and the benefit of the BA conversion, partly offset by lower net interest margin. The net interest margin declined nine basis points to 2.29% due primarily to lower deposit margins reflecting the impact of Bank of Canada’s rate cuts, partly offset by an increase in asset margins.

Non-interest income was $2,941 million compared to $2,848 million, an increase of 3%. The increase was due primarily to elevated private equity gains, higher mutual fund distribution fees and insurance income, partly offset by lower banking fees, including the impact of the BA conversion.

Retail Banking

Retail Banking revenues were $9,880 million compared to $9,820 million, an increase of 1%.

Net interest income was $7,701 million compared to $7,758 million, a decrease of 1%, due primarily to lower deposit margins reflecting the impact of Bank of Canada’s rate cuts, partly offset by solid asset and deposit growth, and higher asset margins.

Non-interest income was $2,179 million compared to $2,062 million, an increase of 6%, due primarily to higher insurance revenue, mutual fund distribution fees, and banking revenue.

Business Banking

Total Business Banking revenues were $3,545 million compared to $3,213 million, an increase of 10%.

Net interest income was $2,783 million compared to $2,427 million, an increase of 15%, due primarily to solid deposit growth, the benefit of the BA conversion, and improved margins.

Non-interest income was $762 million compared to $786 million, a decrease of 3%, due primarily to lower banking fees, including the impact of the BA conversion, partly offset by elevated private equity gains.

Provision for credit losses

The provision for credit losses was $2,293 million compared to $1,691 million, an increase of $602 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was 50 basis points compared to 38 basis points.

The provision for credit losses on performing loans was $399 million compared to $127 million. The provision increased by $272 million driven by credit quality migration and significant deterioration in the macroeconomic outlook impacting both the retail and commercial portfolios.

The provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $1,894 million compared to $1,564 million. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was 41 basis points compared to 35 basis points. This was due primarily to higher formations in retail mortgages and unsecured portfolios, as well as commercial formations.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses were $6,405 million compared to $6,125 million, an increase of 5%. The increase was due primarily to higher technology costs related to new systems and infrastructure implemented, increased project spend supporting key strategic and regulatory initiatives, as well as general inflationary increases. The productivity ratio was 47.7% compared to 47.0%.

Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate was 27.5%, compared to 27.6%.

Outlook

Canadian Banking expects to generate strong earnings growth from good revenue growth and moderating loan losses from elevated levels in 2025. Revenue in Canadian Banking is expected to be driven by growth in loans and deposits, and a stable interest rate environment. Retail and Small Business Banking revenue growth is expected to accelerate through continued deposit mix improvements and loan growth. Commercial earnings growth will be driven by growth in loans and deposits, while maintaining the focus on profitability. Earnings growth in Tangerine is expected to remain modest, as we execute upfront strategic investments to drive more significant medium-term revenue lift. The segment will continue to maintain strong expense discipline while balancing investments in strategic initiatives to drive future growth, with a focus on generating positive operating leverage. Provision for credit losses is anticipated to recover from the elevated levels experienced in 2025. Earnings growth will be supported by the continued focus on client primacy across all segments.

 

C5

Total revenue by sub-segment $ millions

 

 

      LOGO

 

 

 

 

C6

Average loans and acceptances $ billions

 

 

  

LOGO

 

 

 

 

C7

Average deposits $ billions

 

 

       LOGO
 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 47


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

International Banking

 

     
    2025 Achievements    
   

 

Earn primary client relationships

 

Strengthened IB Retail by implementing a segmented operating model that improved client quality, deepened relationships, and enhanced client journeys through tailored digital capabilities, driving a 7% increase in primary clients compared to the prior year.

 

Enhanced Commercial client relationships by introducing a new segmentation and coverage model, resulting in a 3% increase in Cash Management clients compared to the prior year.

 

Deepened engagement in Global Banking and Markets by focusing on client payroll growth and enhancing CRM systems to better serve client needs, achieving a 5% increase in Cash Management clients compared to the prior year.

 

Grow and scale in priority markets

 

Maintained our position across most markets, sustaining franchise value in deposits and loans.

 

In Latin America League Tables, GBM is ranked 5th in Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A), 2nd in Equity Capital Market (ECM) and 6th in Debt Capital Market (DCM).

 

Executed the sale of CrediScotia Financiera, a wholly owned consumer finance subsidiary in Peru, as part of our strategy to focus on core operations.

 

Announced the Davivienda transaction, transferring our Colombia, Costa Rica, and Panama operations, and reinforcing our commitment with priority markets. Agreement includes referral arrangements in Wealth Management and GBM, leveraging our strong capabilities to enhance returns on capital deployed.

 

Make it easy to do business with us

 

Executed on the structural transformation outlined at Investor Day 2023. Begun operating under a simplified, regionally aligned business model and structure focused on client segments.

 

Increased client acquisition through virtual and digital channels to 23%, up 469 bps compared to the prior year, strengthening operational efficiency across the footprint.

 

Continuous progress in building scalable solutions to better serve our clients’ needs. Select highlights include:

 

Launched scalable digital-first client onboarding and deposit account opening in Retail, starting with Mexico.

 

Rolled-out Global Treasury Portal within ScotiaConnect 2.0 for business clients in Mexico through regionally scalable solution.

 

Released Wallets ecosystem, enabling Apple Pay, Google Pay, etc. for personal clients across International Banking.

 

Expanded behavioral biometrics authentication technology to protect the Bank and our clients.

 

Win as one team

 

Renewed our talent pool by promoting internal talent and attracting top-industry leaders for targeted roles.

 

Strengthened culture and management processes, resulting in strong employee engagement as per internal employee satisfaction surveys while executing on our business transformation.

 

Recognized as a Great Place to Work® in Peru.

 

Ranked as a Top Employer in Chile with Certified Excellence in Employee Conditions by Top Employer.

 

Select awards

 

Recognized by Global Finance as Latin America’s Best Bank for Sustainable Transparency, Sustainable Infrastructure & Project Finance, and Payments & Collections, and as Best Bank in Chile for Sustainable Finance (second year).

 

Recognized by Euromoney as Latin America’s Best Investment Bank for Financing and Sustainable Finance, and Best Bank for Trade Finance Products in Mexico and Latin America.

 

Recognized for Private Banking Excellence by Euromoney as Best International Private Bank (Bahamas, Jamaica, Cayman Islands) and Best Private Bank for Digital Solutions in Peru.

 

Named Best Private Bank of the Year in Mexico and Bank of the Year in Bahamas, Barbados, Jamaica, Trinidad & Tobago, and Turks & Caicos by The Banker.

 

 

   

Business Profile

International Banking is comprised of a strong and universal banking franchise that provides financial advice and solutions to over 8 million Retail, Commercial and GBM clients. Its geographic presence spans more than 12 countries, including Mexico, Chile, Peru, Brazil, Uruguay, and various markets in the Caribbean, with a relevant local presence in all core markets. The Bank’s unique geographical footprint ensures robust connectivity within the North American corridor.

Strategy

International Banking aims to achieve sustainable earnings growth by strategically targeting priority segments and geographies. The focus is on deepening client relationships to enhance engagement and primacy, managing credit risk prudently, accelerating deposit growth, and prioritizing expansion in markets with scale opportunities. International Banking will continue to maintain a strong emphasis on expense management while executing our long-term vision of building a robust client franchise across priority segments and geographies, supported by a diverse and talented team. International Banking business has successfully undergone a structural transformation and is now well positioned to deliver sustainable earnings and profitability growth, while effectively navigating market challenges.

 

48 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | International Banking

 

2026 Priorities

 

 

Deepen client relationships: Strengthen relationships by launching tailored value propositions in IB Retail to drive acquisition, deepen engagement, and enhance retention. Roll out segmented and consistent IB Commercial offerings focused on cash management and cross-border solutions to deliver improved client experience.

 

 

Grow and scale in priority markets: Focus on strategic segments and geographies while preserving franchise value across other businesses. Expand Global Transaction Banking by leveraging existing assets and capabilities to reinforce our balance sheet. Capture efficiencies through regionalization of support functions, elimination of stranded costs, and deployment of scalable technologies.

 

 

Make it easy to do business with us: Leverage segmentation, digitization, and personalization to deliver regional solutions and boost productivity, competitiveness and improve client experience.

 

 

Win as one team: Continue to strengthen culture and management processes, align incentives to drive accountability and execution, and deliver on sustainability commitments.

T24 International Banking financial performance – Reported

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)    2025      2024(1)  

Reported results

       

Net interest income

   $ 8,866      $ 8,867  

Non-interest income(2)

     3,177        2,999  

Total revenue

     12,043        11,866  

Provision for credit losses

     2,309        2,285  

Non-interest expenses

     6,164        6,170  

Income tax expense

     781        705  

Net income

   $ 2,789      $ 2,706  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     158        125  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

   $ 2,631      $ 2,581  
 

Key ratios and other financial data

       

Return on equity(3)

     14.6      13.5

Productivity(4)

     51.2      52.0

Net interest margin(3)

     4.50      4.41

Effective tax rate(4)

     21.9      20.6

Provision for credit losses – performing (Stages 1 and 2)

   $ 129      $ (52

Provision for credit losses – impaired (Stage 3)

   $ 2,180      $ 2,337  

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     1.41      1.37

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     1.34      1.40

Net write-offs as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     1.21      1.25
 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data (average balances)

       

Earning assets(3)

   $  212,977      $  215,507  

Total assets

     226,820        231,456  

Deposits

     130,252        130,227  

Total liabilities

     175,426        178,579  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes income (on a taxable equivalent basis) from associated corporations of $152 (2024 – $130). This income from associated corporations includes a tax normalization adjustment of $34 (2024 – $27).

(3)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

(4)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

T24A Adjusted International Banking financial performance(1)

 

 
($ millions)    2025      2024(2)  

Adjusted results

       

Net interest income

   $ 8,866      $ 8,867  

Non-interest income

     3,177        2,999  

Total revenue

       12,043          11,866  

Provision for credit losses

     2,309        2,285  

Non-interest expenses(3)

     6,136        6,138  

Income before taxes

     3,598        3,443  

Income tax expense

     789        714  

Net income

   $ 2,809      $ 2,729  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)

     158        125  

Net income attributable to equity holders

   $ 2,651      $ 2,604  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Includes adjustment for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $28 (2024 – $32).

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 49


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Financial Performance

Net income

Net income attributable to equity holders was $2,631 million compared to $2,581 million, an increase of 2%. The increase was driven primarily by higher non-interest income, lower non-interest expenses and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. This was partly offset by higher income taxes, higher provision for credit losses. Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders was $2,651 million compared to $2,604 million, an increase of 2%.

Financial Performance on an Adjusted and Constant Dollar Basis

The discussion below on the results of operations is on an adjusted and constant dollar basis. Under the constant dollar basis, prior period amounts are recalculated using current period average foreign currency rates, which is a non-GAAP financial measure (refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20). The Bank believes that constant dollar is useful for readers in assessing ongoing business performance without the impact of foreign currency translation and is used by management to assess the performance of the business segment. Ratios are on a reported basis.

T25 International Banking financial performance on reported and constant dollar basis

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Net interest income

  $ 8,866     $ 8,856  

Non-interest income(2)

    3,177       2,980  

Total revenue

    12,043       11,836  

Provision for credit losses

    2,309       2,293  

Non-interest expenses

    6,164       6,121  

Income tax expense

    781       704  

Net income on constant dollar basis

  $ 2,789     $ 2,718  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on a constant dollar basis

    158       128  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank on a constant dollar basis

  $ 2,631     $ 2,590  
 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data (average balances)

     

Total assets

  $  226,820     $  231,900  

Total liabilities

    175,426       177,824  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes net income from investments in associated corporations of $152 (2024 – $132).

T25A International Banking financial performance on adjusted and constant dollar basis

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Net interest income

  $ 8,866     $ 8,856  

Non-interest income

    3,177       2,980  

Total revenue

      12,043         11,836  

Provision for credit losses

    2,309       2,293  

Non-interest expenses(2)

    6,136       6,089  

Income tax expense

    789       713  

Net income on constant dollar basis

  $ 2,809     $ 2,741  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries on a constant dollar basis

    158       128  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank on a constant dollar basis

  $ 2,651     $ 2,613  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes adjustment for amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $28 (2024 – $32).

 

C8

Total revenue by region $ millions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C9

Average loans and acceptances $ billions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C10

Average earning assets by region $ billions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C11

Average deposits $ billions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

50 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | International Banking

 

Net income

Net income attributable to equity holders was $2,631 million compared to $2,590 million, an increase of 2%. Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders was $2,651 million compared to $2,613 million. The increase was driven primarily by higher non-interest income and net interest income, partly offset by higher income taxes, provision for credit losses and non-interest expenses.

Assets and liabilities

Average assets were $227 billion, a decrease of $5 billion or 2%. Total loans decreased by 3%, primarily in Mexico, Brazil and Peru. The decrease was driven by an 8% reduction in business loans, in line with the Bank’s capital deployment strategy. This was partly offset by an increase of 3% in retail loans, mostly mortgages.

Average liabilities were $175 billion, a decrease of $3 billion or 1%. Total deposits were in line with previous year, and personal deposits increased by 1% mainly in Mexico, while non-personal deposits were in line with previous year. Term deposits decreased by 3%, and non-term deposits increased by 5% mainly in Peru and Chile.

Revenues

Revenues were $12,043 million compared to $11,836 million, an increase of 2%.

Net interest income was $8,866 million compared to $8,856 million, in line with the prior period. Net interest margin increased by nine basis points to 4.50%, driven by lower funding costs due to declines in central bank rates.

Non-interest income was $3,177 million compared to $2,980 million, an increase of 7%. This was driven mainly by higher capital markets revenues in Chile and Mexico, corporate loan fees in Colombia, and banking fees in Uruguay.

Provision for credit losses

The provision for credit loss was $2,309 million compared to $2,293 million, an increase of $16 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was 141 basis points compared to 137 basis points.

The provision for credit losses on performing loans was $129 million compared to a reversal of $52 million. The provision this period was driven by retail portfolio growth, credit quality migration in the commercial portfolio along with the continued unfavourable macroeconomic outlook.

The provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $2,180 million compared to $2,345 million. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was 134 basis points compared to 140 basis points. This was due primarily to a decrease in retail provisions driven by lower formations mainly in Colombia and Peru, due in part to the CrediScotia divestiture.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses were $6,164 million compared to $6,121 million, an increase of 1%, driven mainly by higher technology costs and salaries and employee benefits. This was offset by lower depreciation and amortization in Colombia. The business continues to realize the benefits from its efficiency initiatives, despite an inflationary environment.

Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate was 21.9% compared to 20.6%. On an adjusted basis, the effective tax rate was 21.9% compared to 20.7%. The increase was due primarily to the impact of the GMT in the current year and lower inflationary adjustments in Mexico partially offset by higher tax exempt income.

Outlook

International Banking earnings, excluding divestitures, are expected to increase modestly. Good growth in pre-tax pre-provision earnings is expected to be offset by slightly elevated loan loss provisions and a higher tax rate. Revenues, excluding the impact of divestures, are expected to grow, supported by strong performance across retail, commercial, and GBM segments, with good loan and deposit growth. Expenses, excluding the impact of divestures, are projected to modestly increase below inflation rates, reflecting the benefits from productivity initiatives. The segment will continue to invest selectively to grow profitably across the markets while generating positive operating leverage.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 51


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Global Wealth Management

 

    2025 Achievements    
   

 

Earn primary client relationships

 

Through our commitment to provide clients with Total Wealth advice, Scotia’s Wealth Management businesses reached an all-time high in client satisfaction, as measured by Net Promotor Score.

Continued to build strong momentum in broadening investment advice to retail clients, growing our retail mutual fund client base by 450 bps since last year.

Launched multiple new investment solutions for clients in Canada and internationally, including additional ETF funds, and private asset mandates as part of our strategic relationship with Sun Life Capital Management.

Scaled Total Wealth capabilities across our international footprint, including expanded capabilities in Mexico, Chile and the Caribbean.

Entered a strategic referral arrangement with ICICI Bank Canada to provide their high-net-worth clients with access to Scotia Wealth Management advice and solutions in Canada.

 

Grow and scale in priority businesses

 

Ranked as the 3rd largest wealth management business in Canada, based on total net income for publicly traded banks as of July 31, 2025.

Continued strong momentum across our Wealth and Asset Management businesses, with AUA and AUM growing by 13% and 16%, respectively.

Global Asset Management ranked #2 in Canadian retail mutual funds (excluding money market funds) by market share among bank-owned peers.

International Wealth Management delivered double-digit earnings growth, supported by strong growth in Mexico, as we deliver Total Wealth advice and best-in-class investment solutions to our international clients.

Successfully launched our Signature Banking offering in Canada tailored to a wider segment of high-net-worth clients with a service-focused banking solution.

 

Make it easy to do business with us

 

Completed full deployment of a new financial planning tool across all advisory business lines in Canada to enhance Total Wealth advice and planning to our clients.

Deployed our enhanced mobile app across Scotia Wealth Management businesses, providing clients access to new digital capabilities and opportunities to engage with advisors in a seamless manner.

Launched the new elite credit card for Private Banking clients that provides a variety of travel rewards and lifestyle benefits.

The Scotia Smart Investor platform continued to play an integral role in helping our Retail clients invest and plan for their future, with a 37% year-over-year lift in AUM and a 33% increase in the number of accounts activated through Smart Investor.

Continued to enhance the client experience across our international footprint by implementing a new client portal in Chile to provide clients with leading digital capabilities.

 

Win as one team

 

Continued focus on delivering the entire bank to clients and driving partnerships across businesses. Referrals across our Wealth, Retail and Commercial Banking businesses reached a new all-time high in fiscal 2025.

Continued building out a modern data-driven organization that leverages Digital & AI capabilities across our operations and advisor teams to enhance workflows, decision-making, and productivity.

Improvement in employee engagement scores year-over-year supported by various initiatives.

 

Select awards

 

Recognized with seven Euromoney Private Banking Awards for 2025: Latin America’s Best for Fund Selection, Jamaica’s Best International Private Bank, Mexico’s Best for Family Office Services, Peru’s Best for Digital Solutions, The Bahamas’ Best International Private Bank, The Cayman Islands’ Best International Private Bank, and Canada’s Best for Succession Planning.

Scotia Wealth Management earned two Global Finance Best Private Bank Awards for 2026 (awarded in fiscal year 2025) - Best Private Bank in the Bahamas, Caribbean & Central America.

Scotia Wealth Management was recognized with two PWM/The Banker 2024 Global Private Banking Awards (awarded in fiscal year 2025): Best Private Bank in North America for Wealthy Women, and Best Private Bank in North America for Education and Training of Private Bankers.

Scotia Global Asset Management’s investment teams were recognized with 21 awards at the 2024 FundGrade A+ Awards and with 10 individual 2024 LSEG Lipper awards across 7 categories (both awarded in fiscal year 2025).

Scotia Investments Jamaica received the World Finance Pension Fund Award 2025.

Scotia iTRADE ranked 2nd among the Big 5 banks in the 2025 MoneySense Best Online Brokers in Canada.

 

   

Business Profile

Global Wealth Management is focused on delivering comprehensive wealth management advice and solutions to clients across Scotiabank’s footprint. Global Wealth Management serves over 2 million investment fund and advisory clients across 12 countries – administering over $750 billion in assets.

 

52 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Global Wealth Management

 

Global Wealth Management has built a robust client-centric business with comprehensive advice, products, and platforms to meet a broad range of client needs.

Global Wealth Management is comprised of the following businesses:

 

   

Wealth Management: Online brokerage (Scotia iTRADE), Scotia Financial Planning (Scotiabank), Full-service brokerage (ScotiaMcLeod and MD Financial Management), Scotiatrust, Private Banking, Private Investment Counsel (Scotia Jarislowsky Fraser, and MD Financial Management).

 

   

Asset Management: Retail mutual funds, Exchange Traded Funds, Liquid Alternatives, Institutional Funds/Strategies.

Scotiatrust, ScotiaMcLeod, Scotia iTRADE, Private Banking, Private Investment Counsel, 1832 Asset Management and Dynamic Funds are top performers in key industry metrics.

Strategy

Global Wealth Management continues to execute on its mission to provide clients with strong risk-adjusted investment results and financial planning to deliver wealth solutions that meet their complex needs. The focus continues to be delivering comprehensive advice and planning to best serve clients in the current economic environment and through all market conditions. To maintain our strong momentum towards that focus, Global Wealth Management is continuing to enhance our Total Wealth advice capabilities in Canadian and international markets as well as broaden our proprietary and third-party distribution capabilities.

In addition, Global Wealth Management is focused on building a unified data, analytics, and operations foundation to personalize client experiences and accelerate growth.

2026 Priorities

 

   

Earn primary client relationships: Evolve Total Wealth model to do even more financial planning across our Canadian and international footprint, and broaden investment advice to Retail clients to win new clients and deepen relationships.

 

   

Grow and scale in priority businesses: Maximize momentum in Canada across Wealth and Asset Management through our distribution channels and salesforce, while continuing to scale capabilities in international markets to accelerate growth.

 

   

Make it easier to do business with us: Deliver innovative, streamlined digital client solutions and modernize our advisor tools and platforms to deliver a leading end-to-end client experience, while investing in our people to grow our integrated team.

 

   

Win as one team: Deepen partnerships with Retail, Small Business and Commercial Banking to deliver the whole Bank to clients, and foster an inclusive culture that reflects our communities and our Scotia Bond.

T26 Global Wealth Management financial performance

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)   2025     2024(1)  

Reported results

     

Net interest income

  $ 1,025     $ 786  

Non-interest income

    5,403       4,803  

Total revenue

    6,428       5,589  

Provision for credit losses

    14       27  

Non-interest expenses

    4,144       3,655  

Income tax expense

    590       479  

Net income

  $ 1,680     $ 1,428  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    10       10  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 1,670     $ 1,418  
 

Key ratios and other financial data

     

Return on equity(2)

    16.0     13.9

Productivity(3)

    64.5     65.4

Effective tax rate(3)

    26.0     25.1
 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data (average balances)

     

Earning assets(2)

  $  28,706     $  25,843  

Total assets

    38,273       35,468  

Deposits

    45,731       36,673  

Total liabilities

    48,041       40,967  
 

Other ($ billions)

     

Assets under administration(3)

  $ 797     $ 704  

Assets under management(3)

  $ 432     $ 373  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

(3)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 53


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T26A Adjusted Global Wealth Management financial performance(1)

 

 
($ millions)   2025     2024(2)  

Adjusted results

     

Net interest income

  $ 1,025     $ 786  

Non-interest income

    5,403       4,803  

Total revenue

    6,428       5,589  

Provision for credit losses

    14       27  

Non-interest expenses(3)

    4,108       3,619  

Income before taxes

    2,306       1,943  

Income tax expense

    600       489  

Net income

  $   1,706     $   1,454  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (NCI)

    10       10  

Net income attributable to equity holders

  $ 1,696     $ 1,444  

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Includes adjustment for Amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets of $36 (2024 – $36).

 

54 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Global Wealth Management

 

Financial Performance

Net income

Net income attributable to equity holders was $1,670 million compared to $1,418 million, an increase of 18%. The increase was driven primarily by higher non-interest income and net interest income, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses. Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders was $1,696 million compared to $1,444 million, an increase of 17%.

Assets under management (AUM) and assets under administration (AUA)

Assets under management were $432 billion compared to $373 billion, an increase of 16%, and assets under administration were $797 billion compared to $704 billion, an increase of 13%, driven by market appreciation and higher net sales.

Revenues

Revenues were $6,428 million compared to $5,589 million, an increase of 15%.

Net interest income was $1,025 million compared to $786 million, an increase of 31%, driven by strong loan and deposit growth, and improved margins.

Non-interest income was $5,403 million compared to $4,803 million, an increase of 12%. The increase was due primarily to higher mutual fund, brokerage and investment management fees, driven by assets under management and assets under administration growth.

Canada

Revenues were $5,572 million compared to $4,829 million, an increase of 15%. The increase was due primarily to higher mutual fund, brokerage, and investment management fees, driven by assets under management and assets under administration growth, and higher net interest income driven by loan and deposit growth, and improved margins.

International

Revenues of $856 million compared to $760 million, an increase of 13%. The growth was due primarily to higher mutual fund fees, investment management fees and brokerage revenues, driven by assets under management and assets under administration growth in Mexico, Peru, and Chile, and net interest income, driven by loan and deposit growth, and improved margins.

Provision for credit losses

The provision for credit losses was $14 million compared to $27 million, a decrease of $13 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was five basis points compared to 11 basis points.

Provision for credit losses on performing loans was $9 million, compared to $3 million.

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $5 million, compared to $24 million. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was two basis points compared to nine basis points. The higher provisions last year were driven by higher formations, mainly related to two impaired loan accounts in Canada.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses were $4,144 million compared to $3,655 million, an increase of 13%, due primarily to higher volume-related expenses, technology costs, and sales force expansion to support business growth.

Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate was 26.0%, compared to 25.1%, due to the implementation of the GMT in certain jurisdictions.

Outlook

Global Wealth Management expects to generate strong earnings growth in 2026. Revenue growth is expected to be driven by strong business volumes, retail mutual fund volume growth through active management and multi-brand distribution in Canada; market appreciation; solid growth across our advisory business and Private Banking; and continued expansion across our key international markets. The segment will continue to invest in the business through ongoing enhancements to digital client and advisor capabilities.

 

C12

Total revenue by sub-segment $ millions

 

 

   LOGO

 

 

 

C13

Wealth management assets under administration (AUA) $ billions, as at October 31

 

 

   LOGO

 

 

 

C14

Wealth management assets under management (AUM) $ billions, as at October 31

 

 

   LOGO

 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 55


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Global Banking and Markets

 

     
   

2025 Achievements

 

   
   

Earn primary client relationships

 

Launched first Mortgage Capital Markets funding transactions on a newly created platform in the U.S.

Sustained a strong M&A pipeline despite slowdown in announced deals due to market uncertainty and delivered record M&A revenue in the year.

Brought in strong senior leaders to bolster our talent and drive profitable growth in alignment with our strategy.

 

Grow and scale in priority markets

 

In 2025, GBM has improved its League table ranking positions across Canada and the U.S.

In Canadian League Tables, GBM ranked 4th in M&A and 3rd in Debt Capital Market (DCM).

In the U.S., GBM is ranked 18th in DCM.

 

Make it easy to do business with us

 

Enhanced client onboarding process via introduction of a workflow tool providing process transparency to Front office, reducing overall onboarding time and minimizing onboarding forms.

Migrated most of the GBM data platform to cloud and executed conversion of 4,500 legacy trades in preparation for Mexico’s interest rate benchmark reform.

 

Win as one team

 

Executed a significant Synthetic Risk Transfer transaction to support the Bank’s capital strategy.

Facilitated Cedar Leaf Capital entry into First Nations Finance Authority’s dealer syndicate.

 

Select awards and deal highlights

 

Awards

 

Recognized by Environmental Finance 2025 Sustainable Debt Awards: Sustainability Bond of the Year – Financial Institutions.

Recognized by Global Finance Gordon Platt Foreign Exchange Award for 2025: Best Foreign Exchange (FX) Bank in Canada for the second year in a row.

Recognized by the SCI Risk Sharing Awards 2025 as the North American Arranger of the Year for leadership in structured credit and risk-sharing transactions.

 

Deal highlights

 

Joint Bookrunner on several notable mandates this year, including:

Served as Active Bookrunner for Thermo Fisher Scientific’s USD $2.5 billion senior note offering, Scotiabank’s first mandate in the U.S. Healthcare sector.

Acted as Joint Bookrunner in Severn Trent Utilities Finance Plc’s EUR €850 million sustainable bond issuance, Severn Trent’s largest-ever EUR benchmark deal.

Acted as Ratings Advisor and Joint Bookrunner on Northwest Healthcare Properties REIT’s inaugural CAD $500 million bond offering, securing 80% of the final order book.

Supported CAD $15 billion business combination between Whitecap Resources and Veren, acting as Joint Bookrunner on a CAD $1 billion credit facility.

Strengthened market position with key ABS transactions, including Centersquare’s $885 million inaugural ABS, GM Financial’s $1.25 billion deal, and Porsche Financial Services’ $966 million issuance.

Financial Advisor on several marquee transactions this year, including:

Played a key role in one of the largest power sector transactions in recent years, acting as financial advisor to NRG Energy on its US $12 billion acquisition of LS Power’s ~13 GW power generation portfolio and virtual power plant platform.

Acted as exclusive financial advisor to Carcetti Capital Corp. on its acquisition of the Hemlo Gold Mine from Barrick Mining Corp. for up to US$1.09 billion, while also providing financing as sole underwriter of a US$225 million credit facility and sole bookrunner for a CAD $575 million bought deal private placement of subscription receipts—one of the Bank’s largest-ever sole bookrunner roles.

Acted as financial advisor on the CAD $15 billion business combination between Whitecap Resources and Veren, supporting strategic execution and financing.

Played a key role in Gold Fields Limited’s CAD $1.93 billion acquisition of Osisko Mining Inc., acting as Agent and Mandated Lead Arranger on a US$750 million bridge financing, Joint Bookrunner on the subsequent USD bond issuance, and Sole FX Provider.

 

   

Business Profile

Global Banking and Markets (GBM) provides corporate clients with lending and transaction services, investment banking advice and access to capital markets. GBM is a full-service wholesale bank in the Americas, serving clients across Canada, the United States, Latin America, Europe and Asia-Pacific.

 

56 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Global Banking and Markets

 

Strategy

Global Banking and Markets’ ambition is to deliver sustainable and profitable growth for shareholders, driven by disciplined capital allocation across our footprint. To achieve this vision, GBM is focused on increasing relevance with clients with leading financial advice and solutions and on expanding the Bank’s full-service corporate offering and prioritizing client relationships where we can provide incremental value beyond lending. We are leveraging regional and institutional capabilities to deliver for our clients with focused growth in businesses and markets supported by our strategic framework.

2026 Priorities

 

   

Earn primary client relationships: Advance primary client relationships by expanding and deepening repeatable fee-based offerings together with refining our approach to capital and liquidity pricing to deliver enhanced value for clients and shareholders.

   

Grow and scale in priority markets: Accelerate growth in priority markets by deepening our North American footprint – in the U.S., execute significant upgrades in cash management and invest in infrastructure to enable scalable expansion and regulatory alignment.

   

Make it easy to do business with us: Streamline delivery with a client-first global coverage model to lead our clients’ advisory needs and win event-based mandates (e.g. M&A, Leveraged Finance), driving alpha with high margins.

   

Win as one team: Advance a unified go-to-market strategy by aligning client coverage across GBM and the broader enterprise and strengthening our senior banker bench in Canada and the U.S. to improve client connectivity, expand partnership opportunities and deliver the whole bank to our clients.

T27 Global Banking and Markets financial performance

 

 
Taxable equivalent basis ($ millions)    2025      2024(1)  

Reported results

       

Net interest income

   $ 1,400      $ 1,102  

Non-interest income(2)

     4,766        3,959  

Total revenue

     6,166        5,061  

Provision for credit losses

     97        47  

Non-interest expenses

     3,563        3,122  

Income tax expense(2)

     585        414  

Net income

   $ 1,921      $ 1,478  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     (1       

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

   $ 1,922      $ 1,478  
 

Key ratios and other financial data

       

Return on equity(3)

     12.8      9.6

Productivity(4)

     57.8      61.7

Net Interest Margin(3)

     1.77      1.55

Effective tax rate(4)

     23.3      21.9

Provision for credit losses – performing (Stages 1 and 2)

   $ 43      $ 42  

Provision for credit losses – impaired (Stage 3)

   $ 54      $ 5  

Provision for credit losses as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.08      0.04

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.05     

Net write-offs as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances(4)

     0.06     
 

Selected Consolidated Statement of Financial Position data (average balances)

       

Trading assets

   $  139,466      $  132,210  

Loans and acceptances

     96,669        111,670  

Earning assets(3)

     462,669        454,808  

Total assets

     509,263        494,595  

Deposits

     176,365        172,023  

Total liabilities

     520,167        475,212  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes the gross-up of tax-exempt income earned on certain securities reported in non-interest income for the year ended October 31, 2025 – nil (October 31, 2024 – $52).

(3)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the measure.

(4)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 57


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Financial Performance

Net income

Global Banking and Markets reported net income attributable to equity holders of $1,922 million, compared to $1,478 million, an increase of 30%. The increase was driven primarily by higher non-interest income, higher net interest income, and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. This was partly offset by higher non-interest expenses, higher provision for credit losses, and higher income taxes.

Average assets and liabilities

Average assets were $509 billion compared to $495 billion, an increase of 3%. The increase was due mainly to higher securities purchased under resale agreements, higher trading securities and the impact of foreign currency translation, partly offset by lower corporate loans and acceptances of $15 billion or 13%.

Average liabilities were $520 billion compared to $475 billion, an increase of 9%. The increase was due mainly to higher securities sold under repurchase agreements, higher deposit volumes of $4 billion or 3%, and the impact of foreign currency translation.

Revenues

Revenues were $6,166 million compared to $5,061 million, an increase of 22%. The increase was due primarily to higher non-interest income, higher net interest income and the positive impact of foreign currency translation.

Net interest income was $1,400 million compared to $1,102 million, an increase of 27%. The increase was due primarily to higher net interest income from corporate lending margins, higher deposit volumes, and capital market activities.

Non-interest income was $4,766 million compared to $3,959 million, an increase of 20%. The increase was due primarily to higher fixed income and equities trading-related revenues, higher fee and commission revenues and higher underwriting and advisory fees.

Provision for credit losses

The provision for credit losses was $97 million compared to $47 million, an increase of $50 million. The provision for credit losses ratio was eight basis points compared to four basis points.

The provision for credit losses on performing loans was $43 million compared to $42 million. The provision this period was driven primarily by credit quality migration in the U.S. and Canada.

The provision for credit losses on impaired loans was $54 million compared to $5 million, due primarily to one account. The provision for credit losses ratio on impaired loans was five basis points.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses were $3,563 million compared to $3,122 million, an increase of 14%. The increase was due primarily to higher personnel costs, including performance-based compensation, higher technology costs to support business growth and the negative impact of foreign currency translation.

Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate was 23.3% compared to 21.9% the prior year, due mainly to the change in earnings mix across jurisdictions.

Outlook

Global Banking and Markets earnings are expected to grow modestly in 2026, after a very strong performance in 2025, focused on North American markets and sustainable client engagement. The revenue momentum is expected to continue, benefiting from the investments in talent and technology and constructive markets. The business is committed to advancing its position in priority markets and deepening client relationships to capture greater share of wallet and fee income. Fixed Income, Currencies, and Commodities (FICC) is expected to lead capital markets revenue growth and business banking is expected to expand at a measured pace maintaining our focus on client profitability. Expense growth is expected to outpace revenue growth driven by necessary investments in talent and technology in priority segments and markets, to position the business for continued future growth.

 

 

C15

Total Revenue (2025)

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

C16

Business banking revenue $ millions

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C17

Capital markets revenue by business line $ millions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C18

Composition of average assets $ billions

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C19

US Net Income

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

58 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Other

 

Other

The Other segment includes Group Treasury, investments in certain associated corporations, and smaller operating segments and corporate items which are not allocated to a business line. Group Treasury is primarily responsible for Balance Sheet, Liquidity and Interest Rate Risk management, which includes the Bank’s wholesale funding.

Net interest income, non-interest income, and the provision for income taxes in each period include the elimination of tax-exempt income gross-up. This amount is included in the operating segments, which are reported on a taxable equivalent basis.

Net income from associated corporations and the provision for income taxes in each period include the tax normalization adjustments related to the gross-up of income from associated companies. This adjustment normalizes the effective tax rate in the divisions to better present the contribution of the associated companies to the divisional results.

Financial Performance

T28 Other financial performance

 

 
($ millions)    2025      2024(1)  

Reported results

       

Net interest income(2)

   $ (253    $ (1,688

Non-interest income(2)(3)(4)

     (68      (191

Total revenue(2)

     (321      (1,879

Provision for credit losses

     1        1  

Non-interest expenses(4)

     2,242        623  

Income tax expense(2)

     (507       (1,006

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,057    $ (1,497

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     (198      (1

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders

   $  (1,859    $ (1,496

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Includes net residual funds transfer pricing, and the elimination of the tax-exempt income gross-up reported in net interest income, non-interest income, and provision for income taxes in the business segments, which are reported on a taxable equivalent basis.

(3)

Includes net income from investments in associated corporations of $436 (2024 – $77).

(4)

Includes elimination of fees paid to Canadian Banking by Canadian Wealth Management for administrative support and other services provided by Canadian Banking to the Global Wealth Management businesses. These are reported as revenues in Canadian Banking and operating expenses in Global Wealth Management.

T28A Adjusted Other financial performance(1)

 

 
($ millions)    2025      2024(2)  

Adjusted results

       

Net interest income

   $ (253    $ (1,688

Non-interest income(3)

     (78      (48

Total revenue

     (331      (1,736

Provision for credit losses

     1        1  

Non-interest expenses(4)

     373        (39

Income before taxes

     (705       (1,698

Income tax expense

        (351      (884

Net income (loss)

   $ (354    $ (814

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)

     (7      1  

Net income (loss) attributable to equity holders

   $ (347    $ (815

 

(1)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures on page 20 for the description of the adjustments.

(2)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(3)

Includes adjustment for divestitures and wind-down of operations of $(36) (2024 – $143) and amortization of intangible assets of $26 (2024 – nil).

(4)

Includes adjustment for legal provision of $74 (2024 – $176), restructuring charge and severance provisions of $373 (2024 – $53) and divestitures and wind-down of operations of $1,422 (2024 – $(7)). Includes adjustment for impairment of non-financial assets of $440 for the year ended October 31, 2024.

Net income

The Other segment reported a net loss attributable to equity holders of $1,859 million compared to a net loss of $1,496 million, including adjusting items of $1,512 million in the current period, compared to adjusting items of $681 million in the prior year (refer to Non-GAAP measures on page 20). Adjusted net income attributable to equity holders was a loss of $347 million compared to a net loss of $815 million in the prior year. The lower loss of $468 million was due to higher revenues resulting primarily from lower funding costs, partly offset by higher non-interest expenses.

Revenues

Revenues were negative $321 million compared to negative $1,879 million in the prior year. Adjusted revenues were negative $331 million compared to negative $1,736 million in the prior year. The improvement of $1,405 million is due primarily to lower funding costs as a result of central bank rate decreases in the current and prior year, and higher income from associated corporations primarily related to the KeyCorp investment.

Non-interest expenses

Non-interest expenses were $2,242 million, compared to $623 million. Included in non-interest expenses is an impairment loss of $1,422 million related to the announced sale of the banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama, restructuring charge and severance provisions of $373 million and legal provisions of $74 million. Adjusted non-interest expenses were $373 million compared to a recovery of $39 million in the prior year. The increase of $412 million is due mainly to higher project costs and higher pension-related expenses.

Outlook

The loss in the Other segment is expected to improve in fiscal 2026. The improved results are expected to be driven primarily by lower funding costs as a result of liabilities repricing at lower interest rates, as well as the repricing of fixed rate assets at higher interest rates.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 59


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

GROUP FINANCIAL CONDITION

T29 Condensed statement of financial position

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024      Change     Volume
Change
    FX
Change
 

Assets

              

Cash, deposits with financial institutions and precious metals

   $ 71.1      $ 66.4        7.1     5.4     1.7

Trading assets

     152.2        129.7        17.4       15.8       1.6  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

     203.0        200.6        1.2             1.2  

Derivative financial instruments

     46.5        44.4        4.9       (1.0     5.9  

Investment securities

     150.0        152.8        (1.9     (3.1     1.2  

Loans

     771.0        760.8        1.3       0.2       1.1  

Other

     66.2        57.3        15.4       14.0       1.4  

Total assets

   $ 1,460.0      $ 1,412.0        3.4     2.0     1.4
 

Liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 966.3      $ 943.8        2.4     1.1     1.3

Derivative financial instruments

     56.0        51.3        9.3       8.8       0.5  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

     189.1        190.5        (0.7     (2.1     1.4  

Other

     152.3        134.5        13.2       10.5       2.7  

Subordinated debentures

     7.7        7.8        (1.8     (2.1     0.3  

Total liabilities

   $ 1,371.4      $ 1,327.9        3.3     1.9     1.4
 

Equity

              

Common equity(1)

   $ 76.9      $ 73.6        4.6     3.6     1.0

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

     10.0        8.8        13.2       13.2        

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     1.7        1.7        0.8       0.2       0.6  

Total equity

   $ 88.6      $ 84.1        5.4     4.5     0.9

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,460.0      $ 1,412.0        3.4     2.0     1.4

 

(1)

Includes net impact of foreign currency translation, primarily change in spot rates on the translation of assets and liabilities from functional currency to Canadian dollar equivalent.

 

C20

Loan portfolio loans & acceptances, $ billions, as at October 31

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

C21

Deposits $ billions, as at October 31

 

 

LOGO

 

Statement of Financial Position

Assets

The Bank’s total assets were $1,460 billion as at October 31, 2025, an increase of $48 billion from October 31, 2024. Cash, deposits with financial institutions and precious metals increased $5 billion due mainly to higher amounts at central banks and increases in gold position and price. Trading assets increased $22 billion due mainly to higher trading securities held as a hedge on derivatives. Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed increased $2 billion due mainly to higher client activity. Derivative instrument assets increased $2 billion due mainly to changes in valuations. Investment securities decreased $3 billion due mainly to lower holdings of common equities in the treasury portfolio. Loans increased $10 billion. Residential mortgages were up $19 billion due mainly to growth in Canada and personal loans increased $4 billion mainly in Latin America, which were partly offset by lower business and government loans, mainly in Asia and Canada. Other assets increased $9 billion due mainly to the Bank’s investment in KeyCorp and higher collateral requirements relating to capital markets businesses.

Liabilities

Total liabilities were $1,371 billion as at October 31, 2025, an increase of $44 billion from October 31, 2024. Total deposits increased $22 billion. Personal deposits of $302 billion increased $3 billion mainly in Latin America and business and government deposits were higher by $28 billion, mainly in U.S., Europe, Canada and Latin America, which were partly offset by lower deposits by financial institutions, mainly in Asia. Derivative instrument liabilities increased by $5 billion due mainly to changes in valuations. Other liabilities increased $18 billion due mainly to new issuances of financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss and higher obligations related to securities sold short.

Equity

Total equity was $89 billion, an increase of $5 billion from October 31, 2024. Equity was higher due to current year earnings of $7,758 million less dividends paid of $5,875 million, other comprehensive income of $2,397 million, and net preferred shares and other equity instruments issuances of $1,160 million less share buybacks of $913 million. Other comprehensive income mainly consisted of gains on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of $1,057 million, foreign currency translation of $708 million, and net change in fair value of debt securities measured through other comprehensive income of $533 million.

Capital Management

Overview

Scotiabank is committed to maintaining a strong capital base to support the risks associated with its diversified businesses. Strong capital levels contribute to financial safety for the Bank’s customers, foster investor confidence and support strong credit ratings. It also allows the Bank to take advantage of growth opportunities as they arise and enhance shareholder returns through increased dividends.

 

60 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

The Bank’s capital management framework includes a comprehensive internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP), aimed at ensuring that the Bank’s capital is adequate to meet current and future risks and achieve its strategic objectives. Key components of the Bank’s ICAAP include sound corporate governance; creating a comprehensive risk appetite for the Bank; managing and monitoring capital, both currently and prospectively; and utilizing appropriate financial metrics which relate risk to capital, including internal capital and regulatory capital measures.

Governance and oversight

The Bank has a sound capital management framework to measure, deploy and monitor its available capital and assess its adequacy. Capital is managed in accordance with the Board-approved Capital Management Policy. In addition, the Board reviews and approves the Bank’s annual capital and strategic plans. The Asset-Liability Committee and senior executive management provide governance over the capital management process. The Bank’s Finance, Group Treasury and Global Risk Management groups take a coordinated approach to implementing the Bank’s capital plan.

Risk appetite

The risk appetite framework that establishes enterprise-wide risk tolerances in addition to capital limits is detailed in the Risk Management section “Risk Appetite”. The framework encompasses medium-term targets with respect to regulatory capital thresholds, earnings and other risk-based parameters. These limits drive behaviour to ensure the Bank achieves the following overall objectives: exceed regulatory and internal capital targets, manage capital levels commensurate with the risk profile of the Bank, maintain strong credit ratings and provide the Bank’s shareholders with acceptable returns.

Regulatory capital

Canadian banks are subject to the revised capital adequacy requirements as published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) and commonly referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III, there are three primary risk-based regulatory capital ratios used to assess capital adequacy: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital, which are determined by dividing those capital components by risk-weighted assets (RWA). Basel III also provides guidance on non-viability contingent capital (NVCC). The guidance stipulates that in order to qualify as regulatory capital, non-common share capital instruments must be convertible into common equity upon a trigger event as defined within the guidance.

C22 Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements (as at October 31, 2025)

 

 

LOGO

The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions, Canada (OSFI) has issued guidelines, reporting requirements and disclosure guidance which are consistent with the international implementation of Basel III. OSFI requires Canadian deposit-taking institutions to meet minimum requirements related to risk-weighted assets of 7%, 8.5% and 10.5% for CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios, respectively, which includes the capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. OSFI has also designated the Bank a domestic systemically important bank (D-SIB), increasing its minimum capital ratio requirements by 1% across all tiers of capital, in line with the requirements for Global Systemically Important Banks. OSFI’s minimum Pillar 1 capital ratio requirements are 8.0%, 9.5% and 11.5% for Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios, respectively.

In June 2018, OSFI implemented the Domestic Stability Buffer, to be held by Domestic Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs) as an additional Pillar 2 buffer. Breaches of this buffer will not result in banks being subject to automatic constraints on capital distributions. Instead, OSFI will require a remediation plan to address any shortfall to their minimum. Supervisory interventions pursuant to OSFI’s Guide to Intervention would occur in cases where a remediation plan is not produced or executed in a timely manner satisfactory to OSFI. OSFI undertakes a review of the buffer on a semi-annual basis, in June and December, and any changes to the buffer are made public, along with supporting rationale. In exceptional circumstances, OSFI may make and announce adjustments to the buffer in-between scheduled review dates. In addition, OSFI may subsequently vary the minimum requirements for individual D-SIBs or groups of D-SIBs, as a supervisory measure.

Effective November 1, 2023, the Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB) was increased to 3.5% of total risk-weighted assets. This DSB requirement of 3.5% was maintained by OSFI in their most recent June 2025 announcement. OSFI’s minimum regulatory capital ratio requirements, including the D-SIB 1.0% surcharge and its DSB are: 11.5%, 13.0% and 15.0% for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total capital ratios, respectively. In addition, the Bank is presently subject to a BCBS countercyclical buffer requirement of approximately eight basis points.

Leverage ratio

In addition to risk-based capital ratio requirements, Basel III introduced a simpler, non risk-based Leverage ratio requirement to act as a supplementary measure to its risk-based capital requirements. The Leverage ratio is defined as a ratio of Basel III Tier 1 capital to a leverage exposure measure which includes on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet commitments, derivatives and securities financing transactions, as defined within the requirements. OSFI’s Basel III Leverage Ratio Requirements Guideline and Public Disclosure Requirements outline the application and disclosure of the Basel III Leverage ratio in Canada.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 61


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Institutions are expected to maintain an operating buffer above the 3.5% minimum, which includes the D-SIB surcharge of 0.5%.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)

OSFI has issued its guideline on Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC), which applies to Canada’s D-SIBs as part of the Federal Government’s bail-in regime. The standard is intended to address the sufficiency of a systemically important bank’s loss absorbing capacity to support its recapitalization in the event of its failure. D-SIBs are required to maintain a minimum risk-based TLAC ratio and a minimum TLAC leverage ratio. TLAC is defined as the aggregate of NVCC Tier 1 capital, NVCC Tier 2 capital, and other TLAC instruments that are subject to conversion in whole or in part into common shares under the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) Act and meet all of the eligibility criteria under the guidelines. The Bank’s minimum TLAC ratio requirements consist of 25.0% of RWA (including OSFI’s 3.5% DSB) and 7.25% of leverage ratio exposures. As noted above, OSFI may subsequently vary the minimum TLAC requirements for D-SIBs. Where a D-SIB falls below the minimum TLAC requirements, OSFI may take any measures deemed appropriate, including measures set out in the Bank Act (Canada). As at October 31, 2025, the Bank exceeds the OSFI minimum TLAC and TLAC leverage ratios.

OSFI’s Parental Stand-Alone Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (Solo TLAC) framework

In September 2023, OSFI finalized changes to its Solo TLAC Framework, effective the first quarter of 2024. Under this framework, OSFI established a risk-based Solo TLAC ratio, which builds on the risk-based TLAC ratio set out in OSFI’s TLAC Guideline and the risk-based capital ratios described within OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline. The risk-based Solo TLAC ratio is the primary basis used by OSFI to assess the sufficiency of TLAC that is readily available to the domestic Parent Bank and to assess the Parent’s ability to act as a source of strength for its subsidiaries and/or other affiliates. D-SIBs are required to maintain a minimum Solo TLAC ratio of 21.5% on a continuous basis. Public disclosure of a D-SIBs’ Solo TLAC ratio is not presently a requirement. OSFI plans to consult on its data assurance and its future public disclosure expectations in due course. The Bank remains compliant with OSFI’s Solo TLAC requirements.

Revised Basel III reforms

Effective the second quarter of fiscal 2023, the Bank adopted the Revised Basel III reforms in accordance with OSFI’s revised Capital Adequacy Requirements Guideline, Leverage Ratio Requirements Guideline, and Pillar 3 Disclosures Guideline for domestic systematically important banks (D-SIBs). OSFI’s requirements are substantially aligned with the BCBS’ Revised Basel III reforms with some differences, primarily in residential real estate and qualifying revolving retail exposures.

The final Basel III reforms implemented in the second quarter of 2023 primarily impact the calculation of RWA and include:

 

   

a revised standardized approach for credit risk, with increased granularity of prescribed risk weights for credit cards, mortgages and business loans;

   

revisions to the internal ratings-based approach for credit risk with new requirements for internally developed model parameters under the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approach (AIRB), including scope restrictions which limit certain asset classes to only the Foundation Internal Ratings-Based (FIRB) approach;

   

a revised standardized approach for operational risk, which builds on the existing standardized approach including the recognition of an institution’s operational risk loss experience;

   

revisions to the measurement of the Leverage ratio and a Leverage ratio buffer, which will take the form of a Tier 1 capital buffer set at 50% of a D-SIB’s 1.0% risk-weighted surcharge capital buffer; and

   

an aggregate output floor, which will ensure that banks’ RWAs generated by internal models are not lower than 72.5% of RWAs as calculated by the Basel III framework’s standardized approaches. There is an international phase-in period for the 72.5% aggregate capital output floor from 2023 until 2028, beginning at 65% for Canadian banks in the second quarter of 2023.

Additionally, the revised market risk framework and credit valuation adjustment (CVA) framework were implemented in the first quarter of 2024. The main changes include:

 

   

revised standardized and modelled approaches for market risk capital requirements; and

   

a new standardized approach for CVA (SA-CVA) similar to the standardized approach for market risk.

Internationally, adoption of the revised Basel III reforms is varied across jurisdictions. While a number of BCBS members have finalized their revised Basel III reforms guidelines, delays continue to persist in several key jurisdictions.

The Bank continues to monitor and prepare for developments impacting regulatory capital requirements.

Regulatory capital developments

OSFI defers further increases to the Basel III standardized capital output floor

In February 2025, OSFI announced its deferral of increases to the Basel III standardized capital output floor until further notice. OSFI has noted that there remains uncertainty about when other jurisdictions will fully implement Basel III and it will not extend its implementation lead.

As noted above, Canada concluded its implementation of the revised Basel III 2017 reforms in early 2024 and established an accelerated phase-in of the Basel III standardized capital output floor, calibrated at 65% in 2023, increasing in the first quarter by 2.5% per year through to 72.5% in 2026. OSFI’s announcement of a deferral maintains the capital floor calibration at the 2024 level of 67.5% indefinitely, delaying further increases to 70% and 72.5%, until further notice. Moreover, OSFI has committed to notifying affected banks at least two years prior to resuming an increase to the Basel III standardized capital output floor.

OSFI guideline for the capital and liquidity treatment of crypto-asset exposures

In February 2025, OSFI published its guideline for the capital and liquidity treatment of crypto-asset exposures, effective for the Bank in the first quarter of 2026. The guideline incorporates the BCBS standards for crypto-asset exposures, as updated in November 2024, and it replaces OSFI’s interim advisory on the regulatory treatment of crypto-asset exposures.

Within the guideline, crypto-asset exposures are defined and categorized by type. Regulatory capital treatments for their credit risk, counterparty credit risk and market risk are prescribed. In addition, OSFI published final amendments to its Pillar 3 Disclosure Guidelines, incorporating new crypto-asset disclosure requirements also effective the first quarter of fiscal 2026.

 

62 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

Planning, managing and monitoring capital

Capital is managed and monitored based on planned changes in the Bank’s strategy, identified changes in its operating environment or changes in its risk profile. As part of the Bank’s comprehensive ICAAP, sources and uses of capital are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through financial metrics, including regulatory thresholds, and internal capital. These results are used in capital planning and strategic decision-making.

The Bank’s assessment of capital adequacy is in the context of its current position and its expected future risk profile and position relative to its internal targets while considering the potential impact of various stress scenarios. Specific scenarios are selected based on the current economic conditions and business events facing the Bank. In addition, the Bank’s forward looking capital adequacy assessment includes a consideration of the results of more severe multi-risk scenarios within its enterprise-wide stress testing. This testing is used to determine the extent to which severe, but plausible events, impact the Bank’s capital.

The Bank sets internal regulatory capital targets to ensure the Bank’s available capital is sufficient within the context of its risk appetite.

The Bank’s internal target includes an adequate buffer over the regulatory minimum ensuring sufficient flexibility for future capital deployment and in consideration of the Bank’s risk appetite, the volatility of planning assumptions, the results from stress testing and contingency planning.

The Bank has a comprehensive risk management framework to ensure that the risks taken while conducting its business activities are consistent with its risk appetite, its impact on capital relative to internal targets, and that there is an appropriate balance between risk and return. Refer to the Risk Management section for further discussion on the Bank’s risk management framework. In managing the Bank’s capital base, close attention is paid to the cost and availability of the various types of capital, desired leverage, changes in the assets and risk-weighted assets, and the opportunities to profitably deploy capital. The amount of capital required for the business risks being assumed, and to meet regulatory requirements, is balanced against the goal of generating an appropriate return for the Bank’s shareholders.

Capital generation

Capital is generated internally through net earnings after dividend payments. As well, capital is generated by the issuance of common shares, preferred shares and other equity instruments, and subordinated debentures, net of redemptions.

Capital deployment

The Bank deploys capital to support sustainable, long-term revenue and net income growth. The growth can be through existing businesses by attracting new customers, increasing cross-selling activities to existing customers, adding new products and enhancing sales productivity, or through acquisitions. All major initiatives to deploy capital are subject to rigorous analysis, validation of business case assumptions and evaluation of expected benefits. Key financial criteria include impact on earnings per share, capital ratios, return on invested capital, expected payback period and internal rate of return based on discounted cash flows.

Regulatory capital and total loss absorbing capacity ratios

The Bank continues to maintain strong, high quality capital levels which position it well for future business growth and opportunities. The CET1 ratio as at October 31, 2025 was 13.2%, an increase of approximately 10 basis points from the prior year. The ratio benefited from strong internal capital generation, revaluation gains on FVOCI securities, partly offset by the completion of the Bank’s investment in KeyCorp, the impairment loss related to the announced sale of banking operations in Colombia, Costa Rica and Panama to Davivienda, the impact of Q4 adjustment items, and share repurchases under the Bank’s Normal Course Issuer Bid.

The Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.3% as at October 31, 2025, an increase of approximately 30 basis points from the prior year, due primarily to the above noted impacts to the CET1 ratio and issuances of U.S. $1 billion of Limited Recourse Capital Notes in each of the first and fourth quarters of 2025 partly offset by a redemption of U.S. $1.25 billion of subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes in the third quarter.

The Bank’s Total capital ratio was 17.1% as at October 31, 2025, an increase of approximately 40 basis points from 2024, due primarily to the above noted redemptions, issuances and impacts to the Tier 1 capital ratio.

The TLAC ratio was 29.1% as at October 31, 2025, a decrease of approximately 60 basis points from the prior year, primarily from higher RWA.

The Leverage ratio was 4.5% as at October 31, 2025, an increase of approximately 10 basis points from the prior year, with growth in Tier 1 capital due to the above noted Additional Tier 1 Capital issuances, partly offset by increases in leverage exposure amounts.

The TLAC Leverage ratio was 8.5%, a decrease of approximately 30 basis points from 2024, primarily due to increased leverage exposures partly offset by higher available TLAC.

The Bank’s capital, leverage and TLAC ratios continue to be in excess of OSFI’s minimum capital ratio requirements for 2025. In 2026, the Bank will continue to maintain strong capital ratios, continuing to optimize capital deployment in line with its strategic plans.

C23 Continuity of Common Equity Tier 1 ratio(1)

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

This measure has been disclosed in this document in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023).

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 63


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T30 Regulatory capital(1) and total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC)(2) ratios

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

       

Total Common Equity(3)

   $ 76,927      $ 73,590  

Qualifying non-controlling interest in common equity of subsidiaries

     718        683  

Goodwill and intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities(4)

     (15,825      (15,044

Threshold related deductions

             

Net deferred tax assets (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

     (356      (451

Other Common Equity Tier 1 capital deductions(5)

     1,288        1,853  

Common Equity Tier 1

     62,752        60,631  

Additional Tier 1 capital

       

Preferred shares

             

Subordinated additional Tier 1 capital notes (NVCC)

     1,560        3,249  

Limited recourse capital notes (NVCC)

     8,379        5,530  

Capital instrument liabilities – trust securities(6)

             

Other Tier 1 capital adjustments(7)

     99        89  

Net Tier 1 capital

     72,790        69,499  

Tier 2 capital

       

Subordinated debentures, net of amortization

     5,938        6,190  

Allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 and excess allowance (re: IRB approach)

     2,041        1,942  

Qualifying non-controlling interest in Tier 2 capital of subsidiaries

     139        77  

Tier 2 capital

     8,118        8,209  

Total regulatory capital

     80,908        77,708  

Non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC

       

External TLAC instruments

     57,312        59,092  

TLAC deductions and other adjustments

     (171      952  

TLAC available after deductions

     138,049        137,752  

Risk-weighted assets ($ billions)(1)

       

Credit risk

     406.3        398.2  

Market risk

     12.8        14.7  

Operational risk

     55.4        51.1  

Risk-weighted assets

   $ 474.5      $ 464.0  

Regulatory Capital (1) and TLAC (2) ratios

       

Common Equity Tier 1

     13.2      13.1

Tier 1

     15.3      15.0

Total

     17.1      16.7

Total loss absorbing capacity

     29.1      29.7

Leverage(8)

       

Leverage exposures

   $  1,622,415      $  1,563,140  

Leverage ratio

     4.5      4.4

Total loss absorbing capacity leverage ratio(2)

     8.5      8.8

 

(1)

The regulatory capital ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023).

(2)

This measure has been disclosed in this document in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (September 2018).

(3)

Includes Other Reserves adjusted for regulatory capital purposes.

(4)

Reported amounts are based on OSFI’s requirements that goodwill relating to investments in associates be classified as goodwill for regulatory reporting purposes.

(5)

Other CET1 capital deductions under Basel III include gains/losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities, pension plan assets and other items.

(6)

Non-qualifying capital instruments.

(7)

Other Tier 1 capital adjustments under Basel III rules include eligible non-controlling interests in subsidiaries.

(8)

The leverage ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements (February 2023).

 

64 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

T31 Changes in regulatory capital

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Total capital, beginning of year

   $ 77,708      $ 75,651  

Changes in Common Equity Tier 1

       

Net income attributable to common equity holders of the Bank

     7,283        7,286  

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Bank

     (5,369      (5,198

Shares issued

     210        1,945  

Shares repurchased/redeemed

     (913       

Gains/losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities

     525        723  

Movements in accumulated other comprehensive income, excluding cash flow hedges

     1,264        (1,577

Change in non-controlling interest in common equity of subsidiaries

     35        (80

Change in goodwill and other intangible assets (net of related tax liability)(1)

     (780      694  

Other changes including regulatory adjustments below:

     (134      (202

– Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excluding those arising from temporary differences)

     95        (220

– IFRS 17 impact

            (86

– Other capital deductions

     (34      85  

– Other

     (195      19  

Changes in Common Equity Tier 1

   $ 2,121      $ 3,591  

Changes in Additional Tier 1 Capital

       

Issued

     2,848        1,004  

Redeemed

     (1,688      (300

Other changes including regulatory adjustments

     10        (20

Changes in Additional Tier 1 Capital

   $ 1,170      $ 684  

Changes in Tier 2 Capital

       

Issued

            1,000  

Redeemed

            (3,250

Allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 and Excess Allowance under IRB(2)

     99        11  

Other changes including regulatory adjustments

     (190      21  

Changes in Tier 2 Capital

   $ (91    $ (2,218

Total capital generated (used)

   $ 3,200      $ 2,057  

Total capital, end of year

   $  80,908      $  77,708  

 

(1)

Reported amounts are based on OSFI’s requirements that goodwill relating to investments in associates be classified as goodwill for regulatory reporting purposes.

(2)

Eligible allowances for 2025 and 2024.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 65


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Regulatory capital components

The Bank’s regulatory capital is divided into three components – CET1, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, depending on their degree of permanency and loss absorbency. All components of capital provide support for banking operations and protect depositors.

CET1 consists primarily of common shareholders’ equity, regulatory derived non-controlling interest capital, and prescribed regulatory adjustments or deductions. These regulatory deductions include goodwill, intangible assets (net of deferred tax liabilities), deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, defined-benefit pension assets and the shortfall (if any) of the allowance for credit losses to regulatory parameter-based expected losses.

Additional Tier 1 capital consists primarily of qualifying non-cumulative preferred shares, and qualifying other equity instruments (as described in Note 23 of the consolidated financial statements). Tier 2 capital consists mainly of qualifying subordinated debentures and eligible allowances for credit losses.

The Bank’s CET1 capital was $62.8 billion as at October 31, 2025, an increase of approximately $2.1 billion from the prior year due primarily to:

 

    $1.9 billion growth from internal capital generation, net of dividends paid;
    $0.2 billion from share issuances, mainly related to stock options;
    $1.3 billion from movements in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, excluding cash flow hedges, primarily from the impact of foreign currency translation and changes in the fair values of investment securities; and
    $0.5 billion from changes in the regulatory deductions from own credit risk on fair value liabilities.

Partly offset by:

 

    $0.9 billion from common share buybacks under the Bank’s Normal Course Issuer Bid; and
    $0.9 billion from higher regulatory deductions and other regulatory adjustments.

The Bank’s Tier 1 capital increased by $3.3 billion to $72.8 billion, primarily due to the above noted impacts to CET1 capital and U.S. $2.0 billion (C$2.8 billion) issuances of Limited Recourse Capital Notes partly offset by a redemption of U.S. $1.25 billion (C$1.7 billion) of AT1 Notes.

Total capital increased by $3.2 billion during the year to $80.9 billion, mainly due to the above noted impacts to CET1 and Tier 1 capital.

 

C24

CET1 capital %, as at October 31

 

 

     LOGO

 

 

 

C25

Dividend growth dollars per share

 

 

     LOGO

 

 

 

C26

Internally generated capital $ billions, for years ended October 31

 

 

     LOGO
 

Dividends

The annual dividend in 2025 was $4.32, an increase of $0.08 from 2024. The Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $1.10 per common share, at its meeting on December 1, 2025. This quarterly dividend applies to shareholders of record at the close of business on January 6, 2026, and is payable January 28, 2026.

T32 Selected capital management activity

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)   2025     2024  

Dividends

     

Common

  $  5,369     $  5,198  

Preferred and other equity instruments

    506       472  

Common shares issued(1)

    210       1,945  

Common shares repurchased for cancellation under the Normal Course

     

Issuer Bid(2)

    913        

Preferred shares and other equity instruments issued

    2,848       1,004  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments redeemed

    1,688       300  

Maturity, redemption and repurchase of subordinated debentures

    250       3,250  

 

(1)

Represents primarily cash received for stock options exercised during the year and common shares issued pursuant to the Shareholder Dividend and Share Purchase Plan.

(2)

Represents reduction to common shares and Retained Earnings, including tax.

Normal Course Issuer Bid

On May 28, 2025, the Bank announced that OSFI and the Toronto Stock Exchange approved a normal course issuer bid (the “2025 NCIB”) pursuant to which it may repurchase for cancellation up to 20 million of the Bank’s common shares. Purchases under the 2025 NCIB commenced on May 30, 2025, and will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the Bank purchasing the maximum number of common shares under the 2025 NCIB, (ii) the Bank providing a notice of termination, or (iii) May 29, 2026.

From the commencement of the 2025 NCIB until October 31, 2025, the Bank repurchased and cancelled approximately 10.8 million common shares at an average price of $82.57 per share for a total amount of $913 million, including tax.

The Bank did not have an active normal course issuer bid and did not repurchase any common shares pursuant to a normal course issuer bid during the year ended October 31, 2024.

 

66 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

Share data and other capital instruments

The Bank’s common and preferred share data, as well as certain other capital instruments, are shown in T33. Further details, including exchangeability features, are discussed in Note 20 and Note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.

T33 Shares and other instruments

 

As at October 31, 2025  

Amount

($ millions)

    Dividends
declared per
share(1)
    Number
outstanding
(000s)
    Conversion
features
 

Common shares(2)

  $ 22,067     $ 4.32       1,236,306       n/a  
NVCC Additional Tier 1 Securities(3)(5)  

Amount

($ millions)

    Distribution(4)     Yield (%)     Number
outstanding
(000s)
 

Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes(6)

  U.S.$  1,250     U.S.$  17.4317       6.821       1,250  

Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes(7)

  U.S.$     U.S.$       4.900        

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 1(8)

  $ 1,250     $ 9.2500       3.700       1,250  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 2(9)

  U.S.$ 600     U.S.$ 9.0625       3.625       600  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 3(10)

  $ 1,500     $ 17.5575       7.023       1,500  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 4(11)

  U.S.$ 750     U.S.$ 21.5625       8.625       750  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 5(12)

  U.S.$ 750     U.S.$ 20.0000       8.000       750  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 6(13)

  U.S.$ 1,000     U.S.$ 18.3750       7.350       1,000  

Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 7(14)

  U.S.$ 1,000     U.S.$ 20.8160       6.875       1,000  
NVCC Subordinated Debentures(3)                 Amount
($ millions)
    Interest
Rate (%)
 

Subordinated debentures due June 2025(15)

      $       8.900  

Subordinated debentures due December 2025

      U.S.$ 1,250       4.500  

Subordinated debentures due May 2032

      $ 1,750       3.934  

Subordinated debentures due December 2032

      JPY  33,000       1.800  

Subordinated debentures due August 2033

      $ 1,000       5.679  

Subordinated debentures due December 2033

      JPY 12,000       1.830  

Subordinated debentures due August 2034

      $ 1,000       4.959  

Subordinated debentures due May 2037

      U.S.$ 1,250       4.588  
Other   Amount
($ millions)
    Distribution(4)     Yield (%)     Number
outstanding
(000s)
 

Scotiabank Trust Securities – Series 2006-1 issued by Scotiabank Capital Trust(16a,b)

  $ 750       28.25       5.650       750  
Options                        Number
outstanding
(000s)
 

Outstanding options granted under the Stock Option Plans to purchase common shares(2)

 

                    10,087  

 

(1)   Dividends declared from November 1, 2024 to October 31, 2025.
(2)   Dividends on common shares are paid quarterly, if and when declared. As at November 21, 2025, the number of outstanding common shares and options was 1,236,011 thousand and 9,901 thousand, respectively.
(3)   These securities contain Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC) provisions necessary to qualify as regulatory capital under Basel III. Refer to Notes 20 and 23 of the consolidated financial statements in the Bank’s 2025 Annual Report for further details.
(4)   Distributions per face amount of $1,000 or U.S.$1,000 semi-annually or quarterly, as applicable.
(5)   Quarterly distributions are recorded in each fiscal quarter if and when paid.
(6)   In respect of these securities, on June 28, 2023, the Bank announced the interest rate transition from three-month USD LIBOR to three-month Term SOFR, plus a spread adjustment of 26.161 bps, for interest periods commencing on or after July 12, 2023.
(7)   On June 4, 2025, the Bank redeemed US $1,250 million 4.900% Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption of these AT1 Notes resulted in a foreign currency loss of $22 million recorded in Retained Earnings.
(8)   Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on July 27, 2026, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions will be determined by the sum of the five-year Government of Canada Yield plus 2.761%.
(9)   Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on October 27, 2026, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions will be determined by the sum of the five-year U.S. Treasury rate plus 2.613%.
(10)   Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on July 27, 2027, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions, if and when paid, will be determined by the sum of the five-year Government of Canada Yield plus 3.95%.
(11)   Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on October 27, 2027, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions will be determined by the sum of the five-year U.S. Treasury rate plus 4.389%.
(12)   Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on January 27, 2029, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions, if and when paid, will be determined by the sum of the five-year U.S. Treasury rate plus 4.017%.
(13)   On January 31, 2025, the Bank issued US$1,000 million 7.350% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 6 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 6”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 6, the Bank issued US$1,000 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 6 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure. Subsequent to the initial five-year fixed rate period ending on April 27, 2030, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions will be determined by the sum of the five-year US Treasury rate plus 2.903%. For more details, refer to Note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.
(14)   On September 29, 2025, the Bank issued US$1,000 million 6.875% Fixed Rate Resetting Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 7 (NVCC) (“LRCN Series 7”). In connection with the issuance of LRCN Series 7, the Bank issued US$1,000 million of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Additional Tier1 Capital Notes (NVCC) (“the Series 7 AT1 Notes”) to Scotiabank LRCN Trust to be held as trust assets in connection with the LRCN structure. Subsequent to the initial ten-year fixed rate period ending on October 27, 2035, and resetting every five years thereafter, the distributions will be determined by the sum of the five-year US Treasury rate plus 2.734%. For more details, refer to Note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.
(15)   On June 20, 2025, all $250 million of outstanding 8.9% subordinated debentures matured. The principal plus accrued interest were paid to noteholders on the maturity date.
(16)(a)   On September 28, 2006, Scotiabank Capital Trust issued 750,000 Scotiabank Trust Securities – Series 2006-1 (Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1). The holders of Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1 are entitled to receive non-cumulative fixed cash distributions payable semi-annually in an amount of $28.25 per security. With regulatory approval, these securities may be redeemed in whole upon the occurrence of certain tax or regulatory capital changes, or in whole or in part on December 30, 2011 and on any distribution date thereafter at the option of Scotiabank Capital Trust. The holder has the right at any time to exchange their security into Non-cumulative Preferred Shares Series S of the Bank. The Series S shares will be entitled to cash dividends payable semi-annually in an amount of $0.4875 per $25.00 share. Refer to Note 23(c) – Restrictions on payment of dividends and retirement of shares. The Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1 may be automatically exchanged, without the consent of the holder, into Non-cumulative Preferred Shares Series T of the Bank in the following circumstances: (i) proceedings are commenced for the winding-up of the Bank; (ii) the Superintendent takes control of the Bank or its assets; (iii) the Bank has a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 5% or a Total Capital ratio of less than 8%; or (iv) the Superintendent has directed the Bank to increase its capital or provide additional liquidity and the Bank elects such automatic exchange or the Bank fails to comply with such direction. The Series T shares will be entitled to non-cumulative cash dividends payable semi-annually in an amount of $0.625 per $25.00 share. If there is an automatic exchange of the Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1 into Preferred Shares Series T of the Bank, then the Bank would become the sole beneficiary of the Trust.
(16)(b)   No cash distributions will be payable on the Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1 in the event that the regular dividend is not declared on the Bank’s preferred shares and, if no preferred shares are outstanding, the Bank’s common shares. In such a circumstance the net distributable funds of the Trust will be payable to the Bank as the holder of the residual interest in the Trust. Should the Trust fail to pay the semi-annual distributions on the Scotia BaTS II Series 2006-1 in full, the Bank will not declare dividends, of any kind on any of its preferred or common shares for a specified period of time. Refer to Note 23(c) - Restrictions on payment of dividends and retirement of shares of the consolidated financial statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 67


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Risk-weighted assets

Regulatory capital requirements are based on OSFI’s target minimum percentage of risk-weighted assets (RWA). RWA represent the Bank’s exposure to credit, market and operational risks and are computed by applying a combination of the OSFI approved Bank’s internal risk models and OSFI prescribed risk weights to on and off-balance sheet exposures. In addition, OSFI has adopted the revised Basel III aggregate output floor, which ensures that the Bank’s total RWA are not lower than 72.5% of RWA as calculated by the revised Basel III framework’s standardized approaches. The output floor has been set at 72.5% with an international phase-in period from 2023 to 2028. For Canadian banks, the floor is presently at 67.5%. As noted above, OSFI has deferred any further increases to the floor and has committed to notifying affected banks at least two years prior to resuming an increase to the Basel III standardized capital output floor.

As at year end, the Bank’s RWA of $474.5 billion, represents an increase of approximately $10.5 billion, or 2.3%, from 2024, due primarily to higher RWA from credit risk due to book quality, operational risk, FX translation from a weaker Canadian dollar, partly offset by lower asset growth and decrease in market risk RWA.

Credit risk-weighted assets

Credit risk measures the risk that a borrower or counterparty will fail to honour its financial or contractual obligations to the Bank.

The credit risk component consists of on and off-balance sheet claims. The Basel III rules are not applied to traditional balance sheet categories but to categories of on and off-balance sheet exposures which represent general classes of assets or exposure types (e.g. Large Corporate, Mid-size Corporate, Small and Medium Enterprise, Sovereign, Bank, Retail Mortgages, Other Retail, Equity, etc.) based on their different underlying risk characteristics. Generally, while calculating capital requirements, exposure types are analyzed by the following credit risk exposure sub-types: drawn, undrawn, repo-style transactions, over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives and other off-balance sheet claims.

Credit risk-weighted assets increased by $8.1 billion to $406.3 billion. The key drivers or components of the change are reflected in Table T34 below.

T34 Flow statement for Basel III credit risk-weighted assets ($ millions)

 

 
     2025      2024  
   
Credit risk-weighted assets movement by key driver ($ millions)    Credit risk      Of which
counterparty
credit risk
     Credit risk      Of which
counterparty
credit risk
 

Credit risk-weighted assets as at beginning of year

   $  398,153      $  18,760      $ 378,670      $  16,276  

Book size(1)

     (6,550      5,033        (5,165      246  

Book quality(2)

     7,792        247          17,516        662  

Model updates(3)

     (1,900             6,640        635  

Methodology and policy(4)

                   776        776  

Acquisitions and disposals

     1,923               2,749         

Foreign exchange movements

     6,838        210        (3,033      165  

Other

                           

Credit risk-weighted assets as at end of year

   $ 406,256      $ 24,250      $ 398,153      $ 18,760  

 

(1)

Book size is defined as organic changes in book size and composition (including new business and maturing loans).

(2)

Book quality is defined as quality of book changes caused by experience such as underlying customer behaviour or demographics, including changes through model calibrations/realignments.

(3)

Model updates are defined as model implementation, change in model scope or any change to address model enhancement.

(4)

Methodology and policy is defined as methodology changes to the calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, such as new regulation (e.g. Basel III revision).

T35 Internal rating scale(1) and mapping to external rating agencies

 

Equivalent Rating                         
External Rating – S&P and Fitch   External Rating – Moody’s   External Rating – Morningstar DBRS   Grade   IG Code   PD Range(2)

AAA to AA+

 

Aaa to Aa1

 

AAA to AA (high)

  Investment
grade
  99-98   0.0000% – 0.0565%

AA to A+

 

Aa2 to A1

 

AA to A (high)

  95   0.0565% – 0.0693%

A to A-

 

A2 to A3

 

A to A (low)

  90   0.0693% – 0.0833%

BBB+

 

Baa1

 

BBB (high)

  87   0.0833% – 0.1243%

BBB

 

Baa2

 

BBB

    85   0.1243% – 0.1976%

BBB-

 

Baa3

 

BBB (low)

      83   0.1976% – 0.2743%

BB+

 

Ba1

 

BB (high)

  Non-Investment
grade
  80   0.2743% – 0.3806%

BB

 

Ba2

 

BB

  77   0.3806% – 0.7061%

BB-

 

Ba3

 

BB (low)

  75   0.7061% – 1.4290%

B+

 

B1

 

B (high)

  73   1.4290% – 2.4715%

B to B-

 

B2 to B3

 

B to B (low)

  70   2.4715% – 6.2065%

CCC+

 

Caa1

 

  Watch list   65   6.2065% – 15.9382%

CCC

 

Caa2

 

  60   15.9382% – 28.5499%

CCC- to CC

 

Caa3 to Ca

 

  40   28.5499% – 48.3748%

 

 

  30   48.3748% – 100.0000%

Default

          Default   21   100%

 

(1)

Applies to non-retail portfolio.

(2)

PD Ranges as at October 31, 2025. The Range does not include the upper boundary for the row.

 

68 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

T36 Non-retail IRB portfolio exposure by internal rating grade(1)

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)     2025      2024  
   
Grade   IG Code     Exposure
at default
($)(3)
   

RWA

($)(4)

   

PD

(%)(5)(8)

   

LGD

(%)(6)(8)

   

RW

(%)(7)(8)

     Exposure
at default
($)(3)
    

RWA

($)(4)

    

PD

(%)(5)(8)

   

LGD

(%)(6)(8)

   

RW

(%)(7)(8)

 

Investment grade(2)

    99-98       150,554       653             14              157,031        1,030              14       1  
    95       73,203       12,175       0.06       33       17        67,710        11,758        0.06       34       17  
    90       54,864       10,652       0.08       41       19        48,113        10,146        0.07       43       21  
    87       56,701       10,492       0.09       35       19        63,699        11,320        0.09       34       18  
    85       44,862       13,629       0.17       38       30        49,920        15,343        0.16       39       31  
    83       60,463       20,083       0.23       36       33        69,342        22,379        0.22       36       32  

Non-Investment grade

    80       55,548       22,600       0.32       37       41        54,770        21,985        0.30       37       40  
    77       37,003       18,439       0.45       39       50        40,729        19,244        0.42       39       47  
    75       29,103       20,447       1.11       38       70        27,324        18,610        1.05       38       68  
    73       10,133       7,972       1.84       36       79        10,140        7,975        1.74       36       79  
    70       6,060       5,849       3.33       35       97        3,791        3,282        3.11       34       87  

Watch list

    65       1,010       1,711       11.58       43       169        1,592        2,473        10.79       40       155  
    60       1,156       2,366       21.93       39       205        986        1,972        20.59       40       200  
    40       1,119       2,179       37.16       39       195        889        1,665        36.17       37       187  
    30       287       419       62.97       43       146        232        361        60.41       43       156  

Default(9)

    21       1,594       2,933       100.00       43       184        1,313        3,529        100.00       42       269  

Total

      583,660       152,599       0.68       31       26        597,581        153,072        0.57       31       26  

Government guaranteed residential mortgages

 

    50,845                   17              53,319                     18        

Total

            634,505       152,599       0.63       30       24        650,900        153,072        0.52       30       24  

 

(1)

Excludes securitization exposures.

(2)

Excludes government guaranteed residential mortgages of $50.8 billion ($53.3 billion in 2024).

(3)

After credit risk mitigation.

(4)

RWA – Risk-Weighted Assets.

(5)

PD – Probability of Default.

(6)

LGD – Loss Given Default.

(7)

RW – Risk Weight.

(8)

Exposure at default used as basis for estimated weightings.

(9)

Gross defaulted exposures, before any related allowances.

Credit risk-weighted assets – non-retail

The Bank uses the Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach under Basel III to determine minimum regulatory capital requirements for credit risk in its Canadian, U.S. and European credit portfolios, and for a significant portion of its international corporate and commercial portfolios. The remaining credit portfolios are subject to the Standardized approach, which relies on the external credit ratings (Fitch, Morningstar DBRS, S&P) of exposures and/or borrowers, if available, or prescribed risk weights by counterparty type or exposure type to compute regulatory capital for credit risk. For the Bank’s Corporate, Bank and Sovereign IRB portfolios, the key risk measures used in the quantification of regulatory capital for credit risk include probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD).

 

   

Probability of default (PD) measures the likelihood that a borrower, with an assigned Internal Grade (IG) rating, will default within a one-year time horizon. IG ratings are a component of the Bank’s risk rating system. Each of the Bank’s internal borrower IG depending on the borrower type is mapped to a PD.

   

Loss given default (LGD) measures the severity of loss on a facility in the event of a borrower’s default. LGD segments are determined based on facility characteristics such as seniority, collateral type, collateral coverage and other structural elements. Each LGD segment is assigned a LGD estimate. LGD is based on the concept of economic loss and is calculated using the present value of repayments, recoveries and related direct and indirect expenses.

   

Exposure at default (EAD) measures the expected exposure on a facility at the time of default.

Under the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach, all three risk measures are estimated using the Bank’s historical data, as well as available external benchmarks, and are updated on a regular basis. The historical data used for estimating these risk measures exceeds the minimum five-year AIRB requirement for PD estimates and the minimum seven-year AIRB requirement for LGD and EAD estimates.

Under Basel III there are IRB requirements for internally developed model parameters under AIRB including scope restrictions which limit certain asset classes to only the Foundation Internal Ratings Based (FIRB) approach. For those asset classes (e.g. Large Corporates, Banks, etc.) the FIRB utilizes the Bank’s internally modeled PD parameters combined with internationally prescribed LGD and EAD parameters.

Further adjustments, as required under the Basel III Framework and OSFI’s requirements set out in its Domestic Implementation Notes, including any input floor requirements, are applied to average estimates obtained from historical data. These adjustments incorporate the regulatory requirements pertaining to:

 

   

Long-run estimation of PD, which requires that PD estimates capture average default experience over a reasonable mix of high-default and low-default years of the economic cycle;

   

Downturn estimation for internally modeled AIRB LGD, which requires that LGD estimates appropriately reflect conditions observed during periods where credit losses are substantially higher than average;

   

Downturn estimation for internally modeled AIRB EAD, which requires that EAD estimates appropriately reflect conditions observed during periods of economic downturn; and

   

The addition of a margin of conservatism, which is related to the likely range of errors based on the identification and quantification of the various sources of uncertainty inherent in historical estimates.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 69


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

These risk measures are used in the calculation of regulatory capital requirements based on the Basel framework. The credit quality distribution of the Bank’s IRB non-retail portfolio is shown in Table T36. Portfolio average PD increased year-over-year mainly due to model updates and book quality while average LGD and RW stayed flat over the prior year.

The risk measures are subject to a rigorous back-testing framework which uses the Bank’s historical data to ensure that they are appropriately calibrated. Based on results obtained from the back-testing process, risk measures are reviewed, re-calibrated and independently validated on at least an annual basis in order to reflect the implications of new data, technical advances and other relevant information.

 

   

As PD estimates represent long-run parameters, back-testing is performed using historical data spanning at least one full economic cycle. Realized PDs are back-tested using pre-defined criteria, and the results are then aggregated to provide an overall assessment of the appropriateness of each PD estimate;

   

The back-testing for AIRB LGD and EAD estimates is conducted from both long-run and downturn perspectives, in order to ensure that these estimates are adequately conservative to reflect both long-run and downturn conditions.

Portfolio-level back-testing results, based on a comparison of estimated and realized parameters for the four-quarter period ended at July 31, 2025, are shown in Table T37. During this period the actual experiences of PD, LGD and CCF were all lower than the estimates as reflected within the risk parameters.

T37 Portfolio-level comparison of estimated and actual non-retail percentages

 

     Estimated(1)      Actual  

Average PD

    0.78        0.44  

Average LGD

    41.73        17.03  

Average CCF(2)

    50.22        49.05  

 

(1)

Estimated parameters are based on portfolio count-weighted averages at Q3/24, whereas actual parameters are based on count-weighted averages of realized parameters during the subsequent four quarters.

(2)

Exposure-at-default (EAD) back-testing of the Bank’s credit conversion factor (CCF) parameters is performed through Limit Factor (LF) back-testing. EAD is computed using the total limit multiplied by the estimated LF.

Credit risk-weighted assets – Canadian retail

The AIRB approach is used to determine minimum regulatory capital requirements for the retail credit portfolio in Canada. The retail portfolio is comprised of the following Basel-based pools:

 

   

Residential real estate secured exposures mainly consist of conventional and high ratio residential mortgages and all other products opened under the Scotia Total Equity Plan (STEP), such as mortgage loans, credit cards and secured lines of credit;

   

Qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) consist of unsecured credit cards and lines of credit, including transactors and revolvers;

   

Other retail consists of term loans (secured and unsecured), as well as credit cards and lines of credit which are secured by assets other than real estate or do not meet the QRRE definition.

For the AIRB portfolios, the following models and parameters are estimated, subject to parameter input floors as required by OSFI:

 

   

Probability of Default (PD) is the likelihood that the facility will default within the next 12 months.

   

Loss Given Default (LGD) measures the estimated economic loss as a proportion of the defaulted balance.

   

Exposure at Default (EAD) is the portion of expected exposures at time of default.

The data observation period used for PD/EAD/LGD estimates meets the five year minimum. Various statistical techniques including predictive modeling and decision trees were used to develop models. The models assign accounts into homogenous segments using internal and external borrower/facility-level credit experience. Every month, exposures are automatically re-rated based on risk and loss characteristics. PD, LGD and EAD estimates are then assigned to each of these segments incorporating the following regulatory requirements:

 

   

PD incorporates the average long run default experience over an economic cycle. This long run average includes a mix of high and low default years.

   

LGD and EAD include historical data covering stressed years.

   

LGD and EAD are adjusted to reflect downturn conditions and when PDs are highly correlated with each of the parameters.

   

Sources of uncertainty are reviewed regularly to ensure uncertainties are identified, quantified and included in calculations so that all parameter estimates reflect appropriate levels of conservatism.

 

70 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

The table below summarizes the credit quality distribution of the Bank’s AIRB retail portfolio as at October 31, 2025.

Year-over-year the Bank’s AIRB retail portfolio parameters and average risk weights at the total portfolio level remained stable.

T38 Retail AIRB portfolio exposure by PD range(1)

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025     2024  
Category   PD Range   Exposure
at default
($)(1)
   

RWA

($)(2)

   

PD

(%)(3)(6)

   

LGD

(%)(4)(6)

   

RW

(%)(5)(6)

    Exposure
at default
($)(1)
   

RWA

($)(2)

   

PD

(%)(3)(6)

   

LGD

(%)(4)(6)

    RW
(%)(5)(6)
 

Exceptionally low

  0.0000% – 0.0500%     163,826       3,898       0.05       22       2       145,243       3,873       0.05       22       3  

Very low

  0.0501% – 0.1999%     157,873       11,560       0.16       38       7       148,919       12,705       0.16       37       9  

Low

  0.2000% – 0.9999%     75,439       19,071       0.64       42       25       79,011       22,791       0.63       43       29  

Medium low

  1.0000% – 2.9999%     31,463       17,352       1.95       52       55       25,478       15,667       2.07       57       61  

Medium

  3.0000% – 9.9999%     5,409       6,108       5.34       82       113       7,524       8,812       5.81       77       117  

High

  10.0000% – 19.9999%     6,419       8,418       16.02       44       131       3,232       4,002       14.29       39       124  

Extremely high

  20.0000% – 99.9999%     1,298       2,638       46.03       81       203       2,263       3,528       43.74       50       156  

Default(7)

  100%     1,213       2,636       100.00       38       217       975       3,030       100.00       52       311  

Total

        442,940       71,681       1.03       35       16       412,645       74,408       1.02       35       18  

 

(1)

After credit risk mitigation.

(2)

RWA – Risk-Weighted Assets.

(3)

PD – Probability of Default.

(4)

LGD – Loss Given Default.

(5)

RW – Risk Weight.

(6)

Exposure at default used as basis for estimated weightings.

(7)

Gross defaulted exposures, before any related allowances.

All AIRB models and parameters are monitored on a quarterly basis and independently validated annually by the Global Risk Management group. These models are tested to ensure rank ordering and back testing of parameters is appropriate. Comparison of estimated and actual loss parameters for the period ended October 31, 2025 is shown in Table T39. During this period the actual experience was generally more favourable to the estimates as reflected by the risk parameters; however, for Secured Lines of Credit PDs and Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposures’ LGDs, actual values are slightly elevated as they reflect the most recent year of defaults and economic losses while estimates reflect the long run overall portfolio averages.

T39 Estimated and actual loss parameters(1)(2)

 

   
($ millions)  

Average

estimated

PD (%)(3)

   

Actual

default

rate
(%)(3)(6)

   

Average

estimated

LGD (%)(4)

   

Actual

LGD
(%)(4)(7)

   

Estimated

EAD ($)(5)

   

Actual

EAD
($)(5)(6)

 

Residential real estate secured

               

Residential mortgages

               

Insured mortgages(8)

    0.57       0.50                          

Uninsured mortgages

    0.48       0.44       15.65       8.83              

Secured lines of credit

    0.29       0.30       22.63       15.63       191       173  

Qualifying revolving retail exposures

    1.64       1.45       93.72       96.86       853       829  

Other retail

    2.03       1.52       67.74       54.32       15       14  

 

(1)

Estimated values are based on the models in place four quarters prior to the reporting date.

(2)

Actual values are aligned with model updates implemented during the period.

(3)

Account weighted aggregation.

(4)

Default weighted aggregation.

(5)

EAD is estimated for revolving products only.

(6)

Actual based on accounts not at default as at four quarters prior to reporting date.

(7)

Actual LGD calculated based on 24 month recovery period after default and therefore excludes any recoveries received after the 24 month period.

(8)

Actual and estimated LGD for insured mortgages are not shown; actual LGD includes the insurance benefit, whereas estimated LGD may not.

Credit risk-weighted assets – International retail

International retail credit portfolios follow the Standardized approach and consist of the following components:

 

   

Residential real estate secured lending; and

   

Other regulatory retail, mainly consisting of term loans and credit card and lines of credit transactors and revolvers.

Under the standardized approach, each of the above components is risk-weighted based on prescribed risk weights, which consider borrower or facility attributes, such as, loan-to-value, transactors vs. revolvers, and drawn vs. undrawn.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from changes in market prices including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, and commodity prices, the correlations between them, and their levels of volatility.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 71


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Market Risk – Market Risk-Weighted Assets

In the first quarter of 2024, OSFI implemented the revised market risk framework following the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) as part of the Basel III reforms, including revised standardized and modelled approaches for market risk capital requirements. The Bank applies the standardized approach (FRTB-SA) for calculating market risk capital. Below are the market risk requirements as at October 31, 2025 and 2024:

T40 Total market risk capital(1)

 

 
($ millions)   2025     2024  

General interest rate risk

  $ 89     $ 80  

Equity risk

    188       145  

Commodity risk

    86       90  

Foreign exchange risk

    31       42  

Credit spread risk

    188       371  

Default risk

    375           400  

Residual risk add-on

    66       49  

Total market risk capital(2)

  $   1,023     $ 1,177  

 

(1)

The Bank uses the standardized approach for calculating market risk capital.

(2)

Equates to $12,786 of market risk-weighted assets (2024 – $14,710).

T41 Risk-weighted assets movement by key drivers

 

    Market risk  
 
     2025     2024  

RWA as at beginning of the year

  $ 14,710     $  12,040  

Movement in risk levels(1)

    (1,924     (1,184

Model updates(2)

           

Methodology and policy(3)

          3,854  

Acquisitions and divestitures

           

RWA as at end of the year

  $  12,786     $ 14,710  

 

(1)

Movement in risk levels are defined as changes in risk due to position changes and market movements. Foreign exchange movements are embedded within Movement in risk levels.

(2)

Model updates are defined as updates to the model to reflect recent experience, change in model scope.

(3)

Methodology and policy is defined as methodology changes to the calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, such as new regulations (e.g. Revised Basel III), including regulatory interpretation. The impact in 2024 represents the impact from transitioning from the prior modelled approaches to the new standardized approach under FRTB.

Market risk-weighted assets decreased by $1.9 billion to $12.8 billion, as shown in the table above. This was primarily due to movements in risk levels including position changes and market movements.

Market Risk – CVA Risk-Weighted Assets

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) is the adjustment to the risk free mark-to-market value of transactions to account for the potential default of a counterparty. CVA risk is the risk of loss arising from changing CVA values in response to changes in counterparty credit spreads and market risk factors.

Following the implementation of the revised OSFI Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) in Q1 2024, the Bank applies primarily the standardized approach (SA-CVA) for calculating CVA capital as approved by OSFI, and for netting sets carved out from SA-CVA, the basic approach (BA-CVA). CVA capital covers derivatives; securities financing transaction (SFT) positions which are not fair valued for accounting purposes are excluded from CVA Capital.

Operational risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss, whether direct or indirect, to which the Bank is exposed due to external events, human error, or the inadequacy or failure of processes, procedures, systems or controls.

Consistent with OSFI’s adoption of the revised Basel III reforms, the Bank applies the Standardized Approach (SA) for calculating operational risk capital requirements. Under the SA, operational risk capital is determined based on the existing gross income approach further supplemented by a scalar or internal loss multiplier (ILM) that recognizes the Bank’s operational risk loss experience.

Operational risk-weighted assets increased by $4.3 billion during the year to $55.4 billion, due primarily to growth in the Bank’s gross income and an increase to the Bank’s ILM.

Internal capital

The Bank utilizes economic capital methodologies and measures to calculate internal capital. Internal capital is a measure of the unexpected losses inherent in the Bank’s business activities. The calculation of internal capital relies on models that are subject to independent vetting and validation as required by the Bank’s Model Risk Management Policy.

Management assesses its risk profile to determine those risks for which the Bank should attribute internal capital. The major risk categories included in internal capital are:

 

   

Credit risk covers derivatives, repo-style transactions, securitizations, corporate and commercial loans and retail products. The measurement of internal capital mainly leverages the Bank’s internal credit risk ratings and a Monte-Carlo simulation model calibrated based on the Bank’s actual experience in probabilities of default, exposures at default, expected severity of loss in the event of default, concentration and diversification.

   

Market risk for internal capital incorporates the higher of: a Market Risk VaR calibrated to a higher 99.95% confidence interval, and regulatory capital components under the new standardized approaches. For the banking book, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks leverage a modelled approach based on Economic Value of Equity (EVE) sensitivities.

 

72 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

   

Operational risk for internal capital is calculated based on an approach consistent with the Bank’s regulatory capital requirements including a conservative forward-looking view of gross income.

   

Other risks include additional risks for which internal capital is attributed, such as business risk, significant investments, insurance risk and real estate risk.

In addition, the Bank’s measure of internal capital includes a diversification benefit which recognizes that all of the above risks will not occur simultaneously. The Bank also includes the full amount of goodwill and intangible assets in the internal capital amount.

For further discussion on risk management and details on credit, market and operational risks, refer to the Risk Management section.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into contractual arrangements that are either consolidated or not required to be consolidated in its financial statements but could have a current or future impact on the Bank’s financial performance or financial condition. These arrangements can be classified into the following categories: structured entities, securitizations, guarantees and other commitments.

Structured entities

Structured entities are designed to accomplish certain well-defined objectives and for which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity. The Bank may become involved with structured entities either at the formation stage or at a later date. The Bank controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The Bank’s arrangements with structured entities include:

 

   

Structured entities that are used to provide a wide range of services to customers, such as structured entities established to allow clients to securitize their financial assets while facilitating cost-efficient financing, and to provide certain investment opportunities.

   

Structured entities that the Bank sponsors and actively manages.

The Bank consolidates all structured entities that it controls which includes a U.S. based multi-seller conduit and certain funding and other vehicles. For many of the structured entities that are used to provide services to customers, the Bank does not guarantee the performance of the structured entities’ underlying assets and does not absorb any related losses. For other structured entities, such as securitization and investment vehicles, the Bank may be exposed to credit, market, liquidity, or operational risks. Noteholders of securitizations may also be exposed to these risks. The Bank may earn fees based on the nature of its association with a structured entity.

Unconsolidated structured entities

There are two primary types of association the Bank has with unconsolidated structured entities:

 

   

Canadian multi-seller conduits administered by the Bank; and

   

Structured finance entities.

The Bank earned total fees of $118 million in 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $73 million) from certain structured entities in which it had a significant interest at the end of the year but did not consolidate. More information with respect to the Bank’s involvement with these unconsolidated structured entities, including details of liquidity facilities and maximum loss exposure by category is provided below and in Note 14(b) to the consolidated financial statements.

Canadian multi-seller conduits administered by the Bank

In 2025, the Bank established Temperance Street Funding Trust, a Canadian multi-seller conduit. The Bank sponsors a total of three Canadian-based multi-seller conduits that are not consolidated. The Bank earned commercial paper issuance fees, program management fees, liquidity fees and other fees from these multi-seller conduits, which totaled $55 million in 2025, compared to $54 million in 2024. These multi-seller conduits purchase high-quality financial assets and finance these assets through the issuance of highly-rated commercial paper.

As further described below, the Bank’s exposure to these off-balance sheet conduits primarily consists of liquidity support and temporary holdings of commercial paper. Although the Bank has power over the relevant activities of the conduits, it has limited exposure to variability in returns, which results in the Bank not consolidating the three Canadian conduits. The Bank has a process to monitor these exposures and significant events impacting the conduits to ensure there is no change in control, which could require the Bank to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the conduits at fair value.

A significant portion of the conduits’ assets have been structured to receive credit enhancements from the sellers, including overcollateralization protection and cash reserve accounts. Each asset purchased by the conduits is supported by a backstop liquidity facility provided by the Bank in the form of a liquidity asset purchase agreement (LAPA) or a liquidity agreement (LA). The primary purpose of the backstop liquidity facility is to provide an alternative source of financing in the event the conduits are unable to access the commercial paper market. Under the terms of the LAPA or LA, in most cases, the Bank is not obliged to purchase defaulted assets.

The Bank’s primary exposure to the Canadian-based conduits is the liquidity support provided, with total liquidity facilities of $8.6 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $7.7 billion). The year-over-year increase was primarily driven by the establishment of Temperance Street Funding Trust. As at October 31, 2025, total commercial paper outstanding for the Canadian-based conduits was $7 billion (October 31, 2024 – $6.4 billion) and the Bank held 0.37% (October 31, 2024 – 0.1%) of the total commercial paper issued by these conduits. Table T42 presents a summary of assets purchased and held by the Bank’s three Canadian multi-seller conduits as at October 31, 2025 and 2024, by underlying exposure.

All of the funded assets have at least an equivalent rating of AA or higher based on the Bank’s internal rating program; and assets held in these conduits were investment grade as at October 31, 2025 and 2024.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 73


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T42 Assets held by Bank-sponsored Canadian-based multi-seller conduits

 

 
    2025     2024  
   
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Funded
assets
    Unfunded
commitments
    Total
exposure(1)
    Funded
assets
    Unfunded
commitments
    Total
exposure(1)
 

Auto loans/leases

  $  3,430     $  699     $  4,129     $  2,957     $ 578     $ 3,535  

Trade receivables

          459       459             459       459  

Canadian residential mortgages

    2,775       387       3,162       2,643       264       2,907  

Equipment leases and rental contracts

    670       73       743       607       39       646  

Other

    96       21       117       92       26       118  

Total(2)

  $ 6,971     $  1,639     $ 8,610     $ 6,299     $  1,366     $  7,665  

 

(1)

Exposure to the Bank is through global-style liquidity facilities.

(2)

These assets are substantially sourced from Canada.

Structured finance entities

The Bank has interests in structured finance entities used to assist corporate clients in accessing cost-efficient financing through their securitization structures. The Bank’s maximum authorized amount from structured finance entities was $22,670 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $11,469 million). The year-over-year increase was due to normal business operations and new transactions.

The Bank provides senior credit facilities to unaffiliated structured entities that are established by third parties to acquire and/or originate loans for the purposes of issuing collateralized loan obligations (CLOs). These credit facilities benefit from subordinated capital provided by either the collateral manager or third-party investors via subordinated financing, capital injection or asset contribution. Subordinated capital represents the first loss tranche which absorbs losses prior to the Bank’s senior exposure. The Bank’s broker-dealer affiliate acts as the arranger and placement agent for the CLOs. Proceeds from the sale of the CLOs are used to repay the senior credit facilities. The Bank does not consolidate these entities as it does not have decision making power over their relevant activities, which include the acquisition and/or origination of loans and overall management of the underlying portfolio. The Bank’s maximum authorized amount was $20,735 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $9,743 million), relating to credit facilities extended to these entities, of which $8,114 million was funded (October 31, 2024 – $4,243 million). The increase in the Bank’s maximum authorized amount during the year was driven by the addition of new financing facilities.

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

The Bank uses a funding vehicle to transfer credit exposure on certain loan assets and purchases credit protection against eligible credit events from this vehicle. The vehicle collateralizes its obligation using cash proceeds received through the issuance of guarantee-linked notes. Loan assets are not sold or assigned to the vehicle and remain on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The total principal balance of guarantee-linked notes issued by this vehicle and outstanding was $1,697 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $1,002 million). These are included in Deposits – Business and government on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Other unconsolidated structured entities

The Bank sponsors unconsolidated structured entities including mutual funds, in which it has insignificant or no interest at the reporting date. The Bank is a sponsor when it is significantly involved in the design and formation at inception of the structured entity, and the Bank’s name is used by the structured entity to create an awareness of the instruments being backed by the Bank’s reputation and obligation. The Bank also considers other factors, such as its continuing involvement and obligations to determine if, in substance, the Bank is a sponsor. For the year ended October 31, 2025, the Bank earned $2,851 million (October 31, 2024 – $2,547 million) income from its involvement with the unconsolidated Bank-sponsored structured entities, all of which is from Bank-sponsored mutual funds.

Securitizations

The Bank securitizes fully insured residential mortgage loans, originated by the Bank and third parties, through the creation of mortgage-backed securities that are sold to Canada Housing Trust (CHT), Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) or third-party investors, as an efficient source of financing. The sale of such mortgages does not meet the derecognition requirements where the Bank retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the securitized mortgages. The transferred mortgages continue to be recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, along with the proceeds from sale treated as secured borrowings. More details have been provided in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements.

Third-party originated mortgages purchased by the Bank and social housing mortgage pools originated by the Bank that are securitized and sold, qualify for derecognition where the Bank transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to third parties. As at October 31, 2025, the outstanding amount of off-balance sheet securitized third-party originated mortgages was $23,870 million (October 31, 2024 – $24,837 million) and off-balance sheet securitized social housing pools was $1,330 million (October 31, 2024 – $1,148 million).

The Bank securitizes a portion of its Canadian personal and small business credit card receivables (receivables) through Trillium Credit Card Trust II (Trillium), a consolidated Bank-sponsored structured entity. Trillium issues senior and subordinated notes to investors. The proceeds of such issuances are used to purchase co-ownership interests in the receivables originated by the Bank. The sale of such co-ownership interests does not qualify for derecognition and therefore the receivables continue to be recognized on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Recourse of the noteholders is limited to the purchased co-ownership interests. During the year, $682 million receivables were securitized through Trillium (2024 – $585 million).

The Bank securitizes a portion of its Canadian auto loans through its Securities Term Auto Receivables Trust program. During the year, $2,990 million of its Canadian auto loan receivables were securitized through Securitized Term Auto Receivables Trust 2025-A (START 2025-A) and $2,937 million through Securitized Term Auto Receivables Trust (SSTRT), both Bank-sponsored consolidated structured entities. These entities issue offered notes to third-party investors which are included as Deposits – Business and government on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Recourse of the noteholders is limited to the receivables and a cash reserve account. The sale of the underlying auto loan receivables does not qualify for derecognition, and the receivables continue to be recognized on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

74 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Group Financial Condition

 

Guarantees and other commitments

Guarantees and other commitments are fee-based products that the Bank provides to its customers. These products can be categorized as follows:

 

   

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee. As at October 31, 2025, these amounted to $86 billion, compared to $63 billion last year. These instruments are issued at the request of a Bank customer to secure the customer’s payment or performance obligations to a third party.

   

Liquidity facilities. These generally provide an alternate source of funding to asset-backed commercial paper conduits in the event a general market disruption prevents the conduits from issuing commercial paper or, in some cases, when certain specified conditions or performance measures are not met;

   

Indemnification contracts. In the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into many contracts where it may indemnify contract counterparties for certain aspects of its operations that are dependent on other parties’ performance, or if certain events occur. The Bank cannot estimate, in all cases, the maximum potential future amount that may be payable, nor the amount of collateral or assets available under recourse provisions that would mitigate any such payments. Historically, the Bank has not made any significant payments under these indemnities;

   

Loan commitments. The Bank has commitments to extend credit, subject to specific conditions, which represent undertakings to make credit available in the form of loans or other financings for specific amounts and maturities. As at October 31, 2025, these commitments amounted to $276 billion, compared to $273 billion last year. The higher year-over-year amount is primarily due to an impact from foreign currency translation.

These guarantees and loan commitments may expose the Bank to credit or liquidity risks, and are subject to the Bank’s standard review and approval processes. For the guaranteed products, the dollar amounts represent the maximum risk of loss in the event of a total default by the guaranteed parties, and are stated before any reduction for recoveries under recourse provisions, insurance policies or collateral held or pledged.

Detailed information on guarantees and loan commitments is disclosed in Note 33 in the consolidated financial statements.

Financial Instruments

Given the nature of the Bank’s main business activities, financial instruments make up a substantial portion of the Bank’s financial position and are integral to the Bank’s business. Assets that are financial instruments include cash resources, securities, securities purchased under resale agreements, loans and customers’ liability under acceptances. Financial instrument liabilities include deposits, acceptances, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements, obligations related to securities sold short, subordinated debentures and capital instrument liabilities. In addition, the Bank uses derivative financial instruments for both trading and hedging purposes.

Financial instruments are generally carried at fair value, except for non-trading loans and receivables, certain securities and most financial liabilities, which are carried at amortized cost unless designated as fair value through profit and loss at inception.

Unrealized gains and losses on the following items are recorded in other comprehensive income (OCI):

 

   

debt instruments measured at fair value through OCI,

 

   

equity instruments measured at fair value through OCI,

 

   

derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and

 

   

financial instruments designated as net investment hedges.

Gains and losses on derecognition of debt instruments at FVOCI are reclassified from OCI to the Consolidated Statement of Income under non-interest income. Gains and losses on derecognition of equity instruments designated at FVOCI are not reclassified from OCI to the Consolidated Statement of Income. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges and net investment hedges are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income when the hedged item affects income.

The Bank’s accounting policies for derivatives and hedging activities are further described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.

Interest income and expense on non-trading interest-bearing financial instruments are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of net interest income. Credit losses related to loans are recorded in the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Interest income and expense, as well as gains and losses, on trading securities and trading loans are recorded in non-interest income – trading revenues. Dividends received on equity instruments measured at FVOCI are recorded in interest income in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of net interest income.

Several risks arise from transacting financial instruments, including credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk and market risk. The Bank manages these risks using extensive risk management policies and practices, including various Board-approved risk management limits.

A discussion of the Bank’s risk management policies and practices can be found in the Risk Management section on pages 76 to 115. In addition, Note 34 to the consolidated financial statements presents the Bank’s exposure to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks arising from financial instruments as well as the Bank’s corresponding risk management policies and procedures.

There are various measures that reflect the level of risk associated with the Bank’s portfolio of financial instruments. For example, the interest rate risk arising from the Bank’s financial instruments can be estimated by calculating the impact of a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on annual income, and the economic value of shareholders’ equity, as described on page 98. For trading activities, Table T51 discloses the average one-day Value at Risk by risk factor. For derivatives, based on the maturity profile of the notional amount of the Bank’s derivative financial instruments, only 16% (2024 – 19%) had a term to maturity greater than five years.

Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements provides details about derivatives used in trading and hedging activities, including notional amounts, remaining term to maturity, credit risk and fair values.

The fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments is provided in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements along with a description of how these amounts were determined.

The fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments was unfavourable when compared to their carrying value by $1.3 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – unfavourable $1.4 billion). This difference relates mainly to loan assets, debt investment securities measured at amortized cost, deposit liabilities, subordinated debentures and other liabilities. These changes are primarily driven by movements in interest rates and by volume changes. Fair value estimates are based on market conditions as at October 31, 2025, and may not be reflective of future fair values. Further information on how fair values are estimated is contained in the section on critical accounting policies and estimates.

Disclosures specific to certain financial instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss can be found in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements. These designations were made primarily to significantly reduce accounting mismatches.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 75


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Risk Management

Effective risk management is fundamental to the success and resilience of the Bank and is recognized as key in the Bank’s overall approach to strategy management. Scotiabank has a strong, disciplined risk culture where managing risk is a responsibility shared by all of the Bank’s employees.

Risk Management Framework

The Enterprise Risk Management Framework (the Framework or ERMF) is a key source of information for the Board of Directors, executive management, and other stakeholders of the Bank that:

 

   

outlines the Bank’s risk governance and oversight, risk identification and measurement, risk assessment and control management, risk monitoring and testing, risk reporting and escalation and other key elements of the Bank’s risk management framework; and

   

serves as an over-arching framework for all elements of the Bank’s risk management activities, and a source document to which all other risk management frameworks and policies must be aligned.

All local risk management frameworks must be aligned with this Framework, in accordance with the type and scale of their activities and local regulatory requirements and are subject to advice and counsel by Global Risk Management.

Risk Management Principles

Risk-taking and risk management activities across the enterprise are guided by the following principles:

Balancing Risk and Reward – business and risk decisions are consistent with strategies and risk appetite.

Understand the Risks – all material risks to which the Bank is exposed, including both financial and non-financial, are identified and managed.

Forward Thinking – emerging risks and potential vulnerabilities are proactively identified and managed.

Shared Accountability – every employee is responsible for managing risk.

Client Focus – understanding our clients and their needs is essential to all business and risk decision-making.

Protect our Brand – all risk-taking activities must be in line with the Bank’s risk appetite, our Scotiabank Code of Conduct (our “Code”), including values and behaviours (ScotiaBond), and framework principles.

Controls – maintaining a robust and resilient control environment to protect our stakeholders and to manage risk in alignment with the Bank’s Risk Appetite.

Compensation – performance and compensation structures reinforce ScotiaBond values and behaviours and promote sound risk taking behaviour considering the compensation-related regulatory environment.

Financial Resilience – maintaining financial resilience to withstand financial stress. Capital and liquidity management are fundamental to financial resilience as they ensure the Bank can absorb shocks and meet its obligations during periods of stress.

Operational Resilience – maintaining operational resilience to effectively prepare for, respond to, and recover from operational disruptions to the provision of services that have the potential to cause intolerable harm to clients, or threaten the viability of the Bank, or cause instability to the financial system. This could in turn impact the Bank’s financial resilience and its ability to meet obligations during periods of stress. Effective enterprise risk management requires an understanding of how risk types are interconnected, which in turn supports financial and operational resilience.

Three Lines of Defence

The Three Lines of Defence (3LoD) model is a foundational component of the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Framework, supporting a robust and resilient risk management lifecycle. It delineates clear roles and responsibilities across the organization to ensure effective risk ownership, oversight, and assurance. Together, these lines form an integrated structure that promotes accountability, transparency, and continuous improvement across the risk lifecycle.

 

 

LOGO

 

76 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Enterprise Risk Taxonomy

Standardizing data elements around risk assessments is crucial for consistency and clarity in assessing and managing risks. The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Taxonomy (ERT) serves as the definitive source for risk names and definitions, providing a common reference for categorizing risks. This facilitates better communication and understanding across departments by categorizing and defining risks uniformly.

Principal Risk Types

The Bank’s Principal Risk types are reviewed annually as part of the Assessment of Risks process to determine that they adequately reflect the Bank’s risk profile. Principal Risks are defined as:

Those risks which management considers of primary importance: i) having a significant impact or influence on the Bank’s primary business and revenue generating activities (Financial Risks) or ii) inherent in the Bank’s business and can have significant negative strategic, business, financial and/or reputational consequences (Non-Financial Risks).

Principal Risks are assessed on an annual basis considering, amongst other things, the following factors:

 

   

Potential impact (direct or indirect) on the Bank’s financial results, operations, management and strategy

   

Effect on the Bank’s long-term prospects and ongoing viability

   

Regulatory focus and/or social concern

   

Short to mid-term macroeconomic and market environment

   

Financial and human resources required to manage and monitor the risk

   

Establishment of key risk indicators, performance indicators or management limits to monitor and control the risk

   

Peer identification and global best practices

   

Regular monitoring and reporting to the Board on the risk is warranted

Principal Risks are categorized into two main groups (Financial and Non-Financial):

Financial Risks:

Credit, Liquidity, Market

These are risks that are directly associated with the Bank’s primary business and revenue generating activities. The Bank understands these risks well and takes them on to generate sustainable, consistent and predictable earnings. Financial risks are generally quantifiable and are relatively predictable. The Bank has a higher risk appetite for financial risks which are a fundamental part of doing business; but only when they are well understood, within established limits, and meet the desired strategic priorities and risk return profile.

Non-Financial Risks:

Operational, Model, Data, Compliance, Money Laundering /Terrorist Financing and Sanctions, Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG), Cyber Security & Information Technology (IT), Strategic, Reputational

These are risks that are inherent in the Bank’s business and can have significant negative strategic, business, financial and/or reputational consequences if not managed properly. In comparison to financial risks, non-financial risks are less predictable and more difficult to define and measure. The Bank has low risk appetite for non-financial risks and mitigates these accordingly.

Transverse Risks:

Transverse risks are risks that do not exist in isolation but instead manifest through other recognized risk channels or types (for example, ESG Risk, Reputational Risk, Culture Risk, and Strategic Risk). Distinct risk events could be the result of a specific risk type or a combination of financial and non-financial transverse risks. The Bank manages these risks through risk-specific teams which coordinate cross-functionally to address and respond to the broader risk environment. This is supported by comprehensive risk reporting, established escalation channels, and data standardization which enables effective aggregate analysis and effective decision-making.

Risk Management Lifecycle

Effective risk management is a continuous and integrated process that underpins the Bank’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives while safeguarding its financial and operational resilience. Each component of the risk management lifecycle operates in an ongoing and iterative manner, reflecting the dynamic nature of the risk environment. The Bank’s Risk Management Framework provides a standardized structure that promotes consistency across these components, enabling the Bank to assess, manage, and monitor risk in a disciplined and transparent way. This standardization enhances the Bank’s ability to evaluate the effectiveness of its risk management practices and supports informed decision-making across the enterprise.

The primary goals of risk management are to ensure that the outcomes of risk-taking activities are consistent with the Bank’s ScotiaBond (Values & Behaviours), strategies and risk appetite, and that there is an appropriate balance between risk and reward to maximize shareholder value. This Framework provides the foundation for achieving these goals.

The Framework is applied on an enterprise-wide basis and consists of five key elements:

 

   

Risk Governance and Oversight

   

Risk Identification and Measurement

   

Risk Assessment and Control Management

   

Risk Monitoring and Testing

   

Risk Reporting and Escalation

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 77


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

 

LOGO

Risk Governance and Oversight

Effective risk management begins with effective risk governance and oversight.

 

 

Risk governance and oversight serves as the structural backbone that ensures risk-taking activities are aligned with the Bank’s strategic objectives and risk appetite. The Board of Directors, supported by the Corporate Governance Committee, the Risk Committee, the Audit and Conduct Review Committee, the Human Capital and Compensation Committee, and the Technology Committee, plays a central role in overseeing the Bank’s risk profile. These bodies are responsible for approving principal risk policies, frameworks, and/or limits, and for overseeing that management operates within the defined Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework. This governance structure is complemented by executive leadership who are accountable for embedding risk considerations into strategic planning and operational execution.

Governance Structure

The Bank has a well-established risk governance structure, with an active and engaged Board of Directors supported by an experienced executive management team. Decision-making is highly centralized through several executive and senior risk management committees.

The Bank’s Board of Directors and its Committees provide oversight and governance over the Bank’s risk management program which is supported by the President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Risk Officer (CRO).

The Risk Governance Structure of the Bank is set out below.

 

 

LOGO

 

78 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Board of Directors: as the top of the Bank’s risk management governance structure, provides oversight, either directly or through its committees, to satisfy itself that decision making is aligned with the Bank’s strategies and risk appetite. The Board receives regular updates on the key risks of the Bank (including a quarterly comprehensive summary of the Bank’s risk profile and performance of the portfolio against defined limits). The Board approves key risk policies, frameworks, and limits, and ensures the implementation of the appropriate processes by management to manage those risks and to adhere to the policies and frameworks.

Corporate Governance Committee of the Board: acts in an advisory capacity to the Board to enhance the Bank’s corporate governance through a continuing assessment of the Bank’s approach to corporate governance and makes policy recommendations in support of the Bank’s purpose, culture and strategy.

Risk Committee of the Board: assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities for the review of the Bank’s risk appetite and identifying and monitoring key financial and non-financial risks and the oversight of the promotion and maintenance of a strong risk culture throughout the Bank. The Committee assists the Board by providing oversight of the risk management function at the Bank. This includes periodically reviewing and approving the Bank’s key risk management policies, frameworks and limits and satisfying itself that management is operating within the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework. The Committee oversees the Bank’s sustainability-related risks, specifically the Bank’s environmental (including climate), social, and governance (ESG) risks. The Committee also oversees the independence of Global Risk Management, including the effectiveness of the head of this function, as well as the function itself.

Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board: assists the Board by providing oversight on the effectiveness of the Bank’s system of internal controls. The Committee oversees the integrity of the Bank’s consolidated financial statements and related quarterly results. This includes oversight of all financial reporting as well as the external auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance. This Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for setting standards of conduct and ethical behaviour, the oversight of conduct reviews, culture as it relates to conduct risk, and the oversight of compliance with the consumer provisions. The Committee also oversees the Bank’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and oversees the Global Finance, Global Compliance (including anti-money laundering, anti-terrorist financing and sanctions) and Audit Department functions at the Bank. The Committee also oversees the independence of each of these control functions, including the effectiveness of the heads of these functions, as well as the functions themselves.

Human Capital and Compensation Committee of the Board: in conjunction with the Risk Committee of the Board, satisfies itself that adequate procedures are in place to identify, assess and manage the risks (including conduct risk) associated with the Bank’s material compensation programs and that such procedures are consistent with the Bank’s risk management programs. The Committee has further responsibilities relating to talent management, succession planning and total rewards.

Technology Committee of the Board: assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to technology-based risk management in coordination with the Risk Committee. The Committee oversees the Bank’s technology strategy and technology investment and innovation. The Committee reviews, approves or recommends for Board approval, the Bank’s significant technology frameworks, policies and supporting standards and internal controls, and monitors risks related to the use of technology. The Committee also reviews the independence of the Technology function, including the effectiveness of the head of this function, as well as the function itself.

President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO): reports directly to the Board and is responsible for defining, communicating and implementing the strategic direction, goals and core values for Scotiabank that maximize long term shareholder value and returns, and meeting the needs of the Bank’s other key stakeholders. The CEO oversees the establishment of the Bank’s risk appetite, in collaboration with the CRO and CFO, which is consistent with the Bank’s short- and long-term strategy, business and capital plans, as well as compensation programs.

Global Risk Management (GRM): is an independent second line of defence that provides oversight of enterprise-wide risk management and is led by the Group Head & CRO. The CRO reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer and has a functional reporting line to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. The CRO also maintains unfettered access to the Board and its committees, ensuring the independence, authority, and transparency of the Risk Function. GRM accountabilities include the management of all principal risks globally. Furthermore, as a senior member of the Bank’s executive team, the CRO provides independent and effective challenge to strategic and capital allocation decisions, ensuring they align with the Bank’s Risk Appetite Statement and support sustainable performance against the Bank’s Balanced Scorecard objectives. GRM is responsible for providing effective challenge and reasonable assurance to executive management, the Board of Directors and shareholders that risks are actively identified, managed and communicated to all key stakeholders. GRM’s accountability is to ensure that the outcomes of risk-taking activities optimize and protect long-term value by using insight and partnership to drive business impact and safeguards trust.

Global Compliance & AML: is an independent second line of defence that is responsible for oversight of Compliance Risk, ML/TF Risk & Sanctions Risk and is led by the EVP & Chief Compliance Officer and supported by the Group Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer (Group CAMLO). Within this structure, Global Compliance provides effective challenge and oversight to business lines and corporate functions assessing the adequacy of, adherence to, and effectiveness of the Bank’s day-to-day compliance controls, and for opining to the Board on whether, based on the independent monitoring and testing conducted, the controls are sufficiently robust to achieve compliance with the applicable regulatory requirements. It also provides oversight and effective challenge to the Bank’s management of bribery and corruption risk. Global AML under the Group CAMLO is responsible for maintaining the AML/ATF and Sanctions program which is designed to comply in all material respects with the regulations to which it is subject, and to protect the Bank from being used to launder illicit funds, finance terrorism, violate or evade sanctions. This group also develops AML/ATF and Sanctions policies and control standards to effectively manage money laundering, terrorist financing, and sanctions risks and provides risk-based independent oversight, risk assessment and effective challenge to the first line of defence.

Global Finance: is led by the Group Head & Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and is responsible for setting enterprise-wide financial strategies which support the Bank’s ability to maximize sustainable shareholder value. Global Finance actively manages the reliable and timely reporting of financial information to management, the Board of Directors, shareholders, regulators, as well as other stakeholders. This reporting includes the Bank’s consolidated financial statements and related quarterly and annual results, as well as all financial reporting related regulatory filings. Global Finance executes the Bank’s financial, liquidity and capital management strategies with appropriate governance and control, while ensuring its processes are efficient and effective.

Audit Department: reports functionally to the Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board on the design and operating effectiveness of the Bank’s risk management processes. The mission of the Audit Department is to provide the Board and Management with independent, risk-based, and objective assurance over the Bank’s internal controls, risk management and governance processes which strengthen the Bank’s ability to create, protect and sustain value.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 79


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The Audit Department provides value-added insights and advisory services* in support of the Bank’s strategic objectives in addition to developing talent for the Bank. The Audit Department enhances the Bank’s reputation and credibility with its stakeholders.

Business Lines: as the first line of defence, own the risks generated by their activities, are accountable for effective management of the risks within their Business Lines and functions through identifying, assessing, mitigating, monitoring and reporting the risks. Business lines and corporate functions actively design and implement effective controls as well as governance activities to manage risk and maintain activities within risk appetite and policies. Further, business lines have processes to be able to effectively identify, assess, monitor and report against allocated risk appetite limits and are in compliance with relevant policies, standards and guidelines. The Business Risk Management functions (“1B”) play an important role in assisting the Risk Owners (“1A”) in identifying, assessing, monitoring, reporting, and mitigating risks; and establishing risk governance, internal controls, and reporting frameworks. While Business Lines may rely on corporate and support functions to execute certain activities (i.e., technology, procurement, etc.), Business Lines ultimately maintain accountability for the risks generated by their activities and timely remediation of gaps.

Corporate & Support Functions: refer to the departments that execute activities supporting the overall operations of the organization and/or provide assistance and services to the core business operations. These functions typically include human resources, technology, operations, etc. that play a crucial role in ensuring the smooth functioning of the Bank.

* Subject to not impairing the Audit Department’s independence or objectivity.

Risk Oversight Requirements

 

   

Each principal risk identified by the Bank must be governed by a clearly articulated risk management governance document (Frameworks and Policies) aligned with the Bank’s overarching risk appetite and governance standards.

   

Policies should be developed in consultation with stakeholders across risk management, control functions, business lines, and the Audit Department, and must reflect regulatory expectations, industry best practices, and internal governance principles.

   

Policy and Framework development must align with the Bank’s Policy of Policies to ensure consistency and alignment in risk management practices across the Enterprise.

   

Committee governance structures must be established to manage each principal risk, with designated risk committees or governance bodies accountable for monitoring exposures, reviewing metrics, and ensuring mitigation strategies are in place.

   

Dedicated second line resources must be in place to provide effective challenge and oversight of the risk.

   

Risk appetite statements must be established to define the Bank’s appetite for the risk and how it is measured and monitored.

   

Risk appetite metrics must be supported by management limits, early warning thresholds, risk appetite limits, and key risk indicators, as appropriate for the risk.

   

Adequate and effective monitoring and reporting must be established to the Board and executive and senior management, including from subsidiaries, with clear escalation lines.

   

Board and executive management must have clearly defined roles and responsibilities in relation to risk identification, assessment, measurement, monitoring, and reporting to support effective governance and oversight.

Risk Appetite

Effective risk management requires clear articulation of the Bank’s risk appetite and how the Bank’s risk profile aligns with the Bank’s strategy and managed in relation to that appetite.

 

 

 

The Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework (ERAF) defines the types and levels of risk the Bank is willing to accept to meet its strategic and financial goals. It aligns with the Bank’s vision and strategy, reinforcing a strong risk culture and ensuring decisions stay within set boundaries.

The ERAF is integrated into strategic, capital, and financial planning, as well as compensation programs. It is reviewed annually by senior management and approved by the Board.

Each Principal Risk, Business Line, and Key Subsidiary must have its own Risk Appetite Statement (RAS), aligned with the ERAF and tailored to its operations, including alignment to local requirements where relevant.

The ERAF includes both qualitative and quantitative measures, supported by management-level limits and controls. Key metrics ensure effective management of Principal Risks within regulatory constraints, keep reputational risk top of mind, and support strategic execution within defined operating parameters, helping the Bank maintain its risk posture over time.

 

LOGO

 

 

80 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Culture Risk and Risk Culture

Culture Risk is the risk that the Bank’s actual culture diverges from its stated desired culture. This misalignment can weaken risk management, impair decision making, and undermine the Bank’s ability to meet strategic and regulatory expectations.

Risk Culture focuses specifically on how risk is understood, discussed, and managed across the organization. A strong risk culture reinforces accountability, ethical conduct, and alignment with the Bank’s risk appetite.

Effective risk management requires a strong, robust, and pervasive risk culture where every Bank employee understands and recognizes their role as a risk manager and is responsible for identifying and managing risks.

 

 

LOGO

The Bank has identified four key themes of a strong Risk Culture: tone from the top, accountability, risk management and people management. These key themes are predicated on our ScotiaBond values and behaviours, and enables employees to identify risk taking activities that are beyond the established risk appetite.

Elements that influence and support the Bank’s Risk Culture:

 

 

Governance: Senior management is responsible for culture risk management. The Board is responsible for the Bank’s culture and promotes a risk culture that stresses integrity and effective risk management.

 

Decision-making on risk issues is highly centralized: the flow of information and transactions to senior and executive committees keeps management well informed of the risks the Bank faces and ensures that transactions and risks are aligned with the Bank’s risk appetite.

 

Scotiabank Code of Conduct: describes standards of conduct required of Employees, Contingent Workers, Directors and officers of the Bank. All Scotiabankers are required to receive, read and comply with our Code, and any other applicable Scotiabank policies and affirm their compliance within the required timeline on an annual basis.

 

ScotiaBond: the Bank’s culture ambition reflects the Bank’s values and behaviours. Our values are: Client-centric – Deliver a differentiated experience that creates value for our clients; Integrity – Make the right decisions for our clients, each other, and our Bank; Inclusion – Value and leverage differences and diverse perspectives; Accountability – Take initiative to sustainably and profitably grow our Bank.

 

Communication: the Bank actively communicates risk appetite to help embed appropriate risk taking into the Bank’s Risk Culture, to reinforce and champion ScotiaBond values and behaviours, and promote desired culture.

 

Training: Risk Culture is continually reinforced by providing effective and informative mandatory and non-mandatory training modules for all employees on a variety of risk management topics.

 

Compensation: the Bank’s compensation, rewards and recognition, and incentive programs are designed to support and reinforce appropriate risk behaviours, ensure compliance with compensation-related principles and regulations and discourage behaviours that conflict with ScotiaBond values and behaviours, and our Code – ensuring undesired behaviours are not incentivized or rewarded.

 

Employee goals: all employees across the Bank have an accountability goal assigned to them annually.

 

Executive mandates: all Executives across the Bank have risk management responsibilities within their mandates.

Risk Identification and Measurement

Effective risk management requires a comprehensive process to identify risks and assess their materiality.

 

 

Risk Identification and Measurement encompasses both known and potential or unknown risks. The Bank’s approach ensures that risks are not only identified through current exposures and trends but also proactively assessed for emerging threats and vulnerabilities that may not yet be fully understood or realized. This comprehensive view supports a resilient and forward-looking risk management framework.

The Bank defines Risk as the potential impact of deviations from expected outcomes on the Bank’s earnings, capital, liquidity, reputation and resilience caused by internal and external vulnerabilities.

Risk Identification and Measurement is performed on an ongoing basis through the following:

 

 

Transactions – risks, including credit and market exposures, are assessed by the business lines as risk owners with GRM providing review and effective challenge, as applicable

 

Monitoring – risks are identified by constantly monitoring and reporting current trends and analysis, top and emerging risks and internal and external significant adverse events impacting the Bank

 

New Products and Services – new or significant change to products, services and/or supporting technology are assessed for potential risks through the New Initiatives Risk Assessment Program

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 81


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

 

Strategic Investments – investment transactions are thoroughly reviewed for risks and are approved by the Operating Committee with advice and counsel from the Strategic Transactions and Investment Committee who provides direction and guidance on effective allocation and prioritization of resources

Risk Measurement

The Bank’s measurement of risk is a key component of its risk management framework. The measurement methodologies may apply to a group of risks or a single risk type and are supported by an assessment of qualitative risk factors to ensure the level of risks are within the Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank utilizes various risk techniques such as: models, stress testing, scenario and sensitivity analysis, and back testing using data with forward-looking projections based on plausible and worst-case economic and financial market events to support its risk measurement activities.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP)

On an annual basis, the Bank undergoes a Bank-wide Assessment of Risks that identifies the principal risks faced by the Bank for the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process and the determination of internal capital. This process evaluates the risks and determines the pervasiveness of the risk across multiple business lines, the significance of the risk to a specific business line, the likelihood and potential impact of the risk and whether the risk may cause unexpected losses in income and therefore would be mitigated by internal capital. The process also reviews other evolving and emerging risks and includes qualitative considerations such as strategic, economic and ESG risk factors. The identified risks are ascribed a rating of how probable and impactful they may be and are used as an important input for the ICAAP and the determination of internal capital.

As part of this annual risk assessment process the Bank’s Principal Risks for the year are identified through consultation with various risk owners and/or stakeholders and approved by the Operational Risk Committee and the Risk Management Committee.

Models

The use of quantitative risk methodologies and models is subject to effective oversight and a strong governance framework which includes the application of sound and experienced judgment. The development, design, independent review and testing, and approval of models are subject to the Model Risk Management Policy.

The Bank employs models for a number of important risk measurement and management processes including: regulatory and internal capital, internal risk management, valuation/pricing and financial reporting, meeting initial margin requirements, business decision-making for risk management, and stress testing.

Stress Testing

Stress testing programs at both the enterprise-wide level and individual risk level allow the Bank to estimate the potential impact on the Bank’s performance resulting from significant changes in market conditions, credit environment, liquidity demands, or other risk factors. Enterprise-wide stress testing is also integrated with both the strategic and financial planning processes, as well as financial crisis management planning. The development, approval and on-going review of the Bank’s stress testing programs are subject to policy, and the oversight of the Stress & Scenarios Committee (SSC) or other management committees as appropriate. The SSC is also responsible for reviewing and approving stress testing, climate risk, and expected credit loss scenarios for implementation and use. Each stress testing program is developed with input from a broad base of stakeholders, and results are integrated into management decision making processes for capital adequacy and/or allocation, funding requirements and strategy, risk appetite setting, and limit determinations. The stress testing programs are designed to capture a number of stress scenarios with differing severities and time horizons.

Other stress tests are conducted, as required, at the enterprise-wide level and within specific functional areas to test the decision-making processes of the senior management team and key personnel, by simulating a potential stress scenario. Simulated stress scenarios may include several complexities and disruptions through which senior management are engaged to make certain key decisions. Generally, the objectives of the simulations can include testing (1) the executability of activation protocols, (2) operational readiness, (3) the flexibility of the executive decision-making process, and (4) the process by which actions to be taken are prioritized. The exercises may also be designed to test the applicability and relevance of available data and the timeliness of reporting for decision making under stressed/crisis conditions.

Scenario Analysis

Scenario analysis is a forward-looking Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) tool utilized by the Bank to actively manage risk by assessing low likelihood, high impact, hypothetical events. Through this process, hypothetical events are analyzed to allow for the identification of potential operational risks or threats and an assessment of the adequacy of controls. The output of this analysis may lead to a mitigation of risk exposures, and ultimately, a reduction in operational losses. This also allows for assessments related to material catastrophic risk exposures (e.g. technology or fraud scenarios, as well as physical risks related to climate change, earthquake, hurricane, forest fire, pandemics, and significant adverse events).

Risk Assessment and Control Management

Effective risk assessment and control management is foundational to the Bank’s Risk Management Framework, it enables the organization to identify, evaluate, manage and control risks in alignment with its strategic objectives and risk appetite.

 

 

Risk Assessments

The Bank has developed key risk assessment processes to comprehensively assess materiality of risks and effectiveness of controls to ensure risks are effectively managed.

Risk Response Strategies

Risk response is the process for designing and implementing actions to address risk issues to ensure risks are managed proactively and effectively to minimize any impact on the Bank. Key strategies include:

 

 

Risk Mitigation: Involves taking steps to reduce the likelihood or impact of a risk. This process begins when the Risk Owner’s management acknowledges the risk and determines a corrective action plan.

 

82 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

 

Risk Avoidance: Risks are avoided when management determines that the risk is outside of the risk appetite or that a cost-effective solution is not available and decides not to pursue the activity which creates the risk.

 

Risk Transfer: Risks are transferred when management acknowledges the risk and determines that the risk is more appropriately covered by insurance.

Controls

The Bank’s risk control activities are integral to maintaining a robust risk management environment and is an important component of corporate governance. The Bank is committed to meet OSFI’s requirements and guidelines when conducting business activities which involve exposure to risk.

The Bank’s Internal Control System is designed to mitigate risks to the Bank and ensure that control activities are defined at every level of the organization, including approval and authorization limits, segregation of duties, physical and logical access controls, and information processing and reconciliation controls. Internal control underpins all activities the Bank undertakes to meet its objectives and its obligations to all its stakeholders.

Risk Monitoring and Testing

 

 

The Bank is committed to remaining vigilant and responsive to potential risks to ensure that all business activities operate within the approved risk appetite limits, thresholds, or guidelines. This proactive approach to risk management is essential for safeguarding the Bank’s financial stability, reputation, and regulatory compliance. By maintaining a comprehensive view of risk exposures, the Bank can promptly address any emerging threats and ensure that its risk profile remains within the established risk appetite. A component of risk monitoring is business oversight in which the effectiveness of controls and identification of issues or trends are discussed in committee meetings or similar forums. Risk Monitoring also includes surveillance monitoring in which employee and client activities are reviewed to identify instances of misconduct or non-compliance.

Metric Monitoring

Risk Appetite Metrics are Key Risk Indicators (KRIs) that are monitored as part of the Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework. Management monitors additional metrics, such as KRIs, Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), and Key Control Indicators (KCIs) that assist in the oversight of risk management activities across the Bank.

Risk Limits

Risk limits are a fundamental mechanism for governing risk-taking activities within the boundaries established by the Board of Directors and executive management. These limits are aligned with the Bank’s approved risk appetite and tolerances and are designed to ensure that risk exposures remain within acceptable levels across financial, operational, compliance, and strategic dimensions.

Limits serve to:

 

 

Reinforce accountability by clearly assigning responsibility for managing risk within defined thresholds.

 

Prevent excessive risk-taking that could compromise the Bank’s financial stability, reputation, or regulatory compliance.

 

Promote a culture of risk awareness and disciplined decision-making throughout the organisation.

By setting clear and measurable boundaries, limits support the effective implementation of the Bank’s risk management strategy and ensure consistency with its overall risk governance framework.

Testing Procedures

Testing is a critical component of the Bank’s risk monitoring activities. It provides assurance that internal controls are appropriately designed and operating effectively to mitigate risks. The Bank’s testing program supports proactive risk management by identifying control weaknesses, supporting the validation of remediation efforts, and reinforcing accountability across the First and Second Lines of Defence.

Testing activities are risk-based and prioritized according to, among other factors, the materiality and complexity of the control environment, regulatory expectations, and the maturity of existing monitoring. Annual testing plans are subject to review and approval by relevant governance committees. Testing may include walkthroughs, control design assessments, data analysis techniques and operating effectiveness testing using sampling methodologies.

Reporting and Escalation

 

 

Reporting Process

Within the ERM framework, regular updates to senior management and the Board, including the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Quarterly Risk Report (QRR), provide aggregate measures of risk across the Bank’s global operations. These reports ensure adherence to risk appetite and limits while offering a clear overview of the Bank’s risk profile and performance. Senior leadership uses this information to assess the organization’s risk exposure.

Escalations

The Bank’s escalation processes are crucial for risk monitoring and reporting, ensuring timely identification and communication of potential risks. Risk owners are responsible for continuously tracking risk metrics and identifying any breaches of limits or early warning thresholds. When breaches of early warning thresholds or risk appetite limits occur, or if there are any other deteriorating trends in the risk profile that could impact the organization’s stability and performance, risk owners must promptly escalate these issues to senior management and/or the Board. This ensures that timely and necessary actions can be taken to mitigate the risks and maintain the Bank’s risk posture and compliance with regulatory requirements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 83


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T43 Exposure to risks arising from the activities of the Bank’s businesses

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Average assets for the Other segment include certain non-earning assets related to the business lines.

(2)

Attributed Capital is a combination of regulatory: (i) Risk-based capital and (ii) Leverage capital.

(3)

Includes Attributed Capital for significant investments, goodwill, intangibles and leverage capital.

(4)

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) are as at October 31, 2025 as measured for regulatory purposes in accordance with Basel III.

 

84 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Top and emerging risks

The Bank is exposed to a variety of top and emerging risks. These risks can potentially affect the Bank’s business strategies, financial performance, and reputation. As part of our risk management approach, we monitor our operating environment to identify, assess, review, and manage a broad range of top and emerging risks and drivers of those risks to undertake appropriate risk mitigation strategies.

Risk drivers are identified using a risk identification system whereby information is gathered and consolidated from a variety of internal and external sources including industry research and peer analysis, Senior Management expertise, and risk reporting from our international operations. The results of this research, in conjunction with internal risk assessments across the Bank’s principal risks and Business Lines, help identify the impact of top and emerging risk drivers, which, along with mitigation activities, are summarized and reported to Executives and the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

The external risk environment continues to be characterized by an unprecedented rate of change and interconnectivity on a global scale. Drivers of risk are becoming less predictable and require a more agile approach to respond quickly to mitigate their impacts. While emerging risk drivers continue to be concentrated in non-financial areas, they have the potential to interact and amplify other top risks, including financial ones, in ways that can be difficult to predict. This year, the impacts of U.S. imposed tariffs and continued trade and government policy uncertainty have been key interconnected risk drivers.

The Bank’s top and emerging risk drivers are as follows:

Evolving Cyber Threats

As technology advances, cyber threats continue to evolve in sophistication and scope, which could impact the Bank directly and/or its third-party service providers. These threats manifest as attacks on critical functions or infrastructure, including but not limited to, client facing systems and may result in financial loss, data theft, regulatory consequences, reputational damage or operational disruption to the Bank. The inherent risk of cyber threats continues to increase as attack surfaces grow with the adoption of new technologies and cloud services. Geopolitical conflicts have increased the severity and frequency of cyber threats and state-sanctioned cyber attacks on critical infrastructure, public facing services and emerging technologies. Advancements in Generative AI and Large Language Models (LLM) create additional attack vectors that enable new forms of cyber attacks to commit fraud or exfiltrate sensitive data and personally identifiable information.

The Bank’s overall cyber security and IT program continues to adapt to the evolving and complex cyber threat landscape, and investments in cyber defences, including proactive and adaptive security measures, and IT infrastructure to strengthen its operational resilience. As threat actors look to exploit the weakest link in a system, frequent monitoring of critical suppliers and effective contingency planning helps mitigate the vulnerability to cyber attacks on third parties and safeguards critical assets to ensure business continuity. The Bank also maintains cyber insurance coverage to help mitigate potential losses linked to cyber incidents. The insurance coverage limit is regularly reviewed and evaluated to ensure it meets the Bank’s needs.

Tariffs and Trade Policy Uncertainty

Heightened economic uncertainty driven by the impact of tariffs and changing government policy may contribute to a slowdown in economic and trade activity. This is occurring in an already uncertain macroeconomic environment for the Bank’s clients who may also be dealing with higher borrowing costs and could further dampen consumer demand and investor confidence. In addition, existing sectoral and non-CUSMA compliant goods tariffs on Mexico and Canada could impact key exports creating headwinds for the Bank in its priority markets.

Proactive provisioning, stress testing, and regular monitoring of the environment supports the Bank’s preparedness for a significant downturn, while fostering a deeper understanding of how evolving conditions affect the Bank’s risk profiles and business performance. Ongoing monitoring of liquidity, deposit levels, and credit quality keeps the Bank adept in responding to this changing environment and protects against potential impacts of macroeconomic uncertainty. Portfolios are monitored for delinquency trends, and collections measures are being deployed to mitigate potential impacts to the Bank’s most vulnerable borrowers.

Client Repayment Vulnerability and Recession Risks

After a period of elevated interest rates, most central banks have lowered their policy rates, which should support economies that are actively dealing with tariffs and economic uncertainty. As well, the lag effects of higher interest rates may continue to increase portfolio impacts, including provisions and delinquencies as clients continue to face higher refinancing costs, weakening consumer demand and higher unemployment. This environment also increases the risk of recession or a market downturn, which can put further pressure on consumer and business confidence, loan demand and real estate markets and may result in lower earnings and higher credit losses for the Bank.

The Bank has measures in place to monitor and mitigate impacts on its portfolios (i.e., stress testing, downturn readiness playbooks), while continuing its proactive client outreach. The effectiveness of collection efforts remains critical to sustaining momentum in impaired loan management and driving overall portfolio health. In addition, the Bank’s strategic shift places focus on allocating capital to more mature, priority markets with an emphasis on lower cost deposits and client primacy that helps reduce credit risk.

Changing Government Policy

Recent developments suggest a possible trend toward increased government engagement in economic and regulatory matters that may include more active fiscal measures aimed at achieving specific outcomes. Though the direction of such policies remains uncertain, governments are working towards increasing economic growth, national strength and resilience, including more restrictive trade policies, promotion of industrial policy and supporting national corporate champions. This new policy environment will create uncertainty as previous rules and operating principles for businesses are upended that could result in inflation, higher longer term borrowing costs and sovereign risk concerns. It could also lead to headwinds for the Bank in its priority markets, particularly the North American corridor, as political relationships change and policy uncertainty accelerates, requiring strategic adjustments.

Government Affairs, Compliance, Global AML and Economics teams continue to monitor the changing political and economic landscape across the Bank’s operating footprint, communicating broadly to clients and employees, and supporting stress testing and scenario analysis. These teams regularly update the Bank’s leadership to support a continuous understanding of the evolving environment and its impact on the Bank’s risk profile, strategy and business performance. In Canada, recent legislative efforts, such as the One Canadian Economy Act, may help advance major projects and stimulate economic activity, potentially supporting loan demand and employment.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 85


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Climate Change

Rising costs of climate change and new climate guidelines increase regulatory oversight and stakeholder expectations to demonstrate strong governance in managing climate risks. The increased intensity and frequency of severe weather events highlights the potential impacts of diverse physical risks due to climate change, which include damage to properties and disruptions to operations that can negatively impact profitability. The changing corporate and political environment in the US and Canada could result in reduced support for climate-related regulation and funding for climate initiatives, creating uncertainty that could limit clients’ ability or willingness to reduce emissions. Under current laws and evolving climate regulations, which include management of nature-related risks and their impacts, making exaggerated or misleading sustainability claims or “greenwashing”, either intentionally or due to data collection and reporting challenges, can create legal and reputational risks. For further details please refer to the ESG Risk section on page 113.

The Bank continues to maintain compliance with evolving climate regulations across its global footprint. To manage physical risks, there are several mechanisms to identify, mitigate, and assess potential Bank losses, while disaster recovery planning is focused on ensuring uninterrupted operations for localized disasters and weather-related events. The Bank has a public ESG policy that restricts lending to the Oil & Gas industry within the Arctic, thermal coal mining or coal power generation and new nature-related sustainability policies for activities in UNESCO World Heritage sites and RAMSAR wetlands.

Geopolitical Tensions

The potential for political miscalculations and conflict escalations remains a key concern. Geopolitical uncertainty and a fracturing global economy continues as many geopolitical conflicts remain unresolved, including U.S.-China tensions, the continuing war in Ukraine, and the ongoing conflict in the Middle East. Geopolitical tensions are accelerating in complexity and speed with risk increasingly manifesting in interconnected ways that could disrupt global trade, supply chains or operations, and cause market volatility. Financial institutions have limited influence over broad geopolitical dynamics and resulting impacts could require strategic adjustments to manage changes to client and investor confidence and to address a higher risk of financial instability.

The Bank seeks to grow and do business in countries that have a track record of economic growth and institutional stability, while continuing to invest in its priority markets within the North American corridor. The Bank monitors geopolitical developments through various pillars and threat intelligence coordination, and monitors regions with geopolitical conflicts to ensure operations, including sanctions related controls continue to be fully compliant with evolving laws. The Bank’s stress testing programs help evaluate the potential impacts of severe economic scenarios, and the Bank can draw from its extensive experience operating in emerging markets across the globe to manage volatility, and right scaling exposure when necessary. As well, the Bank’s strong and varied client base, robust liquidity levels and diversified funding programs help manage disruptions or market dislocations.

Increasing Regulatory Scrutiny and Changing Regulatory Landscape

As a global financial institution, the Bank operates under various legal and regulatory frameworks that affect its businesses. The growing volume, complexity, and pace of regulatory obligations, combined with continued scrutiny and increasing fines and penalties across the Bank’s footprint is competing for limited resources and is a challenge when balancing compliance with innovation amidst growing competition in the non-regulated financial industry. The Bank strives to monitor and evaluate the emerging regulatory developments and to implement the necessary changes to ensure compliance. However, any inadvertent non-compliance may expose the Bank to fines, penalties, litigation, regulatory sanctions, enforcement actions and restrictions or prohibitions on its business activities. These consequences may adversely affect the Bank’s financial performance, its business strategy execution and its reputation.

The Bank continues to monitor changes in regulatory guidance from regulators and to assess the impact of new regulations and increasing scrutiny across its operating footprint. It continues to coordinate regulatory examinations as part of its compliance program and work with peers to promote consistent guidance and requirements across jurisdictions. Although some regulators have indicated a desire to ease financial rules to support lending and economic growth, the Bank is continuing to invest in infrastructure to address immediate compliance challenges while building resilience for the years ahead, supported by a robust funding model and risk culture with the appropriate regulatory talent. For additional information on some of the key regulatory developments that potentially impact the Bank’s operations, see “Regulatory Developments” on page 120.

Increasing Reliance on Third Party Services

The Bank continues to rely on third parties for the delivery of some critical services. The growing concentration of dominant third and nth parties for the delivery of these critical services, combined with attempts to keep up with technological advancements requires oversight and monitoring of complex third- and nth-party arrangements, and their compensating controls. Using third-party service providers increases the risk of attacks, breaches, or disruptions due to the Bank’s reduced oversight and control over their technology and security. This can interrupt critical functions or infrastructure, including but not limited to, client facing systems and may result in financial loss, data theft, regulatory consequences, reputational damage or operational disruption to the Bank. Resiliency and preparedness for third party disruptions, including contingency planning and identification of alternative vendors, is an area of increasing focus.

The Bank aims to be “Resilient by Design” and has established an operational resilience program to support engagements with third party service providers, including defining critical suppliers, enhancing continuous monitoring, increasing the frequency of risk assessments and developing vendor disruption strategies. The Bank continues to invest in enhancing its governance of third parties, resourcing capabilities, and technology to ensure it manages third party risk prudently.

External Fraud, Scams and Insider Risks

The Bank and the industry as a whole continues to be exposed to the threat of increasing fraud given the uncertain economic climate, rapid digitization, and the adoption of new technologies. The Bank anticipates that it will continue to experience fraud losses driven by external threats and scams, including first party fraud. First party fraud involves deceptive actions by clients who knowingly engage in false or deceptive activities relating to financial transactions on an account issued in their name for personal gain. As well, the financial industry continues to observe an increased number of insider risk cases, leading to new or emerging threats. These cases can lead to data being compromised, intellectual property theft, business disruptions, as well as regulatory, operational and compliance risks. It can also lead to fraud, which historically has been driven by external factors, including service providers to the Bank and its customers.

Despite the Bank’s investments in fraud prevention and detection programs, capabilities, measures and defences, it may not prevent against all fraudulent activity which could result in financial loss, reputational damage or operational disruptions in the Bank’s businesses. The Bank is continuously enhancing its fraud oversight functions and governance structures to ensure a coordinated response to fraud attacks and to support future business growth in line with its strategy.

 

86 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Data Quality and Availability

The increasing role of data in processes, models and operations, its potential for bias, and the increasing sensitivities and concerns on appropriate use of data in the decision-making process, can all result in reputational risk. Models leveraging data with poor quality may impair the Bank’s ability to meet regulatory disclosure requirements and increase compliance and operational costs. As data volumes grow exponentially, driven in part by Gen AI, the risk of inaccurate, incomplete, or untimely data is increasing. This can hinder effective reporting, governance, and risk profiling, and may compromise compliance with regulatory requirements, including the accuracy of disclosures. Challenges in data availability and quality amplify these risks, potentially impacting decision making and leading to higher costs.

The Bank has policies that outline guiding principles on how to manage the risks of using data, in alignment to the latest regulations on data and AI, while incorporating data ethics into its Code and training. The Bank continues to modernize its data management processes, expanding data governance and increasing the scope and thoroughness of its data quality validations.

Rapid AI Adoption

AI introduces risks such as operational disruptions, security vulnerabilities, including a higher risk of fraud, regulatory challenges, and ethical concerns. Maintaining competitiveness through AI adoption including Gen AI, Agentic AI and LLM is vital for the Bank as it aims to leverage the technology for improved decision-making, enhanced client experience and process optimisation. However, keeping pace with the latest advancements poses new risks, including additional model governance requirements, potential copyright and intellectual property infringement, spread of misinformation and inaccuracy of outputs, which could ultimately erode consumer trust and confidence. Rapid adoption and ease of use of Gen AI and Agentic AI technologies also leads to increased competitive pressures from non-regulated FinTech companies that have lower cost structures and regulator oversight.

The Bank is addressing the risks of further AI adoption, including malicious use, data vulnerabilities, and regulatory scrutiny, by operationalizing its AI Risk Management Program through cross functional collaboration and embedding robust procedures across business units, while increasing employee awareness by expanding training, ultimately building trust and oversight across the organization. To address the increasing regulatory scrutiny on the use of AI, and potentially inconsistent AI rules across jurisdictions, the Bank must stay abreast of emerging regulations and continue to establish robust governance with adaptable risk management frameworks as it continues to expand its use of emerging AI technologies across different geographies.

Technology Modernization

Outdated software and complex technology infrastructure can lead to ineffective change management, increased regulatory and strategic risk, and require investments to adapt to new technologies and react to competitive risks. Risks and impacts emanating from digital innovations such as cloud computing, Gen AI, machine learning and process automation, require continued investments to respond to changing customer needs, regulatory expectations, and cyber threats, while staying competitive with peers and new entrants. Rapid digitalization has created greater dependency on technology to carry out critical business processes and as digital service usage continues to increase, stakeholder tolerance for downtime has reduced.

Technology is a focus for the Bank and is a key enabler for the Bank’s clients to do business easily, for automating processes, and for driving innovation, including better risk analytics. Managing legacy IT platforms to stay competitive with digital-first players that offer faster, cheaper, and more accessible services requires the Bank to continue investing in digital infrastructure, enhancements to cybersecurity, while adapting to new technologies. The Bank is strategically increasing its technology investments to address legacy platforms, which should reduce system vulnerabilities and increase flexibility to adopt new technologies cost-effectively. The Bank remains focused on ensuring sufficient resourcing for software updates and to accelerate the remediation of expired software, while cloud investments should support software modernization and application rationalization.

Change Management

Change management and execution risks could remain elevated as the pace of regulatory projects and scale of transformational efforts across the Bank accelerates. It remains essential that change execution is managed effectively by modernizing critical technology and mitigating key person risk. Successful project delivery in support of the Bank’s strategy could be at risk if overdue regulatory actions, resource constraints and maintenance of critical operations is not addressed.

The Bank continues to strengthen its issues management processes to mitigate against execution risk by enhancing the reporting and tracking of issues to further improve visibility and oversight, and to improve closure rates. As well, processes and operations are managed through a structured risk framework that insists on strong governance, ongoing project assessments through the life cycle, a separation of duties, and thorough testing, supported by post-implementation reviews.

Contagion Risks

The external risk landscape remains defined by an extraordinary pace of change and global interconnectivity. Risk drivers have the potential to interact with and intensify key financial and non-financial risks in complex and unforeseen ways. This high degree of interconnectedness is intensifying as interdependencies among top risk drivers deepen – where a cyber breach can cascade into operational outages, liquidity stress, and reputational damage, while credit deterioration in stressed sectors can trigger funding challenges and regulatory pressures – creating systemic vulnerabilities that amplify overall impact across the Bank.

These increasingly unpredictable risk drivers can lead to contagion risks and demand a more agile and responsive approach to mitigation. The Bank actively monitors the risk environment across its operating footprint and coordinates responses to events across stakeholders and functional groups. Stress testing programmes are used to evaluate the potential impact of severe economic scenarios, while scenario planning helps the Bank prepare for a range of interconnected risk events and explore a range of possible future impacts – such as economic downturns, regulatory shifts, or climate-related disruptions – and assess their potential impact on operations, portfolios, and strategy. By modeling these scenarios, the Bank can identify vulnerabilities, test the resilience of its risk frameworks and enhance decision-making.

 

The grey shaded text and tables marked with an asterisk (*) in the following sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) form an integral part of the Bank’s 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements. These disclosures are presented in accordance with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures, which permits specific risk information to be disclosed in the MD&A and incorporated by cross-reference in the financial statements. These sections provide discussion on the Bank’s risk management framework to monitor, evaluate, measure and manage credit, market and liquidity risk. As such, these shaded sections should be read in conjunction with the 2025 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 87


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Principal Risks – Financial

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from the failure of a borrower or counterparty to honour its financial or contractual obligations to the Bank. Credit risk arises in the Bank’s direct lending operations, and in its funding, investment and trading activities where counterparties have repayment or other obligations to the Bank.

 

 

Credit risk summary

 

 

The Bank’s overall loan book as of October 31, 2025 increased to $779 billion versus $768 billion as of October 31, 2024, led by an increase in Residential mortgages, despite decline in Business and Government lending. Residential mortgages were $370 billion as of October 31, 2025, with 84% in Canada. The corporate loan book, which accounts for 36% of the total loan book is composed of 50% of loans with an investment grade rating as of October 31, 2025, compared to 51% of the total loan book in October 31, 2024.

 

Loans and acceptances (Personal, and Business and Government lending) remained diversified by region, industry and customer. Regional exposure is spread across our key markets (Canada 68%, United States 8%, Chile 7%, Mexico 6% and Other 11%). Financial Services constitutes 4% of overall gross exposures (before consideration of collateral) and was $32 billion. These exposures are predominately to highly rated counterparties and are generally collateralized.

The effective management of credit risk requires the establishment of an appropriate risk culture. Key credit risk policies and appetite statements are important elements used to create this culture.

The Board of Directors, either directly or through the Risk Committee (the Board), reviews and approves the Bank’s Credit Risk Appetite limits annually and Credit Risk limits and thresholds biennially.

 

 

The objectives of the Credit Risk Appetite are to ensure that:

 

   

target markets and product offerings are well defined at both the enterprise-wide and business line levels;

 

   

the risk parameters for new underwritings and for the portfolios as a whole are clearly specified; and

 

   

transactions, including origination, syndication, loan sales and hedging, are managed in a manner that is consistent with the Bank’s risk appetite.

 

 

The Credit Risk Policy articulates the credit risk management framework, including:

 

   

credit risk management policies;

 

   

delegation of authority;

 

   

the credit risk management program;

 

   

credit risk management for trading and investment activities; and

 

   

Single Name and Aggregate limits, beyond which credit applications must be escalated to the Board for approval.

GRM develops the credit risk management framework and policies that detail, among other things, the credit risk rating systems and associated parameter estimates; the delegation of authority for granting credit; the methodology and calculation of the allowance for credit losses; and the authorization of write-offs.

Corporate and commercial credit exposures are segmented by various business lines and/or by major industry type. Aggregate credit risk limits for each of these segments are also reviewed and approved biennially by the Board. Portfolio management objectives and risk diversification are key factors in setting these limits.

Consistent with the Board-approved limits, borrower limits are set within the context of established lending criteria and guidelines for individual borrowers, particular industries, countries and certain types of lending, to ensure the Bank does not have excessive concentration to any single borrower, or related group of borrowers, particular industry sector or geographic region. Through the portfolio management process, loans may be syndicated to reduce overall exposure to a single name. For certain segments of the portfolio, credit derivative contracts are also used to mitigate the risk of loss due to borrower default. Risk is also mitigated through the selective sale of loans.

Banking units and GRM regularly review the various segments of the credit portfolio on an enterprise-wide basis to assess the impact of economic trends or specific events on the performance of the portfolio, and to determine whether corrective action is required. These reviews include the examination of the risk factors for particular products, industries and countries. The results of these reviews are reported to the Risk Management Committee and, when significant, to the Board.

Risk measures

The Bank’s credit risk rating systems support the determination of key credit risk parameter estimates (Probability of Default (PD), Loss-Given-Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD)) that are applicable to both Retail and Business Banking portfolios and are designed to measure customer credit and transaction risk. The parameters are an integral part of enterprise-wide policies and procedures encompassing governance, risk management, and control structure, and are used in various internal and regulatory credit risk quantification calculations.

The Bank’s credit risk rating system is subject to a comprehensive validation, governance and oversight framework. The objectives of this framework are to ensure that:

 

 

Credit risk rating methodologies and parameters are appropriately designed and developed, independently validated, and regularly reviewed, and that the results of each process are adequately documented; and

 

The validation process represents an effective challenge to the design and development process including an assessment of risk measures.

The Bank’s credit risk rating methodologies and parameters are reviewed and validated at least annually. Units within GRM are responsible for design, and development of credit risk rating methodologies and parameters. Separate units within GRM are responsible for validation and review. The operation of these separate units is functionally independent from the business units responsible for originating exposures. Within GRM, these units are also independent from the units involved in risk rating approval and credit adjudication.

 

88 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Business Banking credit risk ratings and associated risk parameters affect lending decisions, and loan pricing. Both Business Banking and Retail Banking’s credit risk rating systems affect the computation of the allowance for credit losses, and regulatory capital.

Corporate and commercial

Corporate and commercial credit exposure arises in the Bank’s business lines.

Risk ratings

The Bank’s risk rating system utilizes internal grade (IG) ratings – a 17 point scale used to differentiate the risk of default of borrowers, and the risk of loss on facilities. The general relationship between the Bank’s IG ratings and external agency ratings is shown in table T35.

IG ratings are also used to define credit adjudication authority levels appropriate to the size and risk of each credit application. Lower-rated credits require increasingly more senior management involvement depending upon the aggregate exposure. Where a credit exceeds the authority delegated to a credit unit, credit units will refer the request – with its recommendation – to a senior credit committee for adjudication. In certain cases, these must be referred to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.  

Adjudication

Credit adjudication units within GRM analyze and evaluate all significant credit requests for corporate and commercial credit exposures, to ensure that risks are adequately assessed, properly approved, continually monitored and actively managed. The decision-making process begins with an assessment of the credit risk of the individual borrower or counterparty. Key factors considered in the assessment include:

 

 

The borrower’s management;

 

The borrower’s current and projected financial results and credit statistics;

 

The industry in which the borrower operates;

 

Environmental and Climate Change risks (including regulatory or reputational impacts);

 

Economic trends; and

 

Geopolitical risk.

Based on this assessment, a risk rating is assigned to the individual borrower or counterparty, using the Bank’s risk rating systems.

A separate risk rating is also assigned at the facility level, taking into consideration additional factors, such as security, seniority of claim, structure, term and any other forms of credit risk mitigation that affect the amount of potential loss in the event of a default of the facility. Security typically takes the form of charges over inventory, receivables, real estate, and operating assets when lending to corporate and commercial borrowers; and cash or treasuries for trading lines such as securities lending, repurchase transactions, and derivatives. The types of acceptable collateral, and related valuation processes are documented in risk management policies and manuals.

Other forms of credit risk mitigation include third party guarantees and, in the case of derivatives facilities, master netting agreements.

Internal borrower and facility risk ratings are assigned when a facility is first authorized, and are promptly re-evaluated and adjusted, if necessary, as a result of changes to the customer’s financial condition or business prospects. Re-evaluation is an ongoing process, and is done in the context of general economic changes, specific industry prospects, and event risks, such as revised financial projections, interim financial results and extraordinary announcements.

The internal credit risk ratings are also considered as part of the Bank’s adjudication limits. Single borrower limits are much lower for higher risk borrowers than low risk borrowers.

The credit adjudication process also uses a risk-adjusted profitability model to ensure that the client and transaction structure offers an appropriate return for a given level of risk. For the corporate portfolio, and the large borrowers in International, the Loan Portfolio Management Group reviews the profitability model results, together with external benchmarks, and provides an opinion on the relative return and pricing of each transaction above a minimum threshold.

Individual credit exposures are regularly monitored by both the business line units and GRM for any signs of deterioration. In addition, the business line units and GRM conduct a review and risk analysis of each borrower annually, or more frequently for higher-risk borrowers. If, in the judgement of management, an account requires the expertise of specialists in workouts and restructurings, it will be transferred to a special accounts management group for monitoring and resolution.

Credit Risk Mitigation – Collateral/Security

Traditional Non-Retail Products (e.g. Operating lines of Credit, Term Loans)

Collateral values are accurately identified at the outset and throughout the tenure of a transaction by using standard evaluation methodologies. Collateral valuation estimates are conducted at a frequency that is appropriate to the frequency by which the market value fluctuates, using the collateral type and the borrower risk profile.

In addition, when it is not cost effective to monitor highly volatile collateral (e.g. accounts receivable, inventory), appropriate lending margins are applied to compensate (e.g. accounts receivable are capped at 80% of value, inventory at 50%). The frequency of collateral valuations is also increased when early warning signals of a borrower’s deteriorating financial condition are identified.

Borrowers are required to confirm adherence to covenants, including confirmation of collateral values on a periodic basis, which are used by the Bank to provide early warning signals of collateral value deterioration. Periodic inspections of physical collateral are performed where appropriate and where reasonable means of doing so are available.

Bank procedures require verification, including certification by banking officers during initial, annual, and periodic reviews, that collateral values/margins/etc. have been assessed and, where necessary, steps have been taken to mitigate any decreased collateral values.

The Bank does not use automated valuation models (AVMs) for valuation purposes for traditional non-retail products. GRM performs its own valuations of companies based on various factors such as book value, discounted book value, enterprise value, etc.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 89


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Commercial/Corporate Real Estate

New or updated appraisals are generally obtained at inception of a new facility, as well as during loan modifications, loan workouts and troubled debt restructure. The primary reason for requiring a new appraisal is if, in the reasonable opinion of the banking execution unit, or GRM, there has been a material change in value. Additionally, none of the appraisal guidelines contained within the policies dissuade the Bank from requesting an appraisal more frequently if an adverse change in market conditions, sponsorship, credit worthiness, or other underwriting assumptions is realized or expected.

Appraisals must be in writing and must contain sufficient information and analysis to support the Bank’s decision to make the loan. Moreover, in rendering an opinion of the property’s market value, third party appraisers are responsible for establishing the scope of work necessary to develop credible assignment results. The appraisal must meet the regulatory and industry requirements which, depending on the type of property being appraised, contain any or all of the following three approaches to value:

 

  i.

comparable sales approach

 

  ii.

replacement cost approach

 

  iii.

income approach

The appraiser must disclose the rationale for the omission of any valuation approach. Furthermore, the appraiser must disclose whether the subject property was physically inspected and whether anyone provided significant assistance to the person signing the appraisal report. The report must contain a presentation and explanation of the assumptions used in determining value under each of the above mentioned approaches.

Review of every appraisal is conducted by the banking units and GRM to confirm that the appraisal identifies all of the relevant issues for the specific asset class, location and economic environment and incorporates all appropriate valuation methodologies and assumptions.

When third party appraisers are used, they must be accredited and satisfactory to the Bank. In addition, GRM validates any third party valuations via internal desktop estimates based on comparables, reversionary calculations or the income capitalization approach.

Traded products

Traded products are transactions such as OTC derivatives (including foreign exchange and commodity based transactions), and Securities Financing Transactions (including repurchase/reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending/borrowing). Credit risks arising from traded products cannot be determined with certainty at the outset, because during the tenure of a transaction the dollar value of the counterparty’s obligation to the Bank will be affected by changes in the capital markets (such as changes in stock prices, interest rates, and exchange rates). The Bank adjudicates credit exposures arising from transacting in traded products by considering their current fair value plus an additional component to reflect potential future changes in their mark-to-market value. The credit adjudication process also includes an evaluation of potential wrong-way risk, which arises when the exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated to the probability of default of that counterparty.

Credit risk associated with traded products is managed within the same credit adjudication process as the lending business. The Bank considers the credit risk arising from lending activities, as well as the potential credit risk arising from transacting in traded products with that counterparty.

Credit risk mitigation – collateral/security

Derivatives are generally transacted under industry standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreements, which allow for a single net settlement of all transactions covered by that agreement in the event of a default or early termination of the transactions. ISDA agreements are frequently accompanied by an ISDA Credit Support Annex (CSA), the terms of which may vary according to each party’s view of the other party’s creditworthiness. CSAs and regulation in some jurisdictions can require both parties to post initial margin (regulatory and non-regulatory). CSAs also allow for variation margin to be called if total uncollateralized mark-to-market exposure exceeds an agreed upon threshold. Such variation margin provisions can be one-way (only one party will ever post collateral) or bilateral (either party may post depending upon which party is in-the-money). The CSA will also detail the types of collateral that are acceptable to each party, and the haircuts that will be applied against each collateral type. The terms of the ISDA master netting agreements and CSAs are taken into consideration in the calculation of counterparty credit risk exposure.

For derivative transactions, investment grade counterparties account for approximately 88% of the credit risk. Approximately 31% of the Bank’s derivative counterparty exposures are to bank counterparties, as defined under Basel III revision. After taking into consideration, where applicable, netting and collateral arrangements, no net credit risk amount arising from traded products transactions with any single counterparty was considered material to the financial position of the Bank as at October 31, 2025. No individual exposure to an investment grade bilateral counterparty exceeded $1,679 million and no individual exposure to a corporate counterparty exceeded $1,233 million.

Retail

Retail credit exposures arise in the Canadian Banking and International Banking business lines.

Adjudication

The decision-making process for retail loans ensures that credit risks are adequately assessed, properly approved, continually monitored and actively managed. Generally, credit decisions and limit assignments for consumer loans are processed by proven adjudication software and are based on strategies that utilize a robust combination of key financial and customer risk indicators and segmentation in addition to credit bureau information and internal risk ratings generated using predictive credit scoring models.

The Bank’s credit adjudication and portfolio management methodologies are designed to ensure consistent underwriting and early identification of problem loans in line with our risk appetite. The Bank’s rigorous credit underwriting and retail risk strategies and modeling methodologies are more customer focused than product focused. The Bank’s view is that a customer-centric approach provides better risk assessment than product-based approaches, a more consistent experience to the customer, and should result in lower loan losses over time.

All credit scoring and policy changes are primarily initiated by units within GRM that are functionally independent from the business units responsible for retail portfolios. Risk models and parameters are also subject to independent validation and review from the units involved in the design and development of models. The review process includes referral to the appropriate Senior Credit Committee for approval, where required. Consumer credit portfolios are reviewed at least monthly to identify emerging trends in loan quality and to assess whether corrective action is required.

 

90 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Risk ratings

The Bank’s consumer risk rating systems are oriented to borrower or transaction risk. Each retail exposure is assigned a risk grade based on the customer’s credit history and/or internal credit score. The Bank’s automated risk rating systems assess the ongoing credit-worthiness of individual customers on a monthly basis. This process provides for meaningful and timely identification and management of problem loans.

The risk rating system under the AIRB approach is subject to regular review and ongoing performance monitoring of key components. Risk model validations are conducted independently from the areas responsible for rating system development and implementation, to ensure effective independence in design and performance review.

Customer behavior characteristics which are used as inputs within the Bank’s Basel III AIRB models are consistent with those used by the Bank’s Canadian consumer risk rating systems. The International portfolios are subject to the Standardized approach at this time.

Credit risk mitigation – collateral/security

The property values for residential real estate secured exposures are confirmed at origination through a variety of validation methodologies, including AVM and full appraisals (in-person inspection). The appraisal is completed by a third party, Bank approved appraiser. For monitoring of material portfolios, property values are indexed quarterly to house prices. For loan impairment within material portfolios, residential property values are re-confirmed using third party AVMs.

Where AVM values are used, these AVM values are subject to routine validation through a continuous random sampling process that back-tests AVM values against available property appraisals (primarily third party AVMs). Where third party appraisals are obtained, the Bank relies on the professional industry accreditation of the appraiser. Samples of approved appraisal reports are reviewed by the Bank’s senior appraisers to ensure consistent appraisal quality and satisfactory appraisal values. The third party appraisers are selected from a pre-approved list of Bank-vetted appraisers.

Credit Quality

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, requires the consideration of past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forward-looking information over the life of the exposure to measure expected credit losses. Furthermore, to assess significant increases in credit risk, IFRS 9 requires that entities assess changes in the risk of a default occurring over the expected life of a financial instrument when determining staging. Consistent with the requirements of IFRS 9, the Bank considers both quantitative and qualitative information in the assessment of a significant increase in credit risk.

The Bank’s models are calibrated to consider past performance and macroeconomic forward-looking variables as inputs, as further described below. In the current year, the Bank enhanced certain of its IFRS 9 models, with the enhanced models exhibiting higher sensitivity to changes in the macroeconomic outlook. Expert credit judgement may be applied in circumstances where, in the Bank’s view, the inputs, assumptions, and/or modelling techniques do not capture all relevant risk factors, including the emergence of economic or political events up to the date of the financial statements. Expert credit judgement is applied in the assessment of underlying credit deterioration and migration of balances to progressive stages.

The Bank has generated a forward-looking base case scenario and three alternate forward-looking scenarios (one optimistic and two pessimistic) as key inputs into the expected credit loss provisioning models. Given the uncertainty surrounding U.S. trade policies and the direction of tariffs, the scenarios as at October 31, 2025 have varying assumptions of imposed tariffs. The base case scenario assumes tariffs announced and implemented, avoiding speculation on future announcements, including potential trade deals and tariff pauses. Differing assumptions are reflected in the alternate scenarios described below. As new information comes to light in the future, the scenarios and assumptions will be updated accordingly.

U.S. trade policies and related uncertainty have shaped the economic environment over the past year and weighed on the outlook. The Canadian and U.S. forecasts have been adjusted frequently as new developments emerged. In Canada, tariff-sensitive sectors and regions are showing earlier-than-expected weakness, resulting in a softer 2025 growth profile than expected last year. In contrast, the U.S. has shown surprising resilience, supported by strong AI-related activity. As a result, the U.S. growth profile for 2025 is slightly stronger than forecast last year. Persistent upside surprises to U.S. growth, combined with stubborn inflation, delayed the start of monetary easing relative to last year’s expectations. With inflation in both countries now closer to target and economic activity softening, the Bank of Canada and the U.S. Federal Reserve have shifted their focus from inflation control toward supporting growth, though upside inflation risks remain. Economic activity in both countries is expected to improve somewhat in 2026 as tariff impacts fade and, in Canada, as stimulus measures and infrastructure plans from the federal budget take effect.

The optimistic scenario features somewhat stronger economic activity relative to the base case. The pessimistic scenario features a negative demand-type shock with globally tighter financial conditions, weaker growth and inflation, and lower monetary policy rates than in the base case scenario. It also assumes a combination of U.S. imposed tariffs on world economies, including an effective tariff of 7.5% on imports from Canada and Mexico, while facing no retaliation from these countries. The very pessimistic scenario features a strong stagflationary impulse that leads to a protracted period of financial market uncertainty. It also assumes U.S. imposed tariffs with a magnitude about three times that of the pessimistic scenario. Under this scenario, all countries retaliate. This results in higher inflation, requiring central banks to raise their policy rates to higher levels than in the base case in order to bring inflation under control, which is dampening economic activity.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 91


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The following section provides additional detail on certain key macroeconomic variables used to calculate the modelled estimate for the allowance for credit losses (see page 190 for all key variables). Further changes in these variables up to the date of the consolidated financial statements are incorporated through expert credit judgement.

Gross Domestic Product (GDP): Relative to last year, GDP levels in both countries are higher due to historical data revisions. In Canada, we expect growth of about 1.2% in 2025 – a slower pace than anticipated last year, reflecting tariff impacts – before modestly improving to 1.6% in 2026, remaining below potential in both years. In contrast, deterioration in the U.S. outlook is expected to continue into 2026, with growth projected at 1.8% in 2025 and slowing further to 1.4% in 2026.

 

 

LOGO    LOGO

Unemployment Rate: The base case scenario anticipates a rise in the unemployment rate in both Canada and the U.S. from current levels and relative to last year. In Canada, the unemployment rate is projected to peak at 7.3% at the end of 2025 before gradually normalizing. In the U.S., it is expected to peak at about 4.5% in early 2026 before stabilizing.

 

LOGO    LOGO

T44 Allowance for credit losses by business line

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Canadian Banking

       

Retail

   $ 2,301      $ 1,977  

Commercial

     803        614  
   $ 3,104      $ 2,591  

International Banking

       

Retail

       

Caribbean and Central America

   $ 381      $ 424  

Mexico

     782        598  

Peru

     524        607  

Chile

     757        617  

Colombia

     376        354  

Other

     103        92  

Commercial

     1,160        1,006  
   $ 4,083      $ 3,698  

Global Wealth Management

   $ 52      $ 47  

Global Banking and Markets

   $ 223      $ 198  

Other

   $ 1      $ 2  
                 

Allowance for credit losses on loans

   $ 7,463      $ 6,536  

Allowance for credit losses on:

       

Acceptances

   $ 1      $ 1  

Off-balance sheet exposures

     175        186  

Debt securities and deposits with financial institutions

     15        13  

Total Allowance for credit losses

   $  7,654      $  6,736  

 

92 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Allowance for credit losses

The total allowance for credit losses as at October 31, 2025 was $7,654 million compared to $6,736 million in the prior year. The allowance for credit losses ratio was 98 basis points, an increase of 10 basis points. The allowance for credit losses for loans was $7,463 million, an increase of $927 million from October 31, 2024.

The allowance for credit losses on performing loans was higher at $5,122 million compared to $4,482 million as at October 31, 2024. The allowance for performing loans ratio was 68 basis points, an increase of seven basis points. The increase was driven by credit quality migration and deterioration in the macroeconomic outlook in Canadian Banking and International retail portfolio growth. This also reflects the continued uncertainty related to U.S. tariffs, primarily impacting the Canadian Banking portfolios. The impact of foreign currency translation increased the allowance by $151 million.

The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans increased by $287 million to $2,341 million from $2,054 million last year. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans ratio was 30 basis points, an increase of three basis points. The increase was due primarily to higher provisions in Canadian and International Banking, and the impact of foreign currency translation of $104 million.

The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans in Canadian Banking increased by $116 million to $667 million, due primarily to higher commercial and retail provisions. In International Banking, the allowance for credit losses on impaired loans increased by $194 million to $1,653 million, due primarily to higher retail and commercial provisions, and the impact of foreign currency translation. In Global Banking and Markets, the allowance for credit losses on impaired loans decreased by $20 million to $3 million, mainly due to the write-off of one account. In Global Wealth Management, the allowance for credit losses on impaired loans decreased by $3 million to $18 million.

T45 Impaired loans by business line

 

 
    2025     2024  
   
As at October 31 ($ millions)  

Gross

impaired

loans

   

Allowance

for credit
losses

   

Net

impaired

loans

   

Gross

impaired

loans

   

Allowance

for credit
losses

   

Net

impaired

loans

 

Canadian Banking

             

Retail

  $ 1,368     $ 413     $ 955     $  1,212     $ 365     $ 847  

Commercial

    911       254       657       840       186       654  
  $ 2,279     $ 667     $ 1,612     $ 2,052     $ 551     $ 1,501  

International Banking

             

Caribbean and Central America

  $ 578     $ 157     $ 421     $ 665     $ 158     $ 507  

Latin America

             

Mexico

    1,494       535       959       1,343       424       919  

Peru

    818       400       418       715       385       330  

Chile

    1,412       328       1,084       1,249       281       968  

Colombia

    364       132       232       322       109       213  

Other Latin America

    149       101       48       166       102       64  

Total Latin America

    4,237       1,496       2,741       3,795       1,301       2,494  
  $  4,815     $  1,653     $  3,162     $  4,460     $  1,459     $  3,001  

Global Wealth Management

  $ 92     $ 18     $ 74     $ 71     $ 21     $ 50  

Global Banking and Markets

             

Canada

  $ 58     $ 3     $ 55     $ 47     $ 1     $ 46  

U.S.

                      109       22       87  

Asia and Europe

                                   
  $ 58     $ 3     $ 55     $ 156     $ 23     $ 133  

Totals

  $ 7,244     $ 2,341     $ 4,903     $ 6,739     $ 2,054     $ 4,685  

Impaired loan metrics

 

     Net impaired loans  
 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Net impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances(1)

     0.63      0.61

Allowance against impaired loans as a % of gross impaired loans(1)

     32      30

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

Impaired loans

Gross impaired loans increased to $7,244 million as at October 31, 2025, from $6,739 million last year. The increase was due primarily to formations mainly in Canadian Banking and International retail portfolio, as well as the impact of foreign currency translation.

Impaired loans in Canadian Banking increased by $227 million, due primarily to higher formations in the commercial and retail portfolios, mainly mortgages and unsecured portfolios. In International Banking, impaired loans increased by $355 million, due primarily to retail formations in Mexico and Chile, as well as the impact of foreign currency translation. Impaired loans in Global Banking and Markets decreased by $98 million, due primarily to higher write-offs and lower formations. Impaired loans in Global Wealth Management increased by $21 million due to new formations. The gross impaired loan ratio was 93 basis points as at October 31, 2025, an increase of five basis points.

Net impaired loans, after deducting the allowance for credit losses, were $4,903 million as at October 31, 2025, an increase of $218 million from the prior year. Net impaired loans as a percentage of loans and acceptances were 0.63% as at October 31, 2025, an increase of two basis point from 0.61% last year.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 93


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Portfolio review

Canadian Banking

Gross impaired loans in the retail portfolio increased by $156 million or 13% from last year, due primarily to higher formations in mortgages and unsecured portfolios. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans in the retail portfolio was $413 million, up $48 million or 13% from last year due to higher formations.

In the commercial loan portfolio, gross impaired loans increased $71 million to $911 million due primarily to higher formations. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans was $254 million, up $68 million or 37% from last year due to higher formations.

International Banking

In the retail portfolio, gross impaired loans increased by $315 million to $2,567 million, due primarily to higher formations in Mexico and Chile, as well as the impact of foreign currency translation. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans in the retail portfolio was $1,020 million, an increase of $126 million or 14% from last year, due primarily to higher formations, as well as the impact of foreign currency translation.

In the commercial portfolio, gross impaired loans were $2,248 million, an increase of $40 million from last year, due primarily to the impact of foreign currency translation. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans was $633 million, an increase of $68 million or 12% from last year, due primarily to higher formations as well as the impact of foreign currency translation.

Global Wealth Management

Gross impaired loans in Global Wealth Management were $92 million, an increase of $21 million from last year, due primarily to new formations. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans was $18 million, a decrease of $3 million from last year due primarily to lower provisions.

Global Banking and Markets

Gross impaired loans in Global Banking and Markets decreased by $98 million to $58 million, due primarily to lower formations and higher write-offs. The allowance for credit losses on impaired loans was $3 million, a decrease of $20 million from last year, due to higher write-offs.

Risk diversification

The Bank’s exposure to various countries and types of borrowers are well diversified (see T64 and T67). Chart C27 shows loans and acceptances by geography. Ontario represents the largest Canadian exposure at 37% of the total. Latin America was 19% of the total exposure and the U.S. was 8%.

Chart C28 shows loans and acceptances by type of borrower (see T67). Excluding loans to households, the largest industry exposures were real estate and construction (8%), financial services (4% including banks and non-banks) and wholesale and retail (4%).

Risk mitigation

To mitigate exposures in its performing corporate portfolios, the Bank uses diversification by company, industry, and country, with loan sales and credit derivatives used sparingly. In 2025, loan sales totaled $0.6 billion, compared to $1.1 billion in 2024. As at October 31, 2025, no credit derivatives were used to mitigate loan exposures in the portfolios (October 31, 2024 – nil). The Bank actively monitors industry and country concentrations. As in the case with all industry exposures, the Bank continues to closely follow developing trends and takes additional steps to mitigate risk as warranted.

Overview of loan portfolio

The Bank has a well-diversified portfolio by product, business and geography. Details of certain portfolios of current focus are highlighted below.

 

C27

Well diversified in Canada and internationally... loans and acceptances, October 2025

 

 

     LOGO

 

 

 

C28

... and in household and business lending loans and acceptances, October 2025

 

 

     LOGO
 

 

94 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Real estate secured lending

A large portion of the Bank’s lending portfolio is comprised of residential mortgages and consumer loans, which are well diversified by borrower. As at October 31, 2025, these loans accounted for $499 billion or 64% of the Bank’s total loans and acceptances outstanding (October 31, 2024 – $475 billion or 62%). Of these, $394 billion or 79% are real estate secured loans (October 31, 2024 – $374 billion or 79%). The tables below provide more details by portfolio.

Insured and uninsured residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit

The following table presents amounts of insured and uninsured residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit (HELOCs), by geographic area.

T46 Insured and uninsured residential mortgages and HELOCs, by geographic areas(1)

 

    2025  
    Residential mortgages     Home equity lines of credit  
As at October 31   Insured(2)     Uninsured     Total     Insured(2)     Uninsured     Total  
($ millions)   Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %     Amount     %  

Canada:(3)

                       

Atlantic provinces

  $ 4,581       1.5     $ 7,466       2.4     $ 12,047       3.9     $  –           $ 1,095       4.7     $ 1,095       4.7  

Quebec

    7,364       2.4       13,879       4.4       21,243       6.8                   1,287       5.5       1,287       5.5  

Ontario

    29,753       9.5       143,422       46.0       173,175       55.5                   13,771       58.6       13,771       58.6  

Manitoba & Saskatchewan

    4,738       1.5       4,742       1.5       9,480       3.0                   576       2.5       576       2.5  

Alberta

    14,096       4.5       18,335       5.9       32,431       10.4                   2,289       9.7       2,289       9.7  

British Columbia & Territories

    10,417       3.3       53,338       17.1       63,755       20.4                   4,475       19.0       4,475       19.0  

Canada(4)(5)

  $ 70,949       22.7   $ 241,182       77.3   $ 312,131       100   $         $ 23,493       100   $ 23,493       100

International

                58,060       100       58,060       100                                      

Total

  $ 70,949       19.2   $ 299,242       80.8   $ 370,191       100   $         $ 23,493       100   $ 23,493       100
     2024  

Canada(4)(5)

  $  71,696       24.1   $  225,981       75.9   $  297,677       100   $         $  23,297       100   $  23,297       100

International

                53,264       100       53,264       100                                      

Total

  $ 71,696       20.4   $ 279,245       79.6   $ 350,941       100   $         $ 23,297       100   $ 23,297       100

 

(1)

The measures in this section have been disclosed in this document as required by OSFI Guideline – B20 – Residential Mortgage Underwriting Practices and Procedures (January 2018).

(2)

Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure to real estate secured lending is protected against potential shortfalls caused by borrower default. This insurance is provided by either government-backed entities or private mortgage insurers.

(3)

The province represents the location of the property in Canada.

(4)

Includes multi-residential dwellings (4+ units) of $4,392 (October 31, 2024 – $3,796) of which $3,767 are insured (October 31, 2024 – $3,024).

(5)

Variable rate mortgages account for 34% (October 31, 2024 – 30%) of the Bank’s total Canadian residential mortgage portfolio.

Amortization period ranges for residential mortgages

The following table presents the distribution of residential mortgages by remaining amortization periods, and by geographic areas.

T47 Distribution of residential mortgages by remaining amortization periods, and by geographic areas(1)

 

    2025  
    Residential mortgages by remaining amortization periods  
As at October 31   Less than
20 years
    20-24
years
    25-29
years
    30-34
years
    35 years
and
greater
    Total
residential
mortgage
 

Canada

    33.7     34.0     30.5     1.1     0.7     100

International

    66.1     17.3     14.8     1.8     0.0     100
     2024  

Canada

    36.1     34.9     27.7     0.9     0.4     100

International

    64.5     17.9     16.6     1.0         100

 

(1)

The measures in this section have been disclosed in this document as required by OSFI Guideline – B20 – Residential Mortgage Underwriting Practices and Procedures (January 2018).

Loan-to-value ratios

The Canadian residential mortgage portfolio is 77% uninsured (October 31, 2024 – 76%). The average loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of the uninsured portfolio is 54% (October 31, 2024 – 51%).

The following table presents the weighted average LTV ratio for total newly originated uninsured residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit during the year, which include mortgages for purchases, refinances with a request for additional funds and transfers from other financial institutions, by geographic areas.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 95


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T48 Loan-to-value ratios(1)

 

        Uninsured LTV ratios  
        For the year ended October 31, 2025  
            Residential mortgages
LTV%
     Home equity lines of credit(2)
LTV%
 

Canada:(3)

        

Atlantic provinces

        60.8      64.0

Quebec

        61.6        66.7  

Ontario

        61.1        63.5  

Manitoba & Saskatchewan

        65.7        64.8  

Alberta

        65.0        66.5  

British Columbia & Territories

        61.0        61.5  

Canada(3)

        61.6      63.5

International

          71.0       
            For the year ended October 31, 2024  

Canada(3)

        61.7      62.1

International

          71.1      n/a  

 

(1)

The measures in this section have been disclosed in this document as required by OSFI Guideline – B20 – Residential Mortgage Underwriting Practices and Procedures (January 2018).

(2)

Includes all home equity lines of credit (HELOC). For Scotia Total Equity Plan HELOCs, LTV is calculated based on the sum of residential mortgages and the authorized limit for related HELOCs, divided by the value of the related residential property, and presented on a weighted average basis for newly originated mortgages and HELOCs.

(3)

The province represents the location of the property in Canada.

Potential impact on residential mortgages and real estate home equity lines of credit in the event of an economic downturn

As part of its stress testing program, the Bank analyzes the impact of various combinations of home price declines and unemployment increases on the Bank’s residential mortgage portfolios. Those results continue to show that credit losses and impacts on capital ratios are within a level the Bank considers manageable. In addition, the Bank has undertaken extensive all-Bank scenario analyses to assess the impact to the enterprise of different scenarios and is confident that it has the financial resources to withstand even a very negative outlook.

Commercial real estate exposures

The Bank’s commercial real estate portfolio was $60.0 billion (October 31, 2024 – $66.0 billion), or 7.7% (October 31, 2024 – 8.6%) of the Bank’s total loans and acceptances outstanding as at October 31, 2025. This portfolio is comprised of 74% of loans to the residential and industrial sector (October 31, 2024 – 73%) both with relatively stable fundamentals in the long term. Total exposure to the Office subsector (entities engaged in the construction, development, or ownership of office properties as a business) represents approximately 7% of the commercial real estate portfolio (October 31, 2024 – 9%), of which approximately 56% are investment grade facilities (October 31, 2024 – 60%). U.S. office exposure represents approximately 0.3% (October 31, 2024 – 0.4%) of the portfolio.

Loans to Canadian condominium developers

The Bank had loans outstanding to Canadian condominium developers of $3,485 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $3,238 million), representing approximately 6% of the commercial real estate portfolio, of which approximately 74% are investment grade facilities, in line with the prior year. This portfolio primarily focuses on top-tier developers with experience managing through business cycles.

Regional non-retail exposures

The Bank’s exposures outside Canada and the U.S. are diversified by region and product and are sized appropriately relative to the creditworthiness of the counterparties (61% of the exposures are to investment grade counterparties based on a combination of internal and external ratings). The Bank’s exposures are carried at amortized cost or fair value using observable inputs, with negligible amounts valued using models with unobservable inputs (Level 3). There were no significant events during the year that materially impacted the Bank’s exposures.

The Bank’s exposure to sovereigns was $52.6 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $58.9 billion), $13.1 billion to banks (October 31, 2024 – $15.5 billion) and $103.8 billion to corporates (October 31, 2024 – $111.0 billion).

In addition to exposures detailed in the table below, the Bank had indirect exposures consisting of securities exposures to non-European entities whose parent company is domiciled in Europe of $0.01 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $0.3 billion).

The Bank’s regional credit exposures are distributed as follows:

T49 Bank’s regional credit exposures distribution

 

 
As at October 31   2025     2024  
   
($ millions)   Loans and
loan
equivalents(1)
    Deposits
with
financial
institutions
    Securities(2)     SFT and
derivatives(3)
    Funded
Total
    Undrawn
Commitments(4)
    Total     Total  

Latin America(5)

  $ 77,931     $ 10,908     $ 17,988     $ 1,543     $ 108,370     $ 11,230     $ 119,600     $ 125,228  

Caribbean and Central America

    12,710       3,894       4,723       80       21,407       3,053       24,460       24,521  

Europe, excluding U.K.

    7,301       2,306       4,501       2,551       16,659       11,129       27,788       25,083  

U.K.

    6,125       1,918       722       1,284       10,049       6,202       16,251       18,192  

Asia

    5,881       637       5,935       105       12,558       6,588       19,146       29,458  

Other(6)

    481       3       42       1       527       195       722       778  

Total

  $  110,429     $  19,666     $  33,911     $  5,564     $  169,570     $  38,397     $  207,967     $  223,260  

 

(1)

Allowances for credit losses are $637 million. Letters of credit and guarantees are included as funded exposure as they have been issued. Included in loans and loans equivalent are letters of credit and guarantees which total $14,576 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $14,446 million).

(2)

Exposures for securities are calculated taking into account derivative positions where the security is the underlying reference asset and short trading positions, with net short positions in brackets.

(3)

SFT comprise of securities purchased under resale agreements, obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions. Gross and net funded exposures represent all net positive positions after taking into account collateral. Collateral held against derivatives was $8,978 million and collateral held against SFT was $127,966 million.

(4)

Undrawn commitments represent an estimate of the contractual amount that may be drawn upon by the obligor and include commitments to issue letters of credit on behalf of other banks in a syndicated bank lending arrangement.

(5)

Includes Mexico, Chile, Peru, Colombia, Brazil, Uruguay, Venezuela, Ecuador and Argentina.

(6)

Includes Middle East and Africa.

 

96 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss from changes in market prices and rates (including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices), the correlations between them, and their levels of volatility. Market risk includes trading risk, investment risk, structural interest rate risk and structural foreign exchange risk.

 

Market risk factors

Below is an index of market risk disclosures:

Interest rate risk

The risk of loss due to changes in the level and/or the volatility of interest rates. This risk affects instruments such as, but not limited to, debt securities, loans, mortgages, deposits and derivatives.

Interest rate risks are managed through sensitivity analysis (including economic value of equity and net interest income), stress testing, and VaR limits and mitigated through portfolio diversification and hedges using interest rate derivatives and debt securities.

Credit spread risk

The risk of loss due to changes in the market price and volatility of credit, or the creditworthiness of issuers. This risk is mainly concentrated in loan and debt securities portfolios. Risk is managed through sensitivity, jump-to-default, stress testing and VaR limits and mitigated through hedges using credit derivatives.

Foreign currency risk

The risk of loss resulting from changes in currency exchange rates and exchange rate volatility. Foreign currency denominated debt and other securities as well as future cash flows in foreign currencies are exposed to this type of risk. Risk is managed through sensitivity, stress testing and VaR limits and mitigated through hedges using foreign exchange positions and derivatives.

Equity risk

The risk of loss due to changes in prices, volatility or any other equity related risk factor of individual equity or equity linked securities. This risk affects instruments such as, but not limited to, equities, exchange traded funds, mutual funds, derivatives and other equity linked products. Risk is managed through sensitivity, stress testing and VaR limits and mitigated through hedges using physical equity and derivatives instruments.

Commodity risk

The risk of loss due to changes in prices or volatility of metal, energy and agriculture products. Risk is managed through sensitivity, stress testing and VaR limits and mitigated through derivative hedges.

The following maps risk factors to trading and non-trading activities:

 

Non-trading Funding    Investments    Trading

Interest rate risk

Foreign currency risk

  

Interest rate risk

Credit spread risk

Foreign currency risk

Equity risk

  

Interest rate risk

Credit spread risk

Foreign currency risk

Equity risk

Commodity risk

 

Market risk governance

 

Overview

The Board of Directors reviews and approves market risk policies and limits annually. The Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee (ALCO), Treasury Risk Committee (TRC) and Market Risk Management and Policy Committee (MRMPC) oversee the application of the framework set by the Board, and monitor the Bank’s market risk exposures and the activities that give rise to these exposures. The MRMPC and TRC establish specific operating policies and sets limits at the product, portfolio, business unit and business line levels, and for the Bank in total. Limits are reviewed at least annually.

 

Global Risk Management provides independent oversight of all significant market risks, supporting the MRMPC, TRC and ALCO with analysis, risk measurement, monitoring, reporting, proposals for standards and support for new product development. To ensure compliance with policies and limits, market risk exposures are independently monitored on a continuing basis, either by Global Risk Management or the back offices. They provide senior management, business units, the ALCO, TRC, and the MRMPC with a series of reports on market risk exposures by business line and risk type.

 

Market risk is also managed through the use of a variety of hedging instruments, including derivatives and securities. These instruments are approved for trading by Global Risk Management and the effectiveness of hedging activity is captured through limits on net exposure to risk factors.

 

The Bank uses a variety of metrics and models to measure and control market risk exposures. These measurements are selected based on an assessment of the nature of risks in a particular activity. The principal measurement techniques applied to market risk exposure are Value at Risk (VaR), stress testing, and sensitivity analysis. The use and attributes of each of these techniques are noted in the Risk Measurement Summary.

 

Risk measurement summary

 

Value at risk (VaR)

VaR is a statistical method of measuring potential loss due to market risk based upon a common confidence interval and time horizon. The Bank calculates VaR daily using a 99% confidence level, and a one-day holding period for its trading portfolios. This means that once in every 100 days, the trading positions are expected to lose more than the VaR estimate. The Bank calculates VaR using historical simulation based on 300 days of market data. Effective November 1, 2024, credit spread VaR also captures issuer-specific credit spread volatility which was previously included in debt specific VaR.

 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 97


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

 

All material risk factors are captured in VaR. Where historical data is not available, proxies are used to establish the relevant volatility for VaR until sufficient data is available. Changes in VaR between reporting periods are generally due to changes in positions, volatilities and/or correlations between asset classes. Backtesting is also an important and necessary part of the VaR process. The Bank backtests the actual trading profit and loss against the VaR result to validate the quality and accuracy of the Bank’s VaR model. The Board reviews VaR results quarterly.

 

Stress testing

A limitation of VaR is that it only reflects the recent history of market volatility. To complement this measure, stress testing examines the impact that abnormally large changes in market factors and periods of prolonged inactivity might have on trading portfolios. Stress testing scenarios are designed to include large shifts in risk factors as well as historical and theoretical multi risk market events. Historical scenarios capture severe movements over periods that are significantly longer than the one-day holding period captured in VaR, such as the Silicon Valley Bank Crisis Scenario, COVID-19 Scenario or the 2008 Financial Crisis Scenario. Stress testing is a dynamic tool which provides management with information on potential losses due to tail events.

 

The Bank subjects its trading portfolios to a series of daily stress tests. The stress testing program is an essential component of the Bank’s comprehensive risk management framework which complements the VaR methodology and other risk measures and controls employed by the Bank.

 

Sensitivity analysis

In trading portfolios, sensitivity analysis is used to measure the effect of changes in risk factors, including prices and volatility, on financial products and portfolios. These measures apply across product types and geographies and are used for limit monitoring and management reporting.

 

In non-trading portfolios, sensitivity analysis assesses the effect of changes in interest rates on current earnings and on the economic value of equity. It is applied globally to each of the major currencies within the Bank’s operations. The Bank’s sensitivity analysis for limit and disclosure purposes is measured through positive and negative parallel shifts in the underlying interest rate curves. These calculations are based on models that consider a number of inputs and are on a constant balance sheet and make no assumptions for management actions that may mitigate the risks. The Bank also performs sensitivity analysis using various non-parallel interest rate curve shifts, for example: curve steepeners, curve flatteners and curve twists.

 

Validation of market risk models

Prior to the implementation of new market risk models, validation and testing are conducted. Validation is conducted when the model is initially developed and when any significant changes are made to the model. The models are also subject to ongoing validation, the frequency of which is determined by model risk ratings. Models may also be triggered for earlier revalidation when there have been significant structural changes in the market or changes to the composition of the portfolio. Model validation includes backtesting, and additional analysis such as:

 

Theoretical review or tests to demonstrate whether assumptions made within the internal model are appropriate; and

Impact tests including stress testing that would occur under historical and hypothetical market conditions.

 

The validation process is governed by the Bank’s Model Risk Management Policy.

 

Market risk from CVA

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) is the adjustment to risk free mark-to-market value of transactions to account for the potential default of a counterparty. CVA risk is the risk of loss arising from changing CVA values in response to changes in counterparty credit spreads and market risk factors.

The CVA risk management framework is governed as part of the Bank’s risk management policies which are designed to ensure effective oversight and control of market risk and CVA risks. Regular risk reporting to senior management provides aggregate measures of risk for CVA and is used to ensure compliance with risk appetite, policies, limits, and guidelines. The framework includes independent control units responsible for maintaining the integrity and effectiveness of CVA risk management practices. These units operate separately from the lines of business to ensure unbiased oversight. Regular independent reviews are conducted to assess the effectiveness of the CVA risk management and hedging framework. The governance structure and Bank policies ensure that data acquisition for CVA calculation is independent of the lines of business.

Senior management is actively involved in the risk control process. They oversee the implementation of policies and procedures to identify, measure, monitor, and control CVA risks. Updates to the CVA risk management framework and policies are approved by senior management committees. Senior management receives regular reports on CVA risk exposures and the effectiveness of hedging strategies. This continuous monitoring helps in making informed decisions and maintaining a robust risk management framework.

 

Non-trading market risk

 

Funding and investment activities

Market risk arising from the Bank’s funding and investment activities is identified, managed and controlled through the Bank’s asset-liability management processes. The Asset-Liability Committee meets monthly to review risks and opportunities, and evaluate performance including the effectiveness of hedging strategies.

 

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arising from the Bank’s lending, funding and investment activities is managed in accordance with Board-approved policies and global limits, which are designed to control the risk to net interest income and economic value of equity. The net interest income (NII) sensitivity measures the effect of a specified change in interest rates on the Bank’s annual net interest income over the next twelve months, while the economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity measures the impact of a specified change in interest rates on the present value of the Bank’s net assets. Limits for both measurements are set according to the documented risk appetite of the Bank. Board-level limit utilization is reported to both the Asset-Liability Committee and the Board on a regular basis. Any limit exceptions are reported according to the Limit Monitoring and Compliance Policy of the Bank.

 

 

98 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

 

The net interest income and the economic value of equity result from the differences between yields earned on the Bank’s non-trading assets and interest expense paid on its liabilities. Net interest income and economic value of equity sensitivities measure the risk to the Bank’s earnings and capital arising from adverse movements in interest rates that affect the Bank’s banking book position. The Bank’s banking book position reflects the mismatch of the maturity and re-pricing characteristics between the assets and liabilities and optional elements embedded in the Bank’s structural balance sheet (e.g. mortgage prepayment). The mismatch and embedded optional elements are inherent in the non-trading operations of the Bank and exposes it to changes of interest rates. The Asset-Liability Committee provides strategic direction for the management of structural interest rate risk within the risk appetite framework authorized by the Board of Directors. The asset/liability management strategy is executed by Group Treasury with the objective of protecting net interest income within established risk tolerances.

 

Simulation modeling, sensitivity analysis and stress testing are used to assess exposures and for limit monitoring of the Bank’s interest rate risk in the banking book. The Bank’s interest rate risk exposure is estimated by simulating the banking book position under a range of rate shocks. The simulations incorporate maturities, renewal, and repricing characteristics of the banking book along with prepayment and redemption behaviour of loans and cashable investment products. Calculations are generally based on the earlier of contractual re-pricing or maturity of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities, although certain assets and liabilities such as credit cards and deposits without a fixed maturity are assigned a maturity profile based on the longevity of the exposure. Expected prepayments from loans and cashable investment products are also incorporated into the exposure calculations.

 

Table T50 shows the pro-forma pre-tax impact on the Bank’s net interest income over the next twelve months and economic value of equity of an immediate and sustained 100 basis points parallel increase and decrease in interest rate across major currencies as defined by the Bank. The interest rate sensitivities tabulated are based on models that consider a number of inputs and are on a constant balance sheet. There are no assumptions made for management actions that may mitigate risk. Based on the Bank’s interest rate positions as at October 31, 2025, an immediate and sustained 100 basis point increase in interest rates across all major currencies and maturities would increase pre-tax net interest income by approximately $236 million over the next 12 months, assuming no further management actions. During fiscal 2025, this measure ranged between increase of $102 million and increase of $236 million.

 

This same increase in interest rates would result in an pre-tax decrease in the present value of the Bank’s net assets of approximately $1,568 million. During fiscal 2025, this measure ranged between $1,147 million and $1,568 million. The directional sensitivity of these two key metrics is largely determined by the difference in time horizons (net interest income captures the impact over the next twelve months only, whereas economic value considers the potential impact of interest rate changes on the present value of all future cash flows). The net interest income and economic value results are compared to the authorized Board limits. Both interest rate sensitivities remained within the Bank’s approved consolidated limits in the reporting period.

 

T50 Structural interest sensitivity*                
 
    2025     2024  
    Economic Value of Equity     Net Interest Income     Economic
Value of
Equity
    Net
Interest
Income
 
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Canadian
dollar
    Other
currencies
    Total     Canadian
dollar
    Other
currencies
    Total  

Pre-tax impact of

                 

100bp increase in rates

                 

Non-trading risk

  $  (616   $  (952   $  (1,568   $  247     $  (11   $  236     $  (1,338   $  (21

100bp decrease in rates

                 

Non-trading risk

  $ 530     $ 671     $ 1,201     $ (224   $ (21   $ (245   $ 780     $ (31

Internal risk transfer

As per OSFI Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR), an internal risk transfer is defined as an internal record of a transfer of risk within the banking or trading book, or between the banking and trading book.

In certain cases, it is more efficient for the Bank to hedge a banking book’s interest rate risk exposure through an internal risk transfer to a trading desk which can externalize the risk to the market. This activity is governed by regulatory defined parameters to ensure the market risk is externalized.

 

Foreign currency risk

 

Foreign currency risk in the Bank’s unhedged funding and investment activities arises primarily from the Bank’s net investments in foreign operations as well as foreign currency earnings in its domestic and remitting foreign branch operations.

 

The Bank’s foreign currency exposure to its net investments in foreign operations is controlled by a Board-approved limit. This limit considers factors such as potential volatility to shareholders’ equity as well as the potential impact on capital ratios from foreign exchange fluctuations. On a monthly basis, the Asset-Liability Committee reviews the Bank’s foreign currency net investment exposures and determines the appropriate hedging strategies. These may include funding the investments in the same currency or using other financial instruments, including derivatives.

 

Foreign currency translation gains and losses from net investments in foreign operations, net of related hedging activities and tax effects, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity. However, the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios are not materially affected by these foreign exchange fluctuations because the risk-weighted assets of the foreign operations tend to move in a similar direction.

 

The Bank is also subject to foreign currency translation risk on the earnings of its domestic and remitting foreign branch operations. The Bank forecasts foreign currency revenues and expenses, over a number of future fiscal quarters. The Asset-Liability Committee also assesses

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 99


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

economic data trends and forecasts to determine if some or all of the estimated future foreign currency revenues and expenses should be hedged. Hedging instruments normally include foreign currency spot and forward contracts, as well as foreign currency options and swaps. Certain of these economic hedges may not qualify for hedge accounting resulting in a potential for a mismatch in the timing of the recognition of economic hedge gains/losses and the underlying foreign earnings translation gains/losses. In accordance with IFRS, foreign currency translation gains and losses relating to monetary and non-monetary items are recorded directly in earnings.

 

As at October 31, 2025, a one percent increase (decrease) in the Canadian dollar against all currencies in which the Bank operates decreases (increases) the Bank’s before-tax annual earnings by approximately $40 million (October 31, 2024 – $45 million) in the absence of hedging activity, due primarily from exposure to U.S. dollars from the Bank’s operations in the U.S. and activities conducted internationally in this currency and from exposures to Latin American currencies. A similar change in the Canadian dollar as at October 31, 2025 would increase (decrease) the unrealized foreign currency translation losses in the accumulated other comprehensive income in equity by approximately $396 million (October 31, 2024 – $324 million), net of hedging.

 

Equity risk

Equity risk is the risk of loss due to adverse movements in equity prices. Equity price risk is often classified into two categories: general equity risk, which refers to the sensitivity of an instrument or portfolio’s value to changes in the overall level of equity prices, and specific equity risk, which refers to that portion of an individual equity instrument’s price volatility that is determined by entity-specific characteristics.

 

The Bank is exposed to equity risk through its equity investment portfolios, which are controlled by Board-approved portfolio and VaR limits. Equity investments include common and preferred shares, as well as a diversified portfolio of third-party managed funds.

 

The majority of the Bank’s equity investment portfolios are managed by Group Treasury under the strategic direction of the ALCO. Group Treasury delegates the management of a portion of equity and equity-related portfolios to other external fund managers to take advantage of these fund managers’ expertise in particular market niches and products.

 

Investment portfolio risks

The Bank holds investment portfolios to meet liquidity and statutory reserve requirements and for investment purposes. These portfolios expose the Bank to interest rate, foreign currency, credit spread and equity risks. Debt investments primarily consist of government, agency, and corporate bonds. Equity investments include common and preferred shares, as well as a diversified portfolio of third-party managed funds. The majority of these securities are valued using prices obtained from external sources. These portfolios are controlled by a Board-approved policy and limits.

 

Trading market risk

The Bank’s policies, processes and controls for trading activities are designed to achieve a balance between pursuing profitable trading opportunities and managing earnings volatility within a framework of sound and prudent practices. Trading activities are primarily customer focused.

 

The designation of an instrument as a trading instrument is determined by the Bank’s Market Risk Management policies. OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline prescribes a list of instrument types which are presumed to be part of a Bank’s trading portfolio. To assign these instruments to the banking book, certain criteria must be met including OSFI’s approval.

The Bank’s list of these instruments include equity positions which are outside of the trading business and primarily held for investment, membership in exchanges or to manage the stock-based compensation program. There are also fixed income positions which include positions held for liquidity or regulatory purposes, positions within Wealth Management and loans held as available for sale. As of October 31, 2025, the market value of the instruments mentioned above is $4,483 million in total.

There has been no case where instruments have been moved between the trading and banking book since October 31, 2024.

 

Market risk arising from the Bank’s trading activities is managed in accordance with Board-approved policies, and aggregate VaR and stress testing limits. Trading portfolios are marked-to-market in accordance with the Bank’s valuation policies. Positions are marked-to-market daily and valuations are independently reviewed by GRM or finance units on a regular basis. These units also provide profit and loss reporting, as well as VaR and limit compliance reporting to business unit management and executive management for evaluation and action as appropriate. The quality of the Bank’s VaR is validated by regular backtesting analysis, in which the VaR is compared to both theoretical profit and loss results based on fixed end of day positions and actual reported profit and loss. A VaR at the 99% confidence interval is an indication of a 1% probability that losses will exceed the VaR if positions remain unchanged during the next business day. Trading positions are however managed dynamically and, as a result, actual profit/loss backtesting exceptions are uncommon. Aging reports are used to monitor the frequency of turnover of trading portfolio inventory.

 

Value at Risk (VaR) is a key measure of market risk in the Bank’s trading activities. In fiscal 2025, the total VaR for trading activities averaged $13.6 million, compared to $14.9 million in 2024. The change was mainly driven by lower equity and foreign exchange risk.

 

 

T51 Market risk measures*                  
 
    2025           2024  
   
($ millions)   Year end     Avg     High     Low            Year end     Avg     High     Low  

Credit Spread plus Interest Rate

  $ 9.5     $ 14.3     $ 22.2     $ 8.8       $ 12.5     $ 13.6     $ 34.3     $ 6.8  

Credit Spread(1)

    8.1       10.3       18.7       6.6         7.3       8.4       13.6       5.9  

Interest Rate

    9.6       13.7       28.5       6.0         17.5       12.3       26.9       5.8  

Equities

    3.4       4.8       9.9       1.9         5.4       5.1       10.1       3.0  

Foreign Exchange

    3.5       2.6       5.9       0.7         2.9       3.2       9.4       1.1  

Commodities

    3.2       3.5       6.7       2.2         2.8       2.6       4.6       1.3  

Debt Specific

    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a               3.6       3.4       4.8       2.3  

Diversification Effect

    (10.7     (11.6     n.m.       n.m.               (15.0     (13.1     n.m.       n.m.  

All-Bank VaR

  $     8.9     $    13.6     $    21.6     $     7.1             $    12.1     $    14.9     $    24.2     $     8.3  

 

(1) Effective November 1, 2024, credit spread VaR also captures issuer-specific credit spread volatility which was previously included in debt specific VaR.

n.m. Not meaningful

                 

 

100 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Description of trading revenue components and graphical comparison of VaR to daily P&L

Chart C29 compares the daily trading revenue distribution to daily VaR results. Trading revenue includes changes in portfolio value as well as the impact of new trades, commissions, fees and reserves. Some components of revenue which are calculated less frequently are pro-rated. Trading revenue averaged $16.3 million per day, increased from $13.0 million in 2024. Revenue was positive on 100% of trading days during the year, which was the same as the level in 2024. The largest single-day trading revenue gain in this fiscal year was $43.4 million which occurred on November 1, 2024.

 

C29

Daily trading revenue vs. VaR $ millions, November 1, 2024 to October 31, 2025

 

LOGO

Credit valuation adjustment (CVA) risk

Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) is the difference between the risk free value of a portfolio and the true value of that portfolio, accounting for the possible default of a counterparty. The CVA adjustment aims to identify the impact of Counterparty Risk.

CVA risk management framework

The CVA risk management is part of the Bank’s market risk management framework. The framework includes a market risk limit structure to control the level of risk taken by the Bank. This involves setting limits on various risk factors, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and counterparty credit spreads. The Bank uses various tools to measure CVA risk, including stress testing and sensitivity analysis. Regular management reports are produced to monitor market risk exposure. These reports provide insights into the Bank’s risk profile and help in making informed decisions.

Senior management role in the CVA risk management framework.

Senior management is actively involved in the risk control process. They oversee the implementation of policies and procedures to identify, measure, monitor, and control CVA risks. Updates to the CVA risk management framework are approved by senior management committees such as the Market Risk Management & Policy Committee (MRMPC) and the Senior Credit Committee (SCC). Material changes to policies and processes are reviewed and approved by senior executives. Senior management receives regular reports on CVA risk exposures and the effectiveness of hedging strategies. This continuous monitoring helps in making informed decisions and maintaining a robust risk management framework. Senior management ensures that adequate resources are allocated to CVA risk management. This includes staffing independent control units and providing the necessary tools and systems for effective risk management.

An overview of the governance of the CVA risk management framework

The CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk management framework is governed by the Bank’s risk management policies which are designed to ensure effective oversight and control of market risk, including CVA risks. Regular risk reporting to senior management provides aggregate measures of risk for CVA and is used to ensure compliance with risk appetite, policies, limits, and guidelines. The framework includes independent control units responsible for maintaining the integrity and effectiveness of CVA risk management practices. These units operate separately from the lines of business to ensure unbiased oversight. Regular independent reviews are conducted to assess the effectiveness of the CVA risk management framework. These reviews help identify any gaps or areas for improvement and ensure that the framework remains robust and effective. The governance structure and Bank policies ensure that data acquisition for CVA calculation is independent of the lines of business. This independence is crucial for maintaining the accuracy and reliability of the data used in risk assessments.

Processes implemented to identify, measure, monitor and control CVA risks, including policies for hedging CVA risk and the processes for monitoring the continuing effectiveness of hedges

The Bank uses a variety of metrics and models to measure and control CVA risk exposures. These measurements are selected based on an assessment of the nature of risks of CVA. The principal measurement techniques are stress testing and sensitivity analysis.

To ensure compliance with policies and limits, CVA risk exposures are independently monitored on a continuing basis by Global Risk Management. They provide senior management, business units and the MRMPC with a series of reports on CVA risk exposures.

CVA risk is managed using a variety of hedging instruments, including derivatives and securities. These instruments are approved for trading by Global Risk Management and the effectiveness of hedging activity is captured through limits on net exposure to risk factors.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 101


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Market risk linkage to Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Trading assets and liabilities are generally marked-to-market daily and included in trading risk measures and market risk capital. Derivatives captured under trading risk measures are related to market making and hedging of trading exposures. A comparison of Consolidated Statement of Financial Position items which are covered under the trading and non-trading risk measures is provided in the table below.

T52 Market risk linkage to Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the Bank

 

    Market Risk Measure

As at October 31, 2025

($ millions)

  Consolidated
Statement of
Financial
Position
    Trading Risk     Non-trading
risk
    Not subject to
market risk
    Primary risk sensitivity of
non-trading risk

Precious metals

  $ 5,156     $ 5,156     $     $     n/a

Trading assets

    152,223       151,223       1,000           Interest rate, FX

Derivative financial instruments

    46,531       42,120       4,411           Interest rate, FX, equity

Investment securities

    149,948             149,948           Interest rate, FX, equity

Loans

    771,045             771,045           Interest rate, FX

Assets – other(1)

    335,139       403             334,736     n/a

Total assets

  $  1,460,042     $  198,902     $  926,404     $  334,736      
         

Deposits

  $ 966,279     $     $ 898,495     $ 67,784     Interest rate, FX, equity

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    47,165       47,165                 Interest rate, equity

Obligations related to securities sold short

    38,104       38,104                 n/a

Derivative financial instruments

    56,031       51,586       4,445           Interest rate, FX, equity

Trading liabilities(2)

    757       757                 n/a

Pension and other benefit liabilities

    1,627             1,627           Interest rate, credit spread, equity

Liabilities – other(3)

    261,492       310             261,182     n/a

Total liabilities

  $ 1,371,455     $ 137,922     $ 904,567     $ 328,966      

 

(1)

Includes goodwill, intangibles, other assets and securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

(2)

Gold and silver certificates and bullion included in other liabilities.

(3)

Includes obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent and other liabilities.

 

    Market Risk Measure  

As at October 31, 2024

($ millions)

  Consolidated
Statement of
Financial
Position
    Trading Risk     Non-trading
risk
    Not subject to
market risk
    Primary risk sensitivity of
non-trading risk
 

Precious metals

  $ 2,540     $ 2,540     $     $       n/a  

Trading assets

    129,727       129,032       695             Interest rate, FX  

Derivative financial instruments

    44,379       39,736       4,643             Interest rate, FX, equity  

Investment securities

    152,832             152,832             Interest rate, FX, equity  

Loans

    760,829             760,829             Interest rate, FX  

Assets – other(1)

    321,720       448             321,272       n/a  

Total assets

  $ 1,412,027     $ 171,756     $ 918,999     $ 321,272          

Deposits

  $ 943,849     $     $ 901,328     $ 42,521       Interest rate, FX, equity  

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    36,341       36,341                   Interest rate, equity  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    35,042       35,042                   n/a  

Derivative financial instruments

    51,260       45,652       5,608             Interest rate, FX, equity  

Trading liabilities(2)

    578       578                   n/a  

Pension and other benefit liabilities

    1,587             1,587             Interest rate, credit spread, equity  

Liabilities – other(3)

    259,294       275             259,019       n/a  

Total liabilities

  $  1,327,951     $  117,888     $  908,523     $  301,540          

 

(1)

Includes goodwill, intangibles, other assets and securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

(2)

Gold and silver certificates and bullion included in other liabilities.

(3)

Includes obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent and other liabilities.

Derivative instruments and structured transactions

Derivatives

The Bank uses derivatives to meet customer needs, generate revenues from trading activities, manage market and credit risks arising from its lending, and for funding and investment activities. The Bank uses several types of derivative products, including interest rate swaps, futures and options, to hedge interest rate risk exposure. Forward contracts, swaps and options are used to manage foreign currency risk exposures. Credit exposures in its lending and investment books may be managed using credit default swaps. As a dealer, the Bank markets a range of derivatives to its customers, including interest rate, foreign exchange, equity, commodity and credit derivatives.

Market risk arising from derivatives transactions is subject to the control, reporting and analytical techniques noted above. Additional controls and analytical techniques are applied to address certain market-related risks that are unique to derivative products.

 

102 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Structured transactions

Structured transactions are specialized transactions that may involve combinations of cash, other financial assets and derivatives designed to meet the specific risk management or financial requirements of customers. These transactions are carefully evaluated by the Bank to identify and address the credit, market, legal, tax, reputational and other risks, and are subject to a cross-functional review and sign-off by Trading Management, Global Risk Management, Taxation, Finance and Legal departments. Large structured transactions are also subject to review by senior risk management committees and evaluated in accordance with the procedures described below in Reputational Risk.

The market risk in these transactions is usually minimal, and returns are earned by providing structuring expertise and by taking credit risk. Once executed, structured transactions are subject to the same ongoing credit reviews and market risk analysis as other types of derivatives transactions. This review and analysis includes careful monitoring of the quality of the reference assets, and ongoing valuation of the derivatives and reference assets.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Bank is unable to meet its financial obligations in a timely manner at reasonable prices. Financial obligations include liabilities to depositors, payments due under derivative contracts, settlement of securities borrowing and repurchase transactions, and lending and investment commitments.

 

 

Effective liquidity risk management is essential to maintain the confidence of depositors and counterparties, manage the Bank’s cost of funds and to support core business activities, even under adverse circumstances.

 

Liquidity risk is managed within the framework of policies and limits that are approved by the Board of Directors. The Board receives reports on risk exposures and performance against approved limits. The Asset-Liability Committee (ALCO) and the Treasury Risk Committee (TRC) provide senior management oversight of liquidity risk.

 

The key elements of the liquidity risk framework are:

 

Measurement and modeling – the Bank’s liquidity model measures and forecasts cash inflows and outflows, including off-balance sheet cash flows on a daily basis. Risk is managed by a set of key limits over the maximum net cash outflow by currency over specified short-term horizons (cash gaps), a minimum level of core liquidity, and liquidity stress tests.

 

Reporting – Global Risk Management provides independent oversight of all significant liquidity risks, supporting the ALCO and TRC with analysis, risk measurement, stress testing, monitoring and reporting.

 

Stress testing – the Bank performs liquidity stress testing on a regular basis, to evaluate the effect of both industry-wide and Bank-specific disruptions on the Bank’s liquidity position. Liquidity stress testing has many purposes including:

 

Helping the Bank understand the potential behavior of various on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet positions in circumstances of stress; and

 

Based on this knowledge, facilitating the development of risk mitigation and contingency plans.

 

The Bank’s liquidity stress tests consider the effect of changes in funding assumptions, depositor behavior and the market value of liquid assets. The Bank performs industry standard stress tests, the results of which are reviewed at senior levels of the organization and are considered in making liquidity management decisions.

 

Contingency planning – the Bank maintains a liquidity contingency plan that specifies an approach for analyzing and responding to actual and potential liquidity events. The plan outlines an appropriate governance structure for the management and monitoring of liquidity events, processes for effective internal and external communication, and identifies potential counter measures to be considered at various stages of an event. A contingency plan is maintained both at the parent-level as well as for major subsidiaries.

 

Funding diversification – the Bank actively manages the diversification of its deposit liabilities by source, type of depositor, instrument, term and geography.

 

Core liquidity – the Bank maintains a pool of highly liquid, unencumbered assets that can be readily sold or pledged to secure borrowings under stressed market conditions or due to Bank-specific events. The Bank also maintains liquid assets to support its intra-day settlement obligations in payment, depository and clearing systems.

 

The Bank’s foreign operations have liquidity management frameworks that are similar to the Bank’s framework. Local deposits are managed from a liquidity risk perspective based on the local management frameworks and regulatory requirements.

 

Derivative instruments

The Bank is subject to liquidity risk relating to its use of derivatives to meet customer needs, generate revenues from trading activities, manage market and credit risks arising from its lending, funding and investment activities, and lower its cost of capital. The maturity profile of the notional amounts of the Bank’s derivative instruments is summarized in Note 9(b) of the consolidated financial statements.

 

Liquid assets

Liquid assets are a key component of liquidity management and the Bank holds these types of assets in sufficient quantity to meet potential needs for liquidity management.

 

Liquid assets can be used to generate cash either through sale, repurchase transactions or other transactions where these assets can be used as collateral to generate cash, or by allowing the asset to mature. Liquid assets include deposits at central banks, deposits with financial institutions, call and other short-term loans, marketable securities, precious metals and securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions. Liquid assets do not include borrowing capacity from central bank facilities.

 

Marketable securities are securities traded in active markets, which can be converted to cash within a timeframe that is in accordance with the Bank’s liquidity management framework. Assets are assessed considering a number of factors, including the expected time it would take to convert them to cash.

Marketable securities included in liquid assets are comprised of securities specifically held as a liquidity buffer or for asset liability management purposes; trading securities, which are primarily held by Global Banking and Markets; and collateral received for securities financing and derivative transactions.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 103


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The Bank maintains large holdings of unencumbered liquid assets to support its operations. These assets generally can be sold or pledged to meet the Bank’s obligations. As at October 31, 2025, unencumbered liquid assets were $327 billion (October 31, 2024 – $310 billion). Securities, including National Housing Act (NHA) mortgage-backed securities, comprised 80% of liquid assets (October 31, 2024 – 81%). Other unencumbered liquid assets, comprising cash and deposits with central banks, deposits with financial institutions and precious metals, were 20% (October 31, 2024 – 19%). The increase in total unencumbered liquid assets was attributable to an increase in other liquid securities, NHA mortgage backed securities, cash and deposits with central banks, foreign government obligations and precious metals, partly offset by a decrease in Canada government obligations and deposits with financial institutions.

The carrying values outlined in the liquid asset table are consistent with the carrying values in the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at October 31, 2025. The liquidity value of the portfolio will vary under different stress events as different assumptions are used for the stress scenarios.

The Bank’s liquid asset pool is summarized in the following table:

T53 Liquid asset pool

 

                      Encumbered
liquid assets
          Unencumbered
liquid assets
 

As at October 31, 2025

($ millions)

  Bank-owned
liquid assets
    Securities received as
collateral from securities
financing and derivative
transactions
    Total liquid
assets
    Pledged as
collateral
    Other(1)            Available as
collateral
    Other  

Cash and deposits with central banks

  $ 58,825     $     $ 58,825     $     $ 5,940       $ 52,885     $  

Deposits with financial institutions

    7,142             7,142             56         7,086        

Precious metals

    5,156             5,156                     5,156        

Securities:

               

Canadian government obligations

    76,593       21,968       98,561       40,032               58,529        

Foreign government obligations

    114,232       123,998       238,230       110,822               127,408        

Other securities

    93,963       151,055       245,018       201,717               43,301        

NHA mortgage-backed securities

    38,813             38,813       6,670                     32,143        

Total

  $ 394,724     $ 297,021     $ 691,745     $ 359,241     $ 5,996             $ 326,508     $  –  
                      Encumbered
liquid assets
          Unencumbered
liquid assets
 

As at October 31, 2024

($ millions)

  Bank-owned
liquid assets
    Securities received as
collateral from securities
financing and derivative
transactions
    Total liquid
assets
    Pledged as
collateral
    Other(1)            Available as
collateral
    Other  

Cash and deposits with central banks

  $ 55,976     $     $ 55,976     $     $ 5,991       $ 49,985     $  

Deposits with financial institutions

    7,884             7,884             82         7,802        

Precious metals

    2,540             2,540                     2,540        

Securities:

               

Canadian government obligations

    71,915       26,062       97,977       34,572               63,405        

Foreign government obligations

    121,072       129,991       251,063       126,371               124,692        

Other securities

    75,223       101,262       176,485       143,862               32,623        

NHA mortgage-backed securities

    35,546             35,546       6,584                     28,962        

Total

  $  370,156     $  257,315     $  627,471     $  311,389     $  6,073             $  310,009     $  –  

 

(1)

Assets which are restricted from being used to secure funding for legal or other reasons.

A summary of total unencumbered liquid assets held by the parent bank and its branches, and domestic and foreign subsidiaries, is presented below:

T54 Total unencumbered liquid assets held by the parent bank and its branches, and domestic and foreign subsidiaries

 

 
As at October 31
($ millions)
   2025     2024  

The Bank of Nova Scotia (Parent)

   $ 254,103     $ 235,378  

Bank domestic subsidiaries

     25,017       32,769  

Bank foreign subsidiaries

     47,388       41,862  

Total

   $  326,508     $  310,009  

The Bank’s liquidity pool is held across major currencies, mostly comprised of Canadian and U.S. dollar holdings. As shown above, the vast majority (85%) of liquid assets are held by the Bank’s corporate office, branches of the Bank, and Canadian subsidiaries of the Bank. The Bank monitors and ensures compliance in relation to minimum levels of liquidity required and assets held within each entity, and/or jurisdiction. Potential regulatory restrictions on the transferability of liquid assets held in Bank foreign subsidiaries are taken into consideration in the Bank’s liquidity management framework.

 

104 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Encumbered assets

In the course of the Bank’s day-to-day activities, securities and other assets are pledged to secure an obligation, participate in clearing or settlement systems, or operate in a foreign jurisdiction. Securities are also pledged under repurchase agreements. A summary of encumbered and unencumbered assets is presented below:

T55 Asset encumbrance

 

                      Encumbered assets           Unencumbered assets  

As at October 31, 2025

($ millions)

  Bank-owned
assets
   

Securities received as

collateral from securities

financing and derivative
transactions

    Total assets     Pledged as
collateral
    Other(1)            Available as
collateral(2)
    Other(3)  

Cash and deposits with central banks

  $ 58,825     $     $ 58,825     $     $ 5,940       $ 52,885     $  

Deposits with financial institutions

    7,142             7,142             56         7,086        

Precious metals

    5,156             5,156                     5,156        

Liquid securities:

               

Canadian government obligations

    76,593       21,968       98,561       40,032               58,529        

Foreign government obligations

    114,232       123,998       238,230       110,822               127,408        

Other liquid securities

    93,963       151,055       245,018       201,717               43,301        

Other securities

    6,004       18,613       24,617       8,971                     15,646  

Loans classified as liquid assets:

               

NHA mortgage-backed securities

    38,813             38,813       6,670               32,143        

Other loans

    740,719             740,719       10,016       79,113         20,157       631,433  

Other financial assets(4)

    258,925       (182,597     76,328       16,847                     59,481  

Non-financial assets

    59,670             59,670                                 59,670  

Total

  $ 1,460,042     $ 133,037     $ 1,593,079     $ 395,075     $ 85,109             $ 346,665     $ 766,230  
                      Encumbered assets           Unencumbered assets  

As at October 31, 2024

($ millions)

  Bank-owned
assets
   

Securities received as

collateral from securities

financing and derivative
transactions

    Total assets     Pledged as
collateral
    Other(1)            Available as
collateral(2)
    Other(3)  

Cash and deposits with central banks

  $ 55,976     $     $ 55,976     $     $ 5,991       $ 49,985     $  

Deposits with financial institutions

    7,884             7,884             82         7,802        

Precious metals

    2,540             2,540                     2,540        

Liquid securities:

               

Canadian government obligations

    71,915       26,062       97,977       34,572               63,405        

Foreign government obligations

    121,072       129,991       251,063       126,371               124,692        

Other liquid securities

    75,223        101,262       176,485       143,862               32,623        

Other securities

    4,534       10,677       15,211       4,415                     10,796  

Loans classified as liquid assets:

               

NHA mortgage-backed securities

    35,546             35,546       6,584               28,962        

Other loans

    732,932             732,932       6,642       79,812         17,173       629,305  

Other financial assets(4)

    249,058       (193,018     56,040       13,148                     42,892  

Non-financial assets

    55,347             55,347                                 55,347  

Total

  $  1,412,027     $ 74,974     $  1,487,001     $  335,594     $  85,885             $  327,182     $  738,340  

 

(1)

Assets which are restricted from being used to secure funding for legal or other reasons.

(2)

Assets that are readily available in the normal course of business to secure funding or meet collateral needs including central bank borrowing immediately available.

(3)

Other unencumbered assets are not subject to any restrictions on their use to secure funding or as collateral but the Bank would not consider them to be readily available. These include loans, a portion of which may be used to access central bank facilities outside of the normal course or to raise secured funding through the Bank’s secured funding programs.

(4)

Securities received as collateral against other financial assets are included within liquid securities and other securities.

As of October 31, 2025, total encumbered assets of the Bank were $480 billion (October 31, 2024 – $421 billion). Of the remaining $1,113 billion (October 31, 2024 – $1,066 billion) of unencumbered assets, $347 billion (October 31, 2024 – $327 billion) are considered readily available in the normal course of business to secure funding or meet collateral needs as detailed above.

In some over-the-counter derivative contracts, the Bank would be required to post additional collateral or receive less collateral in the event its credit rating was downgraded. The Bank maintains access to sufficient collateral to meet these obligations in the event of a downgrade of its ratings by one or more of the rating agencies. As at October 31, 2025, the potential adverse impact on derivatives collateral that would result from a one, two or three-notch downgrade of the Bank’s rating below its lowest current rating was $21 million, $1,061 million or $2,013 million, respectively.

Encumbered liquid assets are not considered to be available for liquidity management purposes. Liquid assets which are used to hedge derivative positions in trading books or for hedging purposes are considered to be available for liquidity management provided they meet the criteria discussed in liquid assets above.

Credit ratings

Credit ratings are one of the factors that impact the Bank’s access to capital markets and the terms on which it can conduct derivatives, hedging transactions and borrow funds. The credit ratings and outlook that the rating agencies assign to the Bank are based on their own views and methodologies.

The Bank continues to have strong credit ratings and its deposits and legacy senior debt are rated AA by Fitch Ratings, Aa2 by Moody’s, AA by Morningstar DBRS and A+ by Standard and Poor’s (S&P). The Bank’s bail-inable senior debt is rated AA- by Fitch Ratings, A2 by Moody’s, AA (low) by Morningstar DBRS, and A- by S&P. As of October 31, 2025, all rating agencies have a Stable outlook on the Bank.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 105


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell or hold a security and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agency.

Liquidity coverage ratio

The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) measure is based on a 30-day liquidity stress scenario, with assumptions defined in the Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) Guideline issued by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI). The LCR is calculated as the ratio of high quality liquid assets (HQLA) to net cash outflows. The Bank is subject to a regulatory minimum LCR of 100%.

HQLA are defined in the LAR Guideline and are grouped into three main categories with varying haircuts applied to arrive at the amount included in the total weighted value in the table that follows.

The total weighted values for net cash outflows for the next 30 days are derived by applying the assumptions specified in the LAR Guideline to specific items, including loans, deposits, maturing debt, derivative transactions and commitments to extend credit.

The following table presents the Bank’s average LCR for the quarter ended October 31, 2025 based on the average daily position in the quarter.

T56 Bank’s average LCR(1)

 

For the quarter ended October 31, 2025 ($ millions)(2)   Total
unweighted
value
(Average)(3)
    Total
weighted
value
(Average)(4)
 

High-quality liquid assets

   

Total high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)

    *     $  269,168  

Cash outflows

   

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:

  $ 264,966     $ 28,225  

Stable deposits

    106,841       3,462  

Less stable deposits

    158,125       24,763  

Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:

    279,580       115,344  

Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks

    110,842       26,701  

Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

    159,368       79,273  

Unsecured debt

    9,370       9,370  

Secured wholesale funding

    *       100,004  

Additional requirements, of which:

    263,735       62,704  

Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

    51,254       29,461  

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

    5,722       5,722  

Credit and liquidity facilities

    206,759       27,521  

Other contractual funding obligations

    3,433       3,338  

Other contingent funding obligations(5)

    624,324       8,880  

Total cash outflows

    *     $ 318,495  

Cash inflows

   

Secured lending (e.g. reverse repos)

  $ 343,904     $ 51,274  

Inflows from fully performing exposures

    35,034       20,001  

Other cash inflows

    37,313       37,313  

Total cash inflows

  $  416,251     $ 108,588  
            Total
adjusted
value(6)
 

Total HQLA

    *     $ 269,168  

Total net cash outflows

    *     $ 209,907  

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)

    *       128
For the quarter ended October 31, 2024 ($ millions)          Total
adjusted
value(6)
 

Total HQLA

    *     $ 261,820  

Total net cash outflows

    *     $ 200,386  

Liquidity coverage ratio (%)

    *       131

 

*

Disclosure is not required under regulatory guideline.

(1)

The LCR is calculated in accordance with OSFI’s LAR Guideline (April 2025).

(2)

Based on the average daily positions of the 62 business days in the quarter.

(3)

Unweighted values represent outstanding balances maturing or callable within the next 30 days.

(4)

Weighted values represent balances calculated after the application of HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow rates, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR Guideline.

(5)

Total unweighted value includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, guarantees and letters of credit, outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other contractual cash outflows.

(6)

Total adjusted value represents balances calculated after the application of both haircuts and inflow and outflow rates and any applicable caps.

HQLA is substantially comprised of Level 1 assets (as defined in the LAR Guideline), such as cash, deposits with central banks available to the Bank in times of stress, and highly rated securities issued or guaranteed by governments, central banks and supranational entities.

The Bank’s average LCR for the quarter ended October 31, 2025 was lower than the prior year mainly due to higher net cash outflows from securities borrowing and lending activities, partially offset by higher HQLA and lower outflows from unsecured wholesale funding. The Bank monitors its significant currency exposures, Canadian and U.S. dollars, in accordance with its liquidity risk management framework and risk appetite.

 

106 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Net stable funding ratio

The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) requires institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to the composition of their assets and off-balance sheet exposures. It is calculated as the ratio of available stable funding (ASF) to required stable funding (RSF), with assumptions defined in the LAR Guideline. The Bank is subject to a regulatory minimum NSFR of 100%.

ASF is defined as the portion of capital and liabilities expected to be reliable over the time horizons considered by the NSFR. RSF is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of the various assets held by the Bank as well as those of its off-balance sheet exposures.

The total weighted values for ASF and RSF included in the table that follows are derived by applying the assumptions specified in the LAR Guideline to balance sheet items, including capital instruments, wholesale funding, deposits, loans and mortgages, securities, derivatives and off-balance sheet items such as commitments to extend credit.

The following table presents the Bank’s NSFR as at October 31, 2025.

T57 Bank’s NSFR(1)

 

     Unweighted Value by Residual Maturity     Weighted
value(3)
 
As at October 31, 2025 ($ millions)   No maturity(2)     < 6 months     6-12 months     ≥ 1 year  

Available Stable Funding (ASF) Item

 

Capital:   $ 95,055     $        –     $        –     $        –     $ 95,055  

Regulatory capital

    95,055                         95,055  

Other capital instruments

                             
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers:     235,752       82,064       37,544       46,532       364,132  

Stable deposits

    93,462       31,256       13,256       15,689       146,765  

Less stable deposits

    142,290       50,808       24,288       30,843       217,367  
Wholesale funding:     217,209       362,852       54,776       129,992       322,618  

Operational deposits

    110,078                         55,039  

Other wholesale funding

    107,131       362,852       54,776       129,992       267,579  
Liabilities with matching interdependent assets           1,759       1,296       12,814        
Other liabilities:     33,447       124,748       23,599  

NSFR derivative liabilities

      8,794    

All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories

    33,447       90,883       2,944       22,127       23,599  
Total ASF                                   $ 805,404  

Required Stable Funding (RSF) Item

 

Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets (HQLA)           $ 28,833  
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes   $ 1,303     $     $     $     $ 652  
Performing loans and securities:      118,673        308,557        105,608        431,791       567,659  

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 HQLA

    1       68,221       1,877             4,411  

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1 HQLA and unsecured performing loans to financial institutions

    2,409       111,773       11,751       19,716       40,247  

Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:

    66,517       94,120       50,497       165,995       269,268  

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

          360       645       5,709       4,213  

Performing residential mortgages, of which:

    22,521       33,694       41,369       240,561       225,469  

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

    22,521       30,535       37,464       211,648       197,361  

Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities

    27,225       749       114       5,519       28,264  
Assets with matching interdependent liabilities(4)           1,759       1,296       12,814        
Other assets:     8,048       161,336       73,764  

Physical traded commodities, including gold

    8,048             6,841  

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

      18,534       15,754  

NSFR derivative assets

      5,327        

NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted

      28,522       1,426  

All other assets not included in the above categories

          59,212       1       49,740       49,743  
Off-balance sheet items             546,572       20,990  
Total RSF                                   $  691,898  
Net Stable Funding Ratio (%)                                     116

 

(1)

The NSFR is calculated in accordance with OSFI’s LAR guideline (April 2025).

(2)

Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity. These may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity, non-maturity deposits, short positions, open maturity positions, non-HQLA equities, and physical traded commodities.

(3)

Weighted values represent balances calculated after the application of ASF and RSF rates, as prescribed by the LAR Guideline.

(4)

Interdependent assets and liabilities are primarily comprised of transactions related to the Canada Mortgage Bond program.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 107


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

     Weighted
value
 
As at October 31, 2024 ($ millions)
Total ASF   $  781,957  
Total RSF     656,747  
Net stable funding ratio (%)     119

Available stable funding (ASF) is primarily provided by the Bank’s large pool of retail, small business and corporate customer deposits; secured and unsecured wholesale funding and capital. Required stable funding (RSF) primarily originates from the Bank’s loan and mortgage portfolio, securities holdings, off-balance sheet items and other assets.

The Bank’s NSFR as at October 31, 2025 was lower than the prior year mainly due to increased RSF for performing loans and securities, partially offset by higher ASF from retail and small business deposits.

 

Funding

The Bank ensures that its funding sources are well diversified. Funding concentrations are regularly monitored and analyzed by type. The sources of funding are capital, deposits from retail and commercial clients sourced through the Canadian and international branch network, deposits from financial institutions as well as wholesale debt issuances.

 

Capital and personal deposits are key components of the Bank’s core funding and these amounted to $403 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $398 billion). The increase since October 31, 2024 is due to growth in personal deposits of $3 billion and common equity of $1 billion from earnings, net of Shareholder Dividend and Share Purchase Plan. The Bank’s funding is also comprised of commercial deposits, particularly those of an operating or relationship nature. Core funding is augmented by wholesale debt issuances, the longer term (original maturity over 1 year) portion of which amounts to $199 billion (October 31, 2024 – $206 billion). Longer term wholesale debt issuances include senior notes, mortgage securitizations, asset-backed securities and covered bonds.

 

The Bank operates in many different currencies and countries. From a funding perspective, the most significant currencies are Canadian and U.S. dollars. With respect to the Bank’s operations outside Canada, there are different funding strategies depending on the nature of the activities in each country. For those countries where the Bank operates a branch banking subsidiary, the strategy is for the subsidiary to be substantially self-funding in its local market. For other subsidiaries or branches outside Canada where local deposit gathering capability is not sufficient, funding is provided through the wholesale funding activities of the Bank.

 

From an overall funding perspective, the Bank’s objective is to achieve an appropriate balance between the cost and the stability of funding. Diversification of funding sources is a key element of the funding strategy.

 

The Bank’s wholesale debt diversification strategy is primarily executed via the Bank’s main wholesale funding centres, located in Toronto, New York, London and Singapore. The majority of these funds are sourced in Canadian and U.S. dollars. Where required, these funds are swapped to fund assets in different currencies. The funding strategy deployed by wholesale funding centres and the management of associated risks, such as geographic and currency risk, are managed centrally within the framework of policies and limits that are approved by the Board of Directors.

 

In the normal course, the Bank uses a mix of unsecured and secured wholesale funding instruments across a variety of markets. The choice of instruments and markets is based on a number of factors, including relative cost, market capacity and diversification of funding. Market conditions can change over time, impacting cost and capacity in particular markets or instruments. Changing market conditions can include periods of stress where the availability of funding in particular markets or instruments is constrained. In these circumstances, the Bank would increase its focus on sources of funding in functioning markets and secured funding instruments. Should a period of extreme stress exist such that all wholesale funding sources are constrained, the Bank maintains a pool of liquid assets to mitigate its liquidity risk. This pool includes cash, deposits with central banks and securities.

 

In Canada, the Bank raises short and longer-term wholesale debt through the issuance of senior unsecured notes. Additional longer-term wholesale debt may be generated through the Bank’s Canadian Debt and Equity Shelf, the securitization of Canadian insured residential mortgages through CMHC programs (such as Canada Mortgage Bonds), uninsured residential mortgages through the Bank’s Covered Bond Program, retail credit card receivables through the Trillium Credit Card Trust II program and retail indirect auto loan receivables through the Securitized Term Auto Receivables Trust program. CMHC securitization programs, while included in the Bank’s view of wholesale debt issuance, do not entail the run-off risk that can be experienced in funding raised from capital markets.

 

Outside of Canada, short-term wholesale debt may be raised through the issuance of negotiable certificates of deposit in the United States, the United Kingdom, and the issuance of commercial paper in the United States. The Bank operates longer-term wholesale debt issuance registered programs in the United States, such as its SEC Registered Debt and Equity Shelf, and non-registered programs, such as the securitization of retail indirect auto loan receivables through the Securitized Term Auto Receivables Trust program and retail credit card receivables through the Trillium Credit Card Trust II program. The Bank may issue through its Covered Bond Program (listed with the U.K. Listing Authority and the Swiss Stock Exchange), in Europe, the United Kingdom, the United States, Australia and Switzerland. The Bank also raises longer-term funding across a variety of currencies through its Australian Medium Term Note Programme, European Medium Term Note Programme (listed with the U.K. Listing Authority and the Swiss Stock Exchange) and Singapore Medium Term Note Programme (listed with the Singapore Exchange and the Taiwan Exchange).

 

The Department of Finance’s bail-in regulations under the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation (CDIC) Act and the Bank Act, became effective September 23, 2018. Senior long-term debt issued by the Bank on or after September 23, 2018, that has an original term greater than 400 days and is marketable, subject to certain exceptions, is subject to the Canadian Bank Recapitalization (Bail-in) regime. Under the Bail-in regime, in circumstances when the Superintendent of Financial Institutions has determined that a bank may no longer be viable, the Governor in Council may, upon a recommendation of the Minister of Finance that they are of the opinion that it is in the public interest to do so, grant an order directing the CDIC to convert all or a portion of certain shares and liabilities of that bank into common shares.

 

108 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

The table below provides the remaining contractual maturities of funding raised through wholesale funding. In the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, these liabilities are primarily included in Business & Government Deposits.

T58 Wholesale funding(1)

 

   

As at October 31, 2025

($ millions)

  Less than
1 month
    1-3
months
    3-6
months
    6-9
months
    9-12
months
    Sub-Total
< 1 Year
    1-2 years     2-5 years     >5 years     Total  

Deposits from banks(2)

  $ 1,358     $ 1,362     $ 402     $ 226     $ 28     $ 3,376     $     $ 281     $     $ 3,657  

Bearer deposit notes, commercial paper and certificate of deposits

    9,364       16,089       23,389       13,655       3,623       66,120       1,278       440       151       67,989  

Asset-backed commercial paper(3)

    3,299       5,806       4,347       70             13,522                         13,522  

Senior notes(4)(5)

    138       77       2,793       2,278       672       5,958       3,796       7,111       13,203       30,068  

Bail-inable notes(5)

    199       3,835       4,458       3,788       4,877       17,157       14,467       24,033       24,317       79,974  

Asset-backed securities

    17       644       47       45       651       1,404       816       1,649       79       3,948  

Covered bonds

    1,447       2,746       3,556       3,023       5,809       16,581       8,320       19,451       2,335       46,687  

Mortgage securitization(6)

          1,343       360       432       782       2,917       2,114       6,676       3,173       14,880  

Subordinated debentures(7)

          1,753             55             1,808       2       197       8,039       10,046  

Total wholesale funding sources

  $ 15,822     $ 33,655     $ 39,352     $ 23,572     $ 16,442     $ 128,843     $ 30,793     $ 59,838     $ 51,297     $ 270,771  
   

Of Which:

                       
   

Unsecured funding

  $ 11,059     $ 23,115     $ 31,042     $ 20,003     $ 9,201     $ 94,420     $ 19,544     $ 32,062     $ 45,709     $ 191,735  

Secured funding

    4,763       10,540       8,310       3,569       7,241       34,423       11,249       27,776       5,588       79,036  
                   
   

As at October 31, 2024

($ millions)

  Less than
1 month
    1-3
months
    3-6
months
    6-9
months
    9-12
months
    Sub-Total
< 1 Year
    1-2 years     2-5 years     >5 years     Total  

Deposits from banks(2)

  $ 3,858     $ 1,455     $ 455     $ 318     $ 158     $ 6,244     $     $     $     $ 6,244  

Bearer deposit notes, commercial paper and certificate of deposits

    6,612       12,754       17,407       12,087       8,307       57,167       1,251       269       182       58,869  

Asset-backed commercial paper(3)

    2,248       5,831       2,435       139             10,653                         10,653  

Senior notes(4)(5)

    2,073       88       2,200       2,613       794       7,768       2,949       7,934       12,337       30,988  

Bail-inable notes(5)

    243       5,699       6,429       6,613       1,682       20,666       16,714       29,520       17,945       84,845  

Asset-backed securities

          1                   908       909       1,218       770       844       3,741  

Covered bonds

          1,515       4,983       2,088       916       9,502       16,039       17,251       4,143       46,935  

Mortgage securitization(6)

          650       1,710       887       235       3,482       3,061       7,099       3,844       17,486  

Subordinated debentures(7)

          47             280             327       1,788       201       7,430       9,746  

Total wholesale funding sources

  $ 15,034     $ 28,040     $ 35,619     $ 25,025     $ 13,000     $  116,718     $ 43,020     $ 63,044     $ 46,725     $ 269,507  
   

Of Which:

                       
   

Unsecured funding

  $  12,786     $  20,042     $  26,492     $  21,911     $  10,941     $  92,172     $  22,702     $  37,924     $  37,894     $  190,692  

Secured funding

    2,248       7,998       9,127       3,114       2,059       24,546       20,318       25,120       8,831       78,815  

 

(1)

Wholesale funding sources exclude obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and bankers’ acceptances, which are disclosed in the contractual maturities table below. Amounts are based on remaining term to maturity.

(2)

Only includes commercial bank deposits.

(3)

Wholesale funding sources also exclude asset-backed commercial paper (ABCP) issued by certain ABCP conduits that are not consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

(4)

Not subject to bail-in.

(5)

Includes structured notes issued to institutional investors.

(6)

Represents residential mortgages funded through Canadian Federal Government agency sponsored programs. Funding accessed through such programs does not impact the funding capacity of the Bank in its own name.

(7)

Although subordinated debentures are a component of regulatory capital, they are included in this table in accordance with EDTF recommended disclosures.

Wholesale funding generally bears a higher risk of run-off in a stressed environment than other sources of funding. The Bank mitigates this risk through funding diversification, ongoing engagement with investors and by maintaining a large holding of unencumbered liquid assets. Unencumbered liquid assets of $327 billion as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $310 billion) were well in excess of wholesale funding sources that mature in the next twelve months.

 

Contractual maturities and obligations

The table below provides the maturity of assets and liabilities as well as the off-balance sheet commitments as at October 31, 2025, based on the contractual maturity date.

 

From a liquidity risk perspective the Bank considers factors other than contractual maturity in the assessment of liquid assets or in determining expected future cash flows. In particular, for securities with a fixed maturity date, the ability and time horizon to raise cash from these securities is more relevant to liquidity management than contractual maturity. For other assets and deposits the Bank uses assumptions about rollover rates to assess liquidity risk for normal course and stress scenarios. Similarly, the Bank uses assumptions to assess the potential drawdown of credit commitments in various scenarios.

The Bank’s contractual obligations include contracts and purchase obligations, including agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable, legally binding on the Bank and affect the Bank’s liquidity and capital resource needs. The Bank leases a large number of its branches, offices and other locations. The majority of these leases are for a term of five years, with options to renew.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 109


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T59 Contractual maturities*                                                            
    As at October 31, 2025  
($ millions)   Less
than one
month
    One to
three
months
    Three
to six
months
    Six to
nine
months
    Nine to
twelve
months
    One to two
years
    Two to five
years
    Over five
years
    No specific
maturity
    Total  

Assets

                   

Cash and deposits with financial institutions and precious metals

  $ 63,343     $ 846     $ 226     $ 36     $ 34     $ 110     $      319     $ 315     $    5,894     $ 71,123  

Trading assets

    2,570       2,275       4,149       1,678       4,065       6,769        21,163       22,882       86,672       152,223  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

    158,225       24,010       15,694       1,286       3,092             701                   203,008  

Derivative financial instruments

    3,431       6,499       3,512       2,718       1,569       6,296       11,182       11,324             46,531  

Investment securities – FVOCI

    1,733       4,356       5,620       7,552       8,698       19,180       43,185       33,408       398       124,130  

Investment securities – amortized cost

    61       479       895       935       485       1,794       2,966       16,107             23,722  

Investment securities – FVTPL

    2                                     21             2,073       2,096  

Loans

    42,269       45,303       53,987       63,272        50,092       162,273       225,891       60,354       67,604       771,045  

Residential mortgages

    5,392       12,473       22,628       28,766       23,226       98,628       130,190       44,097       4,791 (1)      370,191  

Personal loans

    4,912       3,488       3,591       5,606       3,517       12,881       25,101       6,610       44,861       110,567  

Credit cards

                                                    18,045       18,045  

Business and government

    31,965       29,342       27,768       28,900       23,349       50,764       70,600       9,647       7,370 (2)      279,705  

Allowance for credit losses

                                                    (7,463     (7,463

Customers’ liabilities under acceptances

    67       68       25       11       6                               177  

Other assets

                                                    65,987       65,987  

Total assets

    271,701       83,836       84,108       77,488       68,041       196,422       305,428       144,390       228,628       1,460,042  
                                                                        

Liabilities and equity

                   

Deposits

  $ 75,799     $  79,361     $  68,686     $  49,395     $  42,403     $ 64,578     $ 75,189     $ 23,097     $ 487,771     $ 966,279  

Personal

    17,355       22,930       19,913       17,931       16,136       22,151       12,109       155       173,038       301,718  

Non-personal

    58,444       56,431       48,773       31,464       26,267       42,427       63,080       22,942       314,733       664,561  

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    1,098       932       2,774       2,454       2,335       5,798       12,103       19,671             47,165  

Acceptances

    68       68       25       11       6                               178  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    172       1,750       2,362       1,158       456       3,693       8,311       11,091       9,111       38,104  

Derivative financial instruments

    3,015       6,702       4,077       3,506       2,311       7,770       11,011       17,639             56,031  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

    179,305       7,159       1,894       546       240                               189,144  

Subordinated debentures

          1,753                                     5,939             7,692  

Other liabilities

    158       494       2,167       1,204       888       2,857       7,042       9,401       42,651       66,862  

Total equity

                                                    88,587       88,587  

Total liabilities and equity

    259,615       98,219       81,985        58,274       48,639          84,696          113,656        86,838         628,120          1,460,042  

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit commitments(3)

  $ 2,347     $ 9,299     $ 12,846     $ 17,043     $ 14,364     $ 53,723     $ 149,510     $ 21,210     $     $ 280,342  

Guarantees and letters of credit(4)

                                                    86,851       86,851  

 

(1)

Includes primarily impaired mortgages.

(2)

Includes primarily overdrafts and impaired loans.

 

(3)   Includes the undrawn component of committed credit and liquidity facilities.

(4)   Includes outstanding balances of guarantees, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit which may expire undrawn.

 

110 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
T59 Contractual maturities*                                                            
    As at October 31, 2024  
($ millions)   Less
than one
month
    One to
three
months
    Three
to six
months
    Six to
nine
months
    Nine to
twelve
months
    One to two
years
    Two to five
years
    Over five
years
    No specific
maturity
    Total  

Assets

                   

Cash and deposits with financial institutions and precious metals

  $ 59,871     $ 600     $ 100     $ 45     $ 53     $ 152     $ 272     $ 221     $ 5,086     $ 66,400  

Trading assets

    2,183       3,233       3,782       3,925       3,620       8,484       21,126       22,003       61,371       129,727  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

    165,155       19,828       10,573       1,722       2,569             696                   200,543  

Derivative financial instruments

    3,545       5,929       3,118       2,584       1,844       6,774       9,718       10,867             44,379  

Investment securities – FVOCI

    3,404       7,194       6,525       4,316       3,825       19,546       46,178       27,238       3,162       121,388  

Investment securities – amortized cost

    16       919       706       1,136       994       1,860       4,935       18,846             29,412  

Investment securities – FVTPL

    2                                     26             2,004       2,032  

Loans

    40,996       43,071       49,443       52,476       48,186       163,815       242,835       55,047       64,960       760,829  

Residential mortgages

    5,215       9,719       17,163       19,002       21,784       97,508       135,961       40,720       3,869 (1)      350,941  

Personal loans

    3,499       3,470       3,379       4,807       3,598       12,012       25,695       6,582       43,337       106,379  

Credit cards

                                                    17,374       17,374  

Business and government

    32,282       29,882       28,901       28,667       22,804       54,295       81,179       7,745       6,916 (2)      292,671  

Allowance for credit losses

                                                    (6,536     (6,536

Customers’ liabilities under acceptances

    39       57       36       10       6                               148  

Other assets

                                                    57,169       57,169  

Total assets

    275,211       80,831       74,283       66,214       61,097       200,631       325,786       134,222       193,752       1,412,027  
                                                                        
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $

Liabilities and equity

                   

Deposits

  $ 88,575     $ 77,322     $ 68,891     $ 57,925     $ 43,415     $ 64,530     $ 76,309     $ 24,977     $ 441,905     $ 943,849  

Personal

    16,273       23,956       24,000       22,746       19,827       19,423       12,430       138       160,028       298,821  

Non-personal

    72,302       53,366       44,891       35,179       23,588       45,107       63,879       24,839       281,877        645,028  

Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

    510       1,045       2,132       1,609       1,833       5,330       8,887       14,995             36,341  

Acceptances

    40       57       36       10       6                               149  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    272       1,988       1,120       1,803       816       3,638       7,114       9,413       8,878       35,042  

Derivative financial instruments

    2,754       4,595       2,429       2,301       1,857       7,647       11,705       17,972             51,260  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

    186,240       3,427       93       437       44       208                         190,449  

Subordinated debentures

                      251             1,740             5,842             7,833  

Other liabilities

    533       759       1,285       1,267       979       3,142       6,860       8,954       39,249       63,028  

Total equity

                                                    84,076       84,076  

Total liabilities and equity

     278,924        89,193        75,986        65,603        48,950        86,235        110,875        82,153        574,108        1,412,027  

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit commitments(3)

  $ 1,538     $ 9,568     $ 15,403     $ 18,291     $ 12,075     $ 58,806     $ 144,972     $ 8,818     $     $ 269,471  

Guarantees and letters of credit(4)

                                                    64,016       64,016  

 

(1)

Includes primarily impaired mortgages.

(2)

Includes primarily overdrafts and impaired loans.

 

(3)   Includes the undrawn component of committed credit and liquidity facilities.

(4)   Includes outstanding balances of guarantees, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit which may expire undrawn.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 111


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Principal Risks – Non-Financial

Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Sanctions Risk

Money Laundering / Terrorist Financing (ML/TF) and Sanctions risks are the susceptibility of Scotiabank to be used by individuals or organizations to launder the proceeds of crime, finance terrorism, or violate economic sanctions. It also includes the risk that Scotiabank does not comply with applicable Anti-Money Laundering (AML)/Anti-Terrorist Financing (ATF) or Sanctions legislation or does not apply adequate controls reasonably designed to deter and detect ML/TF and sanctions violations or to file required regulatory reports.

 

 

Money laundering, terrorist financing and sanctions risks are managed throughout the Bank via the operation of the Bank’s AML/ATF and Sanctions Program (“the AML/ATF Program”). The Group Chief Anti-Money Laundering Officer is responsible for the AML/ATF Program, which includes the development and application of compliance policies, procedures, the assessment of money laundering, terrorist-financing and sanctions risks, and the maintenance of an ongoing training program. The effectiveness of the AML/ATF and Sanctions Program is subject to regular review and independent assessment conducted by the Audit Department. Global AML establishes enterprise standards to assess clients for money laundering, terrorist financing and sanctions risk.

The Bank conducts an enterprise-wide annual self-assessment of the money laundering/terrorist financing (ML/TF) and sanctions risks inherent in its business units, as well as an assessment of the control measures in place to manage those risks. The process is led by Global AML, the results of which are shared with the Bank’s senior management. All active employees are provided with mandatory AML/ATF and Sanctions training on an annual basis. The Bank performs Client Due Diligence sufficient to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its clients, including in the case of an entity, its material ultimate beneficial owners.

The Bank will not maintain anonymous accounts, nor will it maintain accounts for shell banks. Consistent with a risk-based approach, the Bank assesses the risks of its clients and, where appropriate, conducts enhanced due diligence on those who are considered higher risk. The Bank also conducts ongoing risk tailored monitoring of its clients to detect and report suspicious transactions and activity, and conducts client and transaction screening against terrorist, sanctions, and other designated watch-lists. The Bank has no appetite for its products and services to be used to facilitate money laundering, terrorist financing, or sanctions evasion. The Bank takes appropriate action to prevent, detect, and report such activities to regulators in line with applicable laws and regulations.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from people, inadequate processes and systems, or from external events. It exists in some form in each of the Bank’s business and support activities, and third parties with whom the Bank has entered a business or strategic arrangement for outsourcing activities, the provision of products or services, or other benefits. It can result in financial loss, regulatory sanctions and damage to the Bank’s reputation. Operational risk management refers to the discipline of systematic identification, assessment, measurement, mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of operational risk.

 

 

The Bank’s Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF) outlines a structured approach for the effective management of enterprise-wide operational risk in a manner consistent with best practices and regulatory requirements, including those issued by OSFI in their Operational Risk and Resilience Guideline (OSFI E-21). The ORMF is supplemented by additional policies, processes, standards and methodologies. The ORMF supports the governance and management of all non-financial risks. The Framework is approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors and addresses program governance, risk culture and risk appetite along with the following key program components:

Risk Identification and Assessment

Risk identification and assessment is a critical part of effectively managing operational risk. Risks are identified, classified and assessed. Their potential impact is evaluated and reported to management and the Board. Operational risk management tools and programs are in place to support the identification and assessment of operational risk with each having their defined methodology and/or standards. The key tools include Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), Scenario Analysis, and New Initiatives Risk Assessment (NIRA).

Risk Measurement

A key component of risk management is quantifying the size and scope of the Bank’s operational risk exposure. The collection and analysis of operational risk event (ORE) data and operational risk capital values provide meaningful information to measure operational risk. The data provides meaningful information for assessing and mitigating operational risk exposure at the Bank as a result of event root cause analysis and evaluation of internal controls. Timely, accurate and complete reporting of internal operational risk events, and their analysis, ensures that the Bank maintains a strong risk culture, promotes transparency, and enables the following:

 

 

Monitoring risk exposure, and to assess if the Bank is operating within risk appetite.

 

 

Contributes to the assessment of the effectiveness of the operational control environment.

 

 

Causal analysis to identify deficiencies and control failures that can be mitigated to prevent recurrence of future events.

 

 

Compliance with Basel III Standardized Approach (SA) requirements for the calculation of operational risk capital.

Operational Risk Capital refers to regulatory and internal capital which is quantified as a reserve for unexpected losses resulting from operational risk. Operational risk capital is a component of the total amount of risk capital that the Bank holds. Loss data from OREs are collected in the Bank’s Operational Risk Management System and used for reporting purposes. When combined with Business Indicator Component (BIC)1 data, the loss data captured from OREs is a critical input for the calculation of the Bank’s Internal Loss Multiplier (ILM)2, which is included in the operational risk regulatory capital calculation.

Risk Mitigation and Control

Operational risk response decisions include mitigation, transfer, acceptance, and avoidance of operational risks. The appropriate response will be determined based on consideration of the nature of the risks, their potential impacts and the consideration of our Code and risk appetite thresholds. Through the Bank’s operational risk management tools, issues such as deficiencies in the design or operating effectiveness of a control

 

Business Indicator Component (BIC) is calculated by multiplying the Business Indicator (BI) by set of regulatory determined marginal coefficients. The BI is a financial statement-based proxy for operational risk.

Internal Loss Multiplier (ILM) is a scaling factor that is based on an institution’s average historical losses and the BIC.

 

112 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

may be identified. When issues are identified, action plans can be developed to address them, or, where appropriate, the risk associated with these issues can be accepted. Action plans are managed by action owners to ensure the detailed plans are executed timely and effectively.

Controls are identified and assessed through the various operational risk management tools. In cases where controls are deemed deficient a response will be required which will in turn help to mitigate residual risk.

Risk Monitoring, Analytics, and Reporting

The Bank has processes in place for the ongoing monitoring of operational risk. These monitoring activities can provide an early warning of emerging issues, triggering timely management response. In addition, these activities allow for review and analysis of the risk profile in relation to risk appetite or other key indicators to identify when potential risk events may be approaching or exceeding thresholds, requiring action and/or escalation. Operational risk data is collected in risk systems and used for reporting. Operational risk reporting facilitates distribution and escalation of operational risk information to the relevant parties, including the Operational Risk Committee, as well as senior management and the Board via the Enterprise Risk Management report. It provides stakeholders involved in operational risk management activities access to reliable data in a consistent and timely manner to support risk-based decision making.

Cyber Security and Information Technology (IT) Risk

Cyber Security Risk is the risk of loss of confidentiality, integrity, or availability of information, data, or information systems and reflect the potential adverse impacts to organizational operations (i.e., mission, functions, image, or reputation) and assets, clients, and other stakeholders. Information Technology Risk is the risk of financial loss, disruption or damage to reputation from a failure of information technology systems.

 

 

The Cyber Security and IT risk landscape continues to evolve across the financial industry. The increasing use of digital delivery channels to deliver financial services exposes the Bank to various vectors of attack. Threat actors, including individuals, organized crime rings and nation state sponsored entities, continue to target financial institutions to steal data, money or to disrupt operations. These events can adversely impact the Bank’s operational environment, our customers and other third parties.

In 2025, the Board of Directors approved a revised Enterprise Cyber Security and Information Technology Risk Management Framework to ensure ongoing alignment with the evolving IT and cyber risk landscape. Supported by comprehensive policies and governance structures, this framework safeguards the Bank and its customers’ information and ensures a secure, resilient, and reliable technology environment in support of the Bank’s business objectives. During the year, the Bank enhanced its cyber security capabilities, strengthened its risk culture through targeted training and awareness initiatives, and accelerated the remediation of identified issues. These actions were taken to defend against evolving threats and minimize potential impacts to the business.

Compliance Risk

Compliance risk is the risk of an activity not being conducted in conformity with applicable laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices (“regulatory requirements”), internal policies and procedures, and ethical standards expected by regulators, clients, investors, employees, and other stakeholders. Compliance risk is comprised of regulatory compliance risk, conduct risk, privacy risk, and anti-bribery and anti-corruption (“ABAC”) risk.

 

 

Regulatory compliance risk is the risk that a business activity may not be conducted in conformity with all applicable regulatory requirements wherever the Bank does business.

Conduct risk arises from actions or behaviours of the Bank’s officers, directors, employees, or the Bank’s business that do not align with our ScotiaBond values and behaviours or the Scotiabank Code of Conduct. This risk can adversely impact the Bank, clients, employees, or integrity of financial markets. Conduct risk is influenced by organizational culture and is manifested in employee conduct.

Privacy risk arises when there are contraventions of applicable privacy laws, regulations, standards, and regulatory expectations; when ethical or operational standards set out in our Code or other policies, procedures, manuals, or guidelines are not followed; and when employees fail to treat client, employee, and third-party Personally Identifiable Information (“PII”) in accordance with established security safeguards.

ABAC risk arises when there are contraventions of applicable ABAC laws, regulations, standards, and regulatory expectations, as well as ethical or operational standards set out in our Code or other frameworks, policies, standards, operating procedures, or guidelines related to bribery and corruption.

The Audit and Conduct Review Committee of the Board (the “ACRC”) approves the Compliance Risk Summary Framework, which provides an overview of the key governance components, responsibilities, and programs that enable the Bank to effectively manage Compliance Risk as a core component of its enterprise-wide Compliance program. The Bank is required to comply with E-13 guidelines as set out by OSFI with respect to the management of regulatory compliance risk. Regulatory compliance management at the Bank is governed by the Compliance Management Framework (“CMF”). The CMF’s primary objective is to provide assurance that the Bank’s business activities are conducted in compliance with all applicable regulations and within the Bank’s risk appetite.

Environmental, Social and Governance Risk

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Risk is the risk that an environmental (including climate risk), social, or governance event, or condition, which if occurs could cause an actual or potential negative impact to the Bank.

 

 

The Bank considers Environmental Risk to be the potential adverse impacts to the Bank because of climate change and/or damage to the natural environment or biodiversity, such as land, water, plants, natural resources, ecosystems, and the atmosphere. The physical and transition risks associated with climate change are a component of Environmental Risk.

Social Risk is the risk of potential adverse impacts to the Bank that can arise due to the mismanagement of social considerations that can cause actual or perceived negative impacts on people and communities. Social considerations include, but are not limited to, human rights (including human trafficking and modern slavery); Indigenous rights; labour standards and working conditions; inclusion; community health, safety, and security; disadvantaged and vulnerable groups; cultural property and heritage; and land acquisition and involuntary resettlement.

Corporate governance refers to the oversight mechanisms and the way in which the Bank is governed. It encompasses the Bank’s policies and processes, how decisions are made, and how it deals with the various interests of, and relationships with, its many stakeholders, including shareholders, customers, employees, regulators, and the broader community. Governance Risk is the risk of potential adverse impacts to the Bank stemming from poor or ineffective corporate governance mechanisms and controls.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 113


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Governance

Board Oversight

The Board of Directors and its committees provide oversight of ESG Risk to ensure alignment with the Bank’s strategies and risk appetite. It also approves key risk policies, frameworks and limits. The following Board committees provide ongoing oversight:

 

 

Risk Committee: Retains oversight of ESG Risks, including climate-related risks, and periodically reviews and approves the Bank’s key risk management policies, frameworks, and limits to ensure that management is operating within the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework.

 

 

Corporate Governance Committee: Evaluates the Bank’s environmental and social performance and assesses best practices for ESG disclosure; examines current and emerging ESG topics, considers their implications on the Bank’s strategy and reviews the Bank’s annual ESG Report; and acts in an advisory capacity through a continuing assessment of the Bank’s approach to corporate governance and makes policy recommendations, including on topics such as human rights.

 

 

Audit & Conduct Review Committee: Oversees climate-related disclosure as part of the Bank’s financial reporting, sets standards of conduct for ethical behaviour and oversees conduct risk management, and consumer protection.

 

 

Human Capital & Compensation Committee: Oversees human capital and compensation strategies related to inclusion, employee health, safety, and well-being and other ESG policies and practices.

Management’s Role

The Board of Directors is supported by the President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Risk Officer (CRO). The CRO has delegated their authority over the oversight of ESG risk to the Operational Risk Committee (ORC). The ORC provides effective oversight and challenge of the Bank’s management of environmental and social risks. Its responsibilities include monitoring of the ESG risk profile, reviewing and approving ESG Risk frameworks, policies, risk appetite statements and limits.

The Bank actively monitors policy and legislative requirements through ongoing dialogue with government, industry, and stakeholders in the countries where it operates. Scotiabank regularly meets with various external stakeholders, including industry associations, with respect to roles that banks can play on ESG related issues and to share best practices.

Risk Management

The Bank’s approach for the effective management of ESG risk is governed by our ESG Risk Management Framework in a manner consistent with the Enterprise-wide Risk Management Framework. The ESG Risk Management Framework describes the guiding principles, program elements, and roles and responsibilities relating to the Bank’s management of ESG risk and establishes the minimum requirements for the integration of ESG risk considerations into the decision-making processes across other risk types and business strategies, activities and internal operations. This framework assists the Bank as we continue to advance our capabilities in managing ESG risks in a manner that is consistent with regulatory requirements, industry standards, best practices, and risk appetite.

The ESG Risk Management framework is supported by additional policies, processes, and guidelines, designed to help mitigate ESG Risk or advance responsible practices. For example, Scotiabank is a signatory to the Equator Principles (EPs) framework, which enables the Bank, in partnership with our clients, to identify, assess, manage and report environmental and social risks and impacts associated with the large-scale infrastructure and industrial development projects. We also have policies in place related to our financing activities to oil and gas projects in the Arctic Circle, and to projects related to thermal coal mining and power, UNESCO World Heritage Sites and Wetlands of International Importance, and illegal logging and wildlife trade. Our approach to respecting and promoting human rights is communicated in our Code and in the Global Human Rights Statement. The Bank has set a number of enterprise-wide commitments that aim to address climate-related risks and opportunities, such as our commitment to provide $350 billion in climate-related finance by 2030 to support clients in their strategies to address climate change and other environmental goals. Our Climate Related Finance Framework outlines the financial product and services we offer in support of this commitment. Additional information on the Bank’s approach to climate change risk management and strategy will be provided in our 2025 Sustainability Report.

Data Management Risk

Data Management Risk is the risk of exposure to the financial and non-financial consequences caused by people, inadequate processes and systems related to data governance, data quality, data architecture and/or data ethics.

 

 

The Data Risk Management Framework provides an overview of the key governance components for the data management risk and oversight activities across the Bank. The Data Risk Management Policy defines key guiding principles for managing data risk, including the interaction model and roles and responsibilities for key stakeholders involved in managing data management risk across the Bank.

Model Risk

Model risk is the risk of adverse financial (e.g. inadequate capital, financial losses, inadequate liquidity, underfunding of defined benefit pension plans) operational, and/or reputational consequences arising from the design, development, implementation and/or use of a model. It can originate from, among other things, inappropriate specification; incorrect parameter estimates; flawed hypotheses and/or assumptions; mathematical computation errors; inaccurate, inappropriate or incomplete data; inappropriate, improper or unintended usage; and inadequate monitoring and/or controls.

 

 

Model risk is managed through a structured framework that outlines minimum compliance requirements aligned with OSFI’s revised E-23 Model Risk Management Guideline. This framework spans the entire model lifecycle – from identification and assessment to monitoring and remediation.

All models that meet the Bank’s definition – including those developed internally or sourced from vendors – are governed by the Model Risk Management Framework (MRMF). The MRMF is supported by a suite of policies, standards, and guidelines that ensure consistent and effective model risk management across the organization, including well-defined roles and responsibilities for key stakeholders across the lifecycle.

The Bank’s model risk appetite – expressed through the Enterprise Model Risk Score – is based on aggregated indicators such as persistent performance breaches, policy exceptions, and material issues. This score reflects the Bank’s tolerance for model-related risk and is reported quarterly in the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) Report.

 

114 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Risk Management

 

Reputational Risk

Reputational risk is the risk that negative publicity or stakeholder sentiment regarding Scotiabank’s conduct, business practices or associations, whether true or not, will adversely affect its revenues, operations or client base, or require other defensive measures.

 

 

The Bank has an Enterprise Reputational Risk Policy, as well as other policies and procedures for managing reputational risk. Reputational risk is managed and controlled by our Code, governance practices and risk management programs, policies, procedures, and training. All directors, officers and employees have a responsibility to conduct their activities in accordance with our Code, and in a manner that minimizes reputational risk. The activities of the Legal; Global Tax; Corporate Secretary; Global Communications; Global Compliance & AML, and Global Risk Management departments, as well as the Reputational Risk Committee, are particularly oriented to the management of reputational risk.

Strategic Risk

Strategic Risk is the risk that the enterprise, business lines or corporate functions will make strategic choices that are ineffective or insufficiently resilient to changes in the business environment or fail to achieve the Bank’s strategic vision in the execution of the Bank’s strategy.

 

 

The Board is ultimately responsible for oversight of strategic risk, by ensuring a robust strategic planning process and approving, on an annual basis, the strategic plan for the Bank. Changes in our business strategy can impact our risk appetite and therefore the Annual Strategy Report to the Board of Directors considers linkages between the Bank’s Enterprise Risk Appetite Framework and the enterprise strategy, business line strategies and how the corporate functions support the business lines in the execution of their strategic plans. The Board reviews this material, along with other relevant strategic and financial presentations by management throughout the year in order to provide the appropriate governance.

The strategic planning process is managed by Enterprise Strategy which supports the management of strategic risk throughout the planning process by ensuring alignment across our business, financial, capital and risk planning. Global Risk Management also provides oversight of strategic risk by providing independent reviews throughout the strategic planning process, establishing enterprise risk frameworks, and independently monitoring and reporting on the level of risk established against our risk appetite metrics.

The development, evaluation and execution of the Bank’s strategic plans is owned by the Management team of the Bank. They participate actively in the annual planning process and on an ongoing basis, Heads of Business Lines and Corporate Functions identify, manage, and assess the internal and external risks that could impede achievement of, or progress of, strategic objectives. The executive management team regularly meets to evaluate the effectiveness of the Bank’s strategic plan, and consider what amendments, if any, are required.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 115


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Controls and Accounting Policies

Controls and Procedures

Management’s responsibility for financial information contained in this annual report is described on page 140.

Disclosure controls and procedures

The Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information is accumulated and communicated to the Bank’s management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As of October 31, 2025, the Bank’s management, with the participation of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Group Head and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under the rules adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, and have concluded that the Bank’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

Internal control over financial reporting

Management of the Bank is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. These controls include policies and procedures that:

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Bank;

 

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Bank; and

 

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Bank’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All control systems contain inherent limitations, no matter how well designed. As a result, the Bank’s management acknowledges that its internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all misstatements due to error or fraud. In addition, management’s evaluation of controls can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that all control issues that may result in material misstatements, if any, have been detected.

Management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, using the Internal Control-Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and based on that assessment concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of October 31, 2025. There are no material weaknesses that have been identified by management in this regard. KPMG LLP, the independent auditors appointed by the shareholders of the Bank, who have audited the consolidated financial statements, have also audited internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2025.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the year ended October 31, 2025, there have been no changes in the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The Bank’s accounting policies are integral to understanding and interpreting the financial results reported in this annual report. Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements summarizes the material accounting policies used in preparing the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. Certain of these policies require management to make estimates, assumptions and subjective judgments that are difficult, complex, and often relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. The policies discussed below are particularly important to the presentation of the Bank’s financial position and results of operations, as changes in the estimates, assumptions and judgments could have a material impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are adjusted in the normal course of business to reflect changing underlying circumstances.

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses, using an expected credit loss approach as required under IFRS 9, is estimated using valuation models and incorporates inputs, assumptions and techniques that involve a high degree of management judgment. Under IFRS 9 expected credit loss methodology, an allowance is recorded for expected credit losses on financial assets regardless of whether there has been an actual loss event. The Bank recognizes an allowance at an amount equal to 12 month expected credit losses if the credit risk at the reporting date has not increased significantly since initial recognition (Stage 1). When a financial asset experiences a significant increase in credit risk (SIR) after origination but is not considered to be in default, it is included in Stage 2 and subject to lifetime expected credit losses. Financial assets that are in default are included in Stage 3. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses for Stage 3 financial assets captures the lifetime expected credit losses.

The main drivers in allowance for credit loss changes that are subject to significant judgment include the following:

 

 

Determination of point-in-time parameters such as probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD).

 

 

Forecast of macroeconomic variables for multiple scenarios and probability weighting of the scenarios.

 

 

Assessment of SIR.

Qualitative adjustments or overlays may also be made as temporary adjustments using expert credit judgment in circumstances where, in the Bank’s view, the existing regulatory guidance, inputs, assumptions, and/or modelling techniques do not capture all relevant risk factors. The use of management overlays requires significant judgment that may impact the amount of allowance recognized.

Measurement of expected credit losses

The PD, EAD, and LGD inputs used to estimate expected credit losses are modelled based on historical default and loss experience, and macroeconomic variables that are closely related with credit losses in the relevant portfolio.

 

116 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Controls and Accounting Policies

 

Details of these statistical parameters/inputs are as follows:

 

 

PD – The probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon. A default may only happen at a certain time over the remaining estimated life, if the facility has not been previously derecognized and is still in the portfolio.

 

 

EAD – The exposure at default is an estimate of the exposure at a future default date, considering expected changes in the exposure after the reporting date, including repayments of principal and interest, whether scheduled by contract or otherwise, expected drawdowns on committed facilities, and accrued interest from missed payments.

 

 

LGD – The loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive, including from the realization of any collateral. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the EAD.

Forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios

The Bank uses a broad range of forward-looking economic information as inputs to its models of expected credit losses and the related allowance. These include real GDP, unemployment rates, consumer price index, central bank interest rates, and house price indices, amongst others. The allowance is determined using four probability-weighted, forward-looking scenarios. The Bank considers both internal and external sources of information and data in order to create unbiased projections and forecasts. The scenarios are prepared using forecasts generated by Scotiabank Economics (SE). The forecasts are generated using both internally and externally developed models whose outputs are modified by SE as necessary to formulate a ‘base case’ view of the most probable future direction of economic developments. SE also develops a representative range of other possible forecast scenarios. More specifically, the process involves the development of three additional economic scenarios to which relative probabilities are assigned. The development of the baseline and alternative scenarios is overseen by a governance committee that consists of internal stakeholders from across the Bank. The final baseline and alternative scenarios reflect significant review and oversight and incorporate judgment both in the determination of the scenarios’ forecasts and the probability weights that are assigned to them.

Significant increase in credit risk

The assessment of SIR since origination of a financial asset considers borrower-specific quantitative and qualitative information without consideration of collateral, and the impact of forward-looking information. Quantitative models may not always be able to capture all reasonable and supportable information that may indicate a SIR. Qualitative factors may be assessed to supplement the gap. Examples of situations include changes in adjudication criteria for a particular group of borrowers, changes in portfolio composition, and natural disaster events impacting certain portfolios.

For retail exposures, a SIR is assessed based on thresholds that exist by product which consider the change in PD. The thresholds used for PD migration are reviewed and assessed at least annually unless there is a significant change in credit risk management practices in which case the review is brought forward.

For non-retail exposures, the Bank uses an internal risk rating scale (IG codes). All non-retail exposures have an IG code assigned that reflects the PD of the borrower. Both borrower specific and non-borrower specific (i.e. macroeconomic) forward-looking information is considered and reflected in the IG rating. SIR is evaluated based on the migration of the exposures among IG codes.

Fair value of financial instruments

All financial instruments are measured at fair value on initial recognition. Subsequent measurement of a financial instrument depends on its classification. The contractual cash flow characteristics of a financial instrument and the business model under which it is held determine such classification. Non-trading loans and receivables, certain securities and most financial liabilities are carried at amortized cost unless classified or designated as fair value through profit and loss or fair value through other comprehensive income at inception.

The fair value of a financial asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Bank has access at the measurement date.

The Bank discloses the classification of all financial instruments carried at fair value in a hierarchy based on the determination of fair value. The best evidence of fair value for a financial instrument is the quoted price in an active market. Fair value based on unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments in active markets represents a Level 1 valuation. Quoted prices are not always available for over-the-counter (OTC) transactions, as well as transactions in inactive or illiquid markets. OTC transactions are valued using internal models that maximize the use of observable inputs to estimate fair value. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all the factors that market participants would consider in pricing a transaction. When fair value is based on all significant market observable inputs, the valuation is classified as Level 2. Financial instruments traded in a less active market can be valued using indicative market prices, the present value of cash flows or other valuation techniques. Fair value estimates normally do not consider forced or liquidation sales. Where financial instruments trade in inactive markets or when using models where observable parameters do not exist, significant management judgement is required for valuation methodologies and model inputs. Valuations that require the significant use of unobservable inputs are considered Level 3. The calculation of estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and therefore may not be reflective of future fair values.

The Bank has controls and processes in place to ensure that the valuation of financial instruments is appropriately determined. Global Risk Management (GRM) is responsible for the design and application of the Bank’s risk management framework. GRM is independent of the Bank’s business units and is overseen by Executive Management and the Board of Directors. Senior management committees within GRM oversee and establish standards that are critical in ensuring that appropriate valuation methodologies and policies are in place for determining fair value.

Where possible, valuations are based on quoted prices or observable inputs obtained from active markets. GRM oversees a monthly Independent Price Verification (IPV) process to ensure the reliability and accuracy of prices and inputs used in the determination of fair value. The IPV process is performed by price verification groups that are independent of the business. The Bank maintains an approved list of pricing sources that are used in the IPV process. These sources include, but are not limited to, brokers, dealers and consensus pricing services. The valuation policies relating to the IPV process require that all pricing or rate sources be external to the Bank. At least annually, an independent assessment of pricing or rate sources is performed by GRM to determine the market presence or market representative levels.

Where quoted prices are not readily available, such as for transactions in over-the-counter markets, internal models that maximize the use of observable inputs are used to estimate fair value. An independent second-line model risk management function within GRM oversees the initial model validation, approval and ongoing validation and the performance monitoring of valuation models used in determining fair value. Model development and validation processes are governed by the Bank’s Model Risk Management Policy.

In determining fair value for certain instruments or portfolios of instruments, valuation adjustments or reserves may be required to arrive at a more accurate representation of fair value. The Bank’s policy of applying valuation reserves to a portfolio of instruments is approved by a senior management committee.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 117


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

These reserves can include adjustments for credit risk, bid-offer spreads, unobservable parameters, funding costs and constraints on prices in inactive or illiquid markets. The methodology for the calculation of valuation reserves is reviewed at least annually by senior management.

Valuation adjustments recorded against the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities totaled $103 million as at October 31, 2025 (2024 – $81 million), net of any write-offs. The majority of the year-over-year change is due to widening of counterparty credit spreads during the year.

As at October 31, 2025, a net funding valuation adjustment (FVA) representing an excess of funding benefit adjustment over funding cost adjustment of $136 million (2024 – $165 million), pre-tax, was recorded for uncollateralized derivative instruments.

Employee benefits

The Bank provides pension and other benefit plans for eligible employees globally. Pension benefits are offered in the form of defined benefit pension plans (generally based on an employee’s length of service and earnings) and defined contribution pension plans (where the Bank’s contribution is fixed and there is no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts). Other benefits include post-retirement health care, dental care and life insurance, along with other long-term employee benefits, such as long-term disability benefits.

The employee benefit expenses and related benefit obligation are calculated using actuarial methods and certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions are based on management’s best estimate and are reviewed and approved annually. The most significant assumption is the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation, which is set by reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds that have durations that match the terms of the Bank’s obligations. Separate discount rates are used to determine the annual benefit expense in Canada and the U.S. These rates are determined with reference to the yields on high quality corporate bonds with durations that match the various components of the annual benefit expense. The discount rate used to determine the annual benefit expense for all other plans is the same as the rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. Other key assumptions include future compensation, health care costs, employee turnover, retirement age and mortality. When making these estimates, management considers expectations of future economic trends and business conditions, including inflation rates, as well as other factors, such as plan-specific experience and best practices.

Actual experience that differs from assumptions made by management will result in a net actuarial gain or loss recognized immediately in other comprehensive income, except for other long-term employee benefits, where they are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

Note 27 of the consolidated financial statements contains details of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, such as the disclosure of pension and other benefit amounts, management’s key assumptions, and a sensitivity analysis of changes in these assumptions on the employee benefit obligation and expense.

Corporate income taxes

Management exercises judgment in determining the provision for income taxes and deferred income tax assets and liabilities. The provision is based on management’s expectations regarding the income tax consequences of transactions and events during the period. Management interprets the tax legislation for each jurisdiction in which the Bank operates and makes assumptions about the expected timing of the reversal of deferred income tax assets and liabilities. If management’s interpretations of the legislation differ from those of the tax authorities, or if the actual timing of the reversals of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities is not as anticipated, the provision for income taxes could increase or decrease in future periods.

The Bank maintains provisions for uncertain tax positions that it believes appropriately reflect the risk of tax positions under discussion, audit, dispute or appeal with tax authorities, or which are otherwise considered to involve uncertainty. These provisions are made using the Bank’s best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on an assessment of all relevant factors, which are reviewed at the end of each reporting period. It is possible that additional liability and income tax expense could arise in the future, depending on the acceptance of the Bank’s tax positions by the relevant tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which the Bank operates.

Note 26 of the consolidated financial statements contains further details with respect to the Bank’s provisions for income taxes.

Structured entities

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters arrangements with structured entities on behalf of its customers and for its own purposes. These structured entities can be generally categorized as multi-seller commercial paper conduits, Bank funding vehicles and structured finance entities. Further details are provided in the Off-balance sheet arrangements section on page 73.

Management is required to exercise judgement to determine whether a structured entity should be consolidated. This evaluation involves understanding the arrangements, determining whether decisions about the relevant activities are made by means of voting rights or other contractual arrangements, and determining whether the Bank controls the structured entity.

The Bank controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The three elements of control are:

 

 

power over the investee;

 

 

exposure, or rights, to variable returns from involvement with the investee; and

 

 

the ability to use power over the investee to affect the amount of the Bank’s returns.

This definition of control applies to circumstances:

 

 

when voting rights or similar rights give the Bank power, including situations where the Bank holds less than a majority of voting rights or involving potential voting rights;

 

 

when an investee is designed so that voting rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the investee (i.e., relevant activities are directed by contractual arrangements);

 

 

involving agency relationships; and

 

 

when the Bank has control over specified assets of an investee.

The Bank does not control an investee when it is acting in an agent’s capacity. The Bank assesses whether it is an agent by determining whether it is primarily engaged to act on behalf and for the benefit of another party or parties. Factors that the Bank considers in this assessment include the scope of its decision-making authority over the investee, the rights held by other parties, the remuneration to which it is entitled, and the Bank’s exposure to variability of returns from other interests that it holds in the investee. The analysis uses both qualitative and quantitative analytical techniques and involves the use of a number of assumptions about the business environment in which the structured entity operates and the amount and timing of future cash flows.

 

118 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Controls and Accounting Policies

 

The Bank reassesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that one or more of the three elements of control change. Management is required to exercise judgement to determine if a change in control event has occurred. During 2025, there were no change in control events that caused the Bank to change its control conclusion of its multi-seller conduits or other structured entities.

As described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements and in the discussion of off-balance sheet arrangements, the Bank does not control the three Canadian-based multi-seller conduits that it sponsors and they are not required to be consolidated on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The Bank controls its U.S.-based multi-seller conduit and consolidates it on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Goodwill

For impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, on the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Bank’s groups of cash-generating units (CGU) that are expected to benefit from the particular acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. At each reporting date, goodwill is reviewed to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. Each CGU to which goodwill is allocated for impairment testing reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The Bank determines the carrying value of the CGU using a regulatory capital approach based on credit, market, operational risks and leverage, consistent with the Bank’s capital attribution for business line performance measurement. Corporate capital that is not directly attributable is allocated to each CGU on a proportional basis. The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU). If either FVLCD or VIU exceeds the carrying amount, there is no need to determine the other. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the CGU exceeds the recoverable amount. An impairment loss on goodwill is not reversed.

FVLCD is the price that would be received from the sale of a CGU in an orderly transaction between market participants, less costs of disposal, at the measurement date. In determining FVLCD, an appropriate valuation model is used which considers various factors, including normalized net income, price earnings multiples, and control premiums. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples and quoted share prices for publicly traded subsidiaries or other available fair value indicators.

VIU is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from a CGU. The determination of VIU involves judgment in estimating future cash flows, terminal growth rate and discount rate. The future cash flows are based on management approved budgets and plans which factor in market trends, macroeconomic conditions, forecasted earnings and business strategy for the CGU. The terminal growth rate is based on the long-term growth expectations in the relevant countries, while the discount rate is based on the cost of capital.

Significant judgment is applied in determining the recoverable amounts of the CGU and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment.

Goodwill was assessed for annual impairment based on the methodology described above as at July 31, 2025, and no impairment was determined to exist. As of October 31, 2025, there were no significant changes to this assessment. For additional information, see Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but tested for impairment annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset and are tested for impairment only when events and circumstances indicate impairment. Indefinite and finite life intangible assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.

The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs of disposal (FVLCD) and value in use (VIU). If either FVLCD or VIU exceeds the carrying amount, there is no need to determine the other. The VIU method is used by the Bank to determine the recoverable amount of intangible assets. In determining VIU, a discounted cash flow valuation model is used which incorporates key assumptions, such as management-approved cash flow projections, terminal growth rate and the applicable discount rate. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognized in prior periods are reassessed at each reporting period for any indication that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss recognized in a prior period shall be reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment was recognized. The reversal of an impairment loss reflects an increase in the estimated service potential of an asset, either from use or from sale, and does not only result from the passage of time. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the intangible asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognized.

The recoverable amount is significantly impacted by the discount rate and the terminal value. Significant judgment is applied in determining the intangible asset’s recoverable amount and assessing whether certain events or circumstances constitute objective evidence of impairment.

Indefinite life intangible assets were assessed for annual impairment based on the methodology described above as at July 31, 2025, and no impairment was determined to exist. As of October 31, 2025, there were no significant changes to this assessment. For additional information on both indefinite life and finite life intangible assets, see Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements.

Derecognition of financial assets

Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset have expired, which occurs with repayment by the borrower or upon substantial modification of the asset terms. Assets are also derecognized when the Bank transfers the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the financial asset or has assumed an obligation to pay those cash flows to an independent third-party, and the Bank has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of that asset to an independent third-party.

Management must apply judgement in determining whether a modification of the contractual terms of the financial asset is substantial. For loans, this includes the nature of the modification and the extent of changes to contractual terms including interest rate, authorized amount and term.

Management must also apply judgement in determining, based on specific facts and circumstances, whether the Bank has retained or transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. Where substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are neither retained nor transferred, the Bank derecognizes the transferred asset only if it has lost control over that asset. If the Bank retains control over the asset, it will continue to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement.

Most assets transferred under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, securitizations of fully insured Canadian residential mortgages, and securitizations of credit card receivables do not qualify for derecognition. The Bank continues to record the transferred assets on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as secured financings.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 119


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Further information on derecognition of financial assets can be found in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements.

Provisions

The Bank recognizes a provision if, because of a past event, the Bank has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Probable in this context means more likely than not. Significant judgement is required in determining whether a present obligation exists and in estimating the probability, timing, and amount of any future outflows.

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in, or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and regulatory proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, the Bank cannot state what the eventual outcome of such matters will be.

Legal provisions are established when it becomes probable that the Bank will incur an expense related to a legal action and the amount can be reliably estimated. Such provisions are recorded at the best estimate of the amount required to settle any obligation related to these legal actions as at the balance sheet date, considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Management and internal and external experts are involved in estimating any amounts that may be required. The actual costs of resolving these claims may vary significantly from the amount of the legal provisions. The Bank’s estimate involves significant judgement, given the varying stages of the proceedings, the fact that the Bank’s liability, if any, has yet to be determined and the fact that the underlying matters will change from time to time. As such, there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution of those legal actions may be material to the Bank’s consolidated results of operations for any reporting period.

The Bank, through its Peruvian subsidiary, is engaged in a legal action related to certain value-added tax assessed amounts and associated interest totaling $176 million, which arose from certain client transactions that occurred prior to the Bank’s acquisition of the subsidiary. The legal action in Peru relating to the original assessed amount was concluded in favour of the Government of Peru in May 2024. Accordingly, the Bank paid $34 million representing the principal and associated reasonable interest, which was recorded in non-interest expenses – other. In November 2021, the Peruvian Constitutional Court dismissed the matter relating to the accrued default interest for procedural reasons. With respect to this default interest component, and in relation to the Constitutional Court of Peru’s treatment of Scotiabank Peru, in October 2022, the Bank filed a request for arbitration against the Republic of Peru before the International Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID), pursuant to the provisions of the Canada-Peru Free Trade Agreement. This case is currently proceeding through the arbitration process. In Q3 2024, the Bank recorded a legal provision of $142 million in other liabilities – provisions, representing the amount at issue in the arbitration. The Bank intends to continue to vigorously advance its position.

Future Accounting Developments

The Bank actively monitors developments and changes in accounting standards from the IASB, as well as requirements from the other regulatory bodies, including OSFI. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of adoption of new standards issued by the IASB on its consolidated financial statements and also evaluating the alternative elections available on transition.

Effective November 1, 2026

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Amendments

On May 30, 2024, the IASB issued “Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments (Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7)” to address post-implementation review findings of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

The amendments introduce an accounting policy choice to derecognize financial liabilities settled through an electronic payment system before the settlement date upon meeting certain conditions. The amendments clarify the assessment of contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets based on contingent events, such as interest rates linked to environmental, social and governance (ESG) targets, the treatment of non-recourse assets, and contractually linked instruments. The amendments introduce new disclosure requirements for financial instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows due to events not directly related to changes in basic lending risks, such as certain loans subject to ESG targets. Additionally, the amendments change some of the disclosure requirements for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income.

The amendments are effective for the Bank on November 1, 2026, and early adoption is permitted. The Bank is required to apply the amendments retrospectively but is not required to restate prior periods. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of these amendments.

Effective November 1, 2027

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements

The IASB issued IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements on April 9, 2024, to replace IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027. IFRS 18 introduces a defined structure for the presentation of the statement of income, including required totals and subtotals, as well as aggregating and disaggregating principles to categorize financial information. The standard also requires all Management-defined performance measures to be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

IFRS 18 will be effective for the Bank on November 1, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of this new standard.

Regulatory Developments

The Bank continues to monitor global regulatory developments relating to a broad spectrum of topics, in order to ensure that control functions and business lines are responsive on a timely basis and business impacts, if any, are minimized. A high-level summary of some of the key regulatory developments that have the potential of impacting the Bank’s operations is included below.

Global Minimum Tax

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development published Pillar Two model rules in December 2021 as part of its efforts toward international tax reform. The rules aim to have large multinational enterprises, with consolidated revenues in excess of €750 million, pay a minimum effective tax of 15%. These rules apply to the Bank effective November 1, 2024, and have been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which the Bank operates, including Canada, whose Global Minimum Tax (GMT) Act was enacted in June 2024.

 

120 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Controls and Accounting Policies

 

The IASB previously issued amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes for a temporary mandatory exception from the recognition and disclosure of deferred taxes related to the implementation of Pillar Two GMT rules, which the Bank has applied.

For the twelve months ended October 31, 2025, the impact of the GMT on the Bank’s effective tax rate was approximately 0.8%, and was primarily related to its operations in certain Caribbean jurisdictions and Ireland.

U.S. Tax Legislation

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act was enacted into U.S. law, which codifies certain of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act provisions, making them permanent. There has not been any significant impact on the consolidated effective tax rate, however, we continue to monitor any future developments.

Related Party Transactions

Compensation of key management personnel of the Bank

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Bank, directly or indirectly, and comprise the directors of the Bank, the President and Chief Executive Officer, certain direct reports of the President and Chief Executive Officer and Group Heads.

T60 Compensation of key management personnel of the Bank

 

 
For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Salaries and cash incentives(1)

   $ 28      $ 25  

Equity-based payment(2)

     36        29  

Pension and other benefits(1)

     2        2  

Total

   $   66      $   56  

 

(1)

Represents amounts expensed during the year.

(2)

Represents equity-based awards granted during the year.

Directors can use some or all of their director fees earned to buy common shares of the Bank at market rates through the Director’s Share Purchase Plan. Non-officer directors may elect to receive all or a portion of their fees in the form of deferred stock units which vest immediately. Refer to Note 25 – Share-based payments for further details of these plans.

T61 Loans and deposits of key management personnel

Loans are currently granted to key management personnel at market terms and conditions.

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Loans

   $    7      $   10  

Deposits

     2        5  

The Bank’s committed credit exposure to companies controlled by directors totaled $263 million as at October 31, 2025 (October 31, 2024 – $267 million) while actual utilized amounts were $186 million (October 31, 2024 – $199 million).

Transactions with associates and joint ventures

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank provides normal banking services and enters into transactions with its associated and other related corporations on terms similar to those offered to non-related parties. If these transactions are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed as related party transactions. Transactions between the Bank and its associated companies and joint ventures also qualify as related party transactions and were recorded as follows:

T62 Transactions with associates and joint ventures

 

 
As at and for the year ended October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Net income / (loss)

   $ (21    $ (15

Loans

      140         209  

Deposits

     282        253  

Guarantees and commitments

     57        46  

Scotiabank principal pension plan

The Bank manages assets of $6.4 billion (October 31, 2024 – $6.0 billion) which is a portion of the Scotiabank principal pension plan assets and earned $7.0 million in fees (October 31, 2024 – $6.7 million).

Oversight and governance

The oversight responsibilities of the Audit and Conduct Review Committee (ACRC) with respect to related party transactions include reviewing the Related Party Policy and transactions with related parties that may materially affect the Bank and to ensure compliance with the Bank Act. The Bank Act requirements encompass a broader definition of a related party and the transactions than is set out in International Accounting Standard 24 Related Party Disclosures. The Bank has various procedures in place to ensure that related party information is identified and reported to the ACRC on a semi-annual basis. The ACRC is provided with reports that reflect the Bank’s compliance with its Policy.

The Bank’s Internal Audit department carries out audit procedures as necessary to provide the ACRC with reasonable assurance that the Bank’s policies and procedures to identify, authorize and report related party transactions are appropriately designed and operating effectively in compliance with the Bank Act.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 121


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Supplementary Data

Geographic Information

T63 Net income by geographic segment

 

 
        2025     2024(1)  
   
For the fiscal year ($ millions)     Canada     U.S.     Mexico     Peru     Chile     Colombia     Caribbean
and
Central
America
    Other
Inter-
national
    Total            Canada     U.S.     Mexico     Peru     Chile     Colombia     Caribbean
and
Central
America
    Other
Inter-
national
    Total  

Net interest income

    $ 11,378     $ 799     $ 2,405     $  1,334     $  1,993     $  717     $  1,931     $  965     $  21,522         $ 9,207     $ 664     $ 2,397     $  1,422     $  2,020     $  690     $  1,842     $  1,010     $  19,252  

Non-interest income

      9,352       2,165       1,014       588       571       479       1,295       755       16,219           8,535       1,578       1,032       546       455       486       1,180       606       14,418  

Provision for credit losses

      2,338       67       552       368       748       378       196       67       4,714           1,701       28       380       501       626       561       150       104       4,051  

Non-interest expenses

       13,660        1,591        1,822       885       1,168       750       1,508       1,134       22,518            11,207        1,309        1,867       869       1,143       794       1,454       1,052       19,695  

Income tax expense

      1,532       189       264       126       79       38       450       73       2,751               1,002       146       280       140       119       (49     303       91       2,032  

Net income

      3,200       1,117       781       543       569       30       1,072       446       7,758               3,832       759       902       458       587       (130     1,115       369       7,892  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

      (200           23       7       7       9       123             (31                         24       3       42       (50     115             134  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

    $ 3,400     $ 1,117     $ 758     $ 536     $ 562     $ 21     $ 949     $ 446     $ 7,789             $ 3,832     $ 759     $ 878     $ 455     $ 545     $ (80   $ 1,000     $ 369     $ 7,758  

Adjustments(2)

      1,514       24                   18             1       4       1,561           708                   2       18             3       2       733  

Adjusted net income (loss) attributable to equity holders of the Bank(2)

      $ 4,914     $ 1,141     $ 758     $ 536     $ 580     $ 21     $ 950     $ 450     $ 9,350             $ 4,540     $ 759     $ 878     $ 457     $ 563     $ (80   $ 1,003     $ 371     $ 8,491  

 

(1)

Effective Q1 2025, changes were made to the methodology used to allocate certain income, expenses and balance sheet items between business segments. Prior period results for each segment have been reclassified to conform with the current period’s methodology. Refer to page 42 for further details.

(2)

Refer to Non-GAAP Measures starting on page 20.

T64 Loans and acceptances by geography

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024  

Canada

       

Atlantic provinces

   $ 28.0      $ 24.9  

Quebec

     50.0        44.2  

Ontario

     280.2        281.9  

Manitoba and Saskatchewan

     22.6        21.0  

Alberta

     57.0        55.9  

British Columbia

     94.2        95.5  
     532.0        523.4  

U.S.

     62.1        59.3  

Mexico

     45.7        44.2  

Peru

     22.0        21.0  

Chile

     51.2        49.2  

Colombia

     13.3        11.3  

Other International

       

Latin America

     13.1        14.0  

Europe

     7.8        10.5  

Caribbean and Central America

     26.1        25.9  

Asia and Other

     5.3        8.7  
     52.3        59.1  
   $ 778.7      $ 767.5  

Total allowance for credit losses

     (7.5      (6.5

Total loans and acceptances net of allowance for credit losses

   $  771.2      $  761.0  

T65 Gross impaired loans by geographic segment

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Canada

   $  2,416      $  2,158  

U.S.

            109  

Mexico

     1,494        1,343  

Peru

     823        715  

Chile

     1,420        1,249  

Colombia

     364        322  

Other International

     727        843  

Total

   $ 7,244      $ 6,739  

 

122 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

T66 Provision against impaired financial instruments by geographic segment

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Canada

   $  1,911      $ 1,571  

U.S.

     44        24  

Mexico

     489        404  

Peru

     392        554  

Chile

     638        592  

Colombia

     392        532  

Other International

     267        253  

Total

   $ 4,133      $  3,930  

Credit Risk

T67 Loans and acceptances by type of borrower

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024  

Residential mortgages

   $ 370.2      $  350.9  

Personal loans

     110.6        106.4  

Credit cards

     18.0        17.4  

Personal

   $ 498.8      $ 474.7  

Financial services

       

Non-bank

   $ 31.4      $ 29.7  

Bank(1)

     1.0        0.9  

Wholesale and retail

     29.0        29.9  

Real estate and contractors

     60.0        66.0  

Energy

     6.0        7.1  

Transportation

     8.4        9.7  

Automotive

     17.6        17.6  

Agriculture

     17.4        17.0  

Hospitality and leisure

     3.5        3.8  

Mining

     5.4        6.4  

Metals

     1.9        2.2  

Utilities

     21.6        25.0  

Health care

     8.9        7.9  

Technology and media

     18.9        21.7  

Chemicals

     2.1        1.9  

Food and beverage

     10.1        10.8  

Forest products

     2.5        2.8  

Other(2)

     28.1        25.2  

Sovereign(3)

     6.1        7.2  

Business and government

   $ 279.9      $ 292.8  
   $  778.7      $ 767.5  

Total allowance for credit losses

     (7.5      (6.5

Total loans and acceptances net of allowance for credit losses

   $ 771.2      $ 761.0  

 

(1)

Deposit taking institutions and securities firms.

(2)

Other includes $9.6 billion in wealth management, $3.5 billion in services and $3.1 billion in financing products.

(3)

Includes central banks, regional and local governments, supra-national agencies.

T68 Off-balance sheet credit instruments

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024  

Commitments to extend credit(1)

   $  275.5      $  272.8  

Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee

     86.0        63.0  

Securities lending, securities purchase commitments and other

     80.2        60.3  

Total

   $ 441.7      $ 396.1  

 

(1)

Includes liquidity facilities, and excludes commitments which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 123


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T69 Changes in net impaired loans

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Gross impaired loans

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $  6,739      $ 5,726  

Net additions

       

New additions

     9,598        9,495  

Acquisition-related

             

Declassifications

     (2,847      (2,394

Payments

     (2,028      (1,744

Sales

     (37      (79
     4,686        5,278  

Write-offs

       

Residential mortgages

     (135      (100

Personal loans

     (2,127      (2,145

Credit cards

     (1,466      (1,356

Business and government

     (700      (484
     (4,428      (4,085

Foreign exchange and other

     247        (180

Balance at end of year

   $ 7,244      $  6,739  

Allowance for credit losses on financial instruments

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 2,054      $ 1,881  

Provision for credit losses

     4,133        3,930  

Write-offs

     (4,428      (4,085

Recoveries

       

Residential mortgages

     25        24  

Personal loans

     313        288  

Credit cards

     224        190  

Business and government

     58        60  
     620        562  

Foreign exchange and other

     (38      (234

Balance at end of year

   $ 2,341      $ 2,054  

Net impaired loans

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 4,685      $ 3,845  

Net change in gross impaired loans

     505        1,013  

Net change in allowance for credit losses on impaired financial instruments

     (287      (173

Balance at end of year

   $ 4,903      $ 4,685  

T70 Provision for credit losses

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

New provisions

   $  4,883      $  4,591  

Reversals

     (130      (99

Recoveries

     (620      (562

Provision for credit losses on impaired financial instruments

     4,133        3,930  

Provision for credit losses – performing financial instruments

     581        121  

Total Provision for credit losses

   $ 4,714      $ 4,051  

 

124 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

T71 Provision for credit losses against impaired financial instruments by type of borrower

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Residential mortgages

   $  267      $ 250  

Personal loans

     1,796        1,885  

Credit cards

     1,233        1,165  

Personal

     3,296        3,300  

Financial services

       

Non-bank

     26        34  

Bank

             

Wholesale and retail

     189        137  

Real estate and contractors

     179        108  

Energy

     (3       

Transportation

     79        87  

Automotive

     9        6  

Agriculture

     95        73  

Hospitality and leisure

     5        2  

Mining

     1         

Metals

     4        9  

Utilities

     29         

Health care

     30        22  

Technology and media

     93        32  

Chemicals

     10        6  

Food and beverage

     68        69  

Forest products

     12        9  

Other

     10        35  

Sovereign

     1        1  

Business and government

     837        630  

Provision for credit losses on impaired financial instruments

   $  4,133      $  3,930  

T72 Impaired loans by type of borrower

 

 
     2025             2024  
   
As at October 31 ($ millions)    Gross      Allowance
for credit
losses
     Net             Gross      Allowance
for credit
losses
     Net  

Residential mortgages

   $  2,903      $  840      $  2,063        $ 2,372      $ 645      $ 1,727  

Personal loans

     1,071        604        467          1,117        621        496  

Credit cards

                                                 

Personal

   $ 3,974      $  1,444      $ 2,530        $ 3,489      $ 1,266      $ 2,223  

Financial services

                     

Non-bank

     106        46        60          141        57        84  

Bank

                                           

Wholesale and retail

     556        238        318          487        189        298  

Real estate and contractors

     902        187        715          768        147        621  

Energy

     18        4        14          30        5        25  

Transportation

     253        68        185          351        75        276  

Automotive

     32        11        21          33        9        24  

Agriculture

     308        92        216          338        82        256  

Hospitality and leisure

     69        7        62          71        7        64  

Mining

     4        1        3          6        3        3  

Metals

     36        10        26          53        19        34  

Utilities

     123        18        105          1        1         

Health care

     84        26        58          56        16        40  

Technology and media

     141        47        94          133        32        101  

Chemicals

     76        28        48          81        20        61  

Food and beverage

     121        40        81          198        49        149  

Forest products

     81        22        59          81        14        67  

Other

     160        48        112          172        61        111  

Sovereign

     200        4        196                250        2        248  

Business and government

   $ 3,270      $ 897      $ 2,373              $ 3,250      $ 788      $ 2,462  

Total

   $ 7,244      $ 2,341      $ 4,903              $  6,739      $  2,054      $  4,685  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 125


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T73 Total credit risk exposures by geography(1)(2)

 

 
     2025             2024  
   
     Non-Retail                             
   
As at October 31 ($ millions)    Drawn      Undrawn      Other
exposures(3)
     Retail      Total             Total  

Canada

   $ 242,044      $ 42,449      $ 49,473      $ 478,160      $ 812,126        $ 783,178  

U.S.

     137,005        31,645        83,209        1        251,860          238,201  

Chile

     23,206        2,263        3,586        33,518        62,573          60,179  

Mexico

     29,050        2,950        3,183        24,184        59,367          58,439  

Peru

     18,163        1,435        2,164        12,005        33,767          32,609  

Colombia

     8,657        682        941        7,873        18,153          15,015  

Other International

                     

Europe

     17,423        6,241        22,195               45,859          38,776  

Caribbean and Central America

     17,743        1,213        1,236        16,051        36,243          36,170  

Latin America (other)

     13,982        814        1,080        1,370        17,246          17,742  

Other

     11,361        2,882        4,891               19,134                25,136  

Total

   $ 518,634      $ 92,574      $ 171,958      $ 573,162      $ 1,356,328              $  1,305,445  

As at October 31, 2024

   $  535,326      $  99,011      $  131,677      $  539,431      $  1,305,445                   

 

(1)

Geographic segmentation is based upon the location of the ultimate risk of the credit exposure. Includes all credit risk portfolios and excludes equities and other assets.

(2)

Amounts represent exposure at default.

(3)

Includes off-balance sheet lending instruments such as letters of credit, letters of guarantee, derivatives, securitization and repo-style transactions after collateral.

T74 IRB credit risk exposures by maturity(1)(2)

 

 
     2025             2024  
   
Residual maturity as at October 31 ($ millions)    Drawn      Undrawn      Other
exposures(3)
     Total             Total  

Non-retail

                  

Less than 1 year

   $ 133,684      $ 20,126      $ 89,711      $ 243,521        $ 260,784  

One to 5 years

     208,536        65,260        41,159        314,955          301,844  

Over 5 years

     48,912        1,695        16,918        67,525                55,993  

Total non-retail

   $ 391,132      $ 87,081      $ 147,788      $ 626,001              $ 618,621  

Retail

                  

Less than 1 year

   $ 78,048      $ 65,109      $      $ 143,157        $ 123,229  

One to 5 years

     229,733                      229,733          234,961  

Over 5 years

     13,793                      13,793          15,540  

Revolving credits(4)

     44,788        63,595               108,383                93,400  

Total retail

   $ 366,362      $ 128,704      $      $ 495,066              $ 467,130  

Total

   $ 757,494      $ 215,785      $ 147,788      $ 1,121,067              $  1,085,751  

As at October 31, 2024

   $  766,991      $  205,624      $  113,136      $  1,085,751                   

 

(1)

Remaining term to maturity of the credit exposure. Includes all credit risk portfolios and excludes equity securities and other assets.

(2)

Exposure at default, before credit risk mitigation.

(3)

Off-balance sheet lending instruments, such as letters of credit, letters of guarantee, securitization, derivatives and repo-style transactions after collateral.

(4)

Credit cards and lines of credit with unspecified maturity.

 

126 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

T75 Total credit risk exposures and risk-weighted assets

 

 
    2025             2024  
   
    IRB     Standardized(1)     Total             Total  
   
As at October 31 ($ millions)   Exposure at
Default(2)
    Risk-
weighted
assets
    Exposure at
Default(2)
    Risk-
weighted
assets
    Exposure at
Default(2)
    Risk-
weighted
assets
            Exposure at
Default(2)
     Risk-
weighted
assets
 

Non-retail

                     

Corporate

                     

Drawn

  $  189,918     $  82,445     $  49,395     $  46,489     $  239,313     $  128,934        $ 246,526      $ 125,359  

Undrawn

    71,341       28,083       4,901       4,716       76,242       32,799          80,749        32,574  

Other(3)

    54,146       14,995       2,494       2,307       56,640       17,302                47,919        13,873  
    315,405       125,523       56,790       53,512       372,195       179,035          375,194        171,806  

Bank

                     

Drawn

    12,924       3,379       1,609       680       14,533       4,059          19,913        5,916  

Undrawn

    12,253       6,217       69       35       12,322       6,252          14,756        6,946  

Other(3)

    14,001       2,516       140       95       14,141       2,611                14,521        3,687  
    39,178       12,112       1,818       810       40,996       12,922          49,190        16,549  

Sovereign

                     

Drawn

    240,416       7,564       24,372       3,088       264,788       10,652          268,887        11,368  

Undrawn

    3,487       555       523       471       4,010       1,026          3,506        551  

Other(3)

    6,927       558       187       178       7,114       736                6,043        620  
    250,830       8,677       25,082       3,737       275,912       12,414          278,436        12,539  

Total Non-retail

                     

Drawn

    443,258       93,388       75,376       50,257       518,634       143,645          535,326        142,643  

Undrawn

    87,081       34,855       5,493       5,222       92,574       40,077          99,011        40,071  

Other(3)

    75,074       18,069       2,821       2,580       77,895       20,649                68,483        18,180  
  $ 605,413     $ 146,312     $ 83,690     $ 58,059     $ 689,103     $ 204,371              $ 702,820      $ 200,894  

Retail

                     

Retail residential mortgages

                     

Drawn

  $ 244,737     $ 24,970     $ 66,707     $ 21,168     $ 311,444     $ 46,138              $ 289,602      $ 48,567  
    244,737       24,970       66,707       21,168       311,444       46,138          289,602        48,567  

Secured lines of credit

                     

Drawn

    23,119       5,190       472       166       23,591       5,356          23,452        4,535  

Undrawn

    60,485       2,480       102       36       60,587       2,516                56,913        2,379  
    83,604       7,670       574       202       84,178       7,872          80,365        6,914  

Qualifying retail revolving exposures

                     

Drawn

    18,710       13,841       11,011       7,048       29,721       20,889          28,904        19,329  

Undrawn

    63,595       7,569       8,161       4,001       71,756       11,570                58,300        9,541  
    82,305       21,410       19,172       11,049       101,477       32,459          87,204        28,870  

Other retail

                     

Drawn

    27,670       15,616       41,541       31,536       69,211       47,152          75,802        52,541  

Undrawn/Other

    4,624       2,015       2,228       1,680       6,852       3,695                6,458        3,178  
    32,294       17,631       43,769       33,216       76,063       50,847          82,260        55,719  

Total retail

                     

Drawn

    314,236       59,617       119,731       59,918       433,967       119,535          417,760        124,972  

Undrawn/Other

    128,704       12,064       10,491       5,717       139,195       17,781                121,671        15,098  
  $ 442,940     $ 71,681     $ 130,222     $ 65,635     $ 573,162     $ 137,316              $ 539,431      $ 140,070  

Securitization exposures

    43,622       6,090       20,650       3,962       64,272       10,052          37,657        7,791  

Trading derivatives

    29,092       6,287       699       682       29,791       6,969          25,537        5,801  

CVA derivatives

                      5,394             5,394                       4,631  

Subtotal

  $ 1,121,067     $ 230,370     $ 235,261     $ 133,732     $ 1,356,328     $ 364,102              $ 1,305,445      $ 359,187  

Equities

                8,160       20,119       8,160       20,119          7,751        18,644  

Other assets(4)

                54,566       22,035       54,566       22,035                46,798        20,322  

Total credit risk

  $  1,121,067     $  230,370     $  297,987     $  175,886     $  1,419,054     $  406,256              $  1,359,994      $  398,153  

 

(1)

Portfolios under the Standardized Approach are reported net of specific allowances for credit losses and net of collateral amounts treated under the Comprehensive Approach.

(2)

Outstanding amount for on-balance sheet exposures and loan equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures, after credit risk mitigation.

(3)

Other exposures include off-balance sheet lending instruments, such as letters of credit, letters of guarantee, non-trading derivatives and repo-style exposures, after collateral.

(4)

Other assets include amounts related to central counterparties, net of capital deductions.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 127


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Revenues and Expenses

T76 Volume/rate analysis of change in net interest income

 

 
     Increase (decrease) due to change in:
2025 versus 2024
     Increase (decrease) due to change in:
2024 versus 2023
 
   
($ millions)    Average
volume
     Average
rate
     Net
change
     Average
volume
     Average
rate
     Net
change
 

Net interest income

                   

Total earning assets

   $ 1,442      $ (5,499    $ (4,057    $ 1,064      $ 3,771      $ 4,835  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     464        (6,791      (6,327      (301      4,146        3,845  

Change in net interest income

   $ 978      $  1,292      $  2,270      $ 1,365      $ (375    $ 990  

Assets

                   
   

Deposits with banks

   $ 166      $ (692    $ (526    $ (589    $ 205      $ (384

Trading assets

     78        (604      (526      372        (570      (198

Securities purchased under resale agreements

     135        1,071        1,206        41        83        124  

Investment securities

     486        (1,179      (693      1,281        1,244        2,525  

Loans:

                   

Residential mortgages

     716        (961      (245      (262      1,037        775  

Personal loans

     158        (731      (573      197        674        871  

Credit cards

     37        (60      (23      244        18        262  

Business and government

     (334      (2,343      (2,677      (220      1,080        860  

Total loans

     577        (4,095      (3,518      (41      2,809        2,768  

Total earning assets

   $  1,442      $ (5,499    $ (4,057    $  1,064      $  3,771      $  4,835  
   

Liabilities

                   
   

Deposits:

                   

Personal

   $ 244      $ (1,805    $ (1,561    $ 362      $ 1,418      $ 1,780  

Business and government

     408        (4,552      (4,144      (468      2,447        1,979  

Banks

     (220      (130      (350      (188      259        71  

Total deposits

     432        (6,487      (6,055      (294      4,124        3,830  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     131        (247      (116      178        (194      (16

Subordinated debentures

     (42      (63      (105      (43      62        19  

Other interest-bearing liabilities

     (57      6        (51      (142      154        12  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   $ 464      $ (6,791    $ (6,327    $ (301    $ 4,146      $ 3,845  

T77 Provision for income and other taxes

 

   
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024      2025
versus
2024
 

Income taxes

            

Income tax expense

   $  2,751      $ 2,032        35.4
   

Other taxes

            

Payroll taxes

     580        530        9.4  

Business and capital taxes

     708        682        3.8  

Harmonized sales tax and other

     483        482        0.2  

Total other taxes

     1,771        1,694        4.5  

Total income and other taxes(1)

   $ 4,522      $ 3,726        21.4

Net income before income taxes

   $  10,509      $  9,924        5.9

Effective income tax rate (%)(2)

     26.2        20.5        5.7  

Total tax rate (%)(3)

     36.8        32.1        4.7  

 

(1)

Comprising $2,545 of Canadian taxes (2024 – $1,953) and $1,977 of foreign taxes (2024 – $1,773).

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

(3)

Total income and other taxes as a percentage of net income before income and other taxes.

 

128 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

T78 Assets under administration and management(1)

 

 
($ billions)    2025      2024  

Assets under administration

       

Personal

       

Retail brokerage

   $  283.6      $ 242.9  

Investment management and trust

     209.5        198.6  
     493.1        441.5  

Mutual funds

     269.5        233.7  

Institutional

     105.7        96.3  

Total

   $ 868.3      $ 771.5  
 

Assets under management

       

Personal

   $ 121.5      $ 100.1  

Mutual funds

     253.8        217.1  

Institutional

     57.1        55.8  

Total

   $ 432.4      $  373.0  

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

T79 Changes in assets under administration and management(1)

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024  

Assets under administration

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $  771.5      $  673.6  

Net inflows (outflows)

     16.7        9.7  

Impact of market changes, including foreign currency translation

     80.1        88.2  

Balance at end of year

   $ 868.3      $ 771.5  

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

 

 
As at October 31 ($ billions)    2025      2024  

Assets under management

       

Balance at beginning of year

   $  373.0      $  316.6  

Net inflows (outflows)

     8.7        (0.1

Impact of market changes, including foreign currency translation

     50.7        56.5  

Balance at end of year

   $ 432.4      $ 373.0  

T80 Fees paid to the shareholders’ auditors

 

 
For the fiscal years ($ millions)    2025      2024  

Audit services

   $   40.6      $ 39.1  

Audit-related services

     2.4        1.2  

Tax services outside of the audit scope

     0.7        0.4  

Other non-audit services

     0.9        1.2  

Total Bank and Subsidiaries

   $ 44.6      $ 41.9  

Mutual funds

     3.9        3.6  

Total Fees

   $ 48.5      $   45.5  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 129


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Selected Quarterly Information

T81 Selected quarterly information

 

 
    2025     2024  
   
As at and for the quarter ended   Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  

Operating results ($ millions)

                 

Net interest income

    5,586       5,493       5,270       5,173       4,923       4,862       4,694       4,773  

Non-interest income

    4,217       3,993       3,810       4,199       3,603       3,502       3,653       3,660  

Total revenue

    9,803       9,486       9,080       9,372       8,526       8,364       8,347       8,433  

Provision for credit losses

    1,113       1,041       1,398       1,162       1,030       1,052       1,007       962  

Non-interest expenses

    5,828       5,089       5,110       6,491       5,296       4,949       4,711       4,739  

Income tax expense

    656       829       540       726       511       451       537       533  

Net income

    2,206       2,527       2,032       993       1,689       1,912       2,092       2,199  

Net income attributable to common shareholders

    2,104       2,313       1,841       1,025       1,521       1,756       1,943       2,066  

Operating performance

                 

Basic earnings per share ($)

    1.70       1.84       1.48       0.82       1.23       1.43       1.59       1.70  

Diluted earnings per share ($)

    1.65       1.84       1.48       0.66       1.22       1.41       1.57       1.68  

Return on equity (%)(1)

    11.0       12.2       10.1       5.5       8.3       9.8       11.2       11.8  

Return on tangible common equity (%)(2)

    13.5       15.0       12.5       6.8       10.1       11.9       13.8       14.6  

Productivity ratio (%)(1)

    59.4       53.7       56.3       69.3       62.1       59.2       56.4       56.2  

Net interest margin (%)(2)

    2.40       2.36       2.31       2.23       2.15       2.14       2.17       2.19  

Financial position information ($ billions)

                 

Cash and deposits with financial institutions

    66.0       69.7       63.6       70.2       63.9       58.3       58.6       67.2  

Trading assets

    152.2       136.5       129.0       136.7       129.7       134.0       132.3       126.4  

Loans

    771.0       761.6       756.4       766.3       760.8       759.2       753.5       743.9  

Total assets

    1,460.0       1,414.7       1,415.5       1,439.2       1,412.0       1,402.4       1,399.4       1,392.9  

Deposits

    966.3       946.8       945.8       966.0       943.8       949.2       942.0       939.8  

Common equity

    76.9       75.3       74.7       74.6       73.6       72.7       70.6       70.0  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

    10.0       8.5       10.2       10.2       8.8       8.8       8.8       8.8  

Assets under administration(1)

    868.3       825.1       779.1       807.5       771.5       761.0       738.9       715.9  

Assets under management(1)

    432.4       407.0       379.9       395.5       373.0       363.9       348.6       339.6  

Capital and liquidity measures

                 

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio (%)(3)

    13.2       13.3       13.2       12.9       13.1       13.3       13.2       12.9  

Tier 1 capital ratio (%)(3)

    15.3       15.2       15.4       15.1       15.0       15.3       15.2       14.8  

Total capital ratio (%)(3)

    17.1       16.9       17.1       16.8       16.7       17.1       17.1       16.7  

Total loss absorbing capacity (TLAC) ratio (%)(4)

    29.1       29.0       30.3       28.8       29.7       29.1       28.9       28.9  

Leverage ratio (%)(5)

    4.5       4.5       4.5       4.4       4.4       4.5       4.4       4.3  

TLAC Leverage ratio (%)(4)

    8.5       8.6       8.9       8.5       8.8       8.5       8.4       8.4  

Risk-weighted assets ($ billions)(3)

    474.5       463.5       459.0       468.1       464.0       453.7       450.2       451.0  

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) (%)(6)

    128       126       131       128       131       133       129       132  

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (%)(6)

    116       120       120       117       119       117       117       117  

Credit quality

                 

Net impaired loans ($ millions)

    4,903       4,656       4,648       4,874       4,685       4,449       4,399       4,215  

Allowance for credit losses ($ millions)(7)

    7,654       7,386       7,276       7,080       6,736       6,860       6,768       6,597  

Gross impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances(1)

    0.93       0.90       0.90       0.91       0.88       0.84       0.83       0.80  

Net impaired loans as a % of loans and acceptances(1)

    0.63       0.61       0.61       0.63       0.61       0.58       0.57       0.55  

Provision for credit losses as a % of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)(8)

    0.58       0.55       0.75       0.60       0.54       0.55       0.54       0.50  

Provision for credit losses on impaired loans as a % of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)(8)

    0.54       0.51       0.57       0.55       0.55       0.51       0.52       0.49  

Net write-offs as a % of average net loans and acceptances (annualized)(1)

    0.51       0.50       0.50       0.49       0.51       0.45       0.48       0.42  

Adjusted results(2)

                 

Adjusted total revenue ($ millions)

    9,767       9,494       9,098       9,372       8,526       8,507       8,347       8,433  

Adjusted non-interest expenses ($ millions)

    5,308       5,095       5,067       5,111       4,784       4,763       4,693       4,721  

Adjusted net income ($ millions)

    2,558       2,518       2,072       2,362       2,119       2,191       2,105       2,212  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share ($)

    1.93       1.88       1.52       1.76       1.57       1.63       1.58       1.69  

Adjusted return on equity (%)

    12.5       12.4       10.4       11.8       10.6       11.3       11.3       11.9  

Adjusted return on tangible common equity (%)

    15.2       15.1       12.7       14.3       12.8       13.7       13.8       14.6  

Adjusted productivity ratio (%)

    54.3       53.7       55.7       54.5       56.1       56.0       56.2       56.0  

Common share information

                 

Closing share price ($) (TSX)

    91.99       77.09       68.98       74.36       71.69       64.47       63.16       62.87  

Shares outstanding (millions)

                 

Average – Basic

    1,239       1,244       1,246       1,245       1,238       1,230       1,223       1,214  

Average – Diluted

    1,245       1,245       1,246       1,250       1,243       1,235       1,228       1,221  

End of period

    1,236       1,242       1,246       1,246       1,244       1,237       1,230       1,222  

Dividends paid per share ($)

    1.10       1.10       1.06       1.06       1.06       1.06       1.06       1.06  

Dividend yield (%)(1)

    5.2       6.0       6.2       5.6       6.3       6.6       6.4       7.0  

Market capitalization ($ billions) (TSX)

    113.7       95.8       85.9       92.6       89.2       79.8       77.7       76.8  

Book value per common share ($)(1)

    62.22       60.57       59.96       59.86       59.14       58.78       57.40       57.26  

Market value to book value multiple(1)

    1.5       1.3       1.2       1.2       1.2       1.1       1.1       1.1  

Price to earnings multiple (trailing 4 quarters)(1)

    15.8       14.4       13.9       14.7       12.0       11.3       10.5       10.3  

 

(1)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

(2)

Refer to page 20 for a discussion of non-GAAP measures.

(3)

Regulatory capital ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements.

(4)

This measure has been disclosed in this document in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity.

(5)

The leverage ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements.

(6)

The LCR and NSFR are calculated in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR).

(7)

Includes allowance for credit losses on all financial assets – loans, acceptances, off-balance sheet exposures, debt securities, and deposits with financial institutions.

(8)

Includes provision for credit losses on certain financial assets – loans, acceptances and off-balance sheet exposures.

 

130 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

Selected Annual Information

T82 Selected annual information

 

 
($ millions)   2025     2024     2023  

Total revenue

  $ 37,741     $ 33,670     $ 32,214  

Net income attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Bank

    7,789       7,758       7,338  

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    (31     134       112  
  $ 7,758     $ 7,892     $ 7,450  

Basic earnings per share (in dollars)

  $ 5.84     $ 5.94     $ 5.78  

Diluted earnings per share (in dollars)

    5.67       5.87       5.72  

Dividends paid per common share (in dollars)

    4.32       4.24       4.18  

Total assets

     1,460,042        1,412,027        1,411,043  

Deposits

    966,279       943,849       952,333  

Ten-Year Statistical Review

T83 Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

 
As at October 31 ($ millions)   2025(1)(2)     2024(1)(2)     2023(1)(2)     2022(1)     2021(1)     2020(1)     2019(1)     2018(1)     2017     2016  

Assets

                     

Cash, deposits with financial institutions and Precious metals

  $ 71,123     $ 66,400     $ 91,249     $ 66,438     $ 87,078     $ 77,641     $ 50,429     $ 65,460     $ 65,380     $ 54,786  

Trading assets

    152,223       129,727       117,868       113,154       146,312       117,839       127,488       100,262       98,464       108,561  

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed

    203,008       200,543       199,325       175,313       127,739       119,747       131,178       104,018       95,319       92,129  

Investment securities

    149,948       152,832       118,237       110,008       75,199       111,389       82,359       78,396       69,269       72,919  

Loans, net of allowance

    771,045       760,829       750,911       744,987       636,986       603,263       592,483       551,834       504,369       480,164  

Other(3)

    112,695       101,696       133,453       139,518       111,530       106,587       102,224       98,523       82,472       87,707  
  $ 1,460,042     $ 1,412,027     $ 1,411,043     $ 1,349,418     $ 1,184,844     $ 1,136,466     $ 1,086,161     $ 998,493     $ 915,273     $ 896,266  

Liabilities

                     

Deposits

  $ 966,279     $ 943,849     $ 952,333     $ 916,181     $ 797,259     $ 750,838     $ 733,390     $ 676,534     $ 625,367     $ 611,877  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities lent

    189,144       190,449       160,007       139,025       123,469       137,763       124,083       101,257       95,843       97,083  

Subordinated debentures

    7,692       7,833       9,693       8,469       6,334       7,405       7,252       5,698       5,935       7,633  

Other(3)

    208,340       185,820       210,439       210,994       184,890       169,957       151,244       147,324       126,503       121,852  
    1,371,455       1,327,951       1,332,472       1,274,669       1,111,952       1,065,963       1,015,969       930,813       853,648       838,445  

Common equity

    76,927       73,590       68,767       65,150       64,750       62,819       63,638       61,044       55,454       52,657  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

    9,939       8,779       8,075       8,075       6,052       5,308       3,884       4,184       4,579       3,594  

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    1,721       1,707       1,729       1,524       2,090       2,376       2,670       2,452       1,592       1,570  

Total equity

    88,587       84,076       78,571       74,749       72,892       70,503       70,192       67,680       61,625       57,821  
    $  1,460,042     $  1,412,027     $  1,411,043     $  1,349,418     $  1,184,844     $  1,136,466     $  1,086,161     $  998,493     $  915,273     $  896,266  

 

(1)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2018 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 9; prior period amounts have not been restated.

(2)

The Bank adopted IFRS 17 effective November 1, 2023. As required under the new accounting standard, prior period amounts have been restated. Amounts for fiscal 2016 to 2022 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 4 and have not been restated.

(3)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2020 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 16; prior year amounts have not been restated.

T84 Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income

 

 
For the year ended October 31
($ millions)
  2025(1)     2024(1)     2023(1)     2022     2021     2020     2019     2018     2017     2016  

Revenue

                     

Net interest income(2)(3)

  $     21,522     $     19,252     $     18,262     $     18,115     $     16,961     $     17,320     $     17,177     $   16,191     $   15,035     $   14,292  

Non-interest income(2)(4)

    16,219       14,418       13,952       13,301       14,291       14,016       13,857       12,584       12,120       12,058  

Total revenue

    37,741       33,670       32,214       31,416       31,252       31,336       31,034       28,775       27,155       26,350  

Provision for credit losses(2)

    4,714       4,051       3,422       1,382       1,808       6,084       3,027       2,611       2,249       2,412  

Non-interest expenses(3)(4)

    22,518       19,695       19,121       17,102       16,618       16,856       16,737       15,058       14,630       14,540  

Income before taxes

    10,509       9,924       9,671       12,932       12,826       8,396       11,270       11,106       10,276       9,398  

Income tax expense

    2,751       2,032       2,221       2,758       2,871       1,543       2,472       2,382       2,033       2,030  

Net income

  $ 7,758     $ 7,892     $ 7,450     $ 10,174     $ 9,955     $ 6,853     $ 8,798     $ 8,724     $ 8,243     $ 7,368  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    (31     134       112       258       331       75       408       176       238       251  

Net income attributable to equity holders of the Bank

  $ 7,789     $ 7,758     $ 7,338     $ 9,916     $ 9,624     $ 6,778     $ 8,390     $ 8,548     $ 8,005     $ 7,117  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders

    506       472       419       260       233       196       182       187       129       130  

Common shareholders

  $ 7,283     $ 7,286     $ 6,919     $ 9,656     $ 9,391     $ 6,582     $ 8,208     $ 8,361     $ 7,876     $ 6,987  

 

(1)

The Bank adopted IFRS 17 effective November 1, 2023. As required under the new accounting standard, prior period amounts have been restated. Amounts for fiscal 2016 to 2022 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 4 and have not been restated.

(2)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2018 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 9; prior year amounts have not been restated.

(3)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2020 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 16; prior year amounts have not been restated.

(4)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2019 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 15; prior year amounts have not been restated.

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 131


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T85 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025(1)     2024(1)     2023(1)     2022     2021     2020     2019  

Common shares

               

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 22,054     $ 20,109     $ 18,707     $ 18,507     $ 18,239     $ 18,264     $ 18,234  

Issued

    210       1,945       1,402       706       268       59       255  

Purchased for cancellation

    (197                 (506           (84     (225

Balance at end of year

  $ 22,067     $ 22,054     $ 20,109     $ 18,707     $ 18,507     $ 18,239     $ 18,264  

Retained earnings

               

Balance at beginning of year

    57,751       55,673       53,761       51,354       46,345       44,439       41,414  

IFRS adjustment

                (1                       (58

Restated balances

    57,751       55,673       53,760       51,354       46,345       44,439       41,356  

Net income attributable to common shareholders of the Bank

    7,283       7,286       6,919       9,656       9,391       6,582       8,208  

Common dividends

    (5,369     (5,198     (5,003     (4,858     (4,371     (4,363     (4,260

Purchase of shares for cancellation and premium on redemption

    (716                 (2,367           (330     (850

Foreign currency loss on redemption of Subordinated Additional Tier 1 Capital Notes

    (22                                    

Other

    (11     (10     (3     (24     (11     17       (15

Balance at end of year

  $ 58,916     $ 57,751     $ 55,673     $ 53,761     $ 51,354     $ 46,345     $ 44,439  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Balance at beginning of year

    (6,147     (6,931     (7,166     (5,333     (2,125     570       992  

IFRS adjustment

                                         

Restated balances

    (6,147     (6,931     (7,166     (5,333     (2,125     570       992  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    2,321       784       278       (1,564     (3,134     (2,668     (422

Other

                (43     (269     (74     (27      

Balance at end of year

  $ (3,826   $ (6,147   $ (6,931   $ (7,166   $ (5,333   $ (2,125   $ 570  

Other reserves

               

Balance at beginning of year

    (68     (84     (152     222       360       365       404  

Share-based payments(2)

    15       13       14       10       7       5       7  

Other

    (177     3       54       (384     (145     (10     (46

Balance at end of year

  $ (230   $ (68   $ (84   $ (152   $ 222     $ 360     $ 365  

Total common equity

  $ 76,927     $ 73,590     $ 68,767     $ 65,150     $ 64,750     $ 62,819     $ 63,638  

Preferred shares and other equity instruments

               

Balance at beginning of year

    8,779       8,075       8,075       6,052       5,308       3,884       4,184  

Net income attributable to preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders of the Bank

    506       472       419       260       233       196       182  

Preferred and other equity instrument dividends

    (506     (472     (419     (260     (233     (196     (182

Issued

    2,848       1,004             2,523       2,003       1,689        

Redeemed

    (1,688     (300           (500     (1,259     (265     (300

Balance at end of year

  $ 9,939     $ 8,779     $ 8,075     $ 8,075     $ 6,052     $ 5,308     $ 3,884  

Non-controlling interests

               

Balance at beginning of year

    1,707       1,729       1,524       2,090       2,376       2,670       2,452  

IFRS adjustment

                                         

Restated balances

    1,707       1,729       1,524       2,090       2,376       2,670       2,452  

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    (31     134       112       258       331       75       408  

Distributions to non-controlling interests

    (82     (88     (101     (115     (123     (148     (150

Effect of foreign exchange and others

    127       (68     194       (709     (494     (221     (40

Balance at end of year

  $ 1,721     $ 1,707     $ 1,729     $ 1,524     $ 2,090     $ 2,376     $ 2,670  

Total equity at end of year

  $  88,587     $  84,076     $  78,571     $  74,749     $  72,892     $  70,503     $  70,192  

 

(1)

The Bank adopted IFRS 17 effective November 1, 2023. As required under the new accounting standard, prior period amounts have been restated. Amounts for fiscal 2016 to 2022 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 4 and have not been restated.

(2)

Represents amounts on account of share-based payments (refer to Note 25 in the consolidated financial statements).

T86 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

For the year ended October 31 ($ millions)   2025(1)     2024(1)     2023(1)     2022     2021     2020     2019  

Net income

  $ 7,758     $ 7,892     $ 7,450     $ 10,174     $ 9,955     $ 6,853     $ 8,798  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:

               

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to net income

               

Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses)

    780        (1,865     942       2,454       (3,520     (2,239     (819

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities (debt and equity)(2)

    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  

Net change in fair value due to change in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income(2)

    535       612       378       (1,212     (600     293       105  

Net change in gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges

    1,053       2,343       245       (4,537     (806     (32     708  

Net changes in finance income/(expense) from insurance contracts(1)

    19       1       (17                        

Other comprehensive income (loss) from investments in associates

    176       (1     (16     (344     37       (2     103  

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net income

               

Net change in remeasurement of employee benefit plan asset and liability

    266       (136     114       678       1,335       (465     (815

Net change in fair value due to change in equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income(2)

    61       338       (180     (74     408       (85     95  

Net change in fair value due to change in own credit risk on financial liabilities designated under the fair value option

    (500     (581     (985     1,444       (199     (298     8  

Other comprehensive income (loss) from investments in associates

    7       1       2       2       5       (8     (10

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    2,397       712       483        (1,589      (3,340      (2,836     (625

Comprehensive income

  $  10,155     $ 8,604     $  7,933     $ 8,585     $ 6,615     $ 4,017     $  8,173  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

               

Common shareholders of the Bank

  $ 9,604     $ 8,070     $ 7,197     $ 8,092     $ 6,257     $ 3,914     $ 7,786  

Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders of the Bank

    506       472       419       260       233       196       182  

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

    45       62       317       233       125       (93     205  
    $ 10,155     $ 8,604     $ 7,933     $ 8,585     $ 6,615     $ 4,017     $ 8,173  

 

(1)

The Bank adopted IFRS 17 effective November 1, 2023. As required under the new accounting standard, prior period amounts have been restated. Amounts for fiscal 2016 to 2022 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 4 and have not been restated.

(2)

The amounts for the years ended October 31, 2018 to October 31, 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 9; prior period amounts have not been restated.

 

132 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

 

2018            2017     2016  
     
$ 15,644       $ 15,513     $ 15,141  
  2,708         313       391  
  (118             (182     (19
$ 18,234             $ 15,644     $ 15,513  
     
  38,117         34,752       31,316  
  (564                    
  37,553         34,752       31,316  
  8,361         7,876       6,987  
  (3,985       (3,668     (3,468
  (514       (827     (61

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  (1             (16     (22
$ 41,414             $ 38,117     $ 34,752  
     
  1,577         2,240       2,455  
  51                      
  1,628         2,240       2,455  
  (693       (663     (215
  57                      
$ 992             $ 1,577     $ 2,240  
     
  116         152       173  
  6         8       7  
  282               (44     (28
$ 404             $ 116     $ 152  
$ 61,044             $ 55,454     $ 52,657  
     
  4,579         3,594       2,934  
 

187

 
      129       130  
  (187       (129     (130
  300         1,560       1,350  
  (695             (575     (690
$ 4,184             $ 4,579     $ 3,594  
     
  1,592         1,570       1,460  
  (97                    
  1,495         1,570       1,460  
  176         238       251  
  (199       (133     (116
  980               (83     (25
$ 2,452             $ 1,592     $ 1,570  
$  67,680             $  61,625     $  57,821  

 

2018            2017     2016  
$ 8,724       $ 8,243     $ 7,368  
     
     
  (606       (1,259     396  
 

n/a

 
      (55     (172
 

(252

      n/a       n/a  
 

(361

      (28     258  
                 
  66         56       31  
     
  318         592       (716
 

60

 
      n/a       n/a  
 

(22

      (21     (16
  (7             6       (10
  (804             (709     (229
$   7,920             $   7,534     $   7,139  
     
$ 7,668       $ 7,213     $ 6,772  
  187         129       130  
  65               192       237  
$ 7,920             $ 7,534     $ 7,139  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 133


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

T87 Other statistics

 

 
For the year ended October 31    2025(1)      2024(1)      2023(1)      2022      2021      2020      2019  

Operating performance

                      

Basic earnings per share ($)

     5.84        5.94        5.78        8.05        7.74        5.43        6.72  

Diluted earnings per share ($)

     5.67        5.87        5.72        8.02        7.70        5.30        6.68  

Return on equity (%)(2)

     9.7        10.2        10.3        14.8        14.7        10.4        13.1  

Productivity ratio (%)(2)

     59.7        58.5        59.4        54.4        53.2        53.8        53.9  

Return on assets (%)(2)

     0.53        0.56        0.53        0.79        0.86        0.59        0.83  

Net interest margin (%)(3)

     2.33        2.16        2.12        2.20        2.23        2.27        2.44  

Capital measures(2)

                      

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio (%)(4)

     13.2        13.1        13.0        11.5        12.3        11.8        11.1  

Tier 1 capital ratio (%)(4)

     15.3        15.0        14.8        13.2        13.9        13.3        12.2  

Total capital ratio (%)(4)

     17.1        16.7        17.2        15.3        15.9        15.5        14.2  

Leverage ratio (%)(5)

     4.5        4.4        4.2        4.2        4.8        4.7        4.2  

Common share information

                      

Closing share price ($) (TSX)

     91.99        71.69        56.15        65.85        81.14        55.35        75.54  

Number of shares outstanding (millions)

     1,236        1,244        1,214        1,191        1,215        1,211        1,216  

Dividends paid per share ($)

     4.32        4.24        4.18        4.06        3.60        3.60        3.49  

Dividend yield (%)(2)(6)

     5.6        6.5        6.5        5.1        5.2        5.8        4.9  

Price to earnings multiple (trailing 4 quarters)(2)

     15.8        12.0        9.7        8.2        10.5        10.2        11.2  

Book value per common share ($)(2)

     62.22        59.14        56.64        54.68        53.28        51.85        52.33  

Other information

                      

Average total assets ($ millions)

     1,465,278        1,419,284        1,396,092        1,281,708        1,157,213        1,160,584        1,056,063  

Number of branches and offices

     2,128        2,236        2,379        2,439        2,573        2,618        3,109  

Number of employees

     86,431        88,488        89,483        90,979        89,488        91,447        101,380  

Number of automated banking machines

     8,432        8,533        8,679        8,610        8,610        8,791        9,391  

 

(1)

The Bank adopted IFRS 17 effective November 1, 2023. As required under the new accounting standard, prior period amounts have been restated. Amounts for fiscal 2016 to 2022 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS 4 and have not been restated.

(2)

Refer to Glossary on page 136 for the description of the measure.

(3)

Refer to page 20 for a discussion of non-GAAP measures.

(4)

2024 and 2025 regulatory capital ratios are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023). Effective Q2 2023, regulatory capital ratios were based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (February 2023). Prior period regulatory capital ratios were prepared in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2018).

(5)

Leverage ratios for 2023 to 2025 are based on Basel III requirements as determined in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements (February 2023). Prior period leverage ratios were prepared in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Leverage Requirements (November 2018).

(6)

Based on the average of the high and low common share price for the year.

 

134 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis | Supplementary Data

 

 

2018             2017      2016  
       
  6.90                6.55        5.80  
  6.82                6.49        5.77  
  14.5                14.6        13.8  
  52.3                53.9        55.2  
  0.92                0.90        0.81  
  2.46                2.46        2.38  
       
  11.1                11.5        11.0  
  12.5                13.1        12.4  
  14.3                14.9        14.6  
  4.5                4.7        4.5  
       
  70.65                83.28        72.08  
  1,227                1,199        1,208  
  3.28                3.05        2.88  
  4.2                4.0        4.7  
  10.2                12.7        12.4  
  49.75                46.24        43.59  
       
  945,683                912,619        913,844  
  3,095                3,003        3,113  
  97,021                87,761        88,901  
  9,029                8,140        8,144  

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 135


Table of Contents

Glossary

 

Allowance for Credit Losses: An allowance set aside which, in management’s opinion, is adequate to absorb credit-related losses on all financial assets and off-balance sheet exposures subject to impairment assessment. It includes allowances for performing financial assets and impaired financial assets.

Allowance for Credit Losses Ratio: The ratio of period end total allowance for credit losses (excluding debt securities and deposits with financial institutions) divided by gross loans and acceptances.

Allowance for Impaired Loans Ratio: The ratio of period end impaired allowance for credit losses (excluding debt securities and deposits with financial institutions) divided by gross loans and acceptances.

Allowance for Performing Loans Ratio: The ratio of period end performing allowance for credit losses (excluding debt securities and deposits with financial institutions) divided by gross loans and acceptances.

Allowance against Impaired Loans as a % of Gross Impaired Loans: The ratio of allowance against impaired loans to gross impaired loans.

Assets Under Administration (AUA): Assets administered by the Bank which are beneficially owned by clients and therefore not reported on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Services provided for AUA are of an administrative nature, such as trusteeship, custodial, safekeeping, income collection and distribution, securities trade settlements, customer reporting, and other similar services.

Assets Under Management (AUM): Assets managed by the Bank on a discretionary basis and in respect of which the Bank earns investment management fees. AUM are beneficially owned by clients and are therefore not reported on the Bank’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Some AUM are also administered assets and are therefore included in assets under administration.

Bankers’ Acceptances (BAs): Negotiable, short-term debt securities, guaranteed for a fee by the issuer’s bank.

Basis Point (bps): A unit of measure defined as one-hundredth of one percent.

Book Value per Common Share: Common shareholders’ equity divided by the number of outstanding common shares at the end of the period.

Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (CORRA): CORRA measures the cost of overnight general collateral funding in Canadian dollars using Government of Canada treasury bills and bonds as collateral for repurchase transactions.

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and Total Capital Ratios: Under Basel III, there are three primary regulatory capital ratios used to assess capital adequacy, CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios, which are determined by dividing those capital components by their respective risk-weighted assets.

CET1 consists primarily of common shareholders’ equity net of regulatory adjustments. These regulatory adjustments include goodwill, intangible assets net of deferred tax liabilities, deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, defined-benefit pension fund net assets, shortfall of credit provision to expected losses and significant investments in common equity of other financial institutions.

Tier 1 includes CET1 and additional Tier 1 capital which consists primarily of qualifying non-cumulative preferred shares, non-cumulative subordinated additional Tier 1 capital notes and limited recourse capital notes. Tier 2 capital consists mainly of qualifying subordinated debentures and the eligible allowances for credit losses.

Total capital is comprised of CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

Covered Bonds: Debt obligations of the Bank for which the payment of all amounts of interest and principal are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by a limited partnership and secured by a pledge of the covered bond portfolio. The assets in the covered bond portfolio held by the limited partnership consist of first lien Canadian uninsured residential mortgages or first lien Canadian residential mortgages insured under CMHC Mortgage Insurance, respectively, and their related security interest.

Derivative Products: Financial contracts whose value is derived from an underlying price, interest rate, exchange rate or price index. Forwards, options and swaps are all derivative instruments.

Dividend Yield: Dividends per common share divided by the average of the high and low share price in the relevant period.

Effective Tax Rate: The effective tax rate is the overall tax rate paid by the Bank on its earned income. The effective tax rate is calculated by dividing the Bank’s income tax expenses by the income before taxes.

Fair Value: The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Bank has access at the measurement date.

Foreign Exchange Contracts: Commitments to buy or sell a specified amount of foreign currency on a set date and at a predetermined rate of exchange.

Forward Rate Agreement (FRA): A contract between two parties, whereby a designated interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount, is locked in for a specified period of time. The difference between the contracted rate and prevailing market rate is paid in cash on the settlement date. These agreements are used to protect against, or take advantage of, future interest rate movements.

Futures: Commitments to buy or sell designated amounts of commodities, securities or currencies on a specified date at a predetermined price. Futures are traded on recognized exchanges. Gains and losses on these contracts are settled daily, based on closing market prices.

Gross Impaired Loans as a % of Loans and Acceptances: The ratio of gross impaired loans, debt investments and off-balance sheet exposures expressed as a percentage of loans and acceptances.

Hedging: Protecting against price, interest rate or foreign exchange exposures by taking positions that are expected to react to market conditions in an offsetting manner.

Impaired Loans: Loans on which the Bank no longer has reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of interest and principal, or where a contractual payment is past due for a prescribed period or the customer is declared to be bankrupt.

Leverage Ratio: The ratio of Basel III Tier 1 capital to a leverage exposure measure which includes on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet commitments, derivatives and securities financing transactions, as defined within the OSFI Leverage Requirements Guideline.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): The ratio of high quality liquid assets to stressed net cash outflows over a 30 calendar day time horizon, as defined within the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements Guideline.

Marked-To-Market: The valuation of certain financial instruments at fair value as of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date.

Market Value to Book Value Multiple: This financial valuation metric is calculated by dividing the current closing share price of the period by the book value per common share.

Net Impaired Loans as a % of Loans and Acceptances: The ratio of net impaired loans, debt investments and off-balance sheet exposures expressed as a percentage of loans and acceptances.

Net Interest Margin: Net interest margin is used to measure the return generated by the Bank’s core earning assets, net of the cost of funding. Net interest margin is calculated as core net interest income divided by average core earning assets.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding, as defined within the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements Guideline.

Net Write-offs as a % of Average Net Loans and Acceptances: The ratio of net write-offs expressed as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances.

 

 

136 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report


Table of Contents

Non-Viability Contingent Capital (NVCC): In order to qualify for inclusion in regulatory capital, all non-common Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments must be capable of absorbing losses at the point of non-viability of a financial institution. This will ensure that investors in such instruments bear losses before taxpayers where the government determines that it is in the public interest to rescue a non-viable bank.

Notional Principal Amounts: The contract or principal amounts used to determine payments for certain off-balance sheet instruments and derivatives, such as FRAs, interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps. The amounts are termed “notional” because they are not usually exchanged themselves, serving only as the basis for calculating amounts that do change hands.

Off-Balance Sheet Instruments: These are indirect credit commitments, including undrawn commitments to extend credit and derivative instruments, which are not recorded on the Bank’s balance sheet under IFRS.

Operating Leverage: This financial metric measures the rate of growth in total revenue less the rate of growth in non-interest expenses.

Options: Contracts between buyer and seller giving the buyer of the option the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call) or sell (put) a specified commodity, financial instrument or currency at a set price or rate on or before a specified future date.

OSFI: The Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, the regulator of Canadian banks.

Price to Earnings Multiple (Trailing 4 Quarters): Closing share price at period end divided by cumulative basic earnings per common share (EPS) of the past 4 quarters.

Productivity Ratio: This ratio represents non-interest expenses as a percentage of total revenue. Management uses the productivity ratio as a measure of the Bank’s efficiency.

Provision for Credit Losses (PCL) as a % of Average Net Loans and Acceptances: The ratio of PCL on loans, acceptances and off-balance sheet exposures expressed as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances.

Provision for Credit Losses (PCL) on Impaired Loans as a % of Average Net Loans and Acceptances: PCL on impaired loans ratio is calculated using PCL on impaired loans, acceptances and off-balance sheet exposures as a percentage of average net loans and acceptances.

Repos: Repos is short for “obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements” – a short-term transaction where the Bank sells assets, normally government bonds, to a client and simultaneously agrees to repurchase them on a specified date and at a specified price. It is a form of short-term funding.

Return on Assets (ROA): Net income expressed as a percentage of total average assets.

Return on Equity (ROE): Net income attributable to common shareholders, expressed as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity. The Bank attributes capital to its business lines on a basis that approximates 11.5% of Basel III common equity capital requirements which includes credit, market and operational risks and leverage inherent in each operating segment. Return on equity for the operating segments is calculated as a ratio of net income attributable to common shareholders of the operating segment and the capital attributed.

Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE): Return on Tangible Common Equity is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to common shareholders, adjusted for the amortization of intangibles (excluding software), by average tangible common equity. Tangible common equity is defined as common shareholders’ equity adjusted for goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets (excluding software), net of deferred taxes.

Reverse Repos: Reverse repos is short for “securities purchased under resale agreements” – a short-term transaction where the Bank purchases assets, normally government bonds, from a client and simultaneously agrees to resell them on a specified date and at a specified price. It is a form of short-term collateralized lending.

Risk-Weighted Assets: Comprised of three broad categories including credit risk, market risk and operational risk, which are computed under the Basel III Framework in accordance with OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023). Risk-weighted assets for credit risk are calculated using modelled parameters, formulas and risk-weight requirements as specified by the Basel III Framework. In addition, the Bank uses both internal models and standardized approaches to calculate market risk capital and standardized approaches for operational risk capital which are converted to risk-weighted assets.

Securitization: The process by which financial assets (typically loans) are transferred to a trust, which normally issues a series of different classes of asset-backed securities to investors to fund the purchase of loans.

Structured Entities: A structured entity is defined as an entity created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective. A structured entity may take the form of a corporation, trust, partnership or unincorporated entity. Structured entities are often created with legal arrangements that impose strict and sometimes permanent limits on the decision-making powers of their governing board, trustee or management over the operations of the entity.

Standby Letters of Credit and Letters of Guarantee: Written undertakings by the Bank, at the request of the customer, to provide assurance of payment to a third-party regarding the customer’s obligations and liabilities to that third-party.

Structured Credit Instruments: A wide range of financial products which includes Collateralized Debt Obligations, Collateralized Loan Obligations, Structured Investment Vehicles, and Asset-Backed Securities. These instruments represent investments in pools of credit-related assets, whose values are primarily dependent on the performance of the underlying pools.

Swaps: Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange streams of interest payments, typically one at a floating rate, the other at a fixed rate, over a specified period of time, based on notional principal amounts. Cross-currency swaps are agreements to exchange payments in different currencies over predetermined periods of time.

Taxable Equivalent Basis (TEB): The Bank analyzes net interest income, non-interest income, and total revenue on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). This methodology grosses up tax-exempt income earned on certain securities reported in either net interest income or non-interest income to an equivalent before tax basis. A corresponding increase is made to the provision for income taxes; hence, there is no impact on net income. Management believes that this basis for measurement provides a uniform comparability of net interest income and non-interest income arising from both taxable and non-taxable sources and facilitates a consistent basis of measurement. While other banks also use TEB, their methodology may not be comparable to the Bank’s methodology. For purposes of segmented reporting, a segment’s revenue and provision for income taxes are grossed up by the taxable equivalent amount. The elimination of the TEB gross-up is recorded in the Other segment.

Total Annual Shareholder Return (TSR): Total annual shareholder return is calculated as the overall change in share price, plus any dividends paid during the year; this sum is then divided by the share price at the beginning of the year to arrive at the TSR. Total annual shareholder return assumes reinvestment of quarterly dividends.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): The aggregate of NVCC Tier 1 capital, NVCC Tier 2 capital, and other TLAC instruments that are subject to conversion in whole or in part into common shares under the CDIC Act and meet all of the eligibility criteria under the OSFI guideline – Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (September 2018).

Other TLAC Instruments include prescribed shares and liabilities that are subject to conversion into common shares pursuant to the CDIC Act and which meet all of the eligibility criteria set out in the Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) Guidelines.

Value At Risk (VaR): An estimate of the potential loss that might result from holding a position for a specified period of time, with a given level of statistical confidence.

Yield Curve: A graph showing the term structure of interest rates, plotting the yields of similar quality bonds by term to maturity.

 

 

2025 Scotiabank Annual Report | 137


Table of Contents

Basel III Glossary

 

Credit Risk Parameters

Exposure at Default (EAD): Generally represents the expected gross exposure – outstanding amount for on-balance sheet exposure and loan equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposure at default.

Probability of Default (PD): Measures the likelihood that a borrower will default within a one-year time horizon, expressed as a percentage.

Loss Given Default (LGD): Measures the severity of loss on a facility in the event of a borrower’s default, expressed as a percentage of exposure at default.

Exposure Types

Non-retail

Corporate: Defined as a debt obligation of a corporation, partnership, or proprietorship.

Bank: Defined as a debt obligation of a bank or bank equivalent.

Sovereign: Defined as a debt obligation of a sovereign, central bank, multi development banks and public sector entities (PSEs) as defined in the OSFI Guideline – Capital Adequacy Requirements (November 2023).

Securitization: On-balance sheet investments in asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and collateralized debt obligations, off-balance sheet liquidity lines to the Bank’s own sponsored and third-party conduits and credit enhancements.

Retail

Residential Mortgage: Loans to individuals against residential property (four units or less).

Secured Lines of Credit: Revolving personal lines of credit secured by residential real estate.

Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposures: Credit cards and unsecured lines of credit for individuals.

Other Retail: All other personal loans.

Exposure Sub-types

Drawn: Outstanding amounts for loans, leases, acceptances, deposits with banks and FVOCI debt securities.

Undrawn: Unutilized portion of authorized committed credit lines.

Other Exposures

Repo-Style Transactions: Reverse repurchase agreements (reverse repos) and repurchase agreements (repos), securities lending and borrowing.

OTC Derivatives: Over-the-counter derivatives contracts refers to financial instruments which are traded through a dealer network rather than through an exchange.

Other Off-balance Sheet: Direct credit substitutes, such as standby letters of credit and guarantees, trade letters of credit, and performance letters of credit and guarantees.

Exchange-Traded Derivative Contracts: Exchange-traded derivative contracts are derivative contracts (e.g. futures contracts and options) that are transacted on an organized futures exchange. These include futures contracts (both long and short positions), purchased options and written options.

Qualifying Central Counterparty (QCCP): A licensed central counterparty is considered “qualifying” when it is compliant with the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) standards and is able to assist clearing member banks in properly capitalizing for CCP exposures.

Asset Value Correlation Multiplier (AVC): Basel III has higher risk-weights on exposures to certain Financial Institutions (FIs) relative to the non-financial corporate sector by introducing an AVC. The correlation factor in the risk-weight formula is multiplied by this AVC factor of 1.25 for all exposures to regulated FIs whose total assets are greater than or equal to U.S. $150 billion and all exposures to unregulated FIs.

Specific Wrong-Way Risk (WWR): Specific Wrong-Way Risk arises when the exposure to a particular counterparty is positively correlated with the probability of default of the counterparty due to the nature of the transactions with the counterparty.

Basel III Regulatory Capital Floor: Since the introduction of Basel II in 2008, OSFI has prescribed a minimum regulatory capital floor for institutions that use the advanced internal ratings-based approach for credit risk. Effective Q2 2023, the capital floor add-on is determined under the Basel III Framework by comparing RWA generated for internally modelled standardized portfolios to RWA calculated under a fully standardized approach at the required capital floor calibration. A shortfall to the capital floor RWA requirement is added to the Bank’s RWA.

 

 

138 | 2025 Scotiabank Annual Report